UC-NRLF 


$B    bDb    lilfl 


i^^lil'/i'^if'syf''^'?' 


GIFT  OF 
Mrs.   W.B.    Locke 


GERMAN  FOR  BEGINNERS 


BY 

E.  PROKOSCH,  Ph.D. 

Professor  of  German  in  the  University  of  Texas 


NEW  YORK 
HENRY  HOLT  AND  COMPANY 


K/A 


■  4  ,  Ay  ^ 


CoPTRiaHT,  1913, 

BY 

HENRY  HOLT  AND  COMPANY 


PREFACE 

While  in  the  main  a  simplification  of  the  author's 
Introduction  to  German^  the  present  book  embodies  a 
number  of  new  features  which  should  add  to  its  useful- 
ness. They  are  chiefly:  an  exceedingly  simple,  yet 
complete  and  scientific  treatment  of  pronunciation;  a 
considerable  increase  in  the  number  of  texts;  the  fusion 
of  theoretical  grammar  and  practical  grammar  exer- 
cises into  one  part  ("Exercises  and  Lessons")  retaining, 
however,  the  desirable  separation  between  them  by  ar- 
ranging them  on  corresponding  right  and  left  pages;  the 
addition  of  a  "Synopsis  of  Grammar"  and  a  General 
German-English  Vocabulary. 

The  arrangement  of  the  book  suggests  the  author's 
views  as  to  its  best  use.  After  two  to  four  weeks  have 
been  devoted  exclusively  to  the  study  of  pronunciation, 
the  texts  should  form  the  center  of  work.  Thus,  an  in- 
ductive study  of  grammar  should  develop  from  the  living 
language,  and  the  grammatical  rule  should  come  last, 
not  first,  in  order  of  time  and  importance. 

Those  texts  marked  with  Roman  numerals  only,-  are 
essential,  each  of  them  corresponding  to  one  set  of  Ex- 
ercises and  Lessons  in  the  second  part  of  the  book.  The 
texts  marked  a  or  h  are  "Supplementary  Texts"  which 
may  be  omitted  entirely,  or,  according  to  the  time  at 
disposal  and  the  needs  of  the  class,  may  be  used  for  prac- 
tice in  translation,  prepared  or  at  sight.  New  words 
occurring  in  these  supplementary  texts  are  to  be  found 


854070 


iv  PREFACE 

in  the  German-English  Vocabulary,  at  the  bottom  of 
the  pages. 

Do  not  hurry!  To  make  a  high  school  class  study  the 
whole  of  German  grammar  in  less  than  a  year  is  a  crime; 
and  two  years  are  very  much  better  than  one  year.  — 
The  following  arrangement  of  time  and  work  has  been- 
found  very  effective  for  the  average  class  and  the  average 
chapter  of  grammar  (some  of  the  more  difficult  chapters 
will  require  a  slower  pace) : 

Monday:  Review  of  last  week's  work.  The  teacher 
explains  (as  far  as  possible,  in  German)  a  new  text  and 
assigns  it  for  '' reading"  (with  the  help  of  the  Special 
Vocabularies  and  Notes). 

Tuesday:  The  text  is  read  in  class;  fluent  reading  is 
insisted  upon.  German  questions,  similar  to  those  in 
Part  II,  are  answered  in  German,  with  the  books  open; 
new  grammatical  features  are  explained  (in  English, 
when  necessary).  Assignment:  ''Practise"  the  text  and 
read  the  corresponding  "Lesson";  ''practising"  a  text 
means  reading  and  re-reading  it  aloud,  until  the  student 
is  able  to  answer  the  German  questions  in  Part  II  by 
heart. 

Wednesday:  German  questions  (not  necessarily  those 
in  Part  II,  but  of  a  similar  nature)  are  answered  in  Ger- 
man with  the  books  closed.  The  new  grammatical  mate- 
rial is  practised  (declensions  and  conjugations  with  the 
help  of  whole  sentences  rather  than  detached  paradigms). 
Assignment:  Prepare  "Drill"  in  Part  II;  write  German 
answers  to  a  selected  number  of  the  "Questions." 

Thursday:  The  "Drill"  work  is  practised  (partly  by 
writing  on  the  blackboard);  "practice,"  as  on  the  preced- 
ing day,  is  repeated.  Assignment :  study  the  correspond- 
ing grammar  lesson;  study  the  text  for  oral  reproduction. 


PREFACE  V 

Friday:  Grammar  recitation  and  practice;  the  text  is 
reproduced  in  coherent  form  (the  books  are  closed,  of 
course).  As  little  attention  as  possible  should  be  paid  to 
mistakes  at  this  time,  so  as  not  to  discourage  the  striving 
after  coherent  expression.  A  part  of  the  recitation  may 
be  devoted  to  sight  reading  from  the  supplementary 
texts.  If  additional  reading  matter  is  desired,  the  au- 
thor's Deutsches  Lese-  und  Ubungshuch  may  be  taken  up 
at  any  time  after  the  first  two  months. 

Teachers  who  wish  to  use  the  English  exercises  for 
translation  might  assign  parts  of  them  for  written  work 
at  the  end  of  each  week.  This  need  not  be  done  in  direct 
connection  with  each  text,  but  an  interval  of  from  four 
to  six  weeks  is  advisable.  Thus:  Exercise  I  may  be  taken 
after  Text  V,  VI,  or  VII,  Translation  II  after  Text  VI  or 
VIII,  and  so  forth.  In  this  way  the  translations  will 
serve  as  a  review. 

The  inductive  method  suggested  in  this  outline  arouses 
the  interest  and  develops  Sprachgefilhl,  emphasizing  at 
the  same  time  a  thorough  practice  of  the  essentials  of 
grammar.  It  reflects  the  author's  conviction  that  gram- 
mar is  a  valuable  help  in  acquiring  a  language,  but  that 
it  is  merely  a  means  to  an  end;  the  end  is  the  mastery  of 
the  language  itself. 

E.  Prokosch. 

Madison 

Easter,  1913. 


CONTENTS 

INTRODUCTION 

PAOB 

The  German  Alphabet 3 

The  German  Script 4 

The  German  Sounds 6 


PART   FIRST 

(Each  text  treats  the  grammatical  topic  stated  in  the  corresponding  "Lesson.") 

TEXTS 

I.  Conversation 27 

la.  tinbert}erg 27 

lb.  i^ragen  unb  Slntmortcn 28 

II.  Conversg-tion 28 

Ila.  33crfe 28 

III.  5)cr  ^crr  unb  bic  !5)icncr 29 

Ilia.  ^inbcrDcrg 30 

III6.  3)ieUt)r 30 

IV.  3Dag  imittageffcn 30 

IVa.  tinberDerg 31 

V.  ^ie  gamilic      ;  31 

VI.  Conversation 32 

VII.  Conversation 32 

VIII.  Conversation 32 

Villa.  3)cr  saf)me  ©tar 33 

IX.  ®(^ule  unb  ®artcn 33 

X.  ©lieber  unb  tieiber  —  !Da«  3ai)r 34 

XL  2)er  ^afe  unb  ber  guc^S 35 

XIa.  2)er  Me  unb  ber  3QeI 35 

XII.  ®er  ganbmann  unb  bag 'ilJfcrb     .    .    . 36 

Xlla.  3)a3  '!{3fcrb  unb  bic  brei  33rubcr 37 

XIII.  mahtiaU  unb  ber  ©tafer 37 

Xllla.  SSie  9?ubesat)I  [einen  gf^amen  er^iett 38 

vii 


viii  CONTENTS 

PAGE 

XIV.    Jill  (guIenfpteQcI 40 

XlVa.    9?o(^  brei  ®ef(f)i(^tcn  Don  Jitl  ©uIcnfptcQcI 40 

XV.     ©inc  3)^iinc^f)aufeTi9efc^i(^tc 42 

XVa.    :Der  gute  ^amerob 43 

XV6.    ^etbenrogleiti 43 

XVI.     3)ie  (Sc^ilbbiirger 44 

XVII.     !Dte  9Jte[en  unb  bie  ^ft^erge 45 

XVIII.    3)ie  ©age  bom  ?oreIetfeI[en 46 

XVIIIa.    §Iugu[t  ber  ©tarfe  unb  ber  ©(^tnieb 47 

XIX.     !Der  2)f?aufeturm 48 

XlXa.     3)cr$Hf)ein 49 

XX.     !Der  9?atten[anger  Don  ^ameln 50 

XXa.     @in  bcutfcfier  SDJarftplalj 51 

XXI.    3ung  ©iegfrieb 52 

XXII.    9?^einlieber 53 

XXIII.  SBarboroffa  int  tt)ff^aufer 56 

XXIIIa.    33arbarof[a 57 

XXIV.  tort  ber  ©rofec  im  Unter^berg 58 

XXIVa.     3)ic  ©otterbammerung 59 

XXV.     !Dag  <!Pferb  alg  tlager 60 

XXVa.     3)er  ®c^h)anenritter 61 

XXVI.    3)ie  U^r  im  ©trapurgcr  SD^iinfter 62 

XXVIa.     S)er  C>trfebrei  Don  S^vi^ 63 

XXVII.  !5)ag  3)eutfc^e  9Jeic^  unb  bie  33ereinigten  ©taoten  ...  64 

XXVIIa.     !Da6  2ieb  ber  ^eutfc^en 65 

XXVIII.    ®ag  alte  T)eut[(f)e  3Jei(f) 66 

XXVIIIa.     taiferlieb 68 

XXIX.    !Die  ®(f)Mt  bei  ©ebon 68 

XXIXa.     !J)er  ©ieg  Don  <Bthan 71 

XXIX6.     '^k  ©renabiere 72 

XXX.     3)ie  53erfaf[ung  beg  S)eutfc^en  9?eic^e3 73 

XXXa.     S)ie  grftnbung  ber  33u(i)bru(ferfun[t 75 

XXXI.     3)ie  §ermann[d)Ia(^t 76 

XXXIa.     ©elimer 77 

XXXII.     Hermann  S9imng 79 

XXXIIa.    !Dietinber 81 

XXXIII.  3)ie  Joiner  S)omfage 83 

XXXIIIa.    !Da8  9}?utter(^en  Don  ^ufum 85 

XXXIV.  2lgneg  S3emauer 86 

XXXIVa.     53ineta 88 


CONTENTS  ix 

PAGE 

XXXV.    ^ic  bcutfd^c  unb  bit  cnglifd^e  ©prad^c 89 

XXXVI.     !Die  muW  Don  ©angfouci 90 

XXXVIa.     2)16  ©c^ilbnjac^e  unb  ber  ^onig 91 

XXXVII.     grtebric^  ber  ©rofee  unb  S3oItaire 93 

XXXVIIa.    SSon  gelbmarfcfialt  SBIiid^er 94 

XXXVIII.     33oIfgIicbcr 95 

XXXVIIIa.     mm  banht  aUt  &ott 98 

mmm  ZtU 99 

PART   SECOND 

EXERCISES  AND  LESSONS 

Lesson  I 105 

1.  The  Definite  Article  (Nominative). 

2.  The  Indefinite  Article  (Nominative). 

3.  Present  Indicative  of  fcin. 

Lesson  II 107 

4.  The  Accusative  of  the  Definite  Article. 

5.  The  Accusative  of  the  Indefinite  Article. 

6.  Present  Indicative  of  F)aben. 

Lesson  III 109 

7.  Agreement  of  Pronouns. 

8.  Question,  Negative,  and  Progressive. 

9.  Inverted  Word  Order. 

Lesson  IV Ill 

10.  The  Dative  of  the  Articles. 

11.  The  Dative  of  the  Noun. 

12.  Word  Formation  (SD^ittageffen), 

Lesson  V 113 

13.  The  Genitive  of  the  Article. 

14.  The  Genitive  of  the  Noun. 

Lesson  VI 115 

SSieberl^oIung. 
Lesson  VII 115 

15.  The  Present  Indicative. 

16.  The  Imperative. 


X  CONTENTS 

PAGE 

Lesson  VIII 117 

17.  Prepositions  with  the  Dative  and  Accusative. 

18.  !Dicfer,  jcner,  {cbcr,  tocld^cr. 

Lesson  IX 119 

19.  Types  of  Declension. 

20.  First  Class  of  the  Strong  Declension. 

21.  Characteristics  of  the  First  Class. 

22.  Word  Formation  (m^kin). 

Lesson  X 123 

23.  Second  Class  of  the  Strong  Declension. 

24.  Characteristics. 

25.  Cardinal  Numbers  (Assignment). 

26.  Word  Formation  (^Icibung^ftiid). 

Lesson  XI 125 

27.  Weak  and  Strong  Verbs. 

28.  The  Preterit  of  Weak  Verbs. 

29.  The  Preterit  of  [cin  and  t)abcn. 

30.  Forms  of  Address. 

Lesson  XII 129 

31.  The  Possessive  Pronoun. 

32.  The  Dependent  Word  Order. 

33.  Prepositions  with  the  Dative. 

Lesson  XIII 131 

34.  The  Personal  Pronouns. 

35.  The  Reflexive  Pronoun. 

Lesson  XIV 135 

36.  The  Strong  Verb. 

37.  The  First  Class. 

38.  The  Second  Class. 

39.  The  Third  Class. 

Lesson  XV ,   .  \    .    .     137 

40.  The  Fourth  Class. 

41.  The  Fifth  Class. 

42.  The  Sixth  Class. 

43.  The  Seventh  Class. 

44.  Irregular  Verbs. 

45.  Demonstrative  Pronouns. 


CONTENTS  XI 

PAGE 

Lesson  XVI 141 

46.  Third  Class  of  the  Strong  Declension. 

47.  Characteristics. 

48.  Word  Formation   (-cr). 

Lesson  XVII 143 

SBicbcrl^oIunQ. 

Lesson  XVIII 147 

49.  The  Weak  Declension. 

50.  Characteristics. 

51.  The  Relative  Pronoun. 

Lesson  XIX 149 

52.  The  Present  Indicative  of  Strong  Verbs. 

53.  The  Imperative  of  Strong  Verbs. 

54.  Prepositions  with  the  Accusative. 

55.  Word  Formation  (-ung). 

Lesson  XX 153 

56.  The  Declension  of  Adjectives. 

57.  The  Weak  Endings. 

58.  The  Interrogative  Pronouns. 

Lesson  XXI .     157 

59.  The  Strong  Endings. 

60.  Special  Forms. 

Lesson  XXII 159 

SBicbcrf)oIung. 

61.  Word  Formation  (@c — t,  -f)dt,  -fcit). 

Lesson  XXIII 161 

62.  The  Compound  Tenses. 

63.  The  Perfect  and  Pluperfect. 

Lesson  XXIV 165 

64.  The  Future  and  Future  Perfect.  * 

Lesson  XXV 167 

65.  Inseparable  Compound  Verbs. 

66.  Word  Order  of  Verb  Adjuncts. 


xii  CONTENTS 

PAGE 

Lesson  XXVI 171 

67.  Separable  Compound  Verbs. 

68.  Doubtful  Prefixes. 

Lesson  XXVII 173 

69.  The  Comparison  of  Adjectives. 

70.  Declension. 

71.  Irregular  Comparison. 

72.  The  Cardinal  Numbers. 

Lesson  XXVIII 177 

73.  The  Ordinal  Numbers. 

74.  Date  and  Hour. 

75.  Irregular  Weak  Verbs. 

Lesson  XXIX 181 

SBSiebcrl^oIung. 

76.  Word  Formation  ((Sd^Iofe,  ©d^Iaf). 

Lesson  XXX 183 

77.  The  Passive  Voice,  Simple  Tenses. 
73.  The  English  Passive. 

79.  By. 

Lesson  XXXI 187 

80.  The  Compound  Tenses  of  the  Passive. 

81.  The  Impersonal  Passive. 

82.  Substitutes  for  the  Passive. 

83.  Impersonal  Verbs. 

Lesson  XXXII 191 

84.  The  Modal  Auxiliaries. 

85.  Their  Use. 

Lesson  XXXIII 197 

86.  The  Compound  Tenses  of  the  Modal  Auxiliaries. 
Lesson  XXXIV 201 

87.  Dependent  Infinitives. 

88.  Word  Formation  (-ni«,  -turn,  -f(|aft,  -fol). 

Lesson  XXXV 203 

2Bicbcrf)oIunQ. 


CONTENTS  xiu 

PAGE 

Lesson  XXXVI 205 

89.  The  Four  Tenses  of  the  Subjunctive. 

90.  Formation  of  the  Second  Subjunctive. 

91.  Its  Use. 

Lesson  XXXVII 211 

92.  Formation  of  the  First  Subjimctive. 

93.  Its  Use. 

94.  Indirect  Discourse. 

Lesson  XXXVIII 215 

S2Biebcrf)oIunQ. 

PART  THIRD 

Synopsis  of  Grammar 219 

List  of  Strong  Verbs 264 

Special  Vocabularies  and  Notes 269 

German-English  Vocabulary 301 

English-German  Vocabulary 325 

Grammatical  Index 335 


INTEODUCTION 


INTRODUCTION 


THE   GERMAN  ALPHABET 


German 

Form 


Roman 
Form 


German 

Name 


German 
Form 


Roman 

German 

Form 

Name 

N  n 

enn 

0  0 

oh 

P  p 

pay 

Q  q 

koo 

Rr 

err. 

S  s 

ess 

T  t 

tay 

Uu 

00 

V  V 

fow 

"Ww 

vay 

Xx 

iks 

Yy 

ipsilon 

Z  z 

tset 

The  modified  v6wels  or  Umtaute:  S  ci,  £)  o,  ft  ii. 

The  combined  letters:  d)  (ch,  tsay-hah),  d  (ck, 
tsay-kah)j  6_^  ess-tset  or  fd^arfeS  efe,  'sharp  s^,  ij 
(tz,  tay-tset). 


,:....      THE  GERMAN  SCRIPT 
1.   The  Alphabet 

^^      ^^      U^^ 

?t        a  SB        6  6         c 


© 


®       9 


3       J 


SW      m 


®     f       6 


U        u 

X        t 


@ 


^      ^ 


>*'  -  / 


SB 


S)        » 


5 

e 

^ . 

^^ 

3 

I 

r^ 

...    •? 

25      ST 


3      i 


THE  GERMAN  SCRIPT 


II.   Transcription  of  Text  on  P.  22 


^<?*ir*^-«'^*****^»'**<* 


^<**-***/  ^^t^^f^*^^*^-^/-^ 


C-***'^*-**^, 


THE  GERMAN  SOUNDS 


The  Simple  Vowels 

1.  Long  a  (spelled  a,  aa,  a^),  pronounced  like  a  in  art. 
Short  a  (spelled  a),  pronounced  like  a  in  artistic. 


Long 

Short 

tarn 

^avmi 

mt' 

paffe 

Waa^ 

Tla\t 

iBafin 

iBann 

3)a{)n 

bann 

^al)n 

fann 

2»  Long  i  (spelled  i,  if),  ic,  xei)),  like  ee  in  fee. 
Short  i  (spelled  i,  rarely  ic),  like  i  in  fit. 


Long 

Short 

loiter 

bitter 

i^m 

im 

btete 

bitte 

tnietc 

$mitte 

f)ie6en 

f)iffen 

\m 

(Sitte 

^  Unaccented  c  is  to  be  pronounced  "slurred,"  i.e.  like  e  in  Eng- 
lish father.    See  §  5. 

Capitalization.     Nouns  or  words  used  as  nouns  are  always  capi- 
talized.    For  details,  see  Part  III,  Synopsis  of  Grammar,  §§  63-67. 

6 


INTRODUCTION 

Long  u  (spelled  u,  uf)),  like  oo  in  pool. 
Short  u,  like  u  in  'put. 


Long 

Short 

bu 

butnm 

3Jhit 

abutter 

•iPuter 

Gutter 

guber 

gutter 

tul) 

tu6 

^u()n 

§unne 

4.  Long  e  (spelled  e,  ee,  cf),  ft,  ft©;  like  a  in  daj/^  but 

without  diphthongal  glide  {ay=a-\-y). 
Short  e  (spelled  e,  a),  like  e  in  pet. 


Long 

Short 

Distinguish: 

beten 

bctten 

English 

German 

^eet 

iBett 

say 

(See 

(Sef)ne 

©enne 

day 

Xee 

ne^me,  na()Tnc 

nennc 

fay 

See 

C>at)ne 

©enne 

mate 

.  gy^et 

nttftte 

nettc 

bait 

53eet 

5.  Unaccented  c  is  pronounced  as  in  English:  (^abe, 
baben,  gema'^inen.  But  other  unaccented  vowels  are  pro- 
nounced just  as  clearly  as  when  accented:  2(nna,  ^rama, 
©ratmna'tif,  '^ati)cma'iit,  2:eTnpu^. 

6.  Long  0  (spelled  o,  oo,  o()),  like  o  in  no,  but  without 
diphthongal  glide  (English  o=o-\-u). 

Short  0  is  much  more  close  (much  nearer  to  long  o) 
than  English,  especially  Am/M-ican-Enghsh  o  (which,  to  a 


8  GERMAN  FOR  BEGINNERS 

German  ear,  sounds  like  a).  Its  sound  is  between  those 

of  au  in  laud  and  of  o  in  no. 

Long                       Short  Distinguish: 

bogen                        bodfetl  English        German 

fogen                    ©orfett  so             fo 

§obeI                    ^oppel  boat           53oot 

$ofcn                   ^offen  coal           ^o()Ic 

5D^oo«                   ^rnoft  soc/b          ©ocfexi 

i8o()nc                  iBonnc  •         c^oc/i          !Dod 

The  Rounded  Vowels 

A"o  English  equivalents  exist. 

7-   it  is  formed  in  this  way:  Round  your  Hps  (as  for 
whisthng)  and  pronounce  ee. 

Long  it  (spelled  u,  iij,  in  Greek  words  icf)  is  rounded 
long  t. 

Short  XL  (spelled  U,  in  Greek  words  >Cj)  is  roundpc* 
short  t. 

Long  Short 

C>iitc  C>iittc 

^iinc  bilnne 

Siifee  gliiffe 

mtt  mmtx 

(Siiben  fiittem 

;8^rtf  ©a'tijr 


Distinguish: 

(a) 

(?» 

Long 

Long 

^ien              mi^n 

tun 

3)ilne 

iBtene            :53ll]^tte 

©ul^n 

^ilftnct: 

bieneti            !Dilncit 

•&ut 

^ilte 

mietc             mii()te 

2»ut 

©etiUl't 

INTRODUCTION 


Short 


Short 


iBitte 

mat 

(Sitte 
miffen 


^iitte 

amitter 

^iitte 
miiffen 


gutter 
ay^utter 
®u6 
mufete 


fllttcm 
mnittx 
©iiffe 
miifete 


8.  b  is  formed  in  this  way:  Round  your  lips  and  pro- 
nounce e. 

Long  0  (spelled  5,  o^)  is  rounded  long  c. 
Short  b  is  rounded  short  e. 


Long 

Short 

bote 

f5tte 

tonen 

gonnen 

{)o{)nen 

fonnen 

bofe 

Qoffe 

b5ge 

mdt 

Distinguish 

i: 

(a) 

(&) 

Long 

Long 

58eete 

bote 

iBote             SBote 

benen 

tonen 

2:on              2:one 

fe{)nen 

@of)nen 

<Sof)n            ®of)ne 

(SeQen 

fogen 

iBogen           ^ogen 

Short 

Short 

53ecEen 

mdt 

33o(f             ^odfe 

fettnen 

fonnen 

fonnte           f5nnte 

ge[tem 

Qoffen 

906               fioffe 

affte 

ofter 

oft                ofter 

10  GERMAN  FOR  BEGINNERS 

Diphthongs 

9.  ct=at  is  similar  to  y  in  my,  but  the  first  part  is  some- 
what shorter: 

bei,  ein,  fetn,  beifeen,  Saib,  ^aifer,  ^ox. 
Distinguish : 
^einc  iBiene 

meinc  Witm 

feimen  Piemen 

SBeife  SBiefe 

9^eife  ^iefe 

l^eifee  f)ie6e 

10.  au  is  similar  to  ou  in  /loiise,  but  the  first  part  is 
shorter: 

§au^,  bauen,  ©aumen,  fauen,  f)auen. 

11.  ftu=cu  is  Hke  at,  et,  pronounced  with  rounded  lips; 
it  is  somewhat  similar  to  oy  in  hoy: 

^eu,  neu,  iBeute,  teuer,  §aufer,  SJJciufe,  fttuft,  §aute. 
Distinguish : 
$au6  ©aufer  ()eifer 

5mau«  ay^aufe  SD^eifc 

SBau  @eb(iu'bc  bei 

faufen  ^aufer  feifen 

Umlaut 

12.  ft,  ij,  ii,  fttt  are  called  Utntautc,  modified  vowels 
(singular  Umlaut).  They  occur  most  frequently  in  inflec- 
tional forms  of  words  with  the  stem  vowels  a,  o,  u,  au, 
e.g.  in  many  plurals:  bet  ©aft  —  hk  ©ttfte  {the  guest  —  the 
gi^ats),  bier  §ut  —  bie  §ute  {the  hat  —  the  hats).    Be  care- 


INTRODUCTION  11 

ful  to  pronounce  them  correctly:  a=e;  o  is  rounded  e;  ii  is 
rounded  i;  au  is  rounded  ei. 

Distinguish : 

©aft     ©aftc       Sfen  fifen        §ut  ^Ute  §aug    ^ftufer 

^aften  ^aften      ©of)n  eofene      gufe  gilfee  $mau^  ^maufc 

ga6      gaffer      2:on    J5nc        ^ug  tiiffe  ©aut    ©aute 

©aal    eaiei       iBoot  iBBte^       glufe  glilffe  iBaum  iBaume 

Accent  and  Quantity 

13.  The  Accent  is  usually  on  the  stem  syllable,  which  is, 
in  most  cases,  the  first  syllable  of  the  word.  When  the 
accent  is  not  on  the  first  syllable,  it  will  be  marked  in  the 
word  Hsts  and  vocabularies,  e.g.  ba^  ©ebau'be.  For  de- 
tails, see  Part  III,  Synopsis  of  Grammar,  §  61. 

14.  Quantity.  Roughly  speaking,  unaccented  syllables 
are  short.  Accented  syllables  are  long  if  the  vowel  is 
followed  by  not  more  than  one  consonant.  Where  neces- 
sary, long  vowels  will  be  marked  by  ",  e.g.  ba^  33u(5. 
For  details,  see  Part  III,  Synopsis  of  Grammar,  §  62. 

The  Consonants 

15.  A  consonant  is  called  a  stop  if  the  breath  is  stopped 
entirely  in  the  mouth :  6,  d,  g,  p,  t,  k,  m,  n,  ng. 

A  consonant  is  called  a  spirant  if  the  breath  is  not 
stopped,  but  only  impeded:  (^'squeezed")*/)  ih,  s,  sh,v, 
z,  y  (as  in  year). 

Stops  as  well  as  spirants  are  voiced  if  the  vocal  chords 
(in  the  throat)  vibrate:  h,  d,  g,  v,  th  (in  the),  z,  y;  m,  n,  ng. 
They  are  voiceless  if  the  vocal  chords  do  not  vibrate :  p,  t.  k, 
/,  th  (in  thin)  J  s,  sh. 

^  Observe  that  Umlautc  are  never  doubled. 


12  GERMAN  FOR  BEGINNERS 

Lip  Consonants 

16.  f)  (bb),  p  (pp)  (stops)  are  pronounced  as  in  English: 

^afe  paffc 

baden  paden 

iBube  *»Puppc 

&tht  §ippe 

(Slebc  (gippe 

Sbbe  nippcn 

17.  nt  is  pronounced  as  in  English : 

9)?ann,  Wa\\t,  Dame,  am. 

Lip-Teeth  Consonants 

18.  tt),  f  (spirants),  to  is  pronounced  like  v  in  mn, 
f  like  /  in  fan  (both  a  Uttle  less  sharply) ;  t)  and  pfj  have 
the  sound  of  f. 

SKannc  gaf)ne 

SBiefc  giifee 

iDa«  ga6 

SSefte  gefte 

trie  5Sie^ 

tDoten  ^ater 

tt)of)nen  toon 

Remember:  In  is  pronounced  like  English  v,  but  I)  like 
English//    ^Jf=p  +  f. 

Distinguish : 


gliiQC 

WH^ 

' 

Saferte 

^ferbe 

gunbc 

•ipfunbe 

SBiinbe 

^iinbe 

fSnbe 

pfanbe 

2Babe 

babe 

fSbe 

^fabe 

SSanne 

bal^nc 

ga()ne 

^fannc 

INTRODUCTION  13 

Clu  =  f+tT3  (English  kv,  not  like  qu  =  kw): 

MtUt  SSelle  Ouettc 

faf)l  ^a()I  dual 

•     tt^vm  h)e()ren  quer 

^aften  fafteti  Ouaften 

^itt  fett  qultt 

Teeth  Consonants 

19.  b  (hh),  t  (tt)  (stops)  are  similar  to  English  d,  t,  but 
they  are  pronounced  farther  in  front :  the  tip  of  the  tongue 
touches  the  upper  teeth,  or  the  front  edge  of  the  upper 
gums. 

bann  Xanne 

®eibe  <Seite 

X)aube  2:aube 

bu  tun 

SSabe  mte,  SSatte 

30.  n  is  pronounced  as  in  English : 

nun,  ai)ntn,  gal^nen,  Xennc,  bon. 

21*  f,  ff,  ^,  ^  (spirants),  f  stands  only  in  the  beginning  of 
words  and  syllables  and  in  the  combinations  fp,  ft,  fc^  (for 
these,  compare  §  24).  ^  stands  in  place  of  f  at  the  end  of 
words  and  syllables:  lefen,  la^,  ii)r  laft;  9D^au6,  SO^dufe,  Wflau^^ 
(^en. 

ff  stands  between  vowels  when  the  preceding  vowel 
is  short.  Elsewhere,  ft  takes  its  place:  {)affen,  ber  ©ag, 
l^cifelid^;  ber  gufe,  bie  Siifee,  but  ber  glufe,  bie  glilffe. 

f  at  the  beginning  of  words  and  between  vowels  is, 
in  standard  pronunciation,  voiced,  like  English  z;  but  very 
many  Germans  pronounce  it  voiceless. 


14  GERMAN  FOR  BEGINNERS 

2,  ff,  ff  are  always  voiceless,  like  s,  ss,  in  so,  less. 

fiefett  ^u6  fiiffen 

®afe  m^  ®affe 

arjoofe        arjoog  g[^affe 

$afe  §ag  f)affe 


5  (fe)  is 

always  pronounced  like  ts  in 

cats,  not  like  2 

in  2eaZ; 

SU,  3ef)n, 

sn)ei,  Smecf. 

Distinguish  : 

©lege 

3tege 

fciuQen 

Seugen 

©aum 

3aum 

fogen 

Sogen 

feit 

3eit 

®an^ 

gans 

{)ei6en 

f)eisen 

melfeen 

SSeigen 

miiffen 

arai^en 

®pie6 

fpt^ 

^affe 

£a^e 

Iftfet 

Icigt 

feit 

3ett 

trett 

glDeit 

ftnfen 

^infen 

tDinfen 

StDinfen 

©ang 

Bange 

SSange 

gmang 

(Saar 

Bar 

n)af)r 

jtDar 

£  (f^,  (f6,  (^^,  c^f)  is  like  English  x;  observe  the  differ- 
ence between  the  letters  j  and  r! 

^ej:e,  2ljt,  ^tvU,  S^atffel,  fed^^,  Oc^fe. 

2^.   I  (H)  is  very  different  from  English  I:  the  tip  of  the 
tongue  touches  the  upper  teeth  (or  front  edge  of  gums), 


INTRODUCTION  15 

the  back  of  the  tongue  is  flat,  as  in  the  pronunciation  of 
t,  b.  (With  EngHsh  I,  the  tip  of  the  tongue  touches  the 
front  palate,  or  the  back  part  of  the  gums,  and  the  back 
of  the  tongue  is  raised.)  Practise  syllables  like:  ti,  tli,  Itlt, 
it,  It,  lili.  —  Always  be  sure  that  the  tongue  tip  touches  the 
teeth  or  the  front  edge  of  the  gums! 

Hit,  ?iia,  3Itig,  grier,  ftel,  ^iifte,  fill^Ien,  mi)l 
lafet,  Seber,  alter,  We,  mt%  IBfen,  Bite,  tl 
leiften,  leiber,  Sile,  elite,  ^eil,  I)eulen,  ?eute,  ^eule, 
2o\)t,  lofen,  folfien,  D^oIIe,  ii3oI)L 
2mr  '^uft,  <iPuit)er,  iBuIIe,  ®(i^ule» 
laben,  laffen,  alt,  alle,  gall, 
lau,  laut,  "iPauI,  faulte. 

33.  r  (rr),  like  I,  is  pronounced  with  the  tip  of  the  tongue 
against  the  upper  teeth  or  the  edge  of  the  upper  gums. 
German  r  should,  if  possible,  be  ''rolled"  i.e.  a  strong 
force  or  breath  should  make  the  tip  of  the  tongue  vibrate. 
It  is  very  important  to  avoid  the  English  (especially 
American-English)  r,  which  is  formed  with  the  tongue 
tip  inverted  so  that  it  touches  the  front  palate.  Be  care- 
ful to  pronounce  all  vowels  before  r  exactly  as  before  other 
consonants:  SSert,  SBirt,  SSiirbe,  must  be  clearly  distin- 
guishable. 

irren,  h3irr,  biirr,  fill^ren,  Piemen,  ^tibe,  b!r,  fUr,  fii^rte,  SBirt. 

^erren,  SJ^eere,  iBSren,  9?ebe,  retten,  tt)er,  fel)rte,  pren,  prte» 

I)arren,  fc^aren,  fd^arren,  $Rabe,  D^atte,  5Iar,  tcarte,  toart. 

OI)ren,  fc^oren,  rol),  rot,  t)or,  morben,  bort. 

murren,  ful)ren,  ^uren,  9?ul)e,  9?ute,  murrtc,  gurt,  murrt. 

dld^t,  dl^dn,  bairifc^,  9^(iuber. 

9}iauren,  xaui),  rauben» 


16  GERMAN  FOR  BEGINNERS       • 

Distinguish : 

tncrbc,  SBirt,  tDiirbe,  h)urbe,  morben. 
53er0e,  ©ebi'rge,  ^iirge,  53urgen,  borgen* 
tDcrfen,  n)irft,  tDiirfe,  SSurf,  getDo'rfen. 

Front-Palate  Consonants 

24.  f(^|  (spirant)  is  pronounced  like  English  sh,  but 
usually  the  lips  are  rounded: 

^ii)tin,  fd^ieben,  fd^immem,  ©d^tnein,  fc^hjeben,  f(^tt)irmnen. 

ft  and  f^  at  the  beginning  of  words  are  pronounced 
like  fd^t,  \<i}p,  but  in  the  middle  or  at  the  end  of  words  they 
are  pronounced  as  in  English : 

Distinguish : 

feln  (Stein 

(5a()ne       '  (Span 

fiege  '      Stiege 

\d)tn  fte{)en 

SBefen  meffen  SKeften  SSefpen 

filffe  ^li[te  gefiifet 

faffe  fafete  gefafet 

ftSren         fc^eren         n)er  fd^tuer  quer 

Stelle        Sd^elle        SBelle         Sd^tDelle        OueHc 
Sturs        Sd^ura        SSarge        fd^lDarj  Ouarg 

25.  j,  (i^  (in  words  like  id^)  are  "front-palatal  spirants," 
i.e.  both  are  pronounced  by  raising  the  front  tongue 
toward  the  front  palate,  j  (voiced)  is  pronounced  hke  y  in 
year^  but  it  is  somewhat  sharper,  more  'Hightly  squeezed"; 
this  is  called  the  'id^-sound';  it  is  simply  voiceless 
(whispered)  j,  and  can  be  learned  in  the  following  ways: 


INTRODUCTION  17 

(a)  pronounce  y  in  year  in  a  very  sharp  whisper; 

(6)  pronounce  very  sharply  the  j&rst  sound  of  words 
like  hue,  human,  humor; 

(c)  pronounce  several  times  the  following  pairs  of  con- 
sonants : 

V  —  f ;  th  (in  the)  —  th  (in  thin) ;  z  —  s;  and  then  (with 
the  same  distinction  between  a  voiced  and  a  voiceless 
spirant)  j  —  eft. 

Caution:  Be  careful  not  to  insert  f  between  the  vowel  and  the 
6)  in  id^. 

Note.  ^  denotes  the  *ic^-sound'  after  i,  it,  e,  ct,  6,  ^,  ei,  ai,  cu, 
au,  and  after  all  consonants,  i.e.  in  all  positions  except  after  a,  o, 
u.     For  these,  compare  §  27. 

is,  3a^r,  ieber,  {e^t,  3ube,  ^vlx,  3unt. 

9?ec^en,  53ad^e,  Sadler,  ©d^cic^er,  ed^t,  red^t,  redf)t^. 
reid^,  bleid^,  feud^en,  iBraud^e,  reid^t,  bleid^t,  feud^te. 
^Sd^er,  glUd^e,  ^iid^e,  Md^er,  ©erii'd^t,  fd^ud^tem, 
rod^e,  froc^e,  ^iid^er,  rod^t. 
SO^Srd^en,  SDf^Sbd^en,  *i|3iippdf)en,  graudpen. 

6)  at  the  beginning  of  (foreign)  words  is  pronounced  d^  or  f :  (Sf)emic, 
Sf)ina,  (Si)5ral;  before  r  and  I  it  is  always  pronounced  f:  (Sf)ri[tug, 

Back-Palate  Consonants 
^6.   g  (gg),  f  (df)  (stops)  are  pronounced  as  in  EngHsh: 
©age  ©adf 


®egen 

ecidfen 

logen 

lodfen 

ISgen 

SildEen 

(Sgge 

(gdfc 

18  GERMAN  FOR  BEGINNERS 

37.  ng  is  always  (also  at  the  end  of  words)  pronounced 
like  ng  in  singer,  never  like  ng  in  finger: 

fingen,  Singer,  bange,  lang,  langer. 

<3«nge  sanfe 

9?ange  9^anfe 

SBange  tDanfe 

(gngel  (gnfel 

fang  fan! 

bang  iBanf 

fing  gin! 

Note.  Only  in  foreign  words  the  pronunciation  ng-\-g,  as  in 
finger,  is  customary:  Ungarn,  Hungary,  5llba  Songa  (an  ItaUan  city). 

28.  (!^  ('back-palatal  spirant')  after  a,  o,  u  is  called  the 
'ac|-sound' ;  it  differs  from  the  td^-sound  (§  25)  in  so  far  as 
the  hack  of  the  tongue  touches  the  hack  palate  (while  with 
the  id^-sound  the  front  tongue  touches  the  front  palate) : 
with  the  latter,  the  tongue  is  raised  in  the  same  place  as 
for  t,  t,  but  with  the  a(f)-sound  in  the  same  place  as  for  u, 
0,  a.  To  learn  it,  pronounce  t  —  t  —  id^;  then:  u  —  u  — 
Vi6^,  0  —  0  —  o(^,  a  — a  —  adfi: 

ad^,  ^a6),  (ac^en,  lac^t,  fac^te,  brad^te. 
boc^;  rod^,  nod^,  foc^t,  ^oc^,  foc^te, 
^ud^,  2^uc^,  fuc^en,  fuc^t,  (©c^Iud^t. 

Caution:  Do  not  insert  t  between  the  vowel  and  d§;  do  not  even 
practise  such  contrasts  as  !Do(f  —  boc^;  the  difference  is  so  great  that 
there  is  no  fair  comparison. 

Note.     ^^  is  pronounced  hke  x,  as  stated  at  the  end  of  §  21. 
But  if  the  -g  is  an  ending,  while  d^  belongs  to  the  stem,  the  pro- 
nunciation is  back-palatal  spirant  (id^-  or  ac^-sound)  -|-^: 
d^g  belongs  to  the  stem:  g  is  an  ending: 

fed^S  'jPcc^g  (genitive  sing,  of  ^t^i) 

'S:)Oi<i,^  SSad^g  (     ''  "      ''  53ad^) 

m^  (Od^fc)  ?»d^8   (     ''  ''      ''  Sod^) 

gud^g  «ud^8  (     '^  "      ''  iBud^) 


INTRODUCTION 

Distinguish: 

a^ 

i4 

ed^t 

M 

^ad) 

hid) 

bac^tc 

bod& 

mt 

:Oid^t 

fdf)lc(|t 

?od^ 

ma^t 

nid^t 

nad^tUd^ 

nod& 

f)od^ 

&5d^ft 

nai),  nad& 

niid^ft 

19 


39.  Final  h,  b,  g  and  h,  b,  g  before  voiceless  consonants 
and  before  suffixes  are  pronounced  voiceless,  i.e.  like  p,  t,  !♦ 


aber: 

ab,  tbt,  iiblid^ 

©raber: 

©rab,  ®rab« 

geben: 

gab,  gib,  gibft,  gibt 

Mber: 

mh,  mwn 

^unbe: 

§unb,  ^iinbd^en 

2:age: 

Xag,  Jag^,  tttgltd^ 

iagen: 

m\  iagt=3agb  (final  b  is  voice- 

less). 

The  suflBlx  -ig  is  pronounced  -i(i):  (Sffig,  ^onig,  eh)ig,  (ebtg, 
amansig,  breifeig,  fcd^jig,  ftebsig. 

Note.  The  pronunciation  of  g  varies  greatly  in  different  parts 
of  Germany.  The  description  given  in  this  section,  and  in  §  26, 
agrees  with  that  standard  of  pronunciation  which  is  called  ^Ul^nen* 
beutfd^,  stage  German:  g  is  a  stop  everywhere  except  in  the  suffix  -ig. 
But  the  following  is  very  common  usage,  especially  in  the  middle 
and  north  of  Germany: 

(a)  Initial  g  is  a  voiced  stop:  gcbcn  with  ^  as  in  give. 

(b)  g  between  vowels  is  a  voiced  spirant :  Icgcn  with  J  as  m  fa;  Jagc 
with  a  similar  spirant,  pronounced  at  the  back  of  the  palate  (hke 
the  ad^-sound,  but  voiced) . 

(c)  g  final,  before  voiceless  consonants  and  before  suffixes  =  (i) 
(id^  or  a^,  according  to  the  preceding  sound) :  ©teg,  XaQ, 


20  GERMAN  FOR  BEGINNERS 


Throat  Consonants 

30.  ]^  is  like  English  h  in  house.  With  the  exception  of 
a  very  few  words,  it  is  pronounced  only  in  the  beginning 
of  words,  while  after  vowels  it  serves  as  a  mark  of  long 
quantity: 

^au^,  ^irt,  5lf)om,  U()u. 

It  is  not  pronounced,  but  indicates  length  in  the  fol- 
lowing words : 

fcl)cn,  m\)t,  2o\)c,  90^()c,  ntt{)cr,  f)6t)cr. 

31.  The  Glottal  Stop.  If  a  German  word  begins  with 
an  accented  vowel,  the  breath  is  stopped  for  a  moment 
before  the  vowel  is  pronoimced.  The  same  is  done  in 
compounds,  if  their  second  element  begins  with  a  vowel. 
This  stopping  of  the  breath  is  called  ''glottal  stop"  ("glot- 
tis" is  the  opening  between  the  vocal  chords:  the  breath 
is  stopped  by  closing  the  glottis). 

ab,  aber,  U'nc'f)rc  (=Unscf)re),  au'^a'rtcn  (au6=arten),  bic 
SScrct'ntgtcn  (SScr*einigten)  ©taatcn,  the  United  States. 


INTRODUCTION  21 


PRONUNCIATION  EXERCISES 


mam 

(Riddles) 

From  Vietor's  Lesebuch  in  Lautachrift,  I,  23. 


Wd  cinem  ^      tm     ©d^ncc, 

With     a      b     in  the      snow, 

Wii  ctncm  ^    tm   (©cc, 

With     a      k  in  the  lake, 

Wd  cinem  3    i^n    9}hinb; 

With      a      ts  in  the  mouth; 

®u  tDcifet  e«,  fiib  c«  funb! 
You  know  it,  make  it  known! 


Me    has  the  horse 

3n  feinem  SO^auI, 

In      his     mouth, 

^ie  £a1je  in  ber  Xafec, 

The    cat    in  the  paw, 

Unb  fprtngt  ber  §af' 

And  (if)  leaps  the  hare 

!^urd^«     grilne    ®ra«, 

Through  the  green  grass, 

^tn  \6)  in  jebem  'Boi\^t. 

Am   I    in   every    leap  {(yr  sentence). 


22  GERMAN  FOR  BEGINNERS 

3 

(Sg  tft  nid^t  in  ©panien, 

It  is    not  in     Spain, 

(©onbcm  in  Oranien. 

But       in    Orange. 

(S«  ift  nid^t  in  SBien, 

It  is    not   in  Vienna, 

©onbem  in  ^Berlin, 

But      in  Berlin. 

(S«  ift  nid^t   am  Wain, 

It  is    not  on  the  Main, 

SSol^I  aber   im   $R()ein, 

However    in  the  Rhine. 

a^  ift  nid^t  in  9}?ei6en, 

It  is    not  in  Meissen, 

SSoi)l  aber  in  ^reugcn* 

However    in    Prussia. 

@6  ift  fein  3)orf  fo  flein, 

There  is     no  village  so  small, 

!Die^  ^ing  mufe  brinnen  fein. 

This  thing  must  within    be. 


9?atc,  n3a6  ic^  liab^  bemommen: 

Guess,  what  I   have       heard: 

(Sg  finb  ad^tgel^n  Heinp  ©efellen  gur  SSelt  gefontmen, 

There  are  eighteen  Uttle    fellows  to  the  world       come, 

58on  ^Ingefic^t  gar  fciuberlid^, 

Of        face      very      neat, 

jDod^  feiner  einem  anbem     glid^; 
But    none        another       resembled; 


INTRODUCTION  23 

W.V  of)ne  ge{)ter  unb  ©ebrec^en, 

All  without  faults    and  blemishes, 

9^ur'!onnte  felner  em  SSort  fpred^en, 

Only   could    none     a    word     speak, 

Unb  bamit  man  fie  fonnte   t)erftef)n, 

And  so  that  one  them  could  understand, 

fatten  fie  fiinf  2)oImetf(i^er  mit      fid^       gel^n. 

Had    they  five   interpreters  with  themselves    go. 

!Da6  tuaren  f)0(5gelef)rte    2cuV: 

They  were   highly  learned  people: 

!Der  erft'    erftaunt,    reifet'^    Tlaul      auf  meit, 

The  first  is  astonished,  tears  the  mouth  open  wide, 

!Der  itodtt  tcie  ein  ^inblein  fd^reit, 

The  second  like  a       baby       cries, 

^er  britte  trie  ein  SD^au^Iein     pfiff, 

The  third  like    a  little  mouse  squeaked, 

!Der  Dierte  mie  ein  guf)rmann  rief, 

The  fourth  hke  a        driver      called, 

!Der  fiinf te  gar  trie  ein  Uf)u  tut: 

The    fifth  even  hke  an  owl  acts: 

^ag  h)aren  if)re  ^iinfte  gut. 

Those    were    their     arts      fine. 

!l)amit  erf)oben  fie  ein    ©efc^rei, 

With  them  raised  they  a         crying      (noise), 

giiirt  no(^  bie  SBelt,  ift  nid^t  toorbet. 

FiUs   still  the  world,  is    not     over. 

Answers  to  the  riddles:  (1)  ^a\)n,  (sleighing)  road  —  ^ai)n,  boat 
—  3a^n,  tooth.  (2)  The  vowel  a.  (3)  The  consonant  r.  (4)  The 
German  consonants  (b,  h,  f,  g,  f),  i,  t,  I,  m,  n,  p,  c\,  v,  f,  t,  to,  y,  j;  d  =  f, 
c  =  j)  and  vowels  (a,  e,  i,  o,  u). 


PART   I 

TEXTS 


^a^  tft  ber  ZiW,  ba6  ift  ber  ©tufiL    !Dag  ift  bic  3:afel; 
ba^  tft  bte  ^anb.    3)a6  ift.  bag  S8u^;  bag  tft  bag  SBIatt..^ 
^ag  tft  ber  ^letfttft,  bte  trelbe  uitb  bag  Mffer, 

!Der  Zi\^  tft  braun.    !Der  etii!)I  tft  braun,    ^er  Slfc^ 
unb  ber  @tuf)(  fmb  braun.    ^te  ^afel  ift  fc^trarj,  bie  ^reibe  5 
ift  tDeife,  bie  SSatto  ift  gelb  (blau,  griitt,  grau)»    ®ag  iBuc^ 
ift  rot  unb  fc^toars,  bag  SBlatt  ift  h)eii    ^er  SBIeiftift  ift 
ftumpf  (fpiij),  bag  SO^effer  ift  fd&arf. 

©ie  finb  ber  ?ef)rer  (bie  !^ef)reritt),  unb  ic^  bin  ein  ®d^ii= 
ler  (eine  (Sd^ulerin)*    5Bir  finb  ©chiller,  unb  ©ie  finb  ein  10 
?e!)rer,    (Sr  ift  ein  ©driller,  fie  ift  eine  @(^li(erin. 


la 

l:{inbert)ers 

(Sing,  jtDei,  bret,  @ing,  strei,  brei, 

mt  ift  ni(f)t  neu,  *  5llt  ift  nid^t  neu, 

5^eu  ift  nic^t  alt,  5lrm  ift  ni(f)t  reid^, 

SSarm  ift  nic^t  fait,  $art  ift  nic^t  meic^.^ 

^alt  ift  nic^t  trarm,  grifd^  ift  nid^t  faul,  <^^     5 

$Reid&  ift  nic^t  arm.  Od^g  ift  fein  ©auL^y^^ 

Sing,  glDei,  brei, 
mt  ift  nid^t  neu, 
(Bautx  ift  nid^t  fiife, 

$(inbe  finb  feine  giife',  10 

giifee  finb  feine  ^ctnbc, 
!Dag  ?ieb  {)at  ein  (gnbe. 
27 


28  GERMAN  FOR  BEGINNERS 

lb 
^ragen  unb  2lntir>orten 

Id^e  ©tragc  ift  of)nc  ®taub  ?     ^ic  TOId^ftrafec  ift  of)nc  ©taub. 
SBeld^c58(iumefmbo()Tie?aub?     !I)ie  ^^annenbaumc  f)aben  fein 

?aub. 
SBcld^er  ^onig  ift  of)nc  2:f)ron?     !Der    ^artcnfoniQ     ift     of)ne 

SSelc^e     toed^tc     finb    of)ne     ^ie   ©tiefelfned^te  finb   ol^ne 

2KeIci^e6  ^au«  l^at  tDcber  §oIs  ^a^  (Sc^ne(fenf)au^  l^at  iDebcr 
nod^  <Stcin?  §olg  noc^  (Stein. 

10  SBeld^cr  ©traug  f)at  feinc  iBlil*  ^er  5BogeI  ©traufe  f)at  feine 
melein?  ^mmelein. 


SESo  ift  eine  geber  unb  Zinit?   3(^  l^abe  feine  geber,  aber 

f)ier  t)abe  i(^  einen  ^teiftift.    ^er  SBIeiftift  ift  ftnmpf,  i)ahtn 

(Sie  fein  ^Jieffer?    3a,  f)ier  \)aht  id^  ein  5D^effer;  e^  bat  nur 

eine  ^linge,  aber  fie  ift  f c^arf . — ^aben  ©ie  ein  i8u^  ?    9^ein, 

5  id^  !)abe  fein  ^ud);  id^  t)abe  nnr  ein  ©eft. 

^a^  3immer  t)at  red^t^  eine  Zixx  (jtuei  Xiiren),  unb 

linf^  ^t  e^  t)ier  genfter.    3)ie  Xux  ift  grofe,  aber  bie  gen^ 

fter  finb  flein.    Hud^  t)at  e^  eine  Xafel,  eirt  ^T3ult  unb  einen 

3:ifd^.    !Der  Sef)rer  !)at  ein  SBud^,  ein  ©eft  unb  ^reibe.    3)er 

10  (gd^iiler  \)ai  ein  ©eft,  einen  iBIeiftift,  eine  geber  unb  2:inte. 

Ha 

S^  liebe  ben  SBinter,  -  S^  liebe  bie  iBtumc,  W 

3d^  liebe  ben  ©d^nee,  -  3d^  liebe  ba«  ©piel,     ^^ 

3c^  liebe  bag  @i«       *   ^  '      S^  liebe  bie  ©d^ule, 


vv 


Unb  ben  glufe  unb  ben  @cc.      3d^  liebe  gar  biel 


> 


^    TEXTS  29 


3(5  X\^t  "iio.^  iBadfilein,  — 
3)a^  %oX  unb  bie  §o()'n,   ^^O^^-i^r^ 
3(5  liebe  bie  ^Sogel,       dLe^Virtj^ 
<Sic  fttiQen  fo  fd^on. 


m 

Der  ^err  unb  Me  Diener 

^cr  9}?etftcr  \^\di  ben  3o(feI  au«,  er  foil  ben  $afer 
[(^neiben.  !Der  3o(feI  f(5neibet  ben  $afer  nlc^t  unb  fommt 
au(5  nl(5t  na(5  §fiiif^- 

^a  f(5icft  ber  §err  ben  'ipubel  au«,  er  foil  ben  Sodfel 
beifeen,    !l)er  ^ubel  betfet  ben  3otfe(  yM)i,  ber  3o(feI  [(^nei^    5 
bet  ^itxi  $afer  nl(5t  unb  fommt  au(5  nl(5t  na(5  ©aufe. 

!Da  (deleft  ber  ©err  bie  ^t\i\^t  au^,  fie  foil  ben  *ipubel 
f(5Ia9en.    !^ie  ^eitf(5e  fc^IciQt  ben  ^ubel  xCx^i,  ber  "ipubel 

U.f.tD. 

3)a  f(5icft  ber  $err  ba^  geuer  aii^,  e«  foil  bie  ^eitf(5e  lo 
brennen*    ^a^  geuer  brennt  bie  *ipeitf(5e  vx^i,  bie  ^ipeitfc^e 

U.f.tD, 

!l)a  f(5i(ft  ber  ^txx  ba^  Staffer  au^,  e^  foil  \i(x^  geuer 
Iof(5en,  ba^  3Baffer  Iof(5t  ba«  geuer  xCx^i,  u,f.tt), 

!Da  f(5icft  ber  §err  \^txi  0(5fen  au^,  er  foil  ba^  Staffer  is 
faufen,    ^er  D(5fe  fctuft  ba^  Staffer  nid^t,  u.f,h)» 

®a  f(5i(ft  ber  ©err  ben  ®(5Ia(5ter  au6,  er  foil  ben  Deafen 
f(5Iac5ten,    ^er  ^^VX^itx  f(5Ia(5tet  ben  Od^fen  nid^t,  u.f.h), 

^a  fd^idt  ber  ©err  ben  ©enfer  au«,  er  foil  ben  ©d^Iad^ter 
^cingen.    !Der  ©enfer  I)cingt  ben  ©d^Icid^ter  nid^t,  u^f.lo.  20 

^a  ge^t  ber  33^eifter  felbft  I)tnau^  unb  mad^t  gar  balb  ein 
(Snb^  barau^.  ^er  ©enfer  toill  ben  (Sd^Iiid^ter  ^cttigen,  ber 
©d^lad^ter  toill  ben  C)d)fen  fd^Iad^ten,  ber  Od^fe  toill  \>oA 


30  GERMAN   FOR  BEGINNERS 

SBaffer  faufen,  ba^  SSaffer  milt  ba^  geuer  lofc^en,  ha^ 
25  geuer  tt)tl(  bie  *ipeltf(^e  brennen,  bie  ^eitfc^e  mitt  ben  ^ubel 
fd^Iagen,  ber  ^ubel  tultt  ben  3ocfeI  betfeen,  ber  3o(fe(  fd^net^ 
bet  ben  $afer  nun  nnb  fommt  aufi)  gleic^  nad^  $anfe, 

ma 

l:{tnberreim 

•  iBauer,  binb  ben  ^ubel  an, 

!Da6  er  mi(i{)  nid^t  beigen  fann. 
^eifet  er  mid^,  berflag'  ic{)  btc^, 
^unbert  staler  foftet'^  btd§. 

lUb 

Die  ni}x 

SSie  l^eigt  ba^  ^ing  bort  an  ber  SSanb? 
(S6  fd^lcigt  unb  ^at  bodf)  feme  §anb; 
@^  f)angt  unb  Qef)t  bod^  fort  unb  fort; 
a^  gef)t  unb  fomntt  bod^  nid^t  i)om  Ort, 

IV 

Das  Znutageffen 

2Sir  fommen  urn  gmolf  U()r  au^  ber  @d^ule»  !Da^  9D?it^ 
tageffen  tft  fertlg.  5luf  bem  ^tfd^  Itegt  ein  3:tfd^tud^,  ^er 
S3ater,  bie  TlutUx  unb  bie  ^inber  fi^en  am  3:ifd^e,  53or 
iebem  ftef)t  ein  3:etter.  ^ed^t^  t)on  jebem  ^letter  liegt  ein 
5  aj^effer  unb  ein  Soffel,  linf^  liegt  eine  ®abeL  3)er  53ater 
gibt  ber  SD^utter  unb  ben  ^inbern  gleifd^  unb  ^rot,  bie 
9}?utter  gibt  bem  33ater  ^affee  unb  ben  ^inbern  ^ild^  ober 
i£3affer»    ^affee  unb  3}iild^  tritifen  mir  au^  einer  2:affe, 


TEXTS  31 

iSSaffer  au^  einem  (^la^,    9^ac^  betn  9JJittageffen  ge]()en  mtr 
ausS  bem  3i^^^^  ii^^  fptelen  im  ®arten»    ^ann  gel^en  iuir  lo 
h)ieber  3ur  ©d^ule* 

IVa 

l:{tnberretm 

Tldn  3Sater  faufte  ftd^  ein  ©au6, 
3Sor  bem  §au«  tt)ar  ein  (Garten, 
3n  bem  ©arten  lt)ar  ein  ^aum, 
5luf  bem  53aum  tnar  ein  9^eft, 
3n  bem  5^e[t  tr)ar  ein  Si, 
3n  bem  Si  tDar  ein  !Dotter, 
3n  bem  3)otter  tDar  ein  ^afe, 
2)cr  beigt  bid^  in  bie  9^afe. 


Die  ^amilie 

^er  9^ame  meine^  33ater^  i[t  2axl,  ber  9^ame  meiner 
Tluiitx  Tlavk.  ^d)  f)abe  jtDei  ^riiber,  aber  nur  eine 
(gc^mefter.  SJJeine  iBriiber  Iieifeen  griebric^  unb  ^i(f)elm, 
meine  (Sc^tt)e[ter  l^eifet  5lnna. 

Q^  1:)aht  einen  £)nM  unb  eine  3lante»  ^er  Dnfel  ift  ein  5 
53ruber  be^  53ater^,  bie  3:ante  ift  eine  (Sd^trefter  ber  WuU 
ter*  ^er  33ater  be^  33ater^  f)ei6t  ©rofetiater,  bie  Tlutttx 
be^  53ater^  (ober  ber  SO^utter)  f)ei6t  ©rofemutter.  3)ie 
^inber  eine^  @of)ne^  ober  einer  Slod^ter  !)ei6en  Snfel  ober 
(Snfelinnen,  10 

3)er  33ater  unb  bie  5D^utter  eine^  ^inbe^  finb  feine  Sltern; 
ber  (^rofetiater  unb  bie  ©rofemutter  finb  bie  ©rofeeltern, 
^riiber  unb  (Sc^tDeftern  fieifeen  ©efc^tDifter* 


32  GERMAN   FOR  BEGINNERS 

VI 

3[t  bag  3^r  SBleiftift  unb  3^r  «uc^?  (gg  ift  mem  ^tU 
ftift,  aber  eg  ift  nlc^t  mein  ^uc^,  fonbern  ba^  ^nd)  beg 
J^el^rerg*  SO^ein  iBuc^  ift  hxaun,  aber  bie  3)e(f el  biefeg  ^uc^eg 
finb  rot,  unb  ber  ^Hiicfen  ift  fc^tDarj, 
5  ^ie  garbe  beg  *i|3apierg  ift  ttjeife,  bie  garbe  ber  Si^afel 
fc^marj;  bie  garbe  beg  ^ifc^eg  unb  beg  (5tuf)leg  ift  braun» 

^er  (Sc^liler  off  net  fein  ^ud^.  (gr  nimmt  htn  ^leiftift. 
^er  ^leiftift  ift  ftumpf ,  ber  ©(filler  nimmt  fein  ^D^effer  aug 
ber  ^afc^e,  offnet  eg  unb  fpiljt  ben  iBIeiftift  mit  bem  SJieffer. 
10  ^ann  fc^reibt  er  mit  bem  iBIeiftift  in  fein  §eft,  ^er  Se^^ 
rer  ftef)t  an  ber  3IafeI  unb  fc^reibt  aud^,  aber  er  fd^reibt  nid^t 
mit  iBIeiftift,  fonbern  mit  ^reibe» 

vn 

3d^  l^ebe  bie  ^anb*  3d^  fenfe  bie  ^anb,  -^eben  (Sie  bie 
§anb!  ©enfen  (Sie  bie  §anb!  §eben  ®ie  alle  bie  $anb! 
SSir  l^eben  bie  §anb,    ©ie  !)eben  unb  fenfen  bie  §anb, 

(gie  fommen  ing  3i^i^^^-  ®i^  M\^^  ^i^  ^linfe  mit  ber 
5  §anb;  bann  offnen  (Bit  bie  3:ur  unb  ge!)en  ing  3i^^^i^* 
(gie  (egen  3{)r  ^ud^  auf  bag  'ipult  unb  fe^en  fid^  nieber» 
^er  Se!)rer  ruft  @ie  an  bie  3:afeL  @ie  fte]f)en  auf  unb  Qt^tn 
an  bie  XafeL  ^er  Sef)rer  biftiert,  unb  @ie  fd^reiben  an  bie 
2:afeL    ^ie  anberen  ©(filler  fd^reiben  auf  papier, 

VIII 

®e{)en  (Sic  ang  (an  bag)  genfter!  ©ie  fte]f)en  nun  am 
genfter.  ®ef)en  ©ie  an  bie  Xilr,  unb  bteiben  ©ie  an  ber 
2:iir  ftel^en! 

Huf  biefem  ^ud^  liegt  eine  geber,    3d^  lege  fie  auf  jeneg 


TEXTS  33 

^ult.    "Hflun  llegt  fie  auf  bem  ^ult.    2tQtn  ©ie  biefen  ^lei^   5 
ftift  unb  jene^  93^effer  neben  bie  ijeber!    9^un  Ilegt  ble  geber 
jtDifd^en  einem  ^leiftift  unb  einem  3}^effer, 

Der  Sef)rer  fte^t  t)or  bem  'iPuU,    (gr  9ef)t  Winter  ha^  ^ult 
unb  ftef)t  nun  tjor  ber  2^afeL    9^eben  ber  3:afel  Ift  eln  ^aften. 
Sd)  lege  bie  ^reibe  in  biefen  ^aften.    3^ifc§^^  ^^^  ^aften  10 
unb  bem  genfter  ift  ein  (Stuf)L    !Der  Sef)rer  fd^reibt  an  bie 
^afel,  aber  bie  (Schiller  fc^reiben  auf  papier. 


Vina 
Der  $al?me  Star 

^er  ^ctger  Woxii^  f)at  einen  saf)men  ©tar*  !Diefer  53ogel 
fann  einige  SSorte  fpred)en,  ilSenn  ber  ^ager  in^  3iii^tner 
fommt  unb  ruft:  „(StarIein,  h)o  bift  bu?",  fo  anttDortet  ber 
33ogeI  immer:  „§ier  bin  i(^!" 

^arl,  ber  ®of)n  be^  ^^ad^barS,  f)at  ben  53o9e(  fe!)r  gem  5 
unb  befuc^t  ben  ^ttger  oft.  (gine^  Xage^  ift  SD^orife  nid^t  im 
3inxmer.  ^a  nimmt  ber  ^nabe  hen  33ogeI  in  bie  §anb, 
ftecft  if)n  in  bie  Xafd^c  unb  n)ill  bamit  fortlaufen.  T)a 
fommt  ber  ^oger  ing  3inxmer.  (Sr  mill  bem  ^naben  eine 
greube  mac^en  unb  ruft:  „<2)taxldn,  tDo  bift  bu?'"  T)a  ruft  10 
ber  53oget  au^  ber  Xa\(i)t  be^  ^naben:  „^ier  bin  id^!" 

^arl  mufe  ben  53ogeI  jurildfgeben  unb  barf  ben  3ttger 
nic^t  mef)r  befud^en. 

IX 

Sd}\iU  unb  (5arten 

Unfer  ©c^ulgebaube  ftef)t  auf  bem  ©ipfel  eine^  ^iigel^. 
&  f)at  Diele  ^tmmer.  3ebe^  3tnxmer  f)at  Dier  ober  fed^S 
(6)  genfter,  aber  nur  eine  Siir  (^ei  Xiiren).    3n  jebem 


34  GERMAN  FOR  BEGINNERS 

dimmer  ftnb  ^anjig  (20)  obcr  breifeig  (30)  (geffel  fiir  btc 
5  ©driller,  ein  "ipult  fiir  ben  Sel^rer  ober  bie  ^efirertn  unb  einigc 

Za^dn,  ^aften  unb  ©emcilbe,    3n  einigen  ^imrnern  ftnb 

^naben  unb  SD^abd^en,  aber  in  eint^en  ftnb  nur  '^ab6)tn. 

5luc^  meine  iBriiber  unb  <Bd)tt)t\ttxn  Qefien  in  biefe  ©c^ule. 
33or  bent  ©d^ulgebciube  ift  ein  ©arten,    3n  biefem  finb 
10  ©ebitfc^e,  gelfen  unb  jlDei  58runnen,    SSir  fpielen  unb  arbei* 

ten  ieben  2ag  im  ®arten.    3Sir  mac^en  ©raben,  ftreuen 

©amen  unb  pflanjen  ^ixum^tn. 

X 

^lieber  unb  Kleiber 

i£3ir  ticiben  jh)ei  5lrme,  sh)ei  SBeine,  sn)ei  ©finbe,  s^^t 

giifee,  einen  $aB  unb  einen  ^opf.    3ebe  ^anb  ]f)at  fiinf 

ginger,  jeber  gufe  fiinf  3^^^i^»    ^^  ben  gingern  unb  ben 

3elf)en  finb  9^ageL    Tlit  ben  gilfeen  ge^en  n)ir,  tnit  ben  §an^ 

-5  ben  faffen  mir, 

5ln  ben  giifeen  tragen  mir  ©tritntpfe  unb  ®(^u{)e,  an  ben 
^cinben  ^anbfd^ufie,  auf  bent  ^opfe  einen  §ut»  5lnbere 
^(eibung^ftiide  finb:  HJ^antel,  dlodt,  tragen,  ©tiefel  u,f.n). 

Das  3^^^ 

T)a^  3a^r  ]f)at  jmolf  9}?onate,    3f)re  5^anten  finb:  3a^ 

nuar,  gebruar,  ^arj,  5lpri{,  9)^ai,  3uni,  3uli,  5Iuguft, 

(September,  Oftober,  5^ot)ember,  ^ejember,    -3eber  SD^onat 

f)at  breifeig  ober  einunbbreifeig  Xage,  nur  ber  gebruar  f)at 

.5  ad^tunbjmanaig  ober  neununbatt)angig  2:age. 

(Sieben  2:agc  finb  eine  iGSod^e.  ^ie  fieben  ^lage  ber 
^od^e  !)ei6en:  (Sonntag,  5D^ontag,  !5)icnStag,  Mittmo^, 
^onner^tag,  greitag,  <©am6tag. 


TEXTS  35 

XI 
Der  ^afe  un6  ber  ^ucf^s 

^er  §afe  unb  ber  gud^^  retften  tnit  etttanber,  (gg  irar 
iSBtnter,  unb  fie  f)ungerten  \d)x.  ^a  fagte  ber  guc^^  p  bem 
$afen:  „^ort  fomrrtt  em  SJ^abd^en  tnit  einem  ^orb  ijoti 
i8rot»  Sege  bid&  in  ben  (Sc^nee  nnb  ftelte  bld^  tot!"  !Der 
^afe  tat  e^.  ^a^  "Mah^tn  ftellte  ben  ^orb  nleber  unb  5 
n3o(Ite  ben  §afen  nel^men,  ^a  fafete  ber  gud^^  ben  ^orb 
unb  eitte  bamit  h)eg,  unb  ber  ^afe  folgte  lf)m,  3lber  ber 
gud^^  tDodte  bag  ^rot  altetn  freffen,  ^er  §afe  argerte  ftd^, 
fagte  aber  nic^t^* 

iBalb  Qelangten  fie  an  einen  ©ee,  ber  hdna^t  pgefroren  10 
toar,  T)a  fagte  ber  §afe:  „3n  biefem  @ee  finb  Diete  gifc^e. 
^ange  beinen  ©d^tuanj  in^  SBaffer,  bamit  fid^  bie  gifd^e 
baran  l^angen/'  ^er  gud^g  f)cingte  ben  ©d^tnans  in^  3Saffer» 
&  bauerte  nic^t  (ang,  fo  mar  er  feftgefroren.  3)a  frafe  ber 
$afe  ha^  ^rot  t)or  ben  5Iugen  beg  guc^feg  unb  fagte:  „^arte  is 
nur,  big  ber  griil^ling  fommt,  luarte  nur,  big  ber  gruf)Iing 
fommt!"  ^ann  eitte  er  h)eg,  unb  ber  gud^g  bellte  rt)ie  ein 
$unb  an  ber  ^ette, 

XLa 

Der  ^afe  unb  ber  39^^ 

(Sin  $afe  iDoItte  mit  einem  3gel  um  bit  iSSette  Iaufen» 
HIg  Ort  n)(if)lten  fie  ein  ^elb*  ^er  3gel  aber  brad^te  t)eim^ 
lid^  feine  gran  mit.  @r  fagte  ju  il^r:  „@e^e  bid^  rul^ig  an 
biefeg  (gnbe  ht^  gelbeg  unb  twarte,  big  ber  ©afe  fommt. 
!Dann  rufe:  ,T)a  bin  ic^  fd^on!' "  9^un  ging  er  gu  bem  ©afen  5 
unb  fagte:  „^er  SSettlauf  fann  beginnen.    Sing,  jiDei,  brei!" 

T>er  $afe  fprang  badon,  fo  fd^neK  er  fonnte.    ^er  3gel 


36  GERMAN   FOR  BEGINNERS 

aber  feijte  fid^  mf)tg  an^  @nbe  be^  gelbe^.  511^  ber  ^afc 
an^  anbere  (gnbe  fam,  rtef  grau  3ge(:  „3c^  bin  fc^on  ba!" 

10  ^er  §afe  glaubte,  e^  fei  ber  39^1  felbft,  benn  grau  3ge( 
ftef)t  genau  fo  au^  h^ic  il^r  Tlann.  „2Blr  laufen  noc^  eln- 
mail"  fagte  ber  §afe  unb  fprang  fort.  W,^  er  an^  @nbe 
beg  gelbeg  fam,  fafe  ber  3gel  ba  unb  rtef:  „3d^  bin  fd^on 
hal"    ©0  lief  ber  §afe  brelixnbftebjigrrtal;  bann  ftiir^te  er 

15  mitten  auf  bent  getbe  tot  p  ^oben.  !Der  3ge(  unb  feine 
grau  aber  gingen  ftolj  nad^  §aufe» 

XII 

Dcr  £anbmann  unb  bas  Pferb 

3?n  einer  9^ac^t  ftaf)Ien  !Diebe  einent  !2anbntann  fein  ^ferb 
aug  bent  ©talk.  5^ad^  einigen  Sl^agen  reifte  er  sur  @tabt, 
benn  er  moKte  ein  anbere^  faufen.  5luf  bent  SO^arfte  rtiaren 
biele  'iPferbe  feil,  unb  unter  biefen  erblidfte  er  aud^  fein  *ipferb. 

5  @r  fafete  eg  ant  3^9^^  ^^^  ft^Qte:  „^iefeg  "iPferb  ift  ntein! 
!5)iebe  \tai)kn  eg  ntir  Dor  einigen  3::agen  aug  bent  ^talk." 

!Der  Wlann,  ber  bag  'iPferb  berfaufen  tnoKte,  fagte:  „5^ein, 
eg  ift  nid^t  3f)r  *iPferb,  fonbern  nteineg.  Qd)  f)abe  eg  feit 
bielen  ^al^ren."    ©a  bebedfte  ber  ^anbmann  bie  5lugen  ht^ 

10  "iPferbeg  ntit  ben  ^anben  unb  fagte:  „SSenn  biefeg  *ipferb 
3f)reg  ift,  fo  fagen  ®ie  ntir,  auf  meld^ent  Huge  eg  blinb  ift!" 
!Der  9[)^ann  mar  n)irflid^  einer  ber  !Diebe.  @r  tnar  in  Hngft 
unb  anttoortete:  „Huf  bent  linfen  5tuge  ift  eg  blinb."  „5^ein, 
ha^  ift  falfd^!"  fagte  ber  Sanbntann.    „5ld&,  id^  tnollte  fagen, 

15  auf  bent  red^ten  5Iuge!"  antmortete  ber  ^ieb. 

!Da  bedfte  ber  Sanbntann  bie  5(ugen  beg  ^ferbeg  n)ieber 
auf  unb  fagte:  „^un  fe{)en  toir,  bafe  bu  ein  ^ieb  bift.  3)ag 
^ferb  ift  auf  feinem  5luge  blinb," 


TEXTS  37 

XHa 

Das  Pferb  unb  bte  brei  Briiber 

^in  58auer  l^atte  brei  @o!)ne  unb  nur  ein  ^ferb.  5Bor 
feinem  Xobe  fagte  er  ju  feinen  ^o^mn:  „SSenn  ic^  tot  bin, 
9ef)ort  ba^  *i|3ferb  eud^  alien*  i8e{)anbelt  e^  Qut,  3f)r  alle 
fottt  e^  fiittern,  unb  e^  fo(t  eud^  alien  blenen,  I)eute  bent  (ilte* 
ften,  ntorgen  bent  mittleren,  iibermorgen  bent  iungften»"  5 

9^a(^  bent  ^^obe  be§  33ater^  fagte  ber  ciltefte  iBruber  su 
bem  ^ferbe:  „®eftem  fiitterten  hid)  bte  ,^ned^te  nteine^ 
3Sater^,  unb  ntorgen  fiittert  btd^  tnein  ^ruber;  arbeite  l^eute 
oI)ne  gutter,"  ®o  arbeltete  unb  l^ungerte  ba^  ^ferb  ben 
gansen  Xaq.  .  10 

2Int  jmeiten  Za^t  I)oIte  e^  ber  tnittlere  58ruber.  &  tvav 
fc^on  \(i)tva(^  unb  fonntc  r.u^.  hunger  nic^t  fd^nell  gel)en, 
!Da  fagte  er:  ,3etn  :^ruber  fiitterte  btc^  fo  gut,  ha^  bu  nun 
nid^t  gel^en  n)tll[t.  ^arum  mill  id^  bid^  I)eute  nid^t  fiittern. 
9}^orgen  fiittert  bid^  ber  iilngfte  ^Bruber,"  15 

5lber  ber  iiingfte  ^ruber  ntad^te  e^  ant  britten  3:age  genau 
tDie  bie  (ilteren  ®oI)ne,  5^un  I)ungerte  ba^  ^ferb  fd^on  brei 
2:age.  Hber  al^  e^  ber  ciltefte  iBruber  ant  bierten  Xage  n)ie= 
ber  I)oIen  mollte,  lag  e^  tot  int  ©talle,    (S^  mar  berl)ungert. 

^ie  briiber  janften  fid^  liber  ben  2:ob  be^  ^ferbe^,  aber  20 
ba^  ntad^te  ba^  amte  ^ier  nid^t  tnieber  lebenbig* 

xm 

Hiibesal^I  unb  ber  ^lafer 

Sin  ©lafer  tnanberte  ntit  jinei  ^brben  t)oII  ®Ia6  iiber 
ha^  9^iefengebirge,  9^ubejaI)I  bemerfte  il)n  unb  mollte  il)n 
nedfen.    @r  tiermanbelte  fid^  in  einen  §aufen  ©teine*    SDer 


38  GERMAN   FOR  BEGINNERS 

©lafer  erblicfte  biefen  iinb  tDolIte  ftd^  barauf  fe^en,  aber  blc 

6  ©telne  roltten  meg,  ber  (^(afer  purjelte  auf  ben  ^^iicfen,  unb 

feln  @Ia«  mar  in  tanfenb  ©tuden. 

^er  ©lafer  flagte,  benn  ba^  ®Ia^  mar  alTe^,  ma^  er  l^atte* 

T)a  t)ermanbelte  fic^  S^ilbejaf)!  in  einen  Sanbmann  unb 

fragte  ibn,  marunt  er  fo  flagte.    ^er  @(afer  erjciblte  e^  xi)m. 

10  ^a  fagte  D^iibejabl:  „3c^  bin  ^^ubejaf)!,  ber  §err  biefe^ 

©ebirge^,    3^  mill  bir  bein  ®Ia6  erfe^en  unb  babei  btn 

9}^uller  in  ienem  ^orfe  necfen,  benn  er  ift  geijtg  unb  unef)r^ 

(Sr  i)ern)anbeUe  fic^  in  einen  (Sfel  unb  fagte  m  bem  (^(afer: 

15  „Sege  ©teine  in  beine  ^orbe,  felje  bi(f)  auf  meinen  9^ucfen, 

reite  in  bie  9)^ut)Ie  unb  derfaufc  mic^  bem  SO^illTer,"    ^er 

@Iafer  ge!)or(^te  feinen  Shorten,     ^er  SO^iiller  faufte  ben 

@fel  fiir  jebn  3::aler  unb  fiibrte  \^n  gleid^  in  ben  ©talL    @r 

f)oIte  $eu  fiir  il^n,  aber  ber  @fel  fagte:  „S^  freffe  fein  §eu, 

20  i(^  effe  nur  gleifc^  unb  53rot,"    ^er  SD^iltter  mar  fe^r  er^ 

ftaunt  unb  ]f)o(te  Sanbleute  au^  bem  !Dorfe.    ^iefe  eilten  in 

ben  @tal(  —  aber  ber  CEfel  mar  meg,  unb  nur  ba^  $eu  mar 

noc^  ba, 

!Der  ^lafer  manberte  nac^  $aufe.    ^ort  offnete  er  feinc 

25  ^orbe*    3)a  maren  feine  ©teine  barin,  fonbem  i)iele,  tjiele 

©olbftUde,    ®o  erfe^te  if)m  ^^ubeja^I  ba^  ®Ia^. 

xma 
XDie  Hubesal^l  feinen  Hamen  erfjielt 

2)er  SBerggeift  be^  ^iefengebirge^  raubte  einmal  @mma, 
bie  2:oc^ter  be«  ^onig«  jeneg  Sanbe«,  unb  fiil^rte  fie  in  fein 
<S(^lo6  unter  ber  @rbe,  !Da«  mar  ein  munberbareg  ©ebfiube 
au^  ^axxnox  unb  ®oIb»    !Der  ^erggeift  moltte  bem  ^ixb^ 


TEXTS  39 

c^en  ieben  SBunfd^  erfuKen,  aber  fie  tddntt  unb  flagte  unb   s 
fef)nte  \i6)  nac^  $aufe. 

^a  fie  fid^  fo  einfam  fuf)Ite,  tooUit  i!)r  ber  ^erggeift 
©efcllfd&aft  t)erfc^affen,  dx  elite  auf  bag  gelb,  I)oIte  fic^  ein 
2)ufeenb  ^iibett  unb  fagte  ju  ber  ^onig^toc^ter:  „§ier  !)aft 
bu  einen  ^orb  ^Riiben  unb  elnen  ©tab»  SSenn  bu  eine  9^ube  lo 
mit  bent  (Stabe  beriil^rft,  fo  fannft  bu  fie  in  jebe  ©eftalt  Der= 
manbeln,  bie  bu  millft*" 

9^un  demanbelte  (Smma  bie  $Ruben  in  bie  9)Mb(^en,  bie 
fie  auf  ber  (Srbe  am  liebften  {)atte,  unb  fpielte  ben  ganjen 
2^ag  mit  if)nen.    5lber  nac^  ein  paar  Xagen  tuelften  fie,  unb  15 
nac^  ein  paar  SSod^en  maren  fie  alle  tot,  benn  bie  D^liben 
ijertrocfneten  fd^nelL 

5^un  iDeinte  Smma  unb  jurnte  bem  iBerggeifte*  5lber  bie^ 
fer  fd^enfte  if)r  tDieber  D^iiben,  bie  fie  toieber  in  bie  2mtt  Der- 
toanbelte,  bie  fie  lieb  f)atte*  20 

3m  $erbft  aber  fud^te  ber  iBerggeift  tjergeben^  nac^ 
9^uben.  ^a  faufte  er  einige  (Bade  ©amen  unb  fate  fie  auf 
bie  gelber  iiber  feinem  ©dilo^,  S^^^Q^  fc^urten  ein  Jeuer 
unter  ber  (Srbe,  unb  bie  Dtliben  trud^fen  fc^nelL  @mma 
befud^te  jeben  Xaq  ha^  %tlb,  unb  eine^  2^ageg  fagte  fie  p  25 
bem  iBerggeift:  „S^W  bie  D^iiben*  SISenn  bu  mir  if)vt  S^^^ 
genau  fagen  fannft,  mill  id^  beine  i^vau  tuerben/' 

^er  ^erggeift  gef)ord^te»  (Sr  ^afilte  ftunbenlang,  }a  tage* 
lang*  ^enn  eg  tt)aren  fo  ungel)euer  Diet  Qf^iiben  auf  bem 
gelbe,  bafe  er  fid^  immer  mieber  berja^Ite  unb  t)on  i3orn  30 
beginnen  mufete,  (gnblid^  toar  er  fertig*  (Sr  eilte  ing 
<Sd^Io6,  um  @mma  bie  S^^^  P  toerfiinben,  5(ber  fie  toav 
tierfd^munben,  ^enn  tDci^renb  ber  ^erggeift  bie  ^iiben 
jaf)tte,  tdax  fie  geflot)en*  •Diefer  berfolgte  fie,  fonnte  fie  aber 
nid^t  einf)oIen,  si 


40  GERMAN   FOR  BEGINNERS 

(Bdthtm  aber  gaben  if)m  bie  ^eute  tm  D^tefengebtrge  ben 
©pottnamen  „dlub^af)l,"  unb  er  iDirb  febr  sornig,  menn  er 

XIV 

Cill  €ulenfptegel 

2:ilt  (gulenfpicgel  blieb  in  feiner  ©tabt  lange.    tiberalt 

trteb  er  fold^e  ^  of  fen,  bafe  man  tbn  balb  an^  ber  ®tabt  trieb» 

(glnmat  jog  er  eln  ®ei(  iiber  bie  (Strafee  nnb  tanjte  bar= 

auf,    33ie(e  ^naben  blieben  fteben  nnb  fd^anten  btnauf*    ^a 

5  fagte  (gnlenfpiegel,  fie  follten  ibm  ibre  ©c^nbe  geben;  er 
tt)oI(te  ibnen  bamit  ein  ^nnftftiicf  ^eigen.  T)k  ^naben 
gogen  ibre  ©c^nbe  an^  nnb  gaben  fie  ibm.  2:iII  ^og  fie  anf 
cine  ©c^nnr  nnb  ftieg  bamit  anf  ha^  ©eiL  T)ann  begann 
er  allerlei  ^offen  jn  treiben,  tanjte,  fang  nnb  pfiff.    (gnblid^ 

10  tDoKten  bie  ^naben  ibre  ©d^nbe  iDieber  bt^ben.  ^a  rief 
©nienfpieget:  „3eber  foil  feine  ©c^nbe  felbft  fnd^en!"  S)ann 
fc^nitt  er  bie  ©cbnnr  entjtDei,  nnb  bie  ©c^nbe  ^nrjelten  bin* 
nnter.  !Da  famen  bie  ^naben  gefpmngen  nnb  berfnc^ten 
ibre  @(^n]f)e  jn  finben.    @iner  rief:  „^er  ift  mein!"    3)er 

15  anbere  fd^rie:  „^n  liigft;  er  ift  mein!"  Unb  fo  ftritten  fie,  nnb 
am  (Snbe  begannen  fie  fic^  jn  fc^tagen.  (Snienfpiegel  aber 
lad^te  anf  bem  (Seile  nnb  rief:  „dit^t  fo!  (gnc^t  nnr  enre 
(Scbube!"  3)ann  ftieg  er  t)on  bem  (Seite  nnb  fd^Iic^  h)eg, 
iDcil^renb  bie  ^naben  noc^  nm  ibre  ©c^nbe  ftritten. 

XlVa 

Xiod}  brei  ^efd?id}ten  Don  OH  (Eulenfpiegcl 

1.  Sinft  begegnete  ^nlenfpiegel  einem  58arbier  anf  ber 
©trafee  nnb  bot  ibm  an,  bei  ibm  sn  arbeiten.  liefer  n)ieg 
ibm  feine  SBobnnng.     „5ln  ber  (gcfe  be^  TlaxtU^  ift  ein 


TEXTS  41 

grofec^  rote^  $au^  mtt  f)o!)en  gcnftern,  ba  gef)  f)tncm  unb 
h)artc,  bi^  tc^  fotnme!"    (gulenfpieQel  bejog  biefe  SKortc  auf   5 
bie  genfter.    ^anim  ging  er  nlc^t  biirc^  bie  ^iir,  fonbem 
gcrbrac^  eltie  genfterfc^eibe  unb  ftieg  burd)  ba^  genfter  in 
ba^  §au^. 

511^  ber  58arbter  nad^  §anfe  fam,  tDurbe  er  gornig  nnb 
rlef:  „®ef)  be^  3Bege^>  ben  bu  gefommen  bift!"    ^a  jerbrac^  10 
(Sulenfpiegel  noc^  eine  ©d^eibe  unb  fprang  burd^  ba^  genfter 
auf  bie  ©trafee, 

2.  (Sinmal  fam  er  nad)  $ilbe^f)eim  ju  einem  ^ferbe^ 
f)anbler,  X)iefer  bot  i]()m  ein  'iPferb  fur  fiinfunbjtDanjig 
^aler  an*  (Sulenfpieget  bot  bierunbjtDanjig  ^aler  unb  fagte:  15 
„3^t)If  Xaler  iDill  ic^  gleid^  be^alfllen,  bie  anberen  jtDoIf  n)ill 
id^  fc^ulbig  bleiben."  ^er  'iPferbef)anbIer  gab  if)nt  ha^  ^ferb, 
unb  (gulenfpiegel  ritt  tDeg. 

^ad)  brei  9}^onaten  fam  ber  ^ferbel^ftnbler  unb  rt)o(Ite 
fein  ®elb  f)aben*  5lber  (Sulenfpiegel  fagte:  „Q(i)  mill  bir  bie  20 
StDolf  3:aler  fc^ulbig  bleiben,  tvit  id^  fagte."  3)er  ^ferbc* 
l^cinbler  Derflagte  if)n.  5lber  ©ulenfpiegel  fagte:  ,,'^U  i<^  ha^ 
^ferb  faufte,  t)erfprac^  id^  jnjolf  dialer  gleid^  ju  besaf)Ien  unb 
ahjolf  3:aler  fc^ulbig  ju  bleiben.  3^oIf  ^cil^^  ^cibe  id^  be^ 
gaf)lt,  unb  bie  anberen  s^olf  dialer  mill  id^  fd^ulbig  bleiben  25 
—  l)eute  unb  nad^fte^  -3al)r  unb  immer;  benn  id^  l^alte  immer 
mein  SSort."    Unb  babei  blieb  e6. 

3,  !Die  Seipjiger  53adfer  l)atten  einmal  ein  geft,  unb 
(Sulenfpiegel  mollte  il)nen  einen  ©treid^  fpielen.  @r  ftng 
eine  ^a^e,  nal)te  fie  in  ein  ^afenfell  unb  ftedfte  fie  in  einen  30 
(Bad.  ^ann  ^og  er  53auernfleiber  an,  ftellte  fid^  Dor  ba^ 
9?atl)au^  auf  ben  ^axti  unb  bot  feinen  ^afen  einem  58cicfer 
an.  liefer  sal)lte  einen  guten  *iprei^  bafilr  unb  brad^te  ben 
§afen  in  ba^  §au^,  too  ha^  geft  fein  follte.    !Dort  jeigte  er 


42  GERMAN  FOR  BEGINNERS 

36  U)n  feinen  greunben.  ©tc  {)oIten  $unbe,  unb  bann  Itefeen 
fie  im  ©arten  bte  ^afee  au§  bem  (Sad,  ^lefe  fprang  ba* 
t)on,  unb  bte  |)unbe  t)erfuc^ten  fte  ju  fangen,  ^a  fprang 
fie  aber  auf  einen  SBaum  ixnb  fc^rie:  „2)^taii!  9D?iau!"  3)a 
begannen  bie  ^'cidtx  ju  fd^reien  unb  ^u  f($elten,  aber  fie 

40  fonnten  (Sulenfpiegel  nid^t  finben. 


XV 

(Eine  ITtund^^aufcn-^cfd^id^te 

^iefe  ©efc^ic^te  gefc^al^  mir  in  jenem  SSinter,  aU  ic^  nac^ 
^ufelanb  ritt,  'Da^  2anh  lag  tief  unter  ©d^nee,  Qn  einer 
9^a(^t  t^erlor  id^  ben  Seg;  id^  ftieg  ab  unb  banb  mein  ^iPferb 
mit  bem  SH^^  cl^  ^^nen  ^aum  ober  Sift,  ber  au^  bem 

5  <Sd^nee  faf)»     ^ann  legte  id^  mic^  baneben  in  ben  (Sd^nee, 

na{)m  meine  *ipiftoIe  unter  ben  5lrm  unb  fd^Iief  ein.    3d^ 

fd^Iief,  bi^  e^  2ag  tear*    SKie  erftaunt  mar  id^,  aU  id^  fanb, 

bafe  id^  in  einem  ^orf e  Dor  ber  ^ird^e  lag ! 

3d^  fal)  mein  ^ferb  nid^t,  aber  id^  ^oxU  beffen  iHSiefiem 

10  iiber  mir,  Qd)  fd^aute  f)inauf,  unb  ha  faf)  ic^,  ba^  eg  am 
^iigel  an  ber  ©pi^e  beg  ^ird^turmg  f)ing,  5^un  t)erftanb 
id^  bie  (Sad)e:  5llg  id^  in  bag  ^orf  fam,  lag  (Sd^nee  iiber 
bemfelben;  aber  in  ber  5^ad^t  iDurbe  eg  tDarm;  ber  (Sd^nee 
fd^mot^,  unb  id^  fanf  mit  bem  (Sd^nee  tiefer  unb  tiefer,  ^ag= 

15  jenige  aber,  mag  mir  in  ber  9^ad^t  ein  ^aum  ober  ein  5Ift 
fd^ien,  mar  bie  ©pi^e  ht^  ^ird^turmg, 

®Ieid^  na{)m  id^  meine  *ipiftoIe  unb  fc^ofe  nad^  bem  SH^^* 
!Diefer  rife,  unb  fo  erl)ielt  id^  mein  *ipferb  mieber  unb  ritt 
meiter. 


TEXTS  43 

XV  a 

Der  gute  Kamerab 

3c5  ^atV  elnen  ^ameraben, 

^inen  befjem  finbft  bu  nit. 

!Die  Xxommd  fc^IuQ  pm  ©treitc, 

(Sr  gittQ  an  meiner  ©eite 

3n  glcid^em  ©d^ritt  unb  2^rttt.  0 

(Sine  ^UQcl  fant  geflogcn. 

mv^  mir,  ober  gilt  e«  bir? 

3\)n  l^at  eg  treggeriffen, 

(Sr  liegt  mir  Dor  ben  giife^^^/ 

511^  h)(ir'6  ein  (Stad  toon  mir.  10 

SBilt  mir  bie  ^anb  noc^  reid^en, 

!Derh)eiI  ic^  eben  lab'. 

^ann  bir  bie  ^anb  nid^t  geben, 

^leib'  bu  im  eh) 'gen  !2eben 

Wtin  guter  ^amerab!  la 


XVb 

^eibenrosletn 

<Bai)  ein  tnab'  ein  dlMtin  ftef)n, 
9?ogIein  auf  ber  $eiben, 
SKar  fo  jung  unb  morgenfd^on, 
!Oief  er  fd^nett,  e6  na()  gu  [e()n, 
<Sa()'«  mit  t)ielen  greuben. 
9f?o«Iein,  ^RoSleiU;  9?o«Iein  rot, 
9^oglein  auf  ber  ^eiben. 


44  GERMAN   FOR  BEGINNERS 

^nabe  fprac^:  „3c^  breeze  bid^, 
9^o^Iem  auf  ber  §eiben!" 
10  DfJb^Ieln  fprad^:  „3c^  ftec^e  bid^, 

3)a6  bu  etDiQ  benfft  an  mic^, 
Unb  i(^  h3iir^  nic^t  leiben," 
m^ldn,  dlMdn,  dlMdn  rot, 
DfJo^leln  auf  ber  §eiben. 

15  Unb  ber  tt)ilbe  ^nabe  brad^ 

'^  9^o6leln  auf  ber  §eiben. 

^Ho^lein  n)ef)rte  fi(§  unb  ftac^, 

^alf  if)m  boc^  fein  iBef)  unb  5l(^, 

9}Ju6t'  e^  eben  leiben, 
20  ^Ho^lein,  9^o6lein,  $Ro6lein  rot, 

9^oSlein  auf  ber  C^^tben, 

XVI 

Die  Sd^ilbbiirger 

3n  ^eutfd^Ianb  lag  einft  cine  ©tabt,  bie  ©c^ttba  l^iefe* 
i8on  ben  (Sd^ilbbiirgern  erjaf)It  man  tikU  ®efd)tc^ten,  bar= 
unter  biefe: 
(Stnmal  bauten  bie  ©c^tlbburger  em  dlat^au^.    ^U  e^ 

6  fertlg  mar,  freuten  fie  fic^  \d)x  bariiber,  fc^miicften  e^  mit 
^anbern  unb  ^ilbern  unb  f)ielten  gleid^  eine  (Si^ung.  ^lU 
fie  in  ba^  9tatf)au§  gitigen,  fanben  fie,  ha\^  e6  barin  ganj 
finfter  mar,  S)ie  9f^at^f)erren  berftanben  bie  ®ac^e  nic^t  unb 
fc^uttetten  ha^  §aupt.    ^ixnna,  SESeiber  unb  ^inber  famen 

10  l3or  bem  S^^atl^aufe  sufammen,  fingen  ba^  ©onnenlic^t  in 
gaffem  unb  ^orben  unb  t)erfuc^ten  e^  in  ba^  ^atlfiauS  gu 
tragen,  511^  ba^  nid^tg  l^alf,  mollte  man  fc^on  ba^  ^ad)  ah^ 
reifeen;  aber  ein  SD^ann,  ber  au^  einer  anbern  ©tabt  fam 
rief:  „®ef)t  if)r  nid&t,  ba^  euer  9^atf)au^  feine  genfter  l^at?" 


TEXTS  45 

(Sinft  befferten  fie  tf)re  ^irc^e  au^  unb  tntgen  58retter  unb  is 
anbere^  ^olj  burc^  bie  Siir,  5lber  fie  naf)men  fie  ber  Ouere 
tiad^,  unb  fo  fc^ien  xt)nm  bie  ^iir  biel  p  fd^maL  ©d^on 
toottten  fie  ein  ©tiicf  ber  ^D^auer  nieberreifeeti,  ba  \df)  einer 
t)on  if)nen  einen  33oge(,  ber  fic^  in  ber  ^irc^e  ein  5^eft  baute; 
biefer  flog  mit  ein  paar  9^eifem  bnrd^  ein  genfterc^en,  ha^  20 
Qanj  f cental  mar»  (Sr  naf)m  fie  aber  ber  lOdnge  nac^,  nnb  bie 
©d^ilbbilrger  folgten  feinem  ^eifpieL 

?luf  ber  ©tabtmaner  imu^^  einft  ®ra^.  ^ie  (S(^ilb= 
biirger  iDoIIten  e^  fc^neiben,  aber  e^  tDar  niemanb  ba,  ber 
I)inanffteigen  fonnte*  9^un  banben  fie  einer  ^n!)  einen  25 
(Btxid  urn  ben  ^aU  nnb  jogen  fie  baran  an  ber  SO^aner  t)in* 
anf.  511^  bie  ^nl^  an  ha^  ®ra«  fam,  ftredfte  fie  bie  B^ittge 
l^eran^,  benn  fie  tdax  erftidft.  ^ie  SBnrger  aber  frenten  fic^ 
unb  riefen:  „©ef)t  nur,  fie  ledft  fd^on!'' 

XVII 

Die  Hiefen  unb  Me  ^vozvq^ 

@6  ging  bie  9?iefentoc^ter,  p  l^abcn  einen  ®pa6, 
$erab  t)on  if)rem  ©c^Ioffe,  xvo  33ater  D^iefe  fag. 
!Da  fanb  fie  in  bem  Xale  bie  Oc^fen  unb  btn  ^^M, 
'^ai)inUx  and)  ben  iBauer,  ber  fd^ien  xt)x  flein  genug* 

^flug,  Oc^fen  unb  ben  iBauer,  e«  mar  i\)x  nid^t  gu  grog,  s 

<Sie  fafet^^  in  i()re  ©d^iirse  unb  trug^^  auf^  ^Riefenfd^lofe. 
^a  fragte  35ater  $Riefe:  „SSa«  f)aft  bu,  tinb,  gemac^t?" 
<Sie  fprad^:  „(Sin  fd^one^  ©pielgeug  f)ab'  id^  mir  {)ergebrad^t" 

!Der  3Sater  fal^'^  unb  fagte:  „^ag  ift  nid^t  gut,  ntein  ^inb! 
Tu  e^  gufammen  toieber  an  feinen  £)xt  gefd^tuinb.  10 

SBenn  nic^t  ba^  53olf  ber  3^^t:ge  fd^afft  mit  bem  "ipffug  im  ^tat, 
(So  barben  auf  bem  58erge  bie  9f^iefen  bei  bem  SD^abL" 


46  GERMAN  FOR  BEGINNERS 

XVIII 

Die  Sa^c  von  Coreleifelfen 

3tDtWcn  SBingen  unb  2ohkn^  finb  gelfen  p  beiben  ^eU 
ten  be§  dl^dn^.  3Son  elnem  btefer  gelfen,  ber  ber  !2oreIel^ 
felfen  ober  ber  Surlei  ]f)eifet,  erjaf)!!  man  Diele  ®agen»  Sine 
bat)on  ift  biefe: 

5  (Sin  Stfc^er,  beffen  ^an^c^en  an  biefem  gelfen  ftanb, 
fifd^te  einft  ntorgen^  mit  feiner  gran,  !Da  faf)en  fie  eine 
tt)unberbare  ^nngfran.  (Bit  fufirte  fie  gu  einer  ©telle,  mo 
ber  dl^dn  fef)r  tief  mar,  fa^te:  „Sif(^et  ^kv\"  unb  t)erf(^rt)anb 
mieber,    Bk  gelfiorc^ten  nnb  fingen  in  einem  3lage  fo  t)iel 

10  mie  fonft  in  einigen  SSod^en, 

SSer  babon  prte,  mollte  bie  9^ije  felfen*  3)amnter  mar 
anc§  ber  (So|)n  be^  ©rafen  ^Ilbrec^t  t)om  ^?f)ein»  (Sr  ritt 
an  ben  (Strom  unb  ful^r  in  einem  ^a]f)n  jum  ?urlei,  auf 
beffen  ®i)3fel  bie  3^^berin  fafe,    (Seine  Wiener  baten  if)n, 

15  nic^t  meiter  ju  fa|)ren,  5(ber  ber  ^rinj  fal^  unb  f)orte  nic^t^ 
aU  bie  ^ungfrau,  beren  !^ieb  if)n  munberbar  riil^rte,  Sie 
fam  an^  Ufer  unb  f)oIte  fic^  58tumen,  mit  benen  fie  if)re 
J^ocfen  fd^mllcfte,  ^er  ^rinj  befaf)!  feinen  !3)ienern,  ju  il^r 
gu  fa!)ren,    511^  fie  faft  am  Ufer  maren,  fprang  er  au^  bem 

20  ^af)n,  errei(^te  aber  ba6  Ufer  nic^t,  unb  bie  SKeKen  riffen 
i]f)n  in  bie  Jiefe* 

(Sein  3Sater,  meld^er  baDon  f)orte,  ritt  an  ben  dl^tin. 
ilBieber  fa^  bie  ^^ije  auf  bem  gelfen,  unb  if)re  Soden  glcinj^ 
ten  im  Sonnenlid^te  mie  ©olb* 

25  „SSa6  moKt  i\)v  9}Jenfc^en  Don  ber  2:o(^ter  be§  9^f)ein^?" 
rief  fie,  „^ein  Seben,  bu  Bf^wberin!"  rief  ber  ©raf.  ,,'^dn 
Seben  fiir  ba6  Seben  meine^  Sol^ne^!"  ^ie  9^ije  aber  marf 
if)re  ^lumen  in  ben  Strom  unb  fang: 


TEXTS  47 

„33ater,  58atcr,  gefd^tDtnb,  gcfd^tDinb, 

'^k  n)ei6en  9^of[e  fc^td'  belnem  ^inb,  3o 

@^  tDill  reiten  auf  SSoQen  unb  SSinbl" 

!^a  raufc^ten  bte  iSSogen,  ber  ^Immel  tDiirbe  ftnftcr,  atoei 
ifiSeKen  ftlegen  aum  Surlei  l^lnauf  unb  trugen  bte  5^tje  in  ben 
<Strom,  tDorin  [te  t)erf(^tDanb» 

@r[taunt  \af)  ber  ®raf,  tra^  gefc^af)*    ^r  ritt  mtt  feinen  35 
!Dienern  nad^  $anfe,  nnb  al^  er  in^  (B<i)lo^  tarn,  fanb  er 
feinen  ®o{)n  bort»    ^ie  SSellen  flatten  if)n  au^  bent  ©troni 
an^  Ufer  getragen. 

xvma 
2(u9uft  ber  Starfe  unb  ber  Sd^mieb 

^urfurft  5lugu[t  Don  (Sac^fen,  ber  um  1700  regiertc,  trar 
ungef)euer  ftarf»  @tnma(  f)te(t  er  einen  Xrompeter  auf 
e  t  n  e  r  §anb  junt  genfter  f)lnau^  unb  liefe  i^n  braufeen 
eln  ©tiicfleln  blafen, 

@ln  anbere^  Wlal  tarn  er  ju  einent  (^(^mteb,  ber  il^m  fein  s 
^ferb  befd^Iagen  fo(Ite»    ^a^  (Slfen,  ba6  ber  9}?elfter  hxa(i)te, 
fc^len  t^m  nic^t  ftarf  genug,     ^er  (Sc^mteb  fagte:  „^a^ 
(Sifen  tft  ftarf  genug.    5^ierrtanb  fann  e^  jerbrec^en."    T)a 
na\)m  ber  ^urfUrft  ba^  (Stfen  unb  brad^  e6  in  jmei  ©tiidfe* 
^er  ©c^rttieb  brad^te  ein  ftarfere^  Sifen  unb  befc^lug  ha^  10 
^ferb  bantit.    :Der  ^urfiirft  gab  il^m  einen  ^ufaten.    Hber 
ber  aj^eifter  fagte:  „^a^  @olbftudf  fd^eint  aud^  nid^t  fef)r 
ftarf  gu  fein"  unb  brad^  e^  mit  ben  gingern  entjtDei.    T)a 
nal^m  ber  ^urfiirft  eine  (gifenftange,  bie  in  ber  (Sdfe  ftanb, 
legte  fie  bent  ©d^ntieb  auf  bie  (Sd^ulter  unb  bog  fie  U)m  iDie  15 
einen  ^ral^t  um  ben  ^aU. 


48  GERMAN  FOR  BEGINNERS 

'^a  geftanb  bcr  ©(^mieb,  ha\^  ^luQuft  ftarfer  fei  aU  er, 
unb  bat  ben  ^urfixrften,  tf)n  t>on  bem  §algf(jmucf  ^u  be^ 
freien,    ^er  ^urfilrft  tat  ha^  unb  rltt  toetter. 


XIX 

Der  irtdufeturm 

58ei  iBlngen  ftef)t  man  auf  etner  3nfel  im  ^^l^ein  einen 

3:nnn,  melc^er  ber  3}^aufetnnn  ]f)ei6t,    ^an  er3ttf)It  babon 

blefe  ©aQc: 

(gtnft  lebte  in  9}^amj  SBtfd^of  $atto,  ber  fel^r  retd^,  aber 

5  getsig  tDar,    3ii  f^i^^t:  3^it  mar  elne  Sleuening  in  3)eutf(^^ 

lanb,  nnb  biele  SJ^enfc^en  ftarben  dor  hunger*    3)a  famen 

§eute  su  §atto  unb  baten  t{)n  um  iBrot:  „$err,  Ifiilf  un^!" 

riefen  fie.    „2Benn  bu  un^  fetn  iBrot  gibft,  fterben  tdix." 

^ei  §atto  aber  Qtit  t^re  iBitte  nlc^tg.    (gr  fd^ilt  fie  unb 

10  gibt  if)nen  ireber  iBrot  nod^  ,^orn,    3)a  bric^t  eine  ®d^ar 

t)on  ii)mn  in  eine  feiner  ©d^eunen,  unb  im  hunger  effen  fie 

bon  ©atto^  ^orn»    !I)er  iBifc^of  n)irb  gomig.    (Sr  befiel^It 

bie  (Sc^eilne  !)inter  if)nen  ju  fc^Iiefeen  unb  in  ^ranb  su 

ftecfen*    5(lle^,  tra^  barin  ift,  ftirbt  in  hen  glammen,    Unb 

15  aU  bie  93^enfc^en  fd^reien,  f priest  er  lad^enb:  „§ort,  lt)ie  bie 

^[rjaufe  pfeifen!" 

5lber  batb  trifft  il^n  bie  ©trafe  beg  ^immel^,  (^c^aren 
t)on  9}^(iufen  unb  9?atten  bringen  in  fein  (Sd^Iofe*  2)er 
iBifc^of  erfd^ricft*  (gr  berbirgt  fid^;  aber  bie  S^^^  ^^^  SJ^aufe 
20  unb  3?atten  iDCid^ft,  unb  fie  folgen  if)m  uberallf)in»  (Snblid^ 
befiel^It  ©atto,  einen  Xurm  im  ^f)ein  gu  bauen.  ^ort  |)alt 
er  fid^  fiir  fid^er.  Hber  eine  SJ^au^  nad^  ber  anbern  fd^iDimmt 
au  bcr  3nfe(,  Ittuft  in  ben  2:urm  unb  iiberfallt  ben  iBifd^of, 


TEXTS  49 

(Seine  !Diener  erfd^Iagen  f)unberte  unb  taufenbe  t)on  i^ntn, 
aber  ble  ©c^aren  iDerben  immer  grofeer,  unb  am  (Snbe  fref=  25 
fen  fie  ben  ^ifc^of  anf» 

XlXa 

Der  ^{?etn 

^er  dl^dn  ift  ^eutfc^Ianb^  etrom,  nid&t  ^eutfd^Ianb^ 
©renje,  3)o(^  ift  toeber  feine  Ouelle  nod^  feine  SD^ilnbung 
in  ©eutfc^Ianb.  @r  entfprinQt  in  ber  ®cf)h)eis,  auf  bent 
(Sanft  ®ottf)arb,  unb  miinbet  in  §o(Ianb  in  bie  9^orbfee, 

33om  ©anft  ®ott()arb  fliefet  er  perft  norboftlid^  unb  6 
bann  norblid^,  5luf  eine  ©trede  bilbet  er  bie  ©ren^e  ^tvU 
fc^en  ber  ®c^lt)eij  unb  3)eutf(f)lanb.  ^ann  tritt  er  in  ben 
^obenfee  ein  unb  bilbet  nac^  bent  5lu^tritte  einen  24  m 
t)of)en  iBafferfatI,  ben  man  ben  9f^f)einfall  t)on  ©c^afffiaufen 
f)ei6t.  10 

58ei  58afel  h)enbet  fid^  ber  ^Rl^ein  norblid^  unb  tritt  in  eine 
(Sbene  ein,  Diefe  reicfit  im  Dften  bi^  an  ben  <B<i)tdax^tr)aib, 
im  SKeften  bi^  an  bie  3Sogefen,  3n  biefer  ©bene  liegen 
<Strapurg,  (gpeier,  iCSorm^,  unb  ni(^t  iDeit  badon,  am 
^tdax,  liegt  ©eibelberg.  15 

^ttDa^  tDeiter  norbIic§  nimmt  ber  dl^dn  ben  SD^ain  auf, 
§ier,  bei  Tlam^,  fangt  ber  ^f)eingau  an,  ber  h)egen  feiner 
ilSeinberge  berii^imt  ift,  ^ei  SBingen  tDirb  ber  ©trom 
fc^maler  unb  brid^t  jtDifc^en  Bergen  burd^,  ^ie  ©egenb 
t)on  ^ingen  bi^  ^oblenj  ober  iBonn  ift  ber  fd^onfte  2:eil  be6  20 
9f?f)eintal^,  5luf  beiben  (Seiten  fief)t  man  ^urgen  ober 
^urgruinen,  alte  (gtabte  unb  SSeinberge,  §ier  ift  auc^  ber 
berii{)mte  Soreleifelfen, 

58ei  ^oblenj  miinbet  bie  3}Jofe(  in  ben  ^f)ein,    '^ie  <Bidk, 


50  GERMAN  FOR  BEGINNERS 

25  tDo  ftd^  bte  betben  ©trome  tjeremtgen,  '^d^t  bag  !J)eutfc^c 
(Scf,  3)ort  [te^t  bag  geiDaltiae  ^atfer-SBil^elmg-^enfmar. 
©er  D^l^ein  ift  bort  fd^on  ein  mcic^tiger  (Strom,  unb  Diele 
©(^tffe,  bte  er  auf  feinem  ^^iiden  tragt,  finb  grofe  genug  filr 
bie  ®ee.    ^ie  Ufer  fallen  nod&  ftell  gum  gluffe  ab,  unb 

30  (gc^loffer  erf)eben  ftc^  auf  ben  $of)en  p  beiben  (Seiten. 

53on  iBonn  an  fliefet  ber  9^f)ein  burd^  eine  ©bene,  t)orbei 

an  ^oln,  ber  „®tabt  mit  bem  etDigen  ©om/'  nid^t  n)eit  t)on 

.  ben  rauc^enben  @ffen  t)on  (Sffen,  3)ortmunb,  barmen,  (glber^ 

felb,  (Srefelb,  ©oltngen  u.f.tD*    ^alb  banac^  betrltt  er  ble 

35  9^teberlanbe.  ^ort  tetit  er  ftd^  in  btele  5(rme,  bereinlgt  ftc^ 
mit  ber  SD^aag  unb  miinbet  nic^t  iDeit  t)on  ^otterbam  in  bie 
5^orbfee. 

XX 

Der  Hattenfdnger  r>on  fjamein 

3m  Sal^re  jtt)oIff)unbert  t)ierunbac^tji9  tioax  in  ber  ©tabt 
§ameln  eine  fc^redlic^e  9J^aufepIage,  SSeber  SBrot  nod^ 
gleifd^  tDar  t)or  ben  fiungrigen  2^ieren  fic^er*  Tlan  t)erfud^te 
alteg  SJ^oglid^e  gegen  fie,  aber  nid^tg  f)alf, 

5  T)a  tarn  in  bie  geplagte  (Stabt  ein  2)^ann,  beffen  5^ame 
SBunting  iDar,  ^er  t)erfprad^  ben  SBilrgem,  fie  fiir  f)unbert 
©olbftiide  t)on  ben  Iciftigen  SJJctufen  unb  D^atten  gu  befreien, 
Wan  berfprad^  if)m  ben  Sobn,  9^un  mufeten  in  ber  nadiften 
finftern  5^ad^t  al(e  ^Slirger  in  if)ren  ^ctufem  bleiben,    ^eine 

10  menfd^Iid^en  Hugen  follten  fef)en,  feine  menfd^lid^en  £)f)ren 
I)oren,  h)ag  gefd^af),  Um  33^ittemad^t  jog  ber  ^Jattenfanger 
ein  filbemeg  ^feifd^en  aug  ber  3:afd^e  unb  ging  pfeifenb  burd^ 
bie  ftilten  (gtrafeen.  53on  alien  (Seiten  famen  9}?ciufe  unb 
9^atten  gelaufen  unb  folgten  i^m,    5llg  alle  um  il)n  toarcn, 

15  ging  er  an  bie  SBefer  unb  ging  iiber  ha^  tiefe  Staffer,  ha^  ibn 


TEXTS  61 

tnig  iDie  etnen  <B^atttn.    !^ie  Zmt  folgten  xf)m  unb  er= 
tranfen  alle* 

9^un  toar  ^ameln  t)on  ber  fd^redlld^en  ^ctufeplage  be^ 
frcit,  5lber  bie  treulofen  ^iirger  tDoIIten  bent  D^attenfatiQer 
ben  Derfproc^enen  ^o^n  ntdit  geben,  Bo^^iQ  Q^M  ^^^\^^  f^i^t.  20 
5lber  am  ncic^ften  (Bonnia^t,  aU  al(e  (gmad^fenen  in  ber 
^trd^e  maren,  fam  er  h)ieber»  SSteber  jog  er  |3felfenb  burd^ 
bte  ©trafeen  ber  Stabt»  5lber  ble^tnat  folgten  H^m  feine 
SD^ctufe  unb  fatten,  fonbern  btele  flelne(n)  ^tnber  au^  ber 
ganjen  'Biabt  (Sr  fiifirte  fie  in^  greie  unb  Derfd^toanb  am  25 
(gnbe  mit  if)nen  in  einem  ]^o{)Ien  ^erge,  5^nr  itt)d  ^inber, 
ein  blinbe^  nnb  ein  ftumme^,  famen  juriicf ,  bie  anberen  toaren 
nnb  blieben  t)erfc^tt)unben» 

XXa 

€tn  bcutfd^er  ITtarftpIa^ 

^er  SJiarftplafe  t)on  §a(felburg  i[t  gar  freunblic^  unb 
fauber*  dx  ift  mit  Sinben  bepflanjt,  bie  reic^lic^en  ©(fatten 
fpenben,  unb  ein  grower  iBrunnen,  ber  au^  fed^^  dio):)xm 
!riftallf)elle^  SSaffer  fprubelt,  nimmt  feine  Tlittt  ein,  Huf 
ber  einen  ©eite  be«  3)^arfteg  ftef)t  eine  alte  gotifd^e  ^ird^e,  5 
beren  2::urme  leiber  nid^t  t)oI(enbet  finb,  ^er  ^ird^e  gegen^ 
liber  befinbet  fid^  ein  gleid^fatl^  gotif(^er  ^au  mit  ^iirmc^en, 
Srfern  unb  ©pi^bogenfenftem.  3)a^  in  (ganbftein  au^ge^ 
f)auene  (StabttDappen  iiber  bem  Xox,  bie  fd^marje  3:afel,  auf 
ber  obrigfeitlidfie  iBefanntmad^ungen  fleben,  unb  enblid^  bie  10 
fleine  (geitentiir,  iiber  ber  mit  golbenen  ^ud^ftaben  ba^ 
SSort  „9^atgfeIIer"  ftef)t,  laffen  feinen  3tr)eifel,  ba^  f)ier  bag 
9^atf)au6  fei,  9^ebenan  er^iebt  fid^  noc^  ein  efirtDiirbige^  ®ie^ 
bell^aug,  bie  5Ipotf)efe  pm  (Srjengel  'jfflif^ad;  bie  llbrigen 
©ebdube  finb  neu,  15 


52  GERMAN   FOR  BEGINNERS 

XXI 

3ung  Stegfrieb 

3ung  (Sicgfrieb  h)ar  ein  ftolger  ^nab% 
©ing  t)on  be^  33ater^  53urg  {)erab. 

SSoIlt'  ra[ten  nid^t  in  SSater^  §au«, 
SBodt'  icanbem  in  bie  SBelt  f)inaug, 

6  53egegnet'  if)m  mand^  Skitter  irert 

5I)^it  feftem  (Sd^ilb  unb  breitem  ©d^mert, 

©iegfrieb  nur  einen  ©tedfen  tmg, 
!5)a^  n)ar  i{)m  bitter  unb  leib  genug, 

Unb  aU  er  ging  im  ftnftem  SBalb, 
10  ^am  er  gu  einer  ©d^miebe  balb, 

3)a  \dt)  er  (Sifen  unb  ®ta()l  genug, 
(Sin  luftig  geuer  glammen  fd^lug* 

„0  9J^eifter,  liebfter  SO^eifter  mein, 
!Ba6  bu  mid^  beinen  ©efellen  fein! 

16  Unb  ld)x'  bu  mid^  mit  gleig  unb  5ld^t, 

SSie  man  bie  guten  (SdjtDerter  mad^t!" 

(Siegfrieb  ben  §ciTttmer  tt>of)l  fd^tDingen  funnt^, 
(Sr  fd^lug  ben  ^Imbofe  in  ben  ®runb. 

(Sr  fd^Iug,  bag  ireit  ber  SSoIb  erflang 
20  Unb  alle^  @ifen  in  (Studfe  fprang. 

Unb  t)on  ber  le^ten  (gifenftang' 

SO^ad^t  er  ein  ©d^tnert  fo  breit  unb  Iang» 

„5^un  ^ah^  id^  gefd^miebet  ein  gute^  (Bd)totvi, 
9^un  bin  id^  n)ie  anbere  D^itter  trert; 

25  9^un  fd()Iag^  id^  trie  ein  anberer  ^db 

T)k  ^iefen  unb  ^Drad^en  in  SKatb  unb  gelb." 


TEXTS  53 

XXII 

Kl^einlteber 

1 

^ic  Sorcici 

3c^  h)ei6  ntd^t,  n3a6  foil  e^  bebeuten, 

^a6  i(^  fo  traurtg  bin; 

@in  SD^arc^en  au6  alten  3eiten, 

^a6  fommt  -mir  nld^t  au^  bem  ©inn. 

T)k  ?uft  ift  m^l,  unb  eg  bunfelt,  6 

Unb  ruf)tg  ftiefet  ber  9?f)ein; 
3)er  (^ipfel  beS  ^erge^  funfelt 
3tn  5lbenbfonnenf(%em. 

!Dic  fd^onfte  ^ungfrau  fillet 

!Dort  oben  h)unberbar,  lo 

3f)r  golbneg  ©efc^metbe  bli^et, 

<Bk  tdmmt  i^x  golbene^  ^aar. 

(Sie  fcimmt  eg  mit  gotbenem  ^amtne 

Unb  fingt  ein  Steb  babei, 

!I)ag  f)at  eine  tDunberfante,  15 

©etDaltige  SJielobei. 

!Den  @d)iffer  Im  flelnen  ©d^iffe 

(Srgreift  eg  mit  tDilbem  SSe(); 

(Sr  f(^aut  nic^t  bie  gelfenriffe, 

(Sr  fc^aut  nur  f)inauf  in  bie  §of)^  20 

3(^  glaube,  bie  SKeKen  berfd^lingen 
5lm  (Snbe  ©c^iffer  unb  ^af)n; 
Unb  bag  f)at  mit  i{)rem  (Singen 
!Die  2oxtld  getan. 

^cinc. 


54  GERMAN  FOR  BEGINNERS 


SBarriung  t»or  bcm  OfJi^cm 

25         Hn  ben  ^l^ein,  an  ben  dl^dn,  aie()  nic^t  an  ben  dl^dn, 
Tldn  (So{)n,  tc^  rate  blr  gut; 
^a  ge()t  bit  ba^  !2eben  gu  lieblid^  ein, 
S)a  bluf)t  bir  ^u  freubiger  9}Jut. 

@ie{)[t  ble  5D2(ib(^en  fo  franf  unb  bie  9D?anner  fo  fret, 
30         511^  to'dx^  e^  ein  ablig  ©efd^led^t, 

®Ieid§  bift  bu  mlt  9luf)enber  @eele  babei, 
<Bo  biinft  e^  bid)  btlUg  unb  rec^t. 

Unb  su  ©c^iffe,  iDie  grilgen  bie  ^urgen  fo  fd^on 
Unb  bie  @tabt  mit  bent  etDigen  !Dom! 
35         3n  ben  iBergen,  tcie  flintntft  bu  su  fd^tijinbelnben  §of)^n 
Unb  blideft  f)inab  in  ben  ©trom! 

Unb  im  (Stronte,  ba  taud^et  bie  ^if  au^  bent  ®runb, 
Unb  \)a\t  bu  if)r  i^ac^eln  gefef)en, 
Unb  fang  bir  bie  ?urlei  ntit  bleic^ent  Thinb, 
40         9JJein  (Sof)n,  fo  ift  e^  gefd^el^n: 

'^id)  be^aubert  ber  !?aut,  bic^  betoret  bcr  (©d^ein, 
(^ntgitdfen  fafet  bid^  unb  ®rau6. 
9^un  fingft  bu  nur  intnter:  5lrtt  9^f)ein,  am  W)dnl 
Unb  fe()reft  nid^t  n)ieber  nad^  §au^. 

©tmrod. 

3 

2)oi§  ^crj  am  9i^cin 
45  (SS  liegt  eine  ^rone  im  gritnen  9f^f)ein, 

©egaubert  Don  ®olb  unb  t)on  ©belftein. 

Unb  tDer  fie  er!)ebt  au^  tiefem  ®runb, 

S)en  front  man  gu  5lad^en  in  felbiger  ^tnnb*; 

5Som  iBelt  big  gur  !Donau  bie  i^anbe  finb  fein, 
60  ^eg  ^aiferg  ber  ^ufunft,  beg  giirften  am  D^J^ein. 


TEXTS  55 

@^  liegt  eine  ?eier  im  griinen  S^l^ein, 

©e^aubert  t)on  ®oIb  unb  Don  ©Ifenbem, 

Unb  tt)er  fie  erf)ebt  au^  tiefem  ®runb, 

3)en  ftromen  bie  ^ieber  begeiftemb  t)om  HJJunb, 

^er  ^rang  ber  Unfterblic^feit  iDartet  fein,  es 

3)e^  ©angers  ber  ^utoft,  be^  ©angers  am  9?]^em, 

3(§  h3ei6  n3o  ein  §au6c^en  am  griinen  9?f)ein, 

Umranfet  t)on  ^eblaub  bie  genfterlein. 

3)rin  it)altet  ein  §erg  fo  engelgleic^, 

5ln  ®olb  fo  arm,  bod^  an  Slugenb  fo  reic^.  60 

®ef)orte  bie^  ^erg  an  bem  9i^eine  mir, 

3c^  gcibe  bie  ^rone,  bie  Seier  bafiir! 


TO=^eibeIberg,  bu  feine, 

T)u  ©tabt  an  (gf)ren  reid^, 

5lm  5^edfar  nnb  am  9^f{)eine,  65 

^ein^  anbre  fommt  bir  gleic^. 

(Btabt  fro()li(^er  ©efellen,  -. 

Hn  SBei^^eit  fcf)n3er  unb  3Sein, 

^lar  sic()n  be^  ©trome^  iBelten, 

^lauauglein  bli^en  brein.  70 

Unb  fommt  au^  linbem  ©iiben 
^er  gruf)ling  libera  Sanb, 
©0  tDebt  er  bir  au^  53litten 
(Sin  fd)immemb  53rautgen)anb. 

5lu(^  mir  ftef)ft  bu  gefd^rieben  78 

3n6  ^erg  gleid^  einer  53raut, 
(E^  flingt  h)ie  junge^  Sieben 
S)ein  9^ame  mir  fo  traut* 


56  GERMAN  FOR  BEGINNERS 

Unb  ftcd^en  mic^  bie  domett, 
Unb  h)irb  mlr'^  braufe  gu  fa()l, 
®eb'  id^  bent  Qf^ofe  bie  ®pomen 
Unb  reit'  in^  ^^edfartal 


©d^cffcl. 


XXIII 

Barbaroffa  im  Kyffl^dufer 

^atfcr  griebric^  iBarbaroffa  ift  nac^  ber  ©efd^tc^te  tm 
3a]^re  1190  auf  elnem  ^reujpQC  ertninfen,  9^a(^  bent 
©lauben  be^  53oIfe^  aber  ift  er  nic^t  geftorben,  fonbern  er  ift 
iiber  9}ieer  nnb  Sanb  na6)  X)eutf(^Ianb  juritcfgefelirt  unb  in 
6  ben  iSerg  ^tiff^ctufer  f)inabgeftiegen.  3)ort  ]()at  er  Diele  Sai)X' 
I)unberte  gefd^Iafen. 

5^ic^t  allein  ift  SBarbaroffa  in  fein  unterirbifd^e^  (^(^log 
gejogen.  ©eine  9^itter  finb  if)tn  gefolgt  nnb  fc^Iafen  tnit  if)nt 
int  ^erge.    3)er  grofee  ^aifer  fi^t  an  einetn  S^ifd^e  au^  (Stein, 

10  unb  fein  langer,  roter  58art  ift  burd^  biefen  getoac^fen,    Unt 

it)n  fc^Iafen  feine  §elben,    ^ie  Wiener  l^ahm  bie  D^offe  in 

bie  unterirbifd^en  ©talle  gefitl^rt  unb  finb  aud^  eingefd^lafen, 

3af)rlf)unberte  f)atte  SBarbaroffa  fd^on  itn  ^t^ffpufer  ge^ 

fd^lafen.    53iele  flatten  ha^  ©tantpfen  ber  9^offe  gel^ort,  aber 

16  nur  tDenige  f)atten  ben  ^aifer  erblidft,  (Sinntal  l)atte  ilfin  ein 
Sanbmann  gefel^en,  3)er  mar  oft  pm  ^i|fff)aufer  gefalfiren 
unb  f)atte  fiir  bie  gebetet,  bie  int  iBerge  lagen,  511^  er  einntal 
mit  ^orn  nad^  9^orbf)aufen  fu!)r,  tear  ein  3^^i^9  tiu^  bent 
.^l)ff^aufer  gefontmen  unb  fiatte  if)n  in  ba^  unterirbifd^e 

20  (gd^lofe  gefuf)rt,  ^ort  f)atte  if)m  ber  ^aifer  befol^Ien,  ba^ 
^orn  au^jufd^iitten  unb  fid^  bafiir  bie  ©cidfe  mit  lauterem 
@olbe  m  filllen. 


TEXTS  57 

Huc^  etnen  ^naben  l^atte  ber  S^^^Q  etntnal  in  ben  53erg 
Qefu{)rt,  511^  ber  ^aifer  t()n  faf),  fragte  er  if)n:  „gliegen  bie 
9^aben  noc^  tmmer  urn  ben  ^erg?"  ^er  ^nabe  antmortete:  25 
„3<^  ^cibe  ]f)nnberte  t)on  ^aben  t)or  bem  ^erge  gefeben,"  ^a 
fenfgte  ber  ^ai[er  nnb  fagte:  „®o  mnfe  ic^  noc^  f)unbert  3abre 
fc^lafen," 

^enn  bie  dlabtn  bebenteten,  ha^  ha^  D^eic^  no(^  ntd^t  ge= 
etnlgt  n)ar,  nnb  bi^  p  felner  (glnignng  mnfete  ber  ^alfer  im  so 
SBerge  bleiben. 

XXIII  a 

Barbaroffa 
S3on  gricbric^  D^iicfcrt 

^er  olte  barbaroffa, 
!Der  ^aifer  grieberic^, 
3m  unterirb^fc^en  (Scftloffe 
Qdlt  er  Dergaubert  fic^. 

@r  ift  niemalg  geftorben,  .  5 

(Sr  lebt  barin  nod^  iel^t, 
@r  bat  im  (Scblofe  tierborgen 
3um  @(^laf  fid)  bingefe^t, 

@r  bat  binabgenommen 
3)e^  9?ei(be6  ^errlicbfeit  .10 

Unb  ttiirb  einft  tDieberfommen 
5D^it  ibr  gu  feiner  S^it. 

^er  ©tubt  ift  elfenbeinern, 
!Darauf  ber  ^aifer  fiijt, 

3)er  2;ifc^  ift  marmelfteinem,  15 

ilSorauf  fein  §aupt  er  ftiii^t. 


58  GERMAN   FOR  BEGINNERS 

<Scin  SBart  ift  ntd^t  bon  glad^fe, 
(Sr  ift  t)on  geuer^glut, 
3ft  burd^  ben  3:ifd^  Qctoadifen, 
20  3Korauf  fein  ^inn  au^ru()t. 

(Sr  nicft  alg  tt)ie  im  Xraumc, 
©ein  ^ug'  {)alb  of  fen  gminft; 
Unb  ie  nad^  langem  ^Raume 
(Ex  einem  ^naben  h)tnft. 

25  dx  fprid^t  im  ©d^Iaf  ^um  Rnahtn: 

Unb  fief),  ob  nod^  bie  D^aben 
^erfliegen  urn  ben  ^erg. 

Unb  tt)enn  bie  alten  9?aben 
30  5^od^  fliegen  immerbar, 

®o  mu6  i(§  aud^  norf)  fc^tafen 
SSerjaubert  f)unbert  3af)r^" 


XXIV 

Karl  ber  ^ro§e  im  Untersberg 

(Sine  fold^e  ©age  iDie  bie  t)on  iBarbaroffa  erjcilfilt  man 
aud^  t)on  ^aifer  ^arl  bem  ©rofeen,  !Der  fi^t  im  Unter^berg 
bei  (Salzburg,  bie  golbene  ^rone  auf  bem  §)aupte  nnb  ha^ 
3epter  be^  ^eirfie^  in  ber  $anb*  5lnf  bem  naf)en  iESalfer^ 
felbe  ftel^t  ein  bilrrer  iBaum*  (Sinft  tDirb  biefer  tokbtx  gru= 
nen  nnb  grlld^te  tragen,  ^ann  iDirb  ber  ^aifer  errt)ad^en, 
unb  eg  tnirb  bort  eine  gemaltige  ®d)Iad)t  fein.  5llle  33oIfer 
ber  (grbe  merben  f)erbeieilen.  ^a^  3Jiorben  mirb  fo  getoaltig 
fein,  ha^  man  im  SBIute  toaim  toirb.    3)ie  ©nten  tcerben 


TEXTS  59 

harm  bte  iSofen  erfd^Iagen,  unb  ber  grofee^dfcr  it)irb  bte  lo 
SSelt  bef)errf(^en, 

^tefe  ©age  entftanb  au^  bem  ©lauben  ber  alten  !Deut* 
fd^en  t)om  @nbe  ber  SKelt,  bem  3SeItbranb:  (Stnft  h)irb  9?e(^t 
unb  ®efe^  t3on  ber  (grbe  gefc^rt)unben  feln,  bte  53ofen  tDerben 
bte  ®uten  ilbertDunben  f)abett,  iBrilber  tuerben  etnanber  mor*  is 
ben»  3n  jener  3^^t  trerben  ftc^  bte  9^tefen  jum  ^ampfe 
gegen  bte  ©otter  berettet  f)aben,  unb  tn  etner  getralttgen 
©(^(ad^t  tDerben  alle  ©otter,  alte  ^^tefen  unb  ade  SJ^enfc^en 
fallen,  ^te  SBelt  mtrb  tn  Slammen  aufge^en,  aber  etne 
neue  SBelt  iDtrb  entfte!)en.  5llte^  58ofe  tDtrb  f(^n)tnben,  etn  20 
neuer  ©ott  totrb  bte  SSelt  bef)errf(^en,  unb  bte  neuen  Tltn== 
fd^en  h)erben  gut  unb  gliidltc^  fetn» 

XXIV  a 
Dte  (Sotterbdmmerung 

!Dte6  tft  bte  germantfd^e  ©age  t)om  Untergange  ber  ilSelt: 
^ret  (ange  SStnter  toerben  auf  etnanber  folgen,  of)ne 
©omnxer  basn)tf(^en.  ^tere  unb  9}^enfc^en  merben  t3or  ^alte 
unb  hunger  fterben.  3^^  getoalttge  SKoIfe  ioerben  ©onne 
unb  5D^onb  uerfc^Itngen,  unb  bte  ©terne  toerben  Dom  ^tm-  s 
mel  fallen. 

!Dann  iDtrb  bte  90^tbgarbf(^lange  au^  ber  Xtefe  be^  9}^eere^ 
ftetgen,  ber  SSolf  genrtr  irtrb  ftc^  lo^retfeen,  unb  bte  ^^tefen 
toerben  ftd^  pm  ^ampfe  gegen  bte  ©otter  fammeln.  Soft 
totrb  fetne  geffeln  fprengen  unb  mtt  fetnen  ©enoffen  etn  10 
©c^tff  beftetgen,  ba^  au^  ben  9^ageln  ber  Xotm  gebaut  tft. 
^ann  jtelien  er  unb  bte  9^tefen  sum  ^ampfe  gegen  hit  ©ot^ 
ter.  !Den  5lllt)ater  SBotan  totrb  ber  genrtrtoolf  ijerfd^ltngen, 
§etmbal  unb  ^oti  toerben  etnanber  burc5bol)ren.    ^onar 


60  GERMAN   FOR  BEGINNERS 

15  tDirb  bte  2)^ibgarbf(^Iange  mtt  feinem  jammer  erfd^Iagcn, 
aber  er  tdixb  felbft  burd^  ii)v  (5^ift  fterben* 

(So  tDerben  alte  ©otter  unb  ade  ^Jtefen  fterben,  unb 
glammen  trerben  bte  SSelt  bemic^ten,  ^ann  aber  h)trb 
elne  neue  (Sonne  am  §lmmel  anfgel^en,  etne  neue  (grbe  mlrb 

20  fid^  au^  ber  Sliefe  erf)eben,  ®ra^  nnb  tranter  tDerben  anf  i\)V 
toac^fen,  nnb  nene,  beffere  2)^enf(^en  toerben  entfte^ien,  ^a^ 
Golbene  3^italter  ber  ilSelt  toirb  bann  pril(fgefef)rt  fetn. 


XXV 

Das  pferb  als  KIdger 

33et  bent  (S(^Ioffe  ^arl^  be^  (^rofeen  in  5la(^en  f)mg  eine 
©lode,  ble  ber  ^alfer  in  fetnem  3^^^^^  t)erne]^nten  fonnte* 
iESenn  jemanbem  ein  Unrec^t  gefc^ef)en  inar  nnb  er  t)on  bem 
^aifer  ^ilfe  begef)rte,  fo  lantete  er  btefe  ®Io(fe»    3eber,  ber 

5  ba^  getan  f)atte,  !)atte  fetn  ^^ed^t  gefnnben,  ©inft  t)erna{)ni 
ber  ^atfer  tDteber  bie  ©locfe.  33on  etnlgen  D^ittern  begleitet, 
Qing  er  Dor  ba^  (Scf)Io6,  nm  jn  fe!)en,  tvtv  feme  §llfe  be^ 
Qel^rte*  ®a  erbltdten  fie  ein  magereg,  alte^  ^ferb,  ba^  mit 
feinen  3ti^i^^tt  ben  (Strang  ber  ©lodfe  benagte,  fo  ha^  fie  lixn^ 

10  tete,    5llte  iraren  erftannt* 

(gin  alter  9?itter  aber  begann:  „§err  ^aifer,  ertanbt,  bafe 
ic^  fiir  ha^  ^iPferb  fprec^e*  &  gef)ort  einem  9^itter,  3n 
manc^er  S(f)tad^t  l)at  e^  if)n  getragen,  (Sinmat  l^atten  i^n 
bie  geinbe  faft  iiberttinnben,  nnb  nnr  bie  fc^nellen  giifee  fei^ 

15  ne^  ^ferbe^  f)aben  ii)m  ba^  ^eben  gerettet,  5lber  jefet  ift  e^ 
la^m  nnb  blinb  gelDorben*  9^nn  mill  er  e^  nic^t  mel)r  htf)aU 
ten,  l)at  e^  an^  bem  Stalle  gejagt  nnb  Ittgt  e^  l)nngem»  3n 
feinem  $nnger  l)at  ba^  ^ferb  ben  Strang  ber  ©lodfe  benagt, 


TEXTS  61 

unb  fo  l^abt  S\)v  feme  ^lage  t)entommen»    58efef)let  nun, 
ma^  gefc^et)en  foil"  20 

^er  ^alfer  fprac^:  „^a^  2:ier  foil  nid^t  umfonft  melne 
$Ufe  beQeI)rt  I)aben,  3(^  befel^le,  bafe  fetn  ^err  e^  tDieber 
in  ben  ®talt  fuf)rt  unb  bi^  an  ba^  (Snbe  feine^  ^eben^  Qut 
terpftegt*" 

XXVa 

Der  5d?tr>anenrttter 

^er^og  ©ottfrieb  t)on  Brabant  mar  of)ne  ®oI)n  geftorben* 
(Seine  ^itme  unb  feine  Xo(i)Ux  @Ifa  foltten  ba^  ?anb  erben, 
5lber  fein  ^ruber,  ber  mac^tige  ^erjog  t)on  (Sad^fen,  entrife 
il)nen  if)r  @rbe,  !l)ie  §erjogin  t)erf(agte  if)n  bei  ^aifer  ^axL 
^Diefer  lub  ben  @a(^fenf)er3og  bor  ©eric^t,  5 

@^  gefd^al)  nun,  bafe  ^arl  au^  bent  genfter  be^  (Sd^loffe^ 
auf  ben  dl^tm  f(^aute.  3)a  erblidte  er  einen  treifeen  ®(^rt)an, 
ber  f(^n)antm  ben  9?f)ein  I)erauf  unb  sog  an  einer  ftlbemen 
^ette  ein  ©c^ifflein  nac^  fid^,  Qn  bem  ©c^iffe  aber  fd^lief 
cin  $Ritter;  fein  ©c^ilb  h)ar  fein  ^iffen,  unb  neben  if)m  lagen  10 
^elm  unb  ©c^tDert.  iBalb  f)atte  ber  ©d^tnan  ba^  Ufer  er= 
reid^t*  ^er  9?itter  ertcad^te  unb  ftieg  an^  ?anb»  ^er  ^ai-- 
fer  empfing  il)n  freunblid^,  nal^m  il^n  bei  ber  ^anb  unb  flif)rte 
il^n  auf  bie  iBurg,  ^a  fprad^  ber  junge  ^^itter  su  bem 
33ogeI:  ,,5Ii^9  beine^  SSege^,  mein  lieber  ©d^lDan,  ^enn  15 
id^  beiner  tnieber  bebarf,  tuerbe  id^  bid^  rufen/'  Unb  ber 
<Sd^li3an  fd^tramm  mit  bem  ©d^ifflein  juriidf. 

3)a^  ©erid^t  begann.     X)ie  ©erjogin  unb  U)xe  2^od^ter 
brad^ten  i!)re  ^lage  bor.    !Der  ^er^og  t)on  (Sad^fen  erbot  fid^ 
sum  3^ciftt^Pf^  iitn  ba^  ?anb,  ba^  er  if)r  geraubt  f)atte,  unb  20 
feiner  tragte  e^,  gegen  if)n  ^u  fcimpfen,    ^ie  $erjogin  unb 
il^re  2^oc^ter  flagten  unb  meinten. 


62  GERMAN  FOR  BEGINNERS 

!^a  er]()ob  ft(^  ber  dlitUv,  ben  ber  ©d^tDan  to  Sanb  ge^ 
brad^t  !)atte,  utib  erbot  fic^,  fiir  fie  gu  fampfen^    9^ac^  lan^ 

25  Qem,  fd&tDerem  ^aTn)3fe  erfd^Iug  er  ben  <^a(^fenf)erjog.  !^te 
§erjOQln  erf)telt  if)'r  Sanb  aurilcf,  nnb  ber  (^c^tDanenrttter 
iDurbe  ber  ®atte  il^rer  ^oc^ter,  5lber  er  ftellte  elne  ^ebtn^ 
Qung:  9^te  follte  fie  if)n  nad^  feinem  9^amen  nnb  feiner  §er^ 
funft  fragen, 

30  3Siele  3a]f)re  lebten  fie  gliidflid^  mit  einanber*  5lber  e^ 
qualte  bie  junge  ^ergogin  immer,  ba^  fie  ni(f)t  iDufete,  toer 
il^r  ®atte  mar,  (Snblic^  ftellte  fie  bie  i^erbotene  grage,  ^a 
erfc^raf  ber  fitter  unb  fagte:  „Sflun  ift  nnfer  (^IM  Derloren. 
SSir  miiffen  fd^eiben."    ®er  @d^tx)an  tam  mit  bent  ©(^iff- 

35  lein  gefd^iDommen,  ber  9!itter  ftieg  ein,  fegnete  feine  ®emal)Iin, 
feine  ^inber  nnb  fein  33oIf  nnb  fnl^r  ab,  9^ientanb  l)at  if)n 
tDteber  gefel^en, 

XXVI 

Die  Vi^t  im  Straf  burger  ITtunfter 

^ie  ©tabt  (Strapnrg  ^at  ein  fd^one^,  alte^  ^y^iinfter  mit 
einer  tcnnberbaren  Uf)r,  X)iefe  Vii)x  toax  feit  t)ielen  3af)ren 
angefangen,  5lber  ber  SJ^eifter,  ber  fie  an^fiil^ren  follte,  tvax 
geftorben,  nnb  fein  anberer  5D^ann  fonnte  fie  bollenben.  (Snb^ 

5  lid^,  nad^  bielen,  t}ielen  3af)ren,  tam  iDieber  nad^  (Strafebnrg 
ein  grower  SD^eifter,  liefer  nnterna{)m  e^,  bie  Uf)r  gang 
au^jnfiil^ren,  &  gelang  if)m,  ©anj  ©trafebnrg  frente  fi(^, 
al^  bie  W)x  t)oIIenbet  tear:  (Sonne,  SO^onb  nnb  (Sterne  gogen 
t)orbei,  bie  ©loden  liinteten,  ber  3lob  geigte  bie  (Stnnben  an, 

10  bie  jtDoIf  5lpoftel  traten  nad^  jeber  (Stnnbe  \)ex\)ox  nnb  ber- 
neigten  fid^  tjor  bem  ^eilanb,  bie  beiben  SotDen  mit  bem 
(StabttDappen  brilllten,  nnb  ber  ^af)n  anf  ber  (Spi^e  fd^tng 
bie  glUgel  nnb  frttf)te  breimaL 


TEXTS  63 

5lber  bie  ^^at^l^erren  flird^teten,  bafe  ber  9)^eifter  aud^  in 
clner  anbren  (Stabt  etne  fotc^e  Uf)r  au^fiifiren  fonnte*  !^a*  is 
{)er  befaf)Icn  fie,  if)m  bie  Hugen  au^jufted^en,  5lber  bie 
<Strafe  flir  biefe  Untat  blieb  nic^t  au^»  (Sin  9?ab  nad^  bent 
anbem  lief  ab,  unb  aU  ber  ^unftler  ftarb,  ftanb  bie  ]Xi)x  ftilL 
!Die  ©locfen  l^orten  auf  su  Icinten,  bie  5(pofteI  traten  nid^t 
mel^r  f)ert)or,  ©onne,  Tlonb  nnb  ©teme  ftanben  ftid,  bie  20 
?on)en  tDaren  ftuntm,  nnb  ber  §af)n  prte  anf,  bie  gliigel  gn 
fd^Iagen  nnb  jn  fraf)en. 

^ie  U{)r  toax  abgelanfen.  3af)rf)nnberte  lang  fonnte 
man  fie  nid^t  an^beffem,  (Srft  dor  fnrjer  3^^t  ift  e^  ge* 
Inngen.  25 

XXVI  a 

Der  ^irfebrei  Don  ^iirid? 

3m  fec^jebnten  ^a\)v^unbtxi  tnottten  bie  ^itrger  Don 
3iiric^  mit  benen  Don  (Strapnrg  ein  ^iinbni^  fd^liefeen* 
5SieIe  anbere  bentfd^e  ©tabte  btxtten  ba^  t)or  ibnen  getan, 
^en  ©trapnrgern  toar  bie  greunbfd^aft  ber  ^ii^ic^^^  fe^^ 
toillfommen,  5lber  t)iete  Don  i^nen  meinten:  „3ut*id^  ift  5 
toeit  toeg,  SBenn  nn^  ein  ^dnb  angreift,  Djerben  bie  3iin* 
c^er  snr  ^ilfe  sn  fpcit  fommen."  3)arnm  n)iefen  fie  hen 
^orf(^(ag  ber  (gtabt  3iinc^  priidf.  5lber  einem  ^ilrger 
Don  3ii^ic^r  $>^^^  i^  SSerb,  tarn  ein  gnter  ©ebanfe* 

3m  (Sommer  1576  follte  in  (Strafebnrg  ein  grofee^  geft  10 
ftattfinben.  S^  biefem.  D^aren  and^  bie  3toid^er  (gd^ix^en 
gelaben*  ^nf  ben  dlat  }ene^  ^Biirger^  fo(^ten  bie  ^iind^^t: 
einen  Xopf  §irfebrei,  fteltten  ibn  am  SJ^orgen  beg  gefttageg 
in  ein  gafe  mit  (Sanb  nnb  brad^ten  ibn  rafd^  in  einen  ^abn, 
£)ann  mberten  fie  bie  Simmat  binab  in  bie  Har  nnb  burd^  15 
bie  Har  in  ben  dl^dn.    (§.^t  bie  ©onne  nnterging,  lanbeten 


64  GERMAN   FOR  BEGINNERS 

fie  bei  ©trapurg.    ^k  brac^ten  ben  iBret  auf^  diat^au^, 

unb  aB  man  ben  ^edel  abna{)m,  tear  er  no(^  tttavm. 
9^un  fasten  fie  jn  ben  (Strafebnrgern:  „^ie  (Sntfemnng 
20  jmifd^en  unferen  (Stabten  ift  nic^t  flein;  aber  gnter  ilSille 

fann  einen  iDeiten  SBeg  t)erfltrgen.    iBenn  ein  geinb  end^ 
.   angreift,  fo  fonnen  tDir  enc^  fo  fc^nett  ju  $tlfe  eilen,  tvk  h)ir 

biefen  ©irfebrei  brac^ten."    ^a^  fallen  bie  ©trafebnrger  ein 

unb  fd^Ioffen  nun  ba^  33unbni^, 

XXVII 

Das  Deutfd^e  2leid)  unb  bie  Pereinigten  Siaakn 

!Da^  ^eutfc^e  ^eid^  befte^t  au^  26  ©taaten,  53ier  ba- 
bon  finb  ^onigreid^e:  ^reufeen,  ^al)ern,  ©ac^fen  unb  ^ixxU 
temberg»  ^ie  iibrigen  ©taaten  finb:  6  ®ro6]()er3O0tumer, 
5  ©erjogtumer,  7  gurftentiimer,  3  D^epublifen  (bie  „greien 

5  ©tcibte"  Hamburg,  iBremen  unb  Siiberf)  unb  ba^  9?eid^^* 
lanb  (glfa6:=?ot^rinQen»  3)a6  ^eutfd^e  9^ei(^  ift  einer  ber 
grofeten  ©taaten  t)on  (Suropa;  bie  (Sntfernung  bom  norb* 
lic^ften  bi^  jum  fiiblic^ften  "i|3unft  betragt  1200  km,  i)om 
iDeftlic^ften  bi^  gum  oftlid^ften  "^mft  1240  km.    ^ie  glad^e 

10  be^  9^ei(^e^  betrcigt  540,658  qkm,  n)ot)on  348,607  an  *ipreu^ 
feen  gef)oren. 

®ie  3Sereinigten  (^taaten  t)on  5lmerifa  finb  bie  grofete 
^^epublif,  bie  e^  in  ber  ^dt  gibt  ober  gegeben  !)at»  (Sie 
finb  17mal  grower  al^  ba^  ^eutf(5e  9^eic^,  benn  fie  f)aben 

15  eine  glac^e  t)on  9,383,029  qkm.  3)a^  ^eutfc^e  ^eid^  ift 
fleiner  aU  ber  grofete  amerifanifc^e  ©taat,  Xeja^  (688,340 
qkm),  unb  tDeniger  aU  ]f)alb  fo  grofe  toie  ha^  ^erritorium 
mam  (1,530,327  qkm).  ^reufeen  ftef)t  an  ©rofee  stoi^ 
fd^en  3}^ontana  (378,330  qkm)  unb  ^tumticito  (317,470 


TEXTS  65 

qkm),    ^er  Untcrfd^ieb  in  ber  S^^^^  ^^^  i8et)o(fening  ift  t)ie(  20 
fleiner:  ^a^  3)eutf(^e  9?el(^  l^atte  hd  fetner  ©riinbung,  tm 
3af)re  1871,  41,058,804  ®inmof)ner;  je^t  ift  if)re  ^a^I  auf 
ungefcil()r  65  50^iIUonen  geftiegen,  tDctfirenb  bie  ^Serelnigten 
©taaten  ettna  93  5D^iIUonen  Sinmofiner  l^aben* 

!Dcr  f)oc^fte  ^erg  3)eiitfd^(anb^  ift  bie  3ii9fpife^  in  ben  25 
53ai)rifd^en  mpm:  ®ie  ift  2968  m  ^od).  3)entfd)Ianb  f)at 
nngefaf)r  150  gliiffe.  !Der  tDic^tigfte  (5lm  tDid^tigften)  ift 
ber  ^^ein,  ber  1225  km  lang  ift,  5lnbere  grofee  bentfc^e 
©trome  finb:  bie  3Befer,  bie  (SIbe,  bie  Dber,  bie  Seid^fel, 
bie  !Donau,  ^ie  le^tere  ift  t)ie(  langer  aU  ber  dl^dn,  aber  so 
nur  570  km  t)on  if)r  gef)oren  p  ^eutfc^lanb, 

^ie  grofete  (Stabt  be^  ^eutfc^en  D^eirfie^  ift  Berlin,  mit 
biert^alb  SD^illionen  (Sinn3of)nern.  ^I^m  folgen  Hamburg 
mit  1,000,000,  Seipjig  unb  2)^lln(^en  mit  je  500,000  (gin= 
tDol^nem,  35 

grlil^er  gel^orte  aud^  Ofterreid^  gu  Deutfc^lanb,  3n  bie= 
fem  ?anbe  leben  eth)a  15  SD^illionen  ^eutfc^e.  ^ie  grofete 
@tabt  Ofterreic^g  ift  3Sien,  ba^  etma  2,000,000  (ginn)of)ner 
^at. 

XXVII  a 

Das  £ie5  ber  Deutfd?en 

!Deutfd^tanb,  ^eutfd^lanb  iiber  atle6, 

liber  alleg  in  ber  SSelt, 

SSenn  e^  ftet^  gu  @c§u^  unb  Xvul^t 

53ruberli(^  gufammen()alt, 

33 on  ber  Waa^  bi^  an  bie  SD^emel,  "  s 

3Son  ber  (gtfc^  bi^  an  ben  53ett— 

3)eutfc^Ianb,  ^eutfcftlanb  liber  alle^, 

liber  alleg  in  ber  SBelt. 


66  GERMAN  FOR  BEGINNERS 

5)eutfd^e  grauen,  beutfc^e  Jreue, 
10  !l)eutf(^er  SBein  unb  beutfd^er  ©ang 

©ollen  in  ber  iBelt  bef)alten 

3^ren  alten,  fd^onen  J^Iang, 

Ung  gu  ebler  Xat  begeiftem 

Unfer  ganged  ?eben  lang. 
15  S)eutf(^e  grauen,  beutf(^e  Xreue, 

^eutf(^er  SSeln  unb  beutfc^er  @ang! 

^Inigfeit  unb  9^ed^t  unb  gretl^eit 
giir  ha^  beutfd^e  33aterlanb, 
!Dana(f)  lafet  un^  alle  [treben 
20  ^riiberlid^  ntlt  ^erg  unb  ^anb! 

(Sinigfeit  unb  D^ec^t  unb  grelf)eit 
©tub  be^  (^liicfe^  Unterpfanb. 
^liif)'  im  @Ianse  beineg  ©Ilide^, 
iBlii^e,  beut[(^egSSaterIanb! 

Hoffmann  bon  f^attcrglcbcn. 


XXVIII 

Das  alte  Deutfd^e  Heid? 

!^a«  erfte  !I)eutfc^e  Df^eic^  begann  mit  ^art  bent  ©rofeen, 
!Diefer  iDar  perft  nnr  ^onig  ber  granfen*  ^ber  unter  if)m 
tourbe  fein  9^eic^  biel  grower,  unb  am  25,  3)e3ember  be^ 
3a]^re^  800  fronte  U)n  *i(3apft  Seo  III,  aunt  ^atfer,  @etn 
5  @ef(^te(f)t  nennt  man  bie  ^arolinger  (ba^  ^aroltngifc^e 
§au^).    &  ftarb  su  ^eginn  be^  10,  3:a!)rf)unbert^  aug, 

3m  10,  3af)r]()unbert  unb  tm  er[ten  53iertel  be^  elften 

3a]f)r{)unbert^  regterte  ein  ©efd^Iec^t  au^  bem  ndrblic^en 

^eutfc^Ianb,  bie  Dttonen,  unb  im  ilbrigen  ^eile  be^  elften 

10  unb  bem  erften  58iertel  be^  a^olften  3af)rf)unbert^  ein  mit* 


TEXTS  67 

telbeutfd^e^  ©efc^Iec^t,  ba^  grcinfifc^e  §aii^.  Unter  biefem 
brad^  ein  ^ampf  stDifc^en  ben  ^aifern  unb  ben  ^apften  au^, 
ber  ^eutfc^Ianb  faft  tjemid^tete*  5lm  l^eftigften  tear  er  gh)l= 
fc^en  "ipapft  @regor  VII,  unb  ^onig  §einric^  IV,,  bent  un= 
Qliidflid^ften  aller  beutfc^en  ^onige,  15 

(gelt  1125  tnaren  $en:f(^er  an^  bent  filblid^en  !5)entfd;^ 
lanb  beutfc^e  ^ontge,  3)ie  §of)en[taufen,  bie  ^entfc^tanb 
t3on  1125  bl^  snr  9}^itte  be^  bretje!)nten  3af)rf)unbert^  re* 
gterten,  toaren  ba6  glanjenbfte  unter  ben  beutfc^en  ^onlgg- 
!)aufern;  aber  fie  t)ern)anbten  mct)v  gorge  auf  ^talien  aU  20 
auf  ^eutfc^lanb  unb  unterlagen  enblid)  int  ^arrtpfe  urn  hm 
i8eft^  jene^  ?anbe6.  ^er  le^te  l^ol^enftaufift^e  §errfc^er, 
^onrabin,  ftarb  in  9^eapel  auf  bent  gd^afott,  unb  fein  ^ru* 
ber  ©njio  einige  3af)re  nad)  ii)m  tm  ©efcingni^, 

9^a(^  ber  93^itte  be^  breisef)nten  3a^t:f)unbert^  fiatte  bag  25 
9f^eic^  faft  20  Sa\)xt  lang  feinen  anerfannten  ^onig,  SD^an 
nennt  biefe  3^tt  bag  3nterregnunt,  1273  n)af)lten  bie  ^ur* 
fiirften  ben  gd^tDeijer  ©rafen  ^^ubolf  Don  §abgburg  junt 
^onige,  ^ie  nteiften  beutfc^en  ^onige  narf)  U)m  iDaren  aug 
feinent  §aufe,  53ie(e  unter  if)nen  inaren  fraftbolle  ^err*  30 
fc^er,  aber  fie  bac^ten  mti)V  an  ii)xt  eigene  Wa(^i  aU  an  bie 
5D^a(^t  beg  D^^eic^eg.  go  jerfiet  biefeg  itnnter  tne!)r,  (gnb* 
Ii(^  (egte  ber  (e^te  ^aifer  beg  alten  ^eutfc^en  ^^eid^eg, 
grans  Hv  cttn  6.,5luguft  1806  hk  ^rone  beg  dlomi\6)- 
3)eutfd^en  9^eic|eg  nieber,  35 


68  GERMAN  FOR  BEGINNERS 

XXVIHa 

Katferlteb 

§ei(  bir  im  ©tegerfranj,  ©eiltQC  glamme,  qIW, 

^errfd^er  be^  33aterlanb6,  ©liif)'  unb  erlofc^e  nie 

^etl,  taifer,  bir!  giir^  53aterlanb! 

%u\)V  in  be^  2:^rone^  ©lanj  SSir  al(e  fte()en  bann 

5  :l)ie  {)of)e  ^onne  Qan^,  9}Juti9  fiir  einen  SO^ann, 

l^iebling  be^  53oIf^  gu  fein!  ^ampfen  unb  bluten  gem 

^ei(,  ^aifer,  bir!  giir  J{)ron  unb  D^eid^. 

g^id^t  9?off^  unb  9?eifi9e  C>anbtung  unb  2»iffenf(^aft 

(gic^em  bie  fteile  $>W,  ^^be  mit  SO^acftt  unb  ^raft 

10  SKo  giirften  fte{)n:  3^r  §aupt  empor! 

!2iebe  be^  33aterlanb^,  ^riegcr=  unb  §elbentat 

giebe  be^  freien  9D?anng  ginbe  if)r  !2orbeerbIatt 

©riinbet  ben  §errf(§ertf)ron  2:reu  aufgef)oben  bort 

SSie  gel^  im  2J2eer.  5ln  beinem  3:^ron! 

15  ^Bdf  ^aifer  2BiIf)elnt,  {)ier 

!^ang  beine6  3SoIfe^  3ier, 

3)er9[r?enfd^f)eit@toIs! 

%ui)V  in  be^  2^f)roneg  ©lanj 

3)ie  f)o()e  SBonne  gang, 
20  !i?iebling  be^  3SoIf^  p  fein! 

$eil,  ^aifer,  bir! 

XXIX 

Die  Sd?Iad?t  bei  Seban 

5rm  19,  3uli  1870  \)atit  granfreid^  I^rieg  gegen  "ipreufeen 

txfi'dxt    ^ic  anberen  beutfd^en  ©taaten  —  iBai^em,  (Bad)^ 

fen,  SSiirttemberg,  58aben,  ©effen  u.f.ti), —  traten  fofort  auf 

bie  ®eite  ^reufeen^,     (5^efuf)rt  bon  ®raf  ^ellmut  t)on 

5  9)Joltfe,  errangen  bie  beutfd^en  C>c^t:e  ©ieg  auf  ©teg  auf 


TEXTS  69 

franpftfd^ent  58oben,  ^n  a6)t  Wlonattn  ftegten  fie  in  17 
grofeen  unb  mef)r  al^  f)unbert  flelnereti  ©c^Iac^ten,  naf)men 
380,000  gelnbe  gefangen  unb  erobcrten  iiber  20  geftungen* 

^te  h)i(^ttg[te  ©c^Iad^t  mar  bte  t)on  ©eban,  am  L  @ep^ 
tember  1870,    ^te  beftegten  franjofifc^en  $eere  f)atten  fid^  lo 
teil^  nac^  ^eften,  tei(6  nac^  (Siiben  gemanbt,    3bi^  §aupt^ 
beer,  bet  bent  ^aifer  5^apo(eon  III,  fetbft  tnar,  n)ar  juerft 
nac^  SSeften,  gegen  ^arl^,  gejogen;  nun  tnollte  e^  in  tDettem 
^ogen  an  ber  beutfc^en  5lrmee  borilbermarfc^ieren  unb  in 
ber  ©egenb  bon  3}?e^  ha^  anbere  franjofifc^e  §eer  treffen.  is 
2Iber  ®raf  Tflolih  fafete  ben  ^ipian,  bie  Jran^ofen  gegen  bie 
belgifc^e  ©renje  p  brangen  unb  trie  in  einem  9^efee  gu  fan= 
gen.    Unb  fo  gefd^al)  e^  auc^.    3)ie  ^eutfc^en  mac^ten  ftarfe 
®ert)altmarfd^e,  urn  bie  granjofen  ^u  faf[en,    2lm  30.  5Iuguft 
lagerte  ein  fran^dfifc^e^  ^eer  bei  Beaumont  unb  bi^^t  WiU  20 
tag^rube.    *ipid^lic^  fcblugen  (^ranaten  in  ba^  ?ager;  e^  tvav 
ben  ^eutfcben  gelungen,  unbemerft  b^i^cinsufommen.    T)ie 
^eutfc^en  fiegten,  unb  bie  franjofifc^e  5lnnee  fonnte  nun 
iDeber  DortDcirt^  nad)  SO^e^  noc^  rilcfmcirt^  nac^  *$ari^.    ®o 
jog  fie  fi(^  mit  bem  .^aifer  nacb  ber  fleinen  geftung  (Seban  25 
Surild,    53on  alien  (Seiten  rilcften  in  iiberlegenen  S^W^  bie 
beutfcben  ^rieger  ^txan,  bie  granjofen  umsingelnb.     ^ie 
!^age  be^  franjbfifc^en  $eere^  tnar  boffnung^Io^, 

2(m  SD^orgen  be^  erften  September  beginnt  bie  'Bf^la^t 
!I)ie  ^atjem  nebmen  nad^  fd^iDerem  ^ampfe  ein  ^orf.  9?ecbt^  30 
t)on  ibnen  treten  bie  ©acbfen  unb  bie  preufeifcben  ©arben, 
linf^  bon  ibnen  bie  ^Siirttemberger  in  ben  ^ampf  ein,  unb 
bom  9^orben  nabt  ^atailton  auf  ^ataillon  ber  ^reufeen. 
5Iuf  ben  $bben  ring^um  erfcbeint  iBatterie  an  53atterie, 
©ranaten  auf  ha^  feinblicbe  ^eer  fc^leubernb.  35 

3mmer  enger  tDirb  ber  9^ing  ber  ^eutfd^en,    9^ic^t^  btlft 


70  GERMAN  FOR  BEGINNERS 

ben  gransofen  ll^re  f)elbenmutlge  ^apferfeit,  55ergeben^ 
berfuc^t  i!)re  9^elterei  bie  feinbllc^en  9^ei!)en  p  burc^bred^en* 
^a^  §eer  flte|)t  in  bie  geftutig*    Hber  and)  l^ter  erreicfien  e^ 

40  bie  ©ranaten  ber  beutfc^en  l^anonett,  unb  an  me!)reren  (Ste(= 
len  ber  ©tabt  brec^en  glammen  ]^ert)or» 

Urn  flinf  U^r  na(^mtttag6  tear  bie  ^djla^t  ^n  @nbe» 
SBelfee  gal^nen  erfc^ienen  anf  ben  ilBallen  ber  geftnng.  ^er 
^rcufecnfontg  ^ilf)elm  !)telt  auf  etner  §o!)e  hd  (Seban,  nm- 

45  geben  t)on  bem  ^ronprinjen,  iBl^marcf,  Tlolth  nnb  mt^^ 
reren  ©eneralen*  ^a  famen  brei  fransofifd^e  Shelter  mit 
etner  iDetfeen  glagge,  (Siner  bon  if)nen  iiberreic^te  bent 
^ontge  folgenben  ^rief: 

„9}?etn  $>txv  iBruber! 

50        T)a  id^  nid^t  in  ber  Mittt  meiner  XwDppm  fterben  fonnte, 

bleibt  mir  nic^t^  iibrig,  al^  nteinen  3)egen  in  bie  ^anbe  Surer 

a)2aieftat  gu  legen. 

Qd)  bin  Surer  SD^ajeftat  guter  ^ruber 

9^apoIeon, 
55  ©eban,  1.  ©eptcmbcr  1870." 

^er  ^onig  la^  ben  ^rief  beg  nngtiidflic^en  i^aifer^  mit 
tiefer  ^etnegung.  T)ann  trat  er  p  ben  ©eneralen  nnb  lag 
i]f)n  lant  t)or,  nnb  f)ieranf  fc^rieb  er  folgenbe  5Intrt)ort: 

„9J?ein  §err  ^ruber! 

60         3nbem  ic^  bie  Unt[tanbe,  unter  benen  iDir  ung  begegnen,  be- 

baure,  nebme  ic^  ben  5)egen  Surer  9[)^aieftat  an  unb  bitte  @ie, 

einen  Offigier  gu  bet)oIlmac^tigen,  urn  ilber  bie  Capitulation  ber 

5Irmee  gu  unterbanbeln,  tuelc^e  unter  Qb^^nt  iBefeble  fo  tapfer  ge- 

fampft  bat.    9}^einerfeitg  ^aht  i^  ben  ©eneral  t)on  SD^oItfe  ha^u 

65  beftimntt. 

3c^  bin  Surer  aj^ajeftcit  guter  iBruber 

SSilbelm. 
SBor  ©eban,  am  1.  (September  1870.* 


TEXTS  *  71 

5lm  nctc^ften  Xa^t  tarn  bie  Capitulation  pftanbe.    ^le 
(Stabt  @eban  blieb  in  ben  §anben  ber  ^eutfc^en*    ^er  ^ai^  70 
fer  ber  gran^ofen  unb  mel^r  aU  84,000  9[)^ann  tranberten 
nac^  ^eutfc^lanb  in  bie  ©efanQenfd^aft*     ^er  Crieg  tt)ar 
burc^  biefe  ©(^lac^t  fo  gut  trie  entfc^ieben. 


XXIXa 

Der  Sie^  pon  Szban 

SKa^  bonnem  bie  Canonen, 
2Ba^  fiinbet  ber  ©loden  gjJunb? 
3)en  T)eutf(§en  in  alien  3onen 
SSirb  freubige  Wave  funb. 

I^agt  @iegegfaf)nen  prangen!  5 

T)k  iESelt  ^at  mieber  9?uf). 
!Da^  fransofif(^e  ^eer  gefangen 
Unb  ber  Caifer,  ber  Caifer  bagu! 

(E^  Voaxb  eine  ©d^lac^t  gefdfilagen 

SBei  (Beban  auf  bem  gelb,  10 

!5)at)on  h)irb  man  fingen  unb  fagen 

«i^  an  ha^  (gnbe  ber  SBelt! 

^a  fc^lug  feine  ©c^icffal^ftunbe 

!Dem  britten  5^apoteon, 

!Da  blutet  au«  fd^merer  SKunbe  •  is 

^er  ^marfc^all  5mac  ma\)on. 

!Dmnt  bonnem  bie  Canonen, 

3)rum  brol)nt  ber  ©locfen  Wlnnh; 

3)en  3)eutfc^en  in  alien  3onen 

SBirb  freubige  93^are  lunb.  20 


72  •  GERMAN  FOR  BEGINNERS 

(S6  bonnert  {ubeltonig 
^inaug  liber  Sanb  unb  SJJecr: 
§etl  3)eutfc^lanb^  ^elbenfonig, 
^dl  2)eutf(^Ianb^  C>elben!)eer! 

griebrid^  S3obcnftcbt. 

XXIX  b 

Die  ^rcnabtere 

5^ac5  granfreid^  jogen  jtt)ei  ©renabier', 
2)ie  tDaren  in  D^ufelanb  gefangen. 
Unb  al6  fie  famen  in^  beutfd^e  Ouartier, 
®ie  liefeen  bie  ^opfe  f)an9en. 

6  ^a  f)orten  fie  beibe  bie  traurige  Tl'dv^: 

!Da6  granfreid^  t)erIoren  gegangen, 
SBefiegt  unb  jerfd^lagen  ba^  groje  §eer,  — 
Unb  ber  ^aifer,  ber  ^aifer  gefangen. 

^a  njeinten  pfammen  bie  ©renabier^ 
10  SKof)I  ob  ber  flctglic^en  J^nnbe. 

3)er  eine  \pxa^:  „^k  tDef)  mirb  mir, 
SSie  brennt  meine  alte  ilBunbe!" 

!Der  anbere  fprac^:  „^ag  ^ieb  ift  au^, 
5Iu(^  i(^  moc^t'  ntit  bir  fterben, 
15  .    ^od^  {)ab'  i(^  SSeib  unb  £inb  p  ^au«, 

^ic  o!)ne  mic^  t)erberben." 

„2Bag  fd^ert  mid^  SKeib,  tua^  fd^ert  mid^  tinb! 
3d^  trage  tDeit  beff're^  33ertangen; 
2ai  fie  bettein  get)n,  njenn  fie  ()ungrig  finb,  — 
20  9)^ein  ^aifer,  mein  ^aifer  gefangenl 


TEXTS  73 

„®etDaf)r'  tnir,  53niber,  eine  33itt': 
SBenn  ic^  ie^t  fterben  inerbe 
<So  nimm  meme  ^d^t  nad)  granfretc^  Tntt, 
^egrab'  mic^  in  granfreid^g  (Srbe. 

„T)a^  @f)rcn!rcus  am  rotcn  S3anb  25 

(Sollft  bu  auf^  ^erg  mir  legen; 
3)ie  glinte  gib  mir  in  bie  §anb, 
Unb  Qlirt^  mir  um  ben  S)egen. 

„^o  mill  ic^  liegen  nnb  {)orc^en  ftitt, 

2Bie  eine  (Sc^ilbnjac^^  im  ©rabe,  30 

33i^  einft  ic^  f)ore  ^anonengebriill 

Unb  h)iet)ember  9^offe  ©etrabe. 

„5)ann  reitet  mein  £aifer  tt)of)l  iiber  mein  ®rab, 

3SieI  (Sc^trerter  flirren  unb  bti^en; 

®ann  fteig  ic^  9en)affnet  f)ert)or  au^  bem  ®rab,  —  35 

S)cn  ^aifer,  ben  ^aifer  gu  fcfiu^en!" 

^cinrirf)  ^einc. 


XXX 

Die  Perfaffung  bes  neuen  Deutfd^en  Heicf^es 

511^  Napoleon  !♦  befiegt  Wax,  murbe  im  Qaf^xt  1815  tjon 
38  beutfc^en  ^Staaten  ein  ©taatenbunb  gebilbet,  rt)el(^er  ber 
^eutfc^e  ^unb  genannt  tt)irb,  S^  biefem  gef)orte  nic^t  nur 
ba^  I)eutige  ^eutfc^e  9f?eic^,  fonbern  aud^  £)fterrei(^»  3n^ 
folge  eine^  ^riege^  jtDifc^en  Ofterreid^  unb  ^reufeen  iDurbe 
er  im  ^al^re  1866  aufgeloft  unb  ein  neuer  33unb,  ber  9^orb= 
beutfcfie  iBunb,  tDurbe  t3on  ben  <Biaaitn  norblic^  t)om  SJ^ain 


74  GERMAN  FOR  BEGINNERS 

ge[(^(offen.    liefer  tourbe  bon  ^reufeen  geflil^rt,  it)af)renb 
an  ber  (S^i^e  be^  ^eutfc^en  iBunbe^  Ofterreic^  geftanben 

10  l()atte» 

511^  granfreid^  1870  ^rieg  gegen  ^reufeen  erflarte,  traten 
and)  ble  flibbeutfc^en  ©taaten  (mtt  5lu^na!)me  t)on  Dfter* 
retd^)  auf  beffen  <Sette»  ^ie  gran^ofen  h)urben  beftegt,  unb 
am  L  3anuar  1871  tDurbe  ble  ©riinbwng  be6  ^eutf(^en 

15  D^etd^eg  befannt  gegeben.  5lm  18,  3anuar  iDurbe  ju  33er:= 
faille^  ^onig  2BUf)elm  t)on  ^ipreufeen  al^  ^eutfd^er  ^aifer 
proflamtert, 

^ag  ^Deutfc^e  D^elc^  tft  ein  iBunbe^ftaat  trie  bie  5Seremtg* 
ten  ©taaten  bon  5Imerifa,    ^ie  meiften  bentfc^en  ©taaten 

20  tt)erben  t)on  SO^onarc^en  reglert,  nnr  bret  finb'  9^epnbli!en, 
^er  ^alfer  aber  i[t  nic^t  Wlonaxd)  be^  ^eic^e^,  fonbern  nur 
*53raftbent  be^  iBnnbeg,  @r  f)at  ben  Oberbefe!)!  ilber  ba^ 
§eer,  3)nrd&  t^n  tnirb  ^rieg  erflart  unb  griebe  gefd^loffen, 
5lber  feine  5lnorbnungen  merben  im  9^amen  be6  9teic^e^  ge^ 

25  geben  nnb  miiffen  dom  ^f^eic^^fansler  unterfc^rleben  trerben, 
^efe^e  toerben  t)om  ^nnbe^rat  nnb  D^elc^^tag  gemelnfam 
bef(f)Ioffen  nnb  t)om  i^aifer  nnb  D^eic^^fan^ler  nnterfc^rieben; 
tm  allgemeinen  !)at  ber  ^aifer  fein  ^ed^t,  ein  ®efe^  gn  De- 
tteren, 

30      ^er  58nnbe^rat  t[t  ettDa  mit  bem  ©enat  ber  33ereintgten 
©taaten  t)on  5(mert!a  p  t)erglei(^en»    (Sr  n)irb  uon  33er^ 
tretem  ber  etnjelnen  ©taaten  gebllbet,  bte  sufammen  58 . 
(gtimmen  !)aben;  18  bon  btefen  ge!)oren  *iprenfeen,     S)er 
"iPrctftbent  be^  iBnnbe^rate^  Ift  ber  ^^etd^^fan^ler,  ber  t)ont 

35  ^alfer  emannt  tt)lrb,  3)er  D^eld^^tag  !)at  397  9D?itg(ieber, 
^iefe  iDerben  don  alien  bentfc^en  ^iirgern,^  bie  nic^t  n)eniger 
al^  25  3al)re  alt  finb,  in  allgemeinen,  gel)eimen,  bireften 
3Sal)len  gen)ttl)lt* 


TEXTS  75 

XXX  a 
Die  (£rftnbung  ber  Bud^brucferfunft 

grlif)er  tDurben  alte  ^ixc^er  gefc^rieben.  ^efonber^  in  htn 
^loftern  murben  fc^one  iBiic^er  f)erge[tellt»  Xie  grofeen  5ln= 
fang^bu(^[taben  tDurben  mtt  bunten  garben  bematt  ober  mit 
@olb  au^gelegt.  ©olc^e  ^ild^er  maren  fef)r  teuer*  gilr  eine 
fc^one  ^ibel  tnurben  oft  gegen  taufenb  SD^ar!  be^af)!!,  5 

ajilt  ber  3^^t  begann  man,  ^ilber  einfac^er  f)erjuftellen» 
<Bk  tDurben  in  f)o(seme  2^afe(c^en  gefc^nitten;  biefe  iDurben 
bann  mit  garbe  be[trid^en  unb  auf  *i(3ergament  gebrucft* 
iBalb  n)urben  ein^elne  ^Sorter  ober  gan^e  (Sci^e  in  Zix^th 
d^en  gefc^nitten,  unb  jule^t  fc^nitt  man  gan^e  (geiten  in  10 
$o(j.  i£Senn  ein  ^ud)  gebmrft  twurbe,  mufete  man  fo  biele 
^cifeld^en  ()aben,  aU  ba^  ^nc^  ©eiten  l^atte;  trenn  aber 
ha^  ^uc^  gebrudt  tvax,  f)atten  biefe  Xafelc^en  feinen  SSert 
mef)r, 

!Da  fam  ein  beutfc^er  ©belmann,  ^o^cinne^  ©utenberg  15 
(geboren  1401  p  SO^ainj),  in^trafeburg  auf  ben  ©ebanfen, 
ein^elne  ^u(^ftaben  in  l^ol^erne  ©tabc^en  ju  fc^neiben,  3)iefe 
@tab(^en  tourben  nebeneinanber  geftellt,  mit  fc^toarjer  garbe 
beftric^en  unb  auf  ^ergament  gebrucft*  (Spciter  rt)urben 
(Stabc^en  au^  ^lei  unb  bann  (Stab(^en  au^  S'mn  t)ern)enbet,  20 
1449  tDurbe  t)on  ©utenberg  auc^  bie  ^rucferpreffe  erfunben. 
^a^  erfte  ^uc^  aber  iDurbe  nic^t  in  ©tra^urg,  fonbern  in 
SD^ainj  gebrucft, 

^ort^in  fef)rte  ncimlid^  Gutenberg  um  1450  priliJ;  er 
t)erbanb  fid^  mit  ^o^ann  guft,  einem  reic^en  ©olbfc^mieb,  25 
unb  mit  bem  ^farrer  ^igeter  ©c^offer,    5Iuf  ben  9?at  be^  Ie^= 
teren  murben  bie  SBud^ftaben  nic^t  me!)r  gefd^nitten,  fonbern 
gegoffen*    9^un  fonnten  gan^c  ^iic^er  gebrudt  toerben*    3)a5 


76  GERMAN  FOR  BEGINNERS 

erfte  h)ar  eine  lateintfc^e  ^ibel  in  brei  ^cinben,  bte  tDa^irfd^ein- 

30  lid^  1456  bollenbet  rt)urbe» 

(Gutenberg  aber  geriet  to  UtiQllicf ,  guft  f)atte  i^im  2000 
©ulben  Qcliefieti,  unb  er  fonnte  fie  nid^t  gleid^  jurilcfQeben* 
3)arum  tDurbe  er  t)on  guft  Derflagt,  unb  feine  ^ettern  tDur^ 
benif)m  tDeggenommen  unb  bem  reid^en  guft  gegeben,  ®u^ 

35  tenberg  tDurbe  bon  feinent  Untemefimen  au^gefd)Ioffen» 

2ll(e  toaren  erftaunt  uber  bie  erften  33iid^er,  9[)?an  fonnte 
nid^t  begreifen,  tnie  in  fo  furjer  ^^it  fo  t)iele  flatter  befc^rie^ 
hm  trerben  fonnten*  33on  i^ielen  tDurbe  guft  ein  (B^tvav^^ 
fiinftler  genannt,    5Iber  balb  njurbe  bie  tDic^tige  (Srfinbung 

40  iiber  ganj  (Suropa  tierbreitet. 

guft  ftarb  1466  p  ^ari^  an  ber  ^t\t  g^d  3a^re  fpater 
ftarb  ©utenberg  ju  9[)^ains,  faft  bergeffen.  1837  ift  U)m  in 
Tlain^  ein  ^enfmal  erric^tet  li3orben. 


XXXI 

Die  ^ermannsfd^lad^t 

3nr  3^it  Don  (Sl^rifti  @eburt  toaren  alle  !^ftnber  urn  ha^ 

SJ^ittelmeer  in  ben  §anben  ber  Corner,    find)  ber  meftl'ic^e 

3;:eil  t)on  2)eutf(^Ianb  tnar  t)on  il^nen  untertoorfen  toorbea, 

3)ie  beutfc^en  ©tcimme  iuaren  nid^t  einig  unb  maren  einer 

6  nad^.bem  anbern  Don  ben  9^omern  befiegt  toorben. 

3m  ^ai)xt  7  nad^  Sf)rifto  (n.  Sf)r.)  tourbe  Ouintiliu^ 
5Sam^  aU  romifd^er  gelbf)err  an  ben  9?f)ein  gefanbt,  ^urc^ 
if)n  toar  @l)rien  fo  tiertnaltet  tDorben,  bafe  man  t)on  if)m 
fagte:  „5lrm  fam  er  in  ba^  reid^e  (St)rien,  unb  reid^  ging  er 
10  au^  bem  armen  ©l^rien."  3^^i  3af)re  tourbe  !Deutfrf)lanb 
t)on  if)m  bebriidft*  5Son  mand^en  beutfd^en  gitrften  tDurbe 
ii)m  gefd^meid^elt  unb  gebient*    5lber  ein  lunger  giirft  ber 


TEXTS  77 

(Sf)eru^fer,  Hermann  ober  ^Irminiu^,  iDurbe  ber  SBefreier 
felneg  33oIfe^,     ^urc^  tf)n  iDaren  mef)rere  ©tamme  am 
9^f)em  p  einem  ^unbe  gegen  bie  9^dmer  t)eretmgt  iDorben.  15 
^ent  53ani^  murbe  bie^  berraten,  aber  er  glaubte  e^  nic^t* 

3m  3af)re  9  erl^ob  ftc^  eln  ®tamm  an  ber  (Sm6.  33aru^ 
gog  mtt  20,000  ^ann  Qegen  tt)n,  H(^  er  in  ba6  (^ebtrge 
fam,  ba^  f)eute  ber  3:entoburger  SSalb  genannt  trirb,  tt)nr= 
ben  fie  auf  alien  ©eiten  t)on  ben  ^entfc^en  nnter  Hrminin^  20 
angegriffen.  (Sin  fd^recf liefer  ©tnrm  miitete;  e6  bli^te,  bon= 
nerte  nnb  regnete  in  ©tromen,  ®o  tDurbe  ben  ^eutfc^en 
fogar  t)on  ben  (glementen  ge^olfen,  ^rei  ^^age  iDnrbe  ge^ 
fctmpft,  X)ann  tt)aren  faft  alk  9^omer  erfd^Iagen.  511^ 
5Sam6  fal),  bafe  a((e^  derloren  mar,  gab  er  fid^  felbft  ben  25 
2:0b. 

^nrc^  biefe  ©d^tad^t  tDar  ^Dentfc^lanb  gerettet,  ^er 
^elb  Hermann  mnrbe  im  3cil)re  21,  37  3al)re  alt,  Don  53er* 
tDanbten  ermorbet.  5lber  anf  alk  ^eiten  mirb  er  aU  ^t^ 
freier  ^entfcf)Ianb^  gepriefen  tDerben.  33or  einigen  3al)ren  30 
ift  if)m  an  ber  ©telle  feine^  ®iege^,  bei  ber  ©tabt  3)etmoIb 
im  !Ientobnrger  SSalbe,  ein  grofee^  ^enfmal  errid^tet  n)or= 
ben, 

XXXIa 

^elimer 

3m  fUnften  3af)rl)nnbert  n,  (S^.  tt)ar  im  norblid^en 
5lfrifa  Don  bem  bentfd^en  (Stamme  ber  53anbalen  ein  grofeee 
dldd)  gegriinbet  morben*  5lber  ha^  3SoIf  Derlor  balb  feine 
^raft,  ^er  le^te  ^onig  ber  33anbalen,  @elimer,.tr)ar  534 
Don  ben  9^omem  gefc^lagen  tDorben  nnb  f)atte  fein  9^eid^  Der^  5 
loren,  @r  gog  fic^  mit  bem  9^efte  feine^  33oIfe^  in  eine  fefte 
33urg  prild,   ^ort  tonrbe  il)m  Don  treuen  Tlauxtn  ge!)otfen, 


78  GERMAN   FOR  BEGINNERS 

unb  er  bertetbigte  fic^  lange  gegen  ^elifar,  ben  5elb|)errn 
be^  ^atfer^  ^uftinian,    ^Sergeben^  tDurben  if)m  t)on  btefem 

10  ^eic^tum  unb  (Sf)re  t)erfpro(^en;  @elimer  rtioKte  Iteber  fter^ 
ben  al^  ftc^  ergeben*  9^ur  e  i  n  e  iBitte  ftellte  er  an  ben 
geinb:  „©c^i(fe  mlr  eine  ^eier,  ein  ^rot  unb  elnen 
©c^hjamnt!"  fc^rieb  er  an  ben  romtfc^en  gelb!)errn»  (^t* 
ftaunt  fragte  biefer  ben  ^oten,  toa^  blefe  iBltte  bebeutete, 

15  liefer  antiDortete:  „®elimer  btttet  urn  ein  ^rot,  tDeil  er 
feine^  9efe!)en  f)at,  felt  er  in  bie  ^urg  geflof)en  ift;  er  bittet 
urn  einen  ©d^mamm,  tDeil  er  bom  bieten  ^einen  faft  blinb 
Qett)orben  ift;  er  bittet  urn  eine  ^eier,  urn  ^u  if)rem  flange 
fein  Slenb  p  befingen,"    ^ie  ^itte  trurbe  geh3af)rt» 

20  9^o(^  brei  SD^onate  bergingen,  3)er  ilSinter  trar  faft  gu 
@nbe,  unb  ©elimer  iDoIIte  fic^  nod^  nic^t  ergeben,  3)a^ 
(Slenb  in  ber  iBurg  iDU(^^  irttmer  mct)x,  (ginmal  !)atte  ein 
maurifc^e^  S^Beib  einen  ^uc^en  bereitet  unb  toollte  i^n  in  ber 
f)eifeen  5If(^e  bacfen*    33or  bent  geuer  fafeen  jtoei  .^naben; 

25  ber  eine  n^ar  @elimer6  5^effe,  ber  anbere  ein  @o!)n  {ener 
grau,  58eibe  rt)aren  f)ungrig  unb  tDarteten,  bi^  ber  ^uc^en 
fertig  fein  tDiirbe,  511^  er  fertig  ju  fein  fc^ien,  ergriff  il^n 
ber  banbalifc^e  ^nabe  fc^neE  unb  fterfte  i!)n  g(iif)enb  unb  mit 
5lf(^e  bebedft  in  ben  93^unb,  urn  if)n  p  berfc^lingen;  aber  ber 

30  maurifc^e  ^nabe  fafete  i^n  beim  $aar,  rang  mit  il^m  unb 
SiDang  if)n,  ben  ^uc^en  surudpgeben,  3)at)on  h)urbe  ber 
^onig  fo  ergriffen,  bafe  er  biefen  iBrief  an  ben  feinblic^en 
5elb]f)errn  fd^rieb:  „&  ift  bergeben^,  gegen  ha^  ©c^idffal  gu 
fcimpfen,     -3^^   fotin  mein  (Slenb  nidit  liinger  ertragen* 

35  ^arum  tnill  ic^  beinem  ^ate  folgen  unb  mic^  ergeben/' 

iBelifar  freute  fief)  iiber  bie  9^ac^ri(^t  unb  berfprad^  ®eli== 
mer,  ha^  ber  romifd^e  ^aifer  il^n  nid^t  al^  ©efangenen,  fon:= 
bern  al^  greunb  bef)anbeln  iDerbe*     5lber  biefer  f)ielt  ba^ 


TEXTS  79 

SSort  titc^t,  ha^  t)on  feinem  gelbf)erm  Qegeben  tDorbcn  toax. 
@eltmer  iDurbe  in  filbemeti  ^etten  burc^  bie  (Strafeett  t)on  40 
^onftantinopel  gefiil^rt.  ^er  ungliicflic^e  ^onig  fprac^  babel 
bie  ilSorte  (Salomon^  t)or  fi(^  f)in:  „0  Sitelfeit  ber  (Site(= 
feiten!  5llle^  ift  eitel!"  (gpciter  tDurbe  il^nt  Don  bem  i^aifer 
Sanb  in  ^leinafien  gegeben,  tDO  er  in  grieben  ftarb* 

^a^  ftolje  3Solf  ber  53anbalen  Wax  bamit  t)on  ber  @rbe  45 
t)erf(^h)unben*  33iele  anbere  bentfd^e  <Stamme  f)atten  ba^ 
gleic^c  2o^:  ^ie  Oftgoten,  bie  ein  D^eic^  in  3talien  gegriin^ 
bet  flatten,  bie  Seftgoten,  don  benen  ©panien  erobert  iDor^ 
ben  toar,  bie  iBnrgnnber,  bie  Don  ben  ^nnnen  bernic^tet 
iunrben,  nnb  anbere,  so 

XXXII 

Hermann  Billing 

3n  ber  J^ilnebnrger  §eibe  f)litete  einmal  ein  ^nabe  bie 
§erbe  feine^  53ater^,  aU  einige  fitter  gefprengt  famen, 
^ie  bogen  Don  ber  (Strafee  ah  nnb  ritten  iiber  ba^  %elh. 
!I)er  ^nabe  tooltte  ba^  nid^t  erlanben*  @r  bac^te:  „@in  gelb 
ift  bo(f)  feine  (Strafee,  nnb  biefe^  gelb  gef)ort  meinem  33ater,"  5 
<Bo  ging  er  ben  9?ittern  entgegen  nnb  rief:  „S^x  milfet  nm= 
fel^ren,  bie  ©trafee  ift  euer,  ba^  gelb  ift  mein/' 

@in  f)of)er  5D^ann,  ber  an  ber  (Spi^e  ritt,  f)ielt  fein  ^ferb 
an  nnb  faf)  erftaunt  anf  ben  ^naben.  „^er  bift  bn,  i^^nabe?" 
„3(^  bin  Hermann  ^itling^  ditefter  @of)n  nnb  fieifee  anc^  10 
Hermann*  ^iefe^  gelb  gef)ort  meinem  33ater,  nnb  i^x 
bllrft  nic^t  bariiberreiten,"  „3c^  tijill  e^  aber!"  rief  ber 
^fJitter,  „unb  ic^  fann  e^  and^.  iBenn  bn  nid^t  an^  bem 
SSege  ge!)ft,  reite  ic^  liber  bid^."  3)er  ^nabe  aber  blieb 
fte!)en,  faf)  mit  bli^enben  Hngen  ju  bem  D^itter  f)inanf  nnb  15 


80  GERMAN   FOR  BEGINNERS 

fprac^:  „9fle(^t  mixfe  D^ed^t  blelben.  Q\)x  bilrft  ni(^t  liber  ha^ 
gclb  retten,  folange  ic^  (gud^  {)tnbern  fann,"  —  „SSa^  tDeifet 
bu  Don  ^^ec^t,  ^nabe?"  —  „mdn  53ater  ift  ber  titling/' 
anttDortete  ber  ^nabe,  „t)or  etnem  billing  barf  niemanb  ba^ 

20  9^ec^t  brec^en." 

„3ft  e^  benn  red^t,  ^ttabe,  ha^  bu  beinem  ^onige  ntd^t 
gefiorc^en  tDtllft?"  rtef  ba  ber  D^itter,  „3^  bin  Otto,  bein 
^onlg!"  —  „3f)r  moKt  Dtto,  unfer  ^onig,  feln,  bon  bem 
nteln  53ater  fo  Dtel  erjci^lt?    ^f^ein,  3f)r  feib  e^  nld^t.    ^ontg 

25  Otto  fc^ufet  ba^  D^ec^t,  3^r  aber  moEt  bag  D^ec^t  bred^en," 
—  „5uf)re  mld^  ^u  beinem  33ater,  ^nabe!"  anttDortete  ber 
^onig,  „^ort  ift  bag  ^aug  meineg  33aterg,  3f)r  fonnt  eg 
fef)en/'  anttDortete  Hermann,  „aber  bie  §erbe  barf  id^  nid^t 
allein  (affen,  alfo  !ann  id^  (Sud^  nid^t  fii!)ren,    3Senn  S1:)v 

30  aber  ^onig  Otto  feib,  fo  reitet  t)om  gelbe  auf  bie  ©trafee 

Suriidf,  benn  ber  tonig  fc^ii^t  bag  9^ed^t."     Unb  ^onig 

Otto   ge{)ord^te   bem   ^naben  nnb   ritt  auf   bie  ©trafee 

Suriid, 

58alb  barauf  tDurbe  Hermann  Dom  gelbe  gef)oIt.    3)er 

35  ^onig  tdax  bei  feinem  35ater  getDefen  unb  i)atte  p  if)m  ge^ 
fagt:  „53illing,  id^  tt)ill,  bafe  bein  ciltefter  ©ol^n  mit  mir  ge!)t, 
@r  mirb  ein  treuer  5D^ann  trerben,  unb  ic^  mufe  treue  SD^cin^ 
ner  l^aben,"  ^Billing  fonnte  bem  ^onig  bie  iBitte  nid^t  ah^ 
fd^Iagen,    ®o  foKte  Hermann  mit  bem  ^onig  ^iet)en.    Otto 

40  fragte  if)n:  „§ermann,  magft  bu  mit  mir  ^ief)en?"  T)a  mU 
gegnete  ber  ^nabe  freubig:  „3^  tdiil  mit  bir  aie!)en;  bu  bift 
ber  tonig;  benn  bu  fd^ii^eft  bag  9^ed^t." 

Hermann  billing  tDurbe  einer  ber  nad^ften  greunbe  beg 
^onigg;  alg  biefer  nad^  3talien  ^og,  mufete  lilting  fein 
^erjogtum  ©ad^fen  fiir  if)n  Dermalten,  (Seine  5^ad^fommen 
iDaren  big  jum  3af)re  1106  ©er^oge  Don  (Sad^fen, 


TEXTS  81 

xxxna 
Die  Ktnber 

(SIu«  2:i^cobor  <Storm§  ^oullt  „^mmtn\tt,") 

SBalb  trat  bte  anmutige  @eftalt  eine^  fleinen  SJJabc^en^ 
SU  if)m.  (Bk  \)k^  (Sltfabetf)  unb  mod^te  fiinf  3af)re  saf)Ien; 
er  felbft  Irar  boppelt  fo  alt.  Urn  ben  ^aU  trug  fie  ein  voU 
feibene^  ^liic^elc^en;  ba^  liefe  ii)x  f)ilbfc^  p  ben  braunen 
5(u9en.  „9f^einf)arbt!"  rief  fie,  „tt)ir  l^aben  frei,  frei!  ben  gan^  5 
jen  3:;ag  feine  ©d^nle,  unb  morgen  au(f)  ni(^t." 

9^einf)arbt  ftedte  bie  D^ec^entafel,  bie  er  fc^on  unterm 
5Irm  f)atte,  flinf  ()inter  bie  §au^tur,  unb  bann  liefen  beibe 
^inber  burc^^  Qau^  in  ben  ©arten,  unb  bur(^  bie  ©arten- 
pforte  !)inau^  auf  bie  SBiefe.  ^ie  unDerl^offten  gerien  10 
famen  if)nen  !)errli(^  p  ftatten.  9^einf)arbt  f)atte  f)ier  mit 
(Slifabetl^g  §ilfe  ein  §au^  au^  D^afenftiicfen  aufgefii^rt;  bar^ 
in  tDoKten  fie  bie  (Sommerabenbe  iDofinen;  aber  e^  fe()Ite 
nod^  bie  i8anf.  5^un  ging  er  9(ei($  an  bie  5Irbeit;  ^^agel, 
jammer  unb  bie  notigen  iBretter  tDaren  fc^on  bereit.  SSa{)=  15 
renb  beffen  ging  ©lifabetf)  an  bent  SSaK  entlang  unb  fam^ 
melte  ben  ringformigen  (Samen  ber  n)ilben  9}?alt)e  in  il^re 
©course;  bation  tDoIlte  fie  fi(^  ^etten  unb  $al^banber 
mac^en;  unb  aB  9^einf)arbt  enblic^  tro^  manc^e^  frumm 
gefc^lagenen  9^agel^  feine  ^anf  bennoc^  SU  ©tanbe  gebrac^t  20 
l^atte  unb  nun  trieber  in  bie  (Sonne  f)inau^trat,  ging  fie 
fc^on  loeit  badon  am  anbem  @nbe  ber  SSiefe. 

„@(if abetf) !"  rief  er,  „@Iifabet]^!"  unb  ba  fam  fie,  unb  il^re 
^odtxi  flogen.    „^omm,"  fagte  er,  „nun  ift  unfer  $au^  fer= 
tig.     3)u  bift  }a  ganj  ^d^  getDorben;  fomm  f)erein,  n)ir  25 
h)olIen  un^  auf  bie  neue  58anf  fe^en.  ~  S^  tx^ai)V  bir  etnja^." 

3)ann  gingen  fie  beibe  f)inein  unb  fe^ten  fid^  auf  bie  neue 


82  GERMAN   FOR  BEGINNERS 

^ant    (Sltfabetlf)  tial^m  ti)re  Df^tngetc^en  au^  ber  (^d^iirje  unb 
gog  fie  auf  lange  ^tnbfaben;  9^einf)arbt  fing  an  p  ersa]f)(en: 

so  „(g^  h)aren  etnmal  brei  (gpinnfrauen " 

„5lc^,"  fagte  @Il[abet!),  „ba^  iDeife  tc^  ja  au^tDenbig;  bu 
mufet  auc^  ni(^t  immer  ba^felbe  erjaf)(en." 

^a  mu^te  9^emt)arbt  bte  ®efc()ic^te  bon  ben  brel  (Spinn= 

franen  fterfen  laffen,  nnb  ftatt  beffen  ergcil^lte  er  bie  ©efc^ic^te 

35  t)on  bent  armen  SO^ann,  ber  in  bie  ^otnengrnbe  getnorfen  tvax. 

„5^nn  tDar  e^  9^a(^t/'  fagte  er,  ^tneifet  bn?  —  ganj  finftere, 

unb  bie  ^otnen  fd)Iiefen,     9}?itnnter  aber  gabnten  fie  int 

(Sd^Iaf  nnb  redten  bie  roten  c3ii^9^^  cai^',  bann  fd^anberte 

.     ber  9}^ann  nnb  meinte,  bafe  ber  Tlox^tn  fontme.    3)a  irarf 

40  e^  nm  ibn  b^t:  anf  einntal  einen  b^Hen  (S(^ein,  nnb  aU  er 

anffab,  ftanb  ein  (Sngel  Dor  ibnt.    3)er  tninfte  ibm  tnit  ber 

§anb  nnb  ging  bann  gerabe  in  bie  gelfen  bittein," 

^lifabetb  b^itte  anfmerffant  3nge]()ort,   „(Sin  (Sngel?"  fagte 
fie;  „btttte  er  benn  gliigel?" 
45      „&  ift  nur  fo  eine  @ef(^i(^te/'  antiDortete  9^einf)arbt;  „e^ 
gibt  ia  gar  feine  ©ngeL" 

„0  pfui,  ^einbarbt!"  fagte  fie  nnb  \af)  if)m  ftarr  in^ 
@efi(bt,    511^  er  fie  aber  finfter  anblicfte,  fragte  fie  ibn  ^iDei-^- 
felnb:  „^amm  fagen  fie  e^  benn  immer,  SJJntter  nnb  ^ante 
^0  unb  an(5  in  ber  ©cbnie?" 

„^a^  tDeife  i(^  nic^t,"  anttDortete  er* 

„5lber  bu,"  fagte  (Slifabetb,  „gibt  e^  benn  aud^  feine 

„?olDen?   Ob  e^  Poteen  gibt?  3n  3nbien;  ba  fpannen  bie 

^5  ^o^enpriefter  fie  \)ox  ben  iBagen  unb  fabren  mit  ibnen  burcb 

bie  iBlifte,    iESenn  id^  grofe  bin,  toill  icb  einmal  felber  bin* 

!Da  ift  e^  biet  taufenbmal  fcboner  aU  bier  bei  un^;  ha  gibt 

e6  gar  f einen  SSinter*  ^u  mufet  aud^  mit  mir.  SSillft  bu?" 


TEXTS  83 

„Sa,"  fagte  (SItfabetf);  „aber  SJJutter  mufe  bann  au(^  mtt, 
unb  beine  SO^utter  auc^/'  eo 

„5^ein/'  faQte  S^einl^arbt,  „bie  ftnb  bann  p  alt,  bie  fonnen 
ntc^t  mtt." 

„3(^  barf  aber  ntd^t  adein*"  . 

„®n  follft  fcf)on  blirfen;  bn  tnirft  bann  tnirfdc^  ntetne 
gran,  nnb  bann  !)aben  bie  anbern  bir  ntc^t^  p  befef)Ien»''        es 

„5lber  melne  SJ^ntter  tDirb  meinen." 

„3Sir  fammen  ja  tnteber/'  fagte  9^ein!)arbt  ]f)eftig;  „fag^  e6 
nur  gerabe  f)eran^,  tnillft  bn  mit  mir  reifen?  (Sonft  gef)'  tc^ 
aKein;  nnb  bann  fomme  id)  ntmmer  inleber*" 

^er  J^^Ieinen  tarn  ba^  SSelnen  naf)e,    „3)^a(^^  nnr  nic^t  70 
fo  bofe  5lngen/'  fagte  fie;  „tc^  mill  ia  mit  nac^  ^t^blen/' 

Dtelnl^arbt  fafete  fie  mit  an^gelaffener  grenbe  bei  beiben 
§anben  nnb  jog  fie  f)inan^  anf  bie  SSiefe.  „5^a(^  3nbien, 
nac^  3nbien!"  fang  er  nnb  fc^menfte  fic^  mit  if)r  im  ^reife, 
ha^  i^x  ba^  rote  ^iic^eld^en  t)om  §alfe  flog.  !I)ann  aber  75 
(iefe  er  fie  plofeUc^  lo^  nnb  fagte  ernft:  „&  iDirb  bo(^  nid^t^ 
baran^  inerben;  bn  f)aft  feine  Sonrage." 

„(SIif abetf) !  ^einl^arbt!"  rief  e^  }e^t  Don  ber  ®ar^ 

tenpforte.     „C>ier!     $ier!"  anttnorteten  bie  ^inber,  nnb 
fprangen  §anb  in  ^anb  nad)  §anfe.  so 

XXXIII 

Die  Kolner  Domfage 

^er  Joiner  ^om  mnrbe  im  3al)re  1297  bon  SBanmeifter 
©erliarb  angefangen.  (Sc^on  22  ^a^xc  !)atte  er  bar  an  gear^ 
beitet,  nnb  oft  bacfite  er:  ,,^6)  tDerbe  htn  ^om  nicfit  bollenben 
fonnen.''  (Sinft  ftanb  er  anf  bem  norblic^en  3:urm  nnb 
fd^ante  tranrig  anf  fein  SSerf.    ^lo^ic^  ftanb  ein  grember   5 


84  GERMAN  FOR  BEGINNERS 

an  felner  (Seite*  dx  tnxg  fd^one  ^leiber,  golbene  ^etten  urn 
ben  ^aU  unb  eine  rote  geber  auf  bent  fd^mar^en  §ute. 
,,'^a^  tft  ein  QelDaltiae^  ilSerf/'  fagte  er  ju  bent  Wd\ttv. 
„3^x  ]^abt  tx)of)I  ble  fc^onfte  ^ird^e  ber  SBcIt  bauen  n)oIten» 

10  (Sc^abe,  bafe  3f)r  fie  nic^t  n)erbet  Dollenben  fonnen."  ^er 
9}?etfter  tuurbe  sornig  unb  rief:  ^SSarum  foil  id)  e^  nlc^t 
fonnen?  SSa^  toirb  nttc^  l^inbem?"  „!Der  Job!"  antoortete 
jener.  „3c^  iDette,  ba\^  i^  meln  3[Berf  toerbe  boltenben  fon- 
nen!" fagte  ©erl^arb.    „®ut/'  anttoortete  ber  grembe,  „i^ 

15  tDette  bagegen,  bafe  i(^  frnf)er  ein  unterirbtfc^e^  ^ctc^letn,  auf 
bent  (Snten  fc^tDimmen  fonnen,  i}on  2:rier  nac^  ^oln  fiifiren 
loerbe,  aU  3f)r  @uern  ^om  bollenben  fount*  S^^^  (Seelen 
ftub  @uer,  iDenn  ic^  t)er(iere;  getDinne  ic^,  fo  ift  (Sure  @eele 
meln." 

20  ^te  SSette  tourbe  abgefd^toffen,  tnie  ber  grembe  e^  genjotit 
f)atte,  unb  blefer  Oerfd^manb.  ^er  58auntetfter  arbeitete,  fo 
fc^nell  er  fonnte,  unb  fagte  oft  ju  fic^:  „@r  tnirb  bie  iCBette 
ntc^t  getnlnnen  fonnen,  er  tnelfe  ba^  ®ef)elmnt^  ntd^t,"  Hber 
5(ngft  fprac^  au^  felnen  2Iugen. 

25  •  (Sin  3ai)x  tjerging.  @erf)arb  !)atte  felner  gran  nld^t^  Don 
ber  ilSette  fagen  ntogen,  aber  fie  f)atte  lange  bemerft,  ba\^  er 
oft  traurlg  mar.  ^er  grentbe  toar  In  ber  (Stabt  geblleben 
unb  oft  In  ba^  §au^  be^  ^aumelfter^  gefommen,  o^ne  ba^ 
blefer  e^  toufete.    (Slnmat  fagte  er  ju  ber  gran:  „SSlr  miiffen 

30  bent  3}?elfter  f)elfen.  5lber  mlr  fonnen  e^  nld^t,  oI)ne  feln 
®ef)elntnl6  p  iDlffen."  Unb  er  gab  lf)r  elne  rote  grud^t,  ble 
foKte  fie  bent  9}Jelfter  abenb^  p  effen  geben.  (Sle  tat  eg. 
©erl^arb  fd^Ilef  ein,  unb  In  ber  9^ad^t  lad^te  er  Int  3:raunt  unb 
fprad^:  „(Sr  f)at  feme  SSette  gelolnnen  toollen  unb  !)at  eg 

35  nld^t  gefonnt.  (Sr  f)at  ja  bag  ©el^elmnlg  nld^t  geloufet." 
!Dle  grau  fragte  toelter,  unb  Im  2:raume  fagte  er:  „3)ag 


TEXTS  85 

^Bac^Ietn  f)ai  fa  nic^t  fitefeen  fonnen,  todl  ber  ^ofe  feine  ^uft- 
locker  gelaffen  ^at    ^aran  l^at  er  ntd^t  gebad^t/' 

5lm  33^orgen  erjaf)(te  bie  grau  ba6  bent  gremben*    ^er 
^ofe  —  benn  ba^  mor  er  —  lac^te  finfter  unb  Derf(5tt)anb»      40 

3JJetfter  ©erl^arb  ftanb  auf  bem  ^urnt*    T)a  f)orte  er  ba^  • 
^aufc^en  t)on  Staffer,  unb  glelc^  barauf  \af)  er  nnter  bem 
Sumte  eln  33a(^Iein,  auf  bem  jh)ei  @nten  fd^tnammen, 

(Sd^recflid^e  Hngft  ergriff  if)n.  „T)it  iG^ette  f)at  er  ge- 
lt) onnen",  feufste  er,  „aber  lebenb  foil  er  mid^  ntd^t  l^aben,"  45 
Unb  bamit  fprang  er  "oon  bem  Xurme  in  bie  2;iefe,  ^er 
^immel  itjurbe  finfter,  e^  bonnerte,  nnb  ein  58Iife  traf  ba^ 
§au^  be^  3JJeifter^,  ba^  in  glammen  anfging.  ©eine  "ipicine 
Derbrannten;  feitbem  f)at  ber  !Dom  3al^rf)unberte  lang  nn- 
boltenbet  bleiben  mliffen,  @rft  in  ber  jmeiten  ^(ilfte  be6  so 
19,  3af)r]^nnbert6  l)at  man  if)n  t)ottenben  fonnen* 

xxxma 

Das  ITTutterd^en  von  ^ufum 

3n  ber  ^rot)in3  §olftein  liegt  an  ber  5^orbfee  ba^  (Btabtd)tn 
$ufum,    ^ort  foil  im  ^al^re  1802  folgenbe^  gefc^e^en  fein: 

&  mar  im  ilBinter,  unb  bie  (See  toax  feft  gugefroren*  ^a 
h)ollten  bie  §ufnmer  ein  geft  feiem,  ®ie  liefeen  §titten  auf 
bem  (Sife  bauen  unb  SBanfe  unb  3:ifd^e  aufftellen,  unb  iung  5 
unb  alt  t)erfammelte  fid^  braufeen,  ^ie  einen  liefen  ©c^litt^ 
fd^ul),  bie  anberen  ful^ren  im  (Sc^litten,  unb  bie  5llten  fafeen 
an  ben  3:if(^en  unb  afeen  unb  tranfen, 

3n  ber  (Stabt  toar  nur  ein  alte^  9}^ittter(^en  gurtidfgeblie^ 
ben,    ®ie  toar  fc^mac^  unb  franf  unb  fonnte  faum  gel)en.  10 
3I)r  ©du^c^en  ftanb  aber  nal)e  am  Ufer,  unb  fie  fab  bon 
tbrem  Sgette  au^  bie  Seute  auf  bem  (Sife  (aufen  unb  I)brte  fie 


86  GERMAN  FOR  BEGINNERS 

lad^en  nnb  ftngen.    511^  ber  5lbenb  fam,  faf)  fte  im  SSeften 
eln  ftelne^,  iDet^e^  SBoIfc^en  aufftetgen*    (Bk  tioax  mit  tf)rem 

15  Tlanm  lange  pr  ©ee  getDefen  unb  fannte  bie  3^^^^^  ^on 
SSinb  unb  ^Setter;  fte  mufete,  ha^  em  fold^e^  SSoIfc^en 
@tunn  bebeutete  unb  bac^te  fic^:  „3n  einer  ©tunbe  tuirb  bie 
glut  ba  fetn;  bann  iDirb  ber  @turm  lo^bred^en,  unb  alle 
merben  ijerloren  fein/'    ©c^nell  offnete  fie  ba^  genfter  unb 

20  fd^rie,  fo  laut  fte  fonnte.    5lber  niemanb  f)orte  fte  rufen;  tf)re 

©ttntnte  tt)ar  gu  fc^mac^,    Unterbeffen  murben  bie  SSoIfen 

tmmer  grofeer  unb  fc^tDarjer,    -3n  eintgen  3}Jinuten  mufete 

bte  glut  ha  fetn  unb  ber  ©tumt  lo^brec^en. 

©te  m  u  6  t  e  ben  Lenten  auf  htm  (Stfe  etn  3^t(^^tt  geben, 

25  (Snbltc^  fam  it)x  ein  ©ebanfe*  @te  rife  ba^  (Strof)  au^  bem 
^ette,  ndi)m  ein  brennenbe^  (Stiid  §oIg  au^  bem  Ofen,  siin- 
bete  ba6  @trof)  an  unb  !rod^  bann  auf  §anben  unb  giifeen 
au^  bem  §aufe,  ^a^  geuer  ^erftorte  all  if)r  Qah  unb  @ut. 
5lber  bie  ?eute  auf  bem  (Sife  fallen  bie  glammen  unb  eilten 

30  ang  Sanb,  um  gu  lofc^en, 

3)a  meinte  bie  alte  grau  t)or  greube.  ®enn  fie  iDufete, 
bafe  nun  alle  gerettet  rt)aren,  ^aum  l^atten  bie  le^ten  Don 
il^nen  ha^  2anb  betreten,  ba  !am  fd^on  ber  Sturm;  bie  glut 
l^ob  ba^  @i^;  e^  bog  fi(^  unb  brac^,  aU  ber  (Sturm  getr)a(^ 

35  tige  SSogen  Dom  9JJeere  gegen  ha^  Ufer  trieb.  SSaren  bie 
Seute  auf  bem  (Sife  geblieben,  fo  tt)aren  fie  alle  ertrunfen* 

XXXIV 

2(gnes  Bernauer 

S8et  einem  ^umier  in  5lug^burg  f)atte  ber  iunge  ©erjog 
5llbrec^t  tjon  SSittel^bad^,  ber  einjige  (So!)n  be^  regierenben 
^erjog^  Srnft  t)on  ^atjem,  ein  SD^dbc^en  bon  tDunberbarer 


TEXTS  87 

(gc^on^ett  fennen  unb  lieben  lemen*    (S^  lt)ar  5lgne^  ^er^ 
nauer;  fie  h)ar  ble  S^oc^ter  elne^  f(^lt(^ten  ^lug^burger  ^ur=   s 
ger^,    (So  grofe  mar  ble  (gci^onfielt  t^re^  ^orper^  unb  U)xtx 
(Seele,  ba§  man  fie  mett  unb  breit  ben  „2lug^burger  (gngel" 

^iefe* 

9^o(^  an  bemfelben  Xa^t,  an  iDelc^em  ba^  S^^urnier  getDe^ 
fen  tDar,  bat  5llbred)t  if)ren  33ater  um  i!)re  $anb,    liefer  lo 
iDufete,  bafe  eine  fold^e  @!)e  in  ben  5Iugen  ber  SBelt  unmoglid^ 
tDar,    5lber  er  liefe  fic^  burc^  bie  bitten  be6  ^erjog^  iiber^ 
reben,  feine  ^uftimmung  ^u  geben» 

5llbred^t  liefe  fi(^  f)eimti(^  mit  5lgne^  trauen  unb  brad^te 
fie  auf  eine^  feiner  (5d)Ioffer.  ©ein  33ater  f)orte  bat)on  is 
reben,  aber  er  glaubte  e^  nic^t.  (Sr  f)atte  fc^on  eine  giir- 
ftentoc^ter  aU  ©attin  feine^  (5o{)ne^  getDctf)!!  unb  liefe  if)n  ju 
einem  2::umier  na(^  D^egen^burg  laben,  tno  bie  53erIobung 
t)erfiinbet  tuerben  follte*  ^ort  erfu^r  er,  ba^  5Igne^  mirflid^ 
bie  (5^attin  feine^  @obne6  tDar,  5o^i^^9  berftiefe  er  biefen  20 
unb  fe^te  feinen  5^effen,  ein  ^inb  t)on  bier  3a!^ren,  jum 
(Srben  ein.  @lei(^  na(^  bem  Xurnier  lie^  er  5(gne^  pm 
Sobe  t)emrtei(en.  3)o(^  liefe  er  ba^  Urteil  nic^t  ijollftreden, 
folange  fein  9^effe  noc^  lebte. 

^ad)  britt!)alb  3a^)ren  ftarb  biefer,  ^er  §erjog  tioav  nun  25 
obne  @rben,  benn  ber  ®atte  einer  ^Itrger^tod^ter  burfte 
ni(5t  §ersog  t3on  iBal^ern  tt)erben.  ^a  unterfc^rieb  er  jene^ 
Urteil  unb  fiiefe  e6  fogleicf)  ijollftreden.  3m  (Sc^Ioffe  bon 
©traubing  n3urbe  5lgne^,  bie  fid^  bort  if)re  eigene  ®ruft 
bauen  liefe,  gefangen  genommen,  iDcibrenb  i^r  ®atte  auf  bem  30 
SBege  ju  einem  ^urnier  nad^  ^ngolftabt  tvax.  Tlan  l^iefe  fie 
if)ren  ©atten  Derlaffen  unb  in^  ^lofter  ge!)en.  ^a  fie  fic^ 
H3eigerte,  liefe  ©erjog  (Srnft  fie  in  ber  ^onau  ertranfen* 

5l(brec^t  prte  in  ^ngolftabt  t)on  ber  Untat.    @ein  ein= 


88  GERMAN   FOR  BEGINNERS 

35  gigcr  SKunfc^  mar  nun  9ta(^e»  (Sr  i)erbanb  ftc^  mlt  ben 
geinben  be«  alten  ^erjOQ^,  unb  e^  tarn  p  einem  f)eftiGen 
^ampfe  s^ifc^en  53ater  nnb  ©of)n.  -©erjog  (Srnft  trnrbe 
bcftegt  unb  gefangen  genontmen,  5lber  er  lel^rte  felnen  @of)n 
bie  ©riinbe  feine^  Urteil^  t)erfte{)en,  unb  biefer  berstef)  lf)m 

40  cnblid^  ben  Xob  feiner  ©attin, 

XXXIV  a 

Pineta 

Unter  ben  iEBetten  ber  Oftfee,  nid^t  melt  t)on  ber  3nfel 
^f^iigen,  fann  man  auf  bent  ©runbe  be^  Tlcext^  bie  9^uinen 
etner  ®tabt  fef)en,  3)iefe  (Stabt  foil  33tneta  gef)el6en  I)aben; 
fie  fott  einft  bie  grofete  (Stabt  (Suropa^  gemefen  fein,  grower 

5  a(^  9?om  unb  ^on[tantinopeI  bamal^  tDaren,  ©riec^en, 
SSenben,  (Sad^fen  unb  anbere  53oIfer  f ollen  barin  getx)of)nt 
{)aben.  Qtbt^  33olf  l^atte  feine  befonbere  ^^eligion,  unb  ha^ 
]f)er  mar  bie  S^^^  ^^^  ©ofeen  in  53ineta  grofe,  5^ur  bie  ®ac^^ 
fen  maren  (Sf)riften;  aber  fie  burften  e^  nic^t  offen  befennen, 

10  benn  niemanb  in  ber  (Stabt  mollte  t)on  einem  unfic^tbaren 
(5^otte  f)oren. 

!Die  58urger  ber  (Stabt  trieben  §anbet  mit  alien  Sleilen 
ber  3BeIt,  unb  fo  murben  fie  immer  reic^er,  ®ie  liefeen 
(gtabttore  au^  ©locfenmetall  madden  unb  ©locfen  au^  @il* 

15  ber  giefeen,     SSeil  man  fo  t)iel  ©ilber  l^atte,  burften  bie 

^inber  auf  ben  ©trafeen  mit  ^alern  fpielen.    5lber  ber  Uber- 

mut  ber  ^Burger  t)on  33ineta  mud^^  immer  mel)r,  JOafter  unb 

(Sunben  nal)men  ilberl)anb» 

!Da  brad^  eine^  ^age^  ein  furd^tbarer  ©turm  lo^,  ba^ 

20  SD^eer  braufte  liber  bie  ©tabt,  unb  ganj  33ineta  murbe  in  ben 
Snellen  begraben,    5IIIe  (SinmoI)ner  ertranfen* 


TEXTS  89 

^te  (S(^tDebcn  famen  mit  tf)ren  ©(^Iffen  unb  f)o(ten,  tda^ 
fie  mit  (Btxidtn  unb  9^e^en  erretc^en  fonnten,  ^te  metatte^ 
nen  (gtabttore  naf)men  fie  mit  nad^  SSi^bt)  unb  gebrauc^ten 
fie  bort  al^  (Stabttore.  25 

ilSenn  man  f)eute  bei  ftillem  iCSetter  mit  bem  ©c^iffe  an 
ben  Drt  fommt,  h30  bie  ©tabt  t)erfunfen  ift,  fief)t  man  tief 
nnten  in  ber  glut  ©ciulen  unb  gunbamente  au«  (Stein, 
^inige  t)on  if)nen  ragen  au^  bem  SD^eere  f)ert)or,  unb  iDenn 
bie  (Sonne  untergef)t,  l^ort  man  au^  bem  SO^eer  ©locfen  Iftu^  30 
ten,  unb  man  fief)t  bie  golbenen  (Spi^en  ber  ^lurme  liber  ba^ 
9}?eer  bli^en, 

XXXV 

Die  beutfd^e  unb  bie  englifcf^e  Sprad^e 

©nglifc^  unb  3)eutfd^  finb  naf)e  t)ern)anbt.  3)ie  53orfa]f)= 
ren  ber  Snglctnber,  bie  ^Ingelfad^fen,  lebten  friif)er  im  norb= 
tDeftlic^en  ^eutfc^Ianb  unb  fprad^en  biefelbe  ©prad^e  lt)ie  il^re 
beutfc^en  9^ac^bam,  3m  fiinften  3af)r]^unbert  n.  (^^.  tvan^ 
berten  fie  nad^  (Snglanb  au^,  unb  bort  t)er(inberte  fid^  if)re  5 
^prad^e  im  ?aufe  ber  3^tt.  So  hjurbe  3.  ^.  g  f)aufig  gu  1/ 
ober  w;  (bergleid^e  beutfd^  fag  en  —  englifd^  say;  geftern  — 
yesterday;  *^  f  I  u  g  —  plow) ,  5Iud^  ba^  ^eutf d^e  tjeranberte 
fid^,  unb  srt)ar  ha^  Siibbeutfd^e  t)iel  ftarfer  al^  ba^  9^orb* 
beutfd^e.  !Die  ]f)eutige  beutfd^e  Sd^riftfprad^e  fommt  au^  10 
bem  Siibbeutfc^en;  bie  norbbeutfd^en  !DiaIefte  (ba^  „*ipiatt^ 
beutfd^e")  Ifiaben  nod^  {)eute  biele  iCSorte,  bie  ben  englifd^en 
gleid^  ober  \d)v  df)n(id^  finb, 

5(m  meiften  f)aben  fid^  im  Slibbeutfd^en  bie  ^onfonanten 
berdnbert.     "HUlan  nennt  biefe  33erdnberungen  bie  beutfd^e  15 
^autt)erfd^iebung,    S*  ^»  ^urbe  \^  ju  p^  ober  f  (ff),  t  ju  s 


90  GERMAN   FOR  BEGINNERS 


20 


(^)  ober  ff  (ft),  f  tDurbe 

oft  p  ^, 

b  murbe  gu  t,  t^  ^u  b* 

iBeifpiele  bafiir  finb: 

englifd^ 

bcutfd^ 

plow 

^flug 

open 

offen 

two 

Stnel 

water 

SBaffer 

book 

58ud& 

door 

^lir 

then 

bann 

25 

SSSorter,  ble  in  biefer  SSctfe  bent  ©nglifd^en  nnb  ^entfc^en 

gemeinfanx  finb,  nennt  man  t)ertt)anbt,    33ern)anbte  SSorter 

i)aben  nid^t  immer  genan  bie  gleic^e  ^ebentnng.     ®o  ift 

dish  mit  Zi\ii)  Dertnanbt,  stool  mit  (Stnlf)!,  ^m6er  mit 

30  3i^^^^/®«i^teti  mit  yard  (aber  anc^  mit  garden). 

XXXVI 

Die  Zrtul^le  fon  Sansfouct 

^onig  griebric^  II.  don  "iprenfeen,  genannt  griebric^  ber 
©rofee,  !)atte  fic^  nic^t  treit  t)on  Berlin,  in  ^ot^bam,  ein 
grofee^  ©(^lo^,  ha^  er  ©an^fonci  nannte,  mit  einem  ]^err= 
lichen  ^ar!  banen  laffen.    dx  inar  gem  bort  nnb  metre  nod^ 

6  lieber  bort  getDefen,  tDenn  it)n  nicfit  ba^  ©eflapper  einer  alten 
TlixW  neben  bem  ^ar!  oft  beim  ^enfen  nnb  Hrbeiten  ge* 
ftort  !)atte.  3jer  ^onig  ^ixiU  gern  bie  TluUe  nieberreifeen 
laffen,  nnb  bo(^  fte{)t  fie  je^t  nod^.  !Da^  foE  fo  gef(^e!)en 
fein: 

10  (ginmal  liefe  griebrid^  ben  Tlulkx  p  fid^  fommen  nnb 
fagte  jn  if)m:  „9^nn,  lieber  grennb,  tDie  tvixxt  e6,  menn  S^x 


TEXTS  91 

mein  ©c^Iofe  fauftet?  Sa^  mod^tet  Q^v  m^l  bafilr  geben?" 
„5^un,  aj^ajeftat,  n)le  btel  tDiirben  ©ie  mo^I  t)erlangen?"  ant^ 
iDortete  ber  3[Riitler,  „3]^r  feib  ein  lDunberIt(f)er  SJJann!" 
fagte  ber  ^onig.  „5Serfte]^t  3]()r  benn  nic^t,  ha\^  ba^  mein  is 
(Ernft  ntd^t  tft?  SBenn  ic^  auc^  mein  (gcfjlofe  t)erfaufen 
iDolIte,  fo  l^cittet  3f)r  nid^t  ®e(b  genug,  e^  lu  faufen.  Hber 
fur  tt)te  t)iel  tDare  (Snd^  (Sure  SD^iifile  feil?"  ^SD^ajeftat,  auc^ 
(Sie  \)ahm  ntd^t  fo  t)tet  ®elb,  ba^  ®le  metne  9[)^u!)(e  faufen 
fijunten;  fie  ift  auc^  tiid^t  feiL"  20 

^er  ^onig  bot  if)m  eine  l)o|)e  ©umme  ®elbe^,  aber  ber 
TliXlkx  liefe  fic^  nic^t  iiberreben,  ^^ojeftat,  mein  ©rofe* 
dater  unb  mein  33ater  f)aben  biefe  90^uf)Ie  t)iele  3af)re  ge^abt, 
unb  feiner  don  ilfinen  i)atte  fie  ie  t)erfauft;  fo  mill  ic^  fie  aud^ 
nic^t  Derfaufen.''  25 

®a  iDurbe  ber  ^onig  jomig*  „@uter  SJ^ann,"  rief  er,  „ic^ 
{)dtte  nid^t  fo  Diele  ^Borte  madden  foKen!  S^  laffe  (Sure 
Tlixbik  nieberreifeen  unb  bejaf)te  (Su(^,  h)a^  fie  eth)a  toert  fein 
fdnnte*"  Hber  ber  SO^liller  Icid^elte  nur  unb  fagte:  „S(i, 
SD^aieftat,  tomn  nur  ba6  ^ammergerid^t  in  Berlin  nid^t  30 
iDiire!" 

3)er  ^onig  mufete  lad^en,  unb  er  gab  bem  SD^iilter  bie 
§anb  mit  ben  iBorten:  „5^un,  bann  biirfte  e^  toolf)!  am  beften 
fein,  toenn  Q^x  (Sure  "Mix^t  bef)ieltet  unb  id^  mein  ©d^lofe," 

XXXVIa 

Die  Sdixibvoadfz  unb  ber  Konig 

@inft  ging  griebrid^  ber  ©rofee  eine^  5lbenb^  in^  Imager 
feine^  $eere^»  ^eim  ©intritte  in  ba^felbe  bemerfte  er  einen 
fef)r  jungen  ©olbaten,  ber  (Sd^ilbmad^e  ftanb,  (Sr  fagte  p 
if)m:  „^k  lange  f)aft  bu  gebient?" 


92  GERMAN  FOR  BEGINNERS 

5      (B  olbat:  3)retgef)n  Qal^re. 
t  0  n  i  g  :  iCSie  alt  blft  bu? 
®  0  I  b  a  t :  9leun3ef)n  3af)re, 

^  0  n  t  g  :  ^u  millft  breijefin  ^al^re  gebtent  ^aben?   Sie 
fanti  ba^  fein? 
10      ©  0  I  b  a  t :  3(^  'i)abt  fiinf  ^al^re  aB  ©cinfeiunge,  bann 
fec^^  3af)re  a(^  Od^feniunge  gebient,  unb  bann  bin  id^  nnter 
bie  ©olbaten  gefommen» 

3)er  ^onig  lac^te  uber  bie  @infalt  beg  inngen  ©olbaten, 
unb  ha  au^  beffen  3;:af(^e  eine  Xabaf^pfeife  !)ert)orfaf),  fragte 
15  er  ii^n:  „^axum  rauc^ft  bu  nic^t?" 

©  0  (  b  a  t :  3^  milrbe  rauc^en,  tDenn  ic^  biirfte,  aber  ber 
$err  ^auptmann  l^at  e6  t)erboten» 
^  0  n  i  g  :  '^u  barfft  rauc^en,  h)enn  bu  tt)iil\t 
©  0 1  b  a  t :  iCSenn  id^  e^  tate,  tDiirbe  ic^  beftraft  tDer- 
20  ben, 

^  0  n  i  g  :  iSSeifet  bu  benn  nic^t,  tt)er  id^  bin? 
®  0 1  b  a  t :  3c^  tuttre  ein  ^ummfopf,  trenn  ic^  ha^  nic^t 
iDilfete,    ®u  bift  ber  tonig. 
^  0  n  i  g  :  9^un,  id^  fage  bir  bod^,  id^  eriaube  eg  bir, 
25      ®  0 1  b  a  t :  3a,  aber  ber  §err  §auptmann  eriaubt  eg 
nid^t, 

^er  ^onig  be[tanb  barauf,  ha^  ber  (Solbat  feine  ^feife 
aug  ber  Slafd^e  gog  unb  raud^te,  !^ann  ging  er  iueiter,  HIg 
er  pr  !2agermad^e  fam,  fagte  er  ^u  bem  ti3ad^ef)abenben  Offi- 
30  sier:  „5lm  (gingange  ing  ^ager  ]f)abe  id^  einen  ©olbaten  mit 
brennenber  ^feife  im  9[)^unbe  gefe{)en»  Saffen  (gie  ben 
9}?ann  {)oIen," 

&  gefd^af),    ^er  9}?ann  murbe  gel^olt,  unb  ber  Offtgier 
begann  ju  fd^elten,    „SKie  bf^ft  bu  bid^  unterfte{)en  fbnnen, 
35  auf  ^often  sn  raud^en?    ^id^  foil  bod^  ♦  ♦  ." 


TEXTS  93 

S5ei  btefen  Shorten  ging  ber  (golbat  auf  ben  tonig  su, 
flopfte  tf)m  auf  bte  ©coulter  unb  fagte:  „®tef)ft  bu  nun? 
^atte  td^  nld^t  rec^t?    9^un  Qd)i  e^  un^  betben  fd^Iec^t." 


XXXVII 

^riebrid?  ber  (Sroge  unb  Poltatre 

griebrid^  ber  ©rofee  n)ar  ein  greunb  ber  franjofifd^en 
^unft,  ^efonber^  bemunberte  er  ben  3)id^ter  3SoItatre,  ber 
langere  3^tt  an  felnem  §ofe  Iebte»  3m  ©d^Ioffe  (San^== 
foucl  f)atte  i!)m  ber  ^onig  ein  befonbere^  ^i^tner  einric^ten 
laffen,  s 

@o  fel^r  er  aber  ben  ^Ic^ter  au(^  betDunberte,  fo  fannte  er 
boc^  feme  gef)Ier  gut  genug.  ^efonber^  unangenef)m  toax 
i^m  33oItaire^  grofee  (gitelfeit,  unb  er  f)atte  if)n  gem  baDon 
geif)eUt. 

^inft  Ilefe  ftc^  t3or  bem  ^onige  ein  Sngtdnber  fef)en,  ber  lo 
ft(^  eine^  befonber^  guten  ©ebac^tnlffe^  riif)mte,    iCSenn  er 
elnen  langen  53ortrag  nur  ein  einjige^  SD^al  gef)ort  f)atte,  fo 
fonnte  er  tf)n  SSort  fiir  ^ort  li3tebert)oIen.    ®tefe«  93^anne^ 
bebtente  ft(5  ber  ^ontg,  um  33oltaire  iDegen  feiner  (Sitelfeit 
gu  neden,    ilSa]()renb  ber  (Snglanber  in  ©an^fouci  iDar,  fam  is 
einft  5Soltaire  ^u  bem  ^bnige  unb  fagte,  er  ):)aU  ein  neue^ 
©ebid^t  gefc^rieben  unb  tvolk  e^  griebric^  t)ortragen.    !Die^ 
fer  f)ie6  f)eimlic^  ben  ^ngtanber  in  ein  5^eben^immer  gef)en, 
tDO  er  }ebe^  SSort  ]f)oren  fonne,    33oltaire  trug  nun  fein  lan^ 
ge^  ©ebic^t  t)or,    5lber  mel^rere  Tlak  unterbrac^  il^n  ber  20 
^onig  unb  rief,  ba^  ©ebic^t  fd^eine  ii)m  fef)r  befannt,    511^ 
58oltaire  p  @nbe  mar,  tat  griebrid^,  al^  ob  er  fef)r  sornig 
iDcire,  unb  iDarf  5SoItaire  t3or,  er  iDoIIe  fid^  mit  fremben 


94  GERMAN  FOR  BEGINNERS 

%thtxn  fd^mii(fett»    ©eftern  l^abe  em  grember  ba^felbe  (^e^ 
25  bic^t  Dor  ii)m  Dorgetragen,  unb  f)eute  fage  33o(tatre,  er  ^aht 
e^  eben  gefd^rieben, 

3SoItalre  fagte,  ber  ^onig  miiffe  ftc^  irren,     @^  fet  iin= 

ntogltd^,  bafe  ein  atiberer  ba^felbe  ©eblc^t  i)orgetragen  !)abe, 

5lber  ber  ^ontg  fagte,  ber  ^Dtc^ter  fet  nod^  am  $ofe,  nnb  er 

30  tnolle  if)n  fogletd^  nifen,    9^un  liefe  er  ben  (Snglcinber  fom= 

men  unb  bat  lf)n,  er  folle  bo(^  ba^  ®ebt(^t  nod^  einmal 

t)ortragen,  ba^  er  geftern  don  il^m  geprt  f)atte.     liefer 

h)ieber!)olte  35oItaire^  ©ebid^t  ^ort  fiir  ilBort, 

3)er  ^id^ter  toar  anf^  f)od^fte  erftaunt,  bi^  i|)m  ber  ^ontg 

35  lad^enb  erflarte,  toie  ble  (Sad^e  pgegangen  feu 

XXXVHa 

t)on  ^elbmarfd^all  3Iud?er 

gelbmarfd^all  ^Bliid^er,  ber  „^av\d)all  ^ovtvixvU"  ge^ 
nannt,  toar  etner  ber  beriil^mteften  gelb!)errn  ber  beutfd^en 
5lrmee»  (Sr  s^td^nete  ftc^  befonber^  in  ben  llriegen  gegen 
9^apoIeon  an^.    1814  eroberte  er  ^ari^,  unb  bie  ©d^Iad^t 

5  bet  iBaterloo  (1815)  toare  ol^ne  if)n  nid^t  getoonnen  toorben, 

SBIttd^er  f)atte  fe^r  toentg  (^(^ulbtlbung,    3}?an  fagte  mtt 

D^ed^t  t)on  i!)m,  ha\^  er  ben  ©abel  beffer  fiibren  fonne  aU  ble 

geber,  benn  er  ftanb  mit  ber  beutfd^en  9?ed^tfd^reibung  auf 

fef)r  fd^Ied^tem  gufee,    (Stnmal  follte  er  liber  etnen  jungen 

10  Offister  an  btn  ^ontg  berid^ten*  !Da  foil  folgenber  ^rrtum 
Dorgefommen  fein:  SJ^arfd^all  ^liid^er  l)aht  gefd^rleben:  „S<^ 
fydtt  ©erm  ^.  9^,  fiir  einen  \e^x  felgen  Offtjier,"  —  (Sr 
fiatte  gemeint  „faf)tgen/'  f)atte  aber  ha^  SBort  falfd^gefd^rie* 
ben. 

16      ^er  ^onig  1)aht  ben  SBrtef  erl)alten  unb  an  ben  ^anb 


TEXTS  95 

gefc^rleben:  „(Sinen  felgen  Offi^ter  fann  tc^  nid^t  in  ber  5lr* 
mee  brauc^en.    9^»  9^,  ift  fofort  p  entla[[en/' 

^a<^  tux^tv  3^it  fei  ber  3rrtum  aufQeflcirt  tDorben,  unb 
man  l^abe  ben  Offtjier  beforbert,  ftatt  il^n  ju  entlaffen, 

XXXVIII 

Polfslteber 
1 
©otl  i(^  benn  fterben, 
iBin  no(f)  fo  jung. 
SBenn  ha^  mein  S3ater  Mfet', 
3:)a6  i(^  [(^on  fterben  miifet', 
@r  tat'  ftd^  franfen  s 

^i^  in  ben  Zob, 

SBenn  e«  bie  ^mutter  h)tt6t^ 

SBenn  e^  bie  ©c^tDefter  tDilgt^ 

^citen  fid)  l^armen 

53i^  in  ben  ^ob.  lo 

SBenn  eg  mein  SD^abel  trlifet^ 

!Da6  id^  fd)on  fterben  miifet^ 

<Sie  tcit'  fic^  frcinfen 

SJJit  mir  in^  @rab» 

2 

^($,  mie  ift'g  moglic^  bann,  is 

!Dag  i(^  bic^  laffen  fann! 

^ah'  bic^  bon  ^ergen  lieb, 

!Dag  gtaube  mir! 

^n  f)aft  bie  ©eete  mein 

®o  ganj  genommen  ein,  20 

^a6  i(^  fein'  anbre  lieb' 

5116  bid)  allein. 


96  GERMAN   FOR  BEGINNERS 

iSIau  ift  ein  ^liimelein, 
T)a^  {)ei6t  ^Sergtfenic^tmem; 

25  3)ieg  iBIiimlein  leg'  an^  ^er^ 

Unb  benfe  Trtein! 

©tirbt  iBIum'  unb  ^offnung  gleld^, 
SKir  finb  an  !^lebe  reic^, 
!^enn  bte  ftirbt  nie  bet  mtr, 

30  ^a^  glaube  mir! 

SBar'  i($  ein  33ogeIein, 
SSotttMc^  bdb  beibirfein, 
©c^eut'  gdf'  unb  ^abic^t  nld^t^ 
glog'  fc^nell  ju  bir. 
35  (Setoff'  mic^  ein  ^ixQa  tot, 

gier  ic^  in  beinen  (Sc^ofe : 
®d()ft  bu  nti(^  traurig  an, 
®ern  ftiirb'  id)  bann» 


3 

^a§  sctbrod^cne  9(itnglciir 

SSon  3ofcpf)  don  Std^enborff 

3n  einem  fuf)len  ©runbe, 
40  3)a  ge{)t  ein  9M^Ienrab, 

SKein'  ;[?iebfte  ift  t)erfc^h)unben,. 
^ie  bort  gen)ol)net  ^at 

<Bk  ]&at  mtr  Txm^  t)erfpro(5en^ 
(^ah  mir  ein'n  9^ng  babei, 
46  ®ie  \)at  bie  2:reu'  gebro(5en, 

!l)ag  ^Ringlein  fprang  ent^tDeL 


TEXTS  97 

3c3^  mod^t^  aU  ©pielmann  reifcn 

SBeit  in  bie  SBelt  {)inau« 

Unb  ftngen  meine  SSeifen 

Unb  0el)'n  toon  ^au^  ^u  ^au^,  fio 

3(^  mod^t^  al^  D^eiter  ftiegen 
$3o{)I  in  bie  blut'ge  ©c^Iad^t, 
Um  ftilte  geuer  liegen 
3m  gelb  bei  bunfler  9^ac6t. 

$or'  i(^  ba6  9J?uI)Irab  gefien,  w 

3(5  tDeife  ni(5t,  rt»a6  i(5  iritl  — 
3(5  moc^t^  am  liebften  fterben, 
!Dann  mar'^  auf  einmal  ftill! 


SSon  St^cobor  ©torin 

$mcinc  ^mutter  \)aV^  QetDoHt, 

!I)en  anbern  i(5  nei)men  foltt';  eo 

SSag  i(5  sut)or  befeffen, 

SD^ein  ^erg  foltt'  e^  toergeffen, 

3)a^  f)at  e^  ni(5t  getDoIlt, 

9D?eine  aJJutter  flag'  i(5  an, 

@ie  I)at  ni(f)t  n)o{)l  getan;  6& 

SBa«  fonft  in  @f)ren  ftiinbe, 

9^nn  ift  e«  tnorben  (Siinbe, 

^a^fang'  i(f)  an? 

giir  all  mein  ©tola  itnb  greub' 

©etDonnen  l)ab'  ic^  ?eib.  7o 

31(5,  ^^1^'  ^ci^  ^^^^  gef(5el)en, 

H(5,  fonnt'  i(5  betteln  ge^en 

ilber  bie  braune  ^eibM 


98  GERMAN  FOR  BEGINNERS 

xxxvma 

ttun  banfet  alle  (5ott 
(Hn  bcutf(^C)§  ^itc^cnacb 

mm  banfet  atle  ®ott 
9JJit  §ergen,  SQ^unb  unb  ^cinben, 
!Der  grofee  ^inge  tut 
5ln  uM  unb  alien  @nben; 
«  S)er  mac^tlg  un6  erf)alt 

Unb  t)on  ber  ^inbf)eit  an 
Ung  fo  t)iel  ®uteg  tut, 
9JJef)r  al^  man  3a{)len  fannt 

(Sr,  unfer  5Sater,  n)oIt' 
10  (Sin  fro{)Iic^  §^i^^  un^  geben; 

2)er  §err  laf['  un^,  fein  3Solf, 

3n  grleb'  unb  9?u()e  leben! 

©eln  (Segen  fei  bet  un^! 

^em  ganjen  35aterlanb 
15  gUefe'  ^eil  unb  ®nabe  ju 

5lug  ®otte6  S3aterf)anb. 

(Sr,  unfer  treuer  ®ott, 
SKoII'  un^  \)on  attem  iBofen, 
33on  bent,  tnag  fc^aben  faun, 
:2o  !Durc^  feine  SD^ac^t  erlofen! 

^r  fc^tt^'  un^  in  @efa()r; 
@r  {)elf^  un^  allejeit, 
©olang  er  ung  a(If)tcr 
^a^  I2eben  nod^  Derleilit 


TEXTS  99 

IDtlB^elm  Cell 

5^a(^  bem  ^obe  D^ubolf^  Don  ^ab^bxirg  touvht  5lboIf  t)on 
5^affau  jum  3)eutf(^en  ^aifer  geh)a{)It,  unb  al^  blefer  1289 
in  ber  (S(f)Ia(^t  bet  2Borm^  fiel,  er!)ielt  ^ubolf^  ®of)n  211- 
brec^t  ble  ^rone*  &  toax  allgemeln  befannt,  bafe  biefer 
nur  tnefir  Sanb  ju  getDinnen  fuc^e  unb  bie  gret!)ett  ber  33oIfer  s 
unb  ©tcibte  inenig  acfite,  ^a  fiirc^tete  ft(^  ieber*  Unb  e^ 
traten  jufammen  bie  ^antone  t)on  Uri,  (Sc^lDl)^  unb  Unter= 
malben  unb  befdfjtDoren  tDegen  ber  ®efa!)r  biefer  3^iten  einen 
elDigen  58unb*  ^at)on  murben  fie  @ibgenoffen  genannt, 
!Der  ^aifer  aber  fc^irfte  if)nen  al^  33ogte  f)arte  ^eute  au^  fei-  lo 
nem  eigencn  Sanbe,  bie  fie  bebriicften,  3)a6  tDaren  Hermann 
©efeler  unb  iBeringer  t)on  Sanbenberg.  !Die  taten,  tda^ 
fruiter  D^eid^^bogte  nie  getan  f)atten,  unb  trollten  im  ?anbe 
felbft  tro^nen.  Sanbenberg  ^og  auf  ha^  ©d^lofe  be^  ^onig^ 
bei  (Samen,  unb  ©efeler  baute  fic^  ein  ©d^Iofe  im  Sanbe  Uri,  is 
5^un  inurben  bie  ^otte  erf)o^t,  bie  fleinften  53ergef)en  fd^mer 
beftraft  unb  bie  Sanbteute  mit  ©tol^  unb  53era(^tung  be^ 
f)anbelt»  51B  ©efeter  einmal  an  (Stauffac^er^  neuem  ^aufe 
in  ®teinen  tjorbeiritt,  fprac^  er:  „^ann  man  e^  eriauben, 
ba6  bie  ^auem  fo  f(f)one  §aufer  bauen?"  Unb  aU  bem  20 
5Irno(b  Tlcld)tai  tcegen  eine^  fleinen  33ergef)en^  Stnei  fc^one 
Oc!)fen  tDeggenommen  tDurben,  ri^  Sanbenberg^  Wiener  biefe 
t)om  ^iPfluge  toeg  unb  fprad^:  „^auern  fonnen  if)ren  ^iPflug 
felbft  sie^en,"  5Iber  ber  junge  5Imolb  h)urbe  jornig  unb 
feeing  ben  Wiener,  fo  bafe  er  bemfelben  ^tnei  ginger  brad^*  25 
!^arum  flof)  er  in^  @ebirge.  ^a  liefe  ^anbenberg  jur  (Strafe 
bem  3Sater  be^  5IrnoIb  beibe  5Iugen  au^fted^en* 

<Bo  begingen  bie  33ogte  eine  Untat  nad^  ber  anbern*    511^ 
nun  in  ben  SDbrfem  5)emut  t^einte  unb  C^^c^^^t  lad^te, 


100  GERMAN  FOR  BEGINNERS 

30  fpra(5  bte  grau  be^  iSBemer  ©tauffad^er  gu  tl^rem  SO^anne: 
„2Bt^  ItinQe  mufe  ^emut  tDetnen  unb  §o(^tnut  ladien?  ©tub 
feme  9}i(ittner  im  ©ebirge?"  3)a  ging  fc^tDeigenb  iCSerner 
(gtauffad^er  in6  ^orf  ^runnen  am  (See  xmb  ful^r  ilber^ 
iCBaffer  ju  3BaIt|)er  giirft  nac^  HItborf,  bet  bem  er  auc^  ben 

35  Hrnolb  3}JeI(^taI  fanb,  Unb  fie  rebeten  bon  ber  ®efaf)r  be^ 
^anbeg  unb  ben  Untaten  ber  53oQte,  bie  if)nen  ber  ^alfer 
gegen  ilfire  alten  ^ed^te  unb  gret{)eiten  gefanbt  f)abe;  auc^ 
rebeten  fie  bat)on,  bafe' oft  gegen  bie  3Sogte  beim  ^ontge  um- 
fonft  geflagt  trorben  fei,  unb  ha\^  biefer  felbft  gefagt  |)abe,  fie 

40  miifeten  unter  bie  ^errfc^aft  t)on  £)fterrei(^  fommen»  ®ott 
i)abe  aber  feinem  eriaubt,  bafe  er  unrec^t  tue;  barum  fei  feine 
anbere  ^ilfe  aU  @ott.  !^er  Sob  fei  leid^ter  aU  biefe 
©c^mac^;  fo  folle  jeber  in  feinem  Sanbe  mit  mutigen  Tl'dn^ 
nern  fprec^en  unb  folte  finben,  toa^  ha^  SBoIf  tun  toolle,  unb 

45  ob  e^  filr  feine  greif)eit  fampfen  moc^te.  53alb  brac^te  jeber 
ben  anbem  bie  ^unbe,  attem  5SoIfe  fei  ber  2:ob  biel  leic^ter 
al^  bie  ®(^mac^» 

3n  ber  5^a(^t  be6  17»  5^ot)ember  1307  famen  fie  an 
einem  |)eimli(^en  Drte  am  (See,  ber  ha^  Df^iitli  genannt  irurbe, 

50  mieber  ^ufammen,  3eber  i)on  ben  breien  brac^te  se|)n  treue 
ajianner  mit,  bie  bie  alte  grei{)eit  liber  alle^,  bag  ^eben  fiir 
nic^tg  ac^teten.  3)a  fc^touren  bie  brei  ju  ®ott  bem  ©errn, 
t)or  iDelc^em  ^bnige  unb  58auern  gleid^  finb,  flir  bie  9^ec^te  beg 
33oIfeg  lu  leben  unb  p  fterben;  fein  Unrec^t  p  bulben,  aber 

55  auc^  fein  Unrec^t  p  tun;  beg  ©rafen  bon  ©abgburg  D^ec^t 

unb  ^igentum  gu  ad)ten  unb  feinem  ber  foniglic^en  33ogte 

ein  ^eib  p  tun,  aber  fie  gu  f)inbem,  ha^  2anb  gu  bebritcfen, 

Unb  bie  breifeig  anbem  fd^louren  mit,    (Sie  mcilfilten  bie 

5^euiaf)rgnac^t  fiir  bag  SSerf »  ^ann  ging  jeber  in  feine  ©utte. 

60      3)em  33ogte  Hermann  ©efeler  fd()ien  eg,  alg  ob  bag  33olf 


TEXTS     ]''   ;\  ;     ;  \Vy\l]>%p^l  ;] 

muttger  fet*  !^arum  liefe  er  ben  ©ersogSl^ut  Don  fifterreid^ 
auf  einer  (Btange  in  Url  anff)angen  unb  befal^I,  tt)er  \)ovhtu 
gel^e,  foKe  ftd^  t)or  bemfetben  Dernelgen*  !Daran  iDoKe  er 
fel^en,  mer  tDiber  Ofterretc^  fet, 

Unb  iCSlll^elm  Zdi,  ber  ©c^il^  an^  ^ilrgten,  gtng  t)orbei,  es 
aber  er  tjernelgte  ft(^  nid^t,    (So  flil^rten  fie  i]f)n  gefangen 
Snm  53ogte,  nnb  biefer  fagte:  „(Sd^ii^e,  beine  eigene  ^unft 
ftrafe  bic^ !    3c^  lege  einen  5lpfe(  anf  ba^  ^an)3t  beine^  ©01^= 
ne^,  ben  fd^iefee  f)erab  nnb  fel^le  nid^t!"    Unb  fie  banben  ha^ 
^inb  nnb  legten  anf  ha^  ©anpt  be^felben  einen  5lpfe(  nnb  70 
filfirten  ben  ©d^iifeen  iDeit  babon.    @r  jielte;  ba  fd^mirrte 
bie  58oQenfe{)ne;  ba  brad^  ber  'iPfeil  ben  5IpfeL     5lIIe«  53olf 
jand^jte  frenbig.    ©efeler  aber  fragte  ben  (Sd^ii^en:  „i£So3n 
tragft  bn  noc^  einen  jtDeiten  ^feil  bei  bir?"    2eII  antmor* 
tete:  „§atte  ber  erfte  ben  Hpfel  gefefilt,  bann  l^atte  ber  jmeite  75 
bein  §ers  getroffen."    ^a  erfd^raf  ber  ^Sogt  nnb  liefe  ben 
<Sd^n^en  gefangennef)men  nnb  anf  ein  <Sd^iff  fiil^ren,  mit 
bent  er  felbft  nad^  ^ufenad^t  faliren  iDoItte.    5)od^  fiird^tetc 
er  bie  ^adfie  be^  3SoIfe^  nnb  fuf)r  fd^nell  ah,  obmo!)!  ein 
Stnrm  irar*    3)er  See  tear  njilb,  nnb  bie  Wiener  be^  53og=  so 
te^  fiird^teten  fid^»    -3n  Qrofeer  ^Ingft  liefe  ©efeler  ba  bent 
Slelt  bie  ^etten  abnef)men,  bamit  berfelbe,  aU  gnter  ©d^iffer;. 
ba^  ©d^iff  lenfe,    5lber  ber  Xdl  lenfte  e^  gegen  ben  fteilen 
5(jenberg,  tt)o  ein  x^tU  meit  in  ben  See  borfpringt.    !I)ort 
fprang  er  an^  bent  ©d^iffe  anf  ben  gelfen  nnb  ftiefe  ba^  ss 
©d^iff  in  ben  See  ^urlidf* 

5^un  fletterte  ber  ^efreite  ben  ^erg  f)inanf  nnb  flol)  bnrd^ 
ba^  Sanb  (Sd^tDpj.    Unb  er  bad^te:  SSie  fann  id&  bent  53ogte 
entgef)en?    Sntrinne  id^  and^  felbft,  fo  ]^at  er  ntein  SSeib  nnb 
^inb  pnt  *i(3fanbe.    SSa6  tt)irb  er  gegen  bie  2)?einigen  tnn,  90 
toenn  Sanbenberg  fd^on  nnt  ^ei  gebrod^ener  ginger  feine^ 


i(?S   ;  ^'?'' g^er-Man  for  beginners 

S)iener6  iDillen  bem  alten  "Md^tal  bte  5lugen  au^ftec^en  liefe? 
58or  tDem  fann  Ic^  tiber  ©efeler  flagen,  tuenn  ber  ^onig  ba^ 
33oIf  ntc^t  mef)r  |)ort?    iCBenn  aber  feiti  ©efefe  mef)r  gilt,  fo 

95fte!f)en  tDir  beibe  Tlann  gegen  9}?ann*  (Soil  eme6  i3on  beiben 
fallen,  unfc^ulbtg  SSetb  unb  ^inb  ixnb  33aterlanb  ober  bu, 
S3o9t  ©efeler,  fo  falte  bu,  unb  gretf)eit  ftetge  nteber!  ©o 
bac^te  ber  3;:eE,  elite  mit  ^feil  nnb  ^ogen  nac^  ^iifenad^t 
nnb  berbarg  ftd^  in  ber  ^)of)Ien  ®affe  bet  bem  (S(^Ioffe.    ^a 

100  f am  ber  33ogt,  ba  fc^tDirrte  bie  ^ogenfel^ne,  ba  brad^  ber 
frete  ^fetl  ba^  ©erj  be^  33ogte^.  ^a^  gan^e  33oIf  erfc^raf 
frenbig,  a(^  e^  ben  2:ob  ©efeler^  t)emal)m,  3)ie  ^at  beg  2:el( 
gab  l^ol^eren  9[)^nt,  aber  bie  5^ad^t  beg  ^^eujal^rg  it)ar  no(5  nic^t 
gefommen* 

105  &  tarn  bie  9^ac^t,  unb  eg  berfammelten  ft(5  bie  Tlanmx. 
5llg  eg  Xag  tear,  ging  ^anbenberg  aug  bem  ©d^Ioffe  bei 
©amen  jur  ^ird^e.  3)a  famen  aug  UntertDalben  stDan^ig 
SO^anner  unb  brad^ten  ©efc^enfe  jum  5^euiaf)r»  g^^i^i^i^ii^^ 
f)ie6  fie  ber  53ogt  in  bag  ©dilofe  ge!)en»    5llg  fie  barin  iDaren, 

iiojogen  fc^nell  alle  fc^arfe  (Sifen  aug  il)ren  ^leibem,  ftedten 
biefelben  auf  i^xt  ©tcibe  unb  naf)men  bag  (Sd^Iofe  ein,  iDal)^ 
renb  breifeig  anbere  ju  §ilfe  famen,  bie  Derborgen  im  (^e- 
biifd^e  getDartet  flatten,  ^anbenberg  flof)  erfc^rocfen.  ®ie 
aber  fingen  il^n  unb  liefeen  if)n  fditodren,  ha^  er  nie  priicf^ 

116  fe!)ren  itierbe*  3)ann  liefeen  fie  if)n  nad^  Sujem  sief)en» 
^einem  rt)urbe  ein  Seib  getan. 

5luc^  in  Itri  tDurbe  ©efelerg  ©d^Iofe  eingenommen.  <^od^ 
loberten  bie  greubenfeuer  auf  ben  Bergen,  ^ag  ttiar  ber 
greil)eit  9^euia!)r,  ber  erfte  3anuar  beg  ^o^^eg  1308»    5lm 

i2ona(^ften  ©onntag  famen  bie  ^oten  ber  brei  dauber  jufammen 
unb  befd^tDoren  ben  ^unb  tDieber  auf  ^el^n  3af)re,  unb  ber 
^unb  iDurbe  oft  erneuert  unb  bauert  big  auf  ben  I)eutigen  ^tag. 


PART   II 

EXEKCISES  AND  LESSONS 


EXERCISE  I 

I.   5(nttt)ortcn  ©ie  (Answer) : 

1.  iE3ae  tft  ha^?    T)a^  i[t  bcr  Jtfdfi  (bic  ^afel,  ba^  iBuc^). 

2.  3ft  ba^  ber  ^if*  ober  ber  @tuf)l?  3.  3ft  ba^  bie  SBanb 
ober  bie  2:afel? 

4.  SKie  ift  ber  ^ifc§?  5.  3ft  ber  ®tu()I  aud^  braun?  6.  SBaS 
tft  nodfi  braun?  7,  SSie  ift  ber  ^leiftift?  8.  2Bie  ift  bie  SBanb? 
9.  3ft  bie  Jafel  fd&tDarj  ober  tod^?  10.  SBa«  ift  nod^  tceife? 
11.  3ft  ^a^  ^ud^  gelb  ober  blau?  12.  2Bie  ift  bag  ^latt? 
13.  3ft  ha^  ^meffer  fd^arf  ober  ftumpf?  14.  3ft  ber  iBIeiftift 
and)  ftumpf? 

15.  mv  hxn  i^?  16.  mv  fmb  @ie?  17.  Sft  er  ein  (Sd^ii- 
ler  ober  ein  2d)xzx?    18.  (Sinb  fie  <Sd^ilIer  ober  ^t^xtx? 

n.  flbcrfc^cn  ©ie  (Translate) : 

1.  This  is  the  table.    2.  Is  that  the  knife  or  the  pencil? 

3.  You  are  a  teacher.  4.  The  knife  is  sharp,  the  pencil  is 
dull.  5.  Is  the  table  brown  or  black?  6.  Is  the  knife 
sharp?  No,  it  is  dull.  7.  Are  they  pupils  or  teachers? 
8.  Is  that  the  pencil  or  a  pen? 

m.  iifiung  (DrilT) 

1.  Give  the  indefinite  article  with  all  nouns  occurring 
in  the  text. 

2.  Give  the  definite  article  with  the  following  nouns: 
^ud),  iBIeiftift,  Slatt,  SSatib,  2:ifd^;  chair,  knife,  blackboard, 
chalk. 

3.  Conjugate:  3c§  bin  ein  !2ef)rer;  bin  ic^  ein  ©driller? 
(omit  the  article  in  the  plural). 

104 


LESSON  I 

1.  The  Definite  Article.  The  German  noun  has  three 
genders:  mascuHne,  feminine,  and  neuter.  The  forms  of 
the  definite  article  for  the  nominative  of  the  three  genders 
are: 

Singular 

Masc.  Fem.  Neut. 


bcr 

bic 

ba^ 

Plural 
All  Three  Genders 

bic 

Each  noun  must  be  learned  with  its  definite  article. 


2.  The  Indefinite  Article.    The  nominative  forms  of  the 
indefinite  article  are: 

Singular 
Masc.  Fem.  Neut. 


3.   ©cin,  he: 


cin 

cine             cin 

No  Plural 


x^  bin 
cr,  fic, 

I  am 
ca  ift,  he, 

Sic  ftnb; 

she,  it  is 

you 

are 

mir  ftnb,  we  are 
fic  fmb,  they  are 

Notice:  <Bk,  you  (sing,  and  plur.),  is  capitalized;  fie, 
or  they,  is  not. 

105 


106  GERMAN   FOR   BEGINNERS 


EXERCISE  n 

I.  5tntftJt)ttcn  (Bit: 

1.  SBer  tiat  cine  geber  ober  ctnen  ^leiftift?  2.  ^abtn  ®ic 
cm  arjeffer?  3,  SBie  t)iele  ^lingen  f)at  ba^  gjJeffer?  4.  ©tnb 
bie  ^littQen  fd^arf  ober  ftumpf?  5.  iBer  ()at  ein  i8u(^?  6,  §at 
bcr  (Sd^iiler  aud^  ein  $eft?  7.  SSo  {)at  ba^  ^t'li^iTi^^  ^i^  3^uren? 
8.  $at  ba^  3ttnTner  feinc  3:afel?  9.  ^at  e6  ein  ^ult  ober 
einen  2;ifd^?  10.  SBer  f)at  ein  iBud^,  unb  h)er  ()at  ein  §eft? 
11.  §at  ber  !2ef)rer  einen  ^leiftift?  12.  ^aben  @ie  geber  unb 
2:inte? 

n.  iibcrfe^ctt  <Sie: 

1.  We. have  a  desk  and  a  table.  2.  Have  you  a  pencil 
or  a  pen?  3.  Has  the  knife  one  blade  or  two  blades? 
4.  I  have  a  book  and  a  copy-book.  5.  The  room  has  two 
doors  and  four  windows.  6.  The  teacher  has  no  pencil, 
but  she  has  chalk  and  a  pen. 

m.  iibung 

1.  Change  all  nominatives  in  Text  I  to  accusatives. 

2.  Substitute  the  forms  of  ein  and  fein  for  all  nominatives 
of  the  definite  article  in  Text  I,  and  for  all  accusatives  in 
Text  II. 

3.  Conjugate:  ic^  Ijobt  ein  ^ult;  l^abe  ic§  2^inte? 


EXERCISES   AND   LESSONS 


107 


LESSON  n 


4.  The  Accusative  of  the  Definite  Article ; 


Masc. 

Singular 
Fem. 

Neut. 

ben 

bic 

ha^ 

Plural 
All  Genders 

bie 

5.  The  Accusative  of  the  Indefinite  Article : 

Masc.  Fem.  Neut. 


einen 

eine 

etn 

fetn,  no,  not  any,  is  declined  like  the  indefinite  article: 


Nom. 
Ace. 


fein 
fetncn 

feittc 
feinc 

fein 
fein 

6.   ^dbtn,  have: 


id^  I^al6c,  /  have  toir  tjahen,  we  have 

©ic  f^ahtn,  you  have 
et,  ftc,  c^  fiat,  he,  she,  it  has  ftc  l^abcn,  they  have 


108  GERMAN    FOR    BEGINNERS 


EXERCISE  m 

I.  ^nfmoxttn  Bit: 

(In  the  answers,  do  not  repeat  the  nouns,  but  substi- 
tute pronouns,  e.g.  SKeti  fd^idt  ber  SDIeifter  au^?  (^  .  ,  , 
(Sd^neibet  ber  !Dicner  ben  §afer?    ^  fd^neibet  t^ti  nid^t.) 

2:un,  c?o,  er  tut,  he  does,  fte  tun,  they  do.  SKa^  tut  er? 
©d^lagt  er  ben  ^ubel?  What  does  he  do?  Does  he  beat  the 
poodle? 

h  SKen  fd^idft  ber  9}?eifter  aug?  2.  SSa^  foil  ber  !Diener  tun? 
3.  <Sc^neibet  cr  hen  |)afer?  4.  SSen  fd^irft  ber  ^err  bann 
(then)  aug?  5.  SSag  fott  ber  'ifubel  tun?  6.  SSa^  tut  ber 
?5ubel?  7.  SSer  fc^idft  bie  ^eitfd^e  au^?  8.  ©d^Iagt  bie  ^eit= 
fd^e  ben  ^ubel?  9.  2Ber  fc^idft  bag  geuer  au^?  10.  ^ag 
foil  t§  tun?  11.  ^rennt  ha^  geuer  bie  ^eitfd^e?  12.  SBen 
fd^idft  ber  a)?eifter  bann  au6?  13.  SSag  foil  bag  SBaffer  tun? 
14.  Sof(^t  bag  Staffer  bag  geuer?  15.  SKer  f(^idt  ben  Oc^fen 
aug?  16.  SSag  tut  ber  Od^fe  nid^t?  17.  SSag  foil  ber  ©d^md^^ 
ter  tun?  18.  ^en  fd^idft  ber  gj^eifter  bann  aug?  19.  SBag  tut 
er  am  (gnbe  (at  last)?  20.  3Bag  tun  nun  bie  3)iener?  (3)er 
^enfer  .  .  .,  ber  <Sd^Iad^ter  . ,.  .) 

n.  iifictfe^cn  ©ic: 

(As  to  word  order,  follow  closely  the  German  text) 

1.  Does  the  master  send  the  servant?  2.  Yes,  he  is 
sending  him.  3.  The  servant  comes  home.  4.  The  fire 
burns  the  whip.  5.  The  whip  shall  beat  the  poodle. 
6.  The  hangman  does  not  hang  the  servants.  7.  The  ser- 
vant does  not  want  to  cut  the  oats.  8.  Does  the  water 
extinguish  the  fire?  9.  The  poodle  comes  home  immedi- 
ately.   10.  Does  the  butcher  kill  the  ox? 


EXERCISES   AND    LESSONS 


109 


LESSON  m 


7.  Agreement  of  Pronouns.    Personal  pronouns  follow 
the  gender  and  number  of  the  noun  they  refer  to.    Thus: 

^  stands  for  bcr  2tt)xtx,  ber  Xi\^,  ber  (Stu()L 


fte 
fte 


ben      „      ben     „     ben     „ 
bic  2ti)vtvm,  bie  ^Tafel  (nom.  and  ace). 
t>a§  ^U(^,  ba^  iBIatt  (nom.  and  ace). 
bie  ^ti)xa,  bie  ® chiller,  bie  Xilren  (plur.,  nom. 

and  ace.) 


Compare  the  final  sounds  of  the  definite  article  and  the 
personal  pronoun: 


Singular 


Nom. 
Ace. 


ber 

cr 

bie 

fie 

ba^ 

t& 

ben 

if)n 

bic 

fie 

ha^ 

e^ 

Plural 


bie      fie 
bie      fie 


8.   Question,  Negative  and  Progressive : 


@r  fdfiid t 
He  sends 


fd^idt  er? 
does  he  send? 


er  fdfiicft  nid^t. 
he  does  not  send. 


German  does  not  use  any  equivalent  to  the  English 
auxihary  do. 

@r  fd^Iftgt  ben  "iPubeL 
He  is  beating  the  poodle. 

The  German  verb  has  no  progressive  form. 


110  GERMAN    FOR    BEGINNERS 


m.  ilBung 

1.  Change  all  nouns  in  the  text  to  the  corresponding 
personal  pronouns,  e.g.:  ^er  9}ieifter  f(j§icft  ben  Qocfel  au^» 
Q^  fc^icft  i^n  au^. 

2.  Begin  the  following  sentences  with  the  words  printed 
in  heavy  type  and  change  the  word  order  accordingly: 

!Der  ©err  fc^idft  ben  ^nhti  aug.  3)er  3o(feI  fd^neibet  ben 
^afer  nid^t*  !Der  3)tener  fommt  gar  halh  nac^  §aufe.  3)a^ 
Gaffer  lofd^t  ba^  geuer  gleirfi*    @r  fd^Iagt  ben  $ubet  nid^t. 


EXERCISE  IV 

I.  5(nthJorten  @ie: 

1,  3Bann  fotnmen  <Sie  au^  ber  ©d^ule?  2.  3ft  ha^  (gffen 
bannferttQ?  3.  2Ba^  liegt  auf  bent  Jifcfie?  4.  2Ba6  liegt  rec^t^, 
unb  toa^  liegt  linf^  t)on  jebem  teller?  5.  SSer  gibt  ben  ^in^ 
htm  iBrot  unb  gleifc^?  6.  ^a^  trinfen  n)ir  au^  ber  Za\^t? 
7.  Xrinfen  n)ir  3Baffer  aud^  au^  einer  2:affe?  8.  ^a^  tun  bie 
^inber  nad^  bent  (Sffen?    9.  iIBof)tn  ge()en  fie  bann? 

n.  flBerfe^en  Sie: 

1.  A  book  is  lying  on  the  table.  2.  The  children  are 
playing  in  the  garden.  3.  When  do  you  go  to  school? 
4.  The  teacher  gives  the  child  a  pen  and  a  book.  5.  Is 
the  master  sitting  at  the  table?  6.  Where  do  you  go  after 
(the)  dinner? 


EXERCISES   AND   LESSONS 
9.  Word  Order. 


Ill 


A.  3)cr  ayjeifter  f(^trft  ben  ^odd  aug. 

B.  !Da  fc^irft  ber  §err  ben  3o(fcI  au«. 


In  German  assertive  sentences  the  verb  stands  second. 
The  subject  usually  stands  fixst  or  third,  but  not  second. 

Note.  Word  order  A  is  often  called  the  normal,  word  order  B 
the  inverted  word  order;  the  latter  is  used  whenever  the  sentence 
begins  with  an  object  or  an  adverb;  for  details,  see  pages  256  and 
257. 


LESSON  IV 


10.  The  Dative  of  the  Article: 

Singular 

Pltjral 

Definite 
Indefinite 

bcm 
cincm 

bcr 
cincr 

bcm 
cincm 

ben 

11.  The  Dative  of  the  Noun: 

Singular:  Feminines  do  not  change  in  the  singular, 
masculines  and  neuters  take  no  ending  or,  especially  if 
they  have  only  one  syllable,  the  ending  -e. 

Plural:  All  nouns  take  the  ending  -n  in  the  dative  plural. 


NoM.  Sing. 
bcr  Setter 
ba3  3iwtmer 
ba6  ^inb 


Dat.  Sing. 
bcm  Scfirer 
bcm  S^^''^^^ 
bcm  ^inb(c) 


NoM.  Plur. 

bte  ?ei)rer 
bic  3iw^^cr 
bic  ^inbcr 


Dat.  Plur. 

ben  ?c!)rertt 
ben  3i"iTnern 
ben  ^inbern 


112  GERMAN    FOR    BEGINNERS 

m.   iXhunq 

1.  Change  all  nouns  in  Texts  II  and  III,  with  their  ar- 
ticles, to  the  dative  singular. 

2.  Form  compounds  from: 

ha^  ^lei,  lead  +  bcr  ® tif t,  pencil  her  glufe ,  river  +  ba^  Zal,  valley 
ber  Xi\6)  +  ba^  STJeffer  ba^  $meffer  +  bie  tlinge 

EXERCISE  V 

I.    fjragen 

1.  SBie  f)el6t  9{)r  3Satcr?  2.  SSic  fieifet  3&rc  ^mutter? 
3.  SSie  biel  33ruber  f)abcn  ^ie?  4.  SBie  f)ei6en  3^re  ^riiber? 
5.  §aben  (Sie  auc^  <S(^rt)eftem?  6.  3[t  3^r  Onfel  ber  ^ruber 
3()re^  33ater)^  ober  3{)rer  a)?utter?  7.  3ft  3^re  2:ante  bic 
©c^tDefter  3()rer  mutUv  ober  3{)reg  S5ater«?  8.  mt  Iieifet 
ber  35ater  eineg  3Sater«  ober  einer  SD^utter?  9.  2Ba6  tft  eine 
©rofemutter?  10.  SBie  {)ei6en  bie  ^inber  etne^  'Bo^m^  ober 
einer  Xod^ter?  11.  SSie  (leifeen  55ater  unb  93^utter  eine^  ^inbe^? 
12.  $Sie  f)ei6en  iBriiber  unb  ©c^n)eftem? 

II.   Ufterfc^ung 

1.  What  (SBte)  is  the  name  of  your  father?  2.  Is  that 
the  pencil  of  the  teacher?  3.  The  pencil  of  the  pupil  is 
dull.  4.  The  blade  of  my  knife  is  sharp.  5.  The  flowers 
of  the  valley  are  beautiful.  6.  The  leaves  (53Iatter)  of  a 
book  are  white,  but  the  leaves  of  a  tree  are  green,  and 
the  leaves  of  a  flower  are  yellow,  red,  blue,  or  white. 

in.   iihunq 

Decline  in  the  singular  and  plural :  ber  ^el^rer,  ein  S^^^^'^f 
bie  Xiiv,  eine  ©c^iilertn.  ^ 


EXERCISES   AND    LESSONS 


113 


12.  Word  Formation:    2)a^  9Jlittagcffcti» 

German  compound  nouns  are  usually  written  in  one 
word;  they  have  the  gender  of  their  last  component,  and 
only  the  last  component  is  dechned: 

^cr  WitiaQ,  noon+ha^  (gffen,  meal  =  \>a^  TlittaQe\\tn; 
genitive,  be^  SJ^ittaQeffett)^. 


LESSON   V 
13,  The  Geaitive  of  the  Article : 


Def. 

Indef. 


bc^ 
cinc^ 

bcr 
cincr 

bc^ 
cinc^ 

bcr 

Paradigm  of  the  Articles 


Definite 

Indefinite 

SINGULAH 

PLUKAL 

bcr       bic 

bo^ 

bic 

cin       cine      cin 

bc^      bcr 

bc^ 

bcr 

cinc^    eincr    cine^ 

bcm     bcr 

bcm 

ben 

cincm  cincr    cincm 

ben      bic 

ha§ 

bic 

einen    cine      cin 

14.  The  Genitive  of  Nouns: 

Singular:  Feminines  do  not  change  at  all  in  the  singular; 
all  neuters  and  most  masculines  take  in  the  genitive  the 
ending  -^  or  -e^. 

Note,  -e^  must  be  used  if  the  noun  ends  in  g,  ^,  ^,  usually  also 
after  fc^;  otherwise,  it  is  used  especially  with  words  of  one  syllable: 
bc^  ®lQfc^,  be«  Zi\<i)c^,  be«  <Stuf)I)8  or  ®tut)lc^;  but  bt^  ?ef)rcrig. 

Plural:  The  nominative,  genitive,  and  accusative  of 
the  plural  have  the  same  form.  (The  dative  always  ends 
in  -n.) 


114  GERMAN  FOR  BEGINNERS 

EXERCISE  VI 

I.    gragcn 

1.  5E5effen  58Ietftlft  ift  ha^?    2.  3ft  \>a^  mein  58u(^  ober  bag 
53ud^  beg  ?ef)rerg?  3.  SKie  ift  bein  i8u(§,  unb  h)ie  ift  jeneg  iBud^? 

4.  $Sel(^e  garbe  {)at  bag  *!|3apier?  (^ie  garbe  beg  ^apierg  ift , . .) 

5.  SBelc^e  garbe  {)at  bie  Xafel?  6.  3Set(^e  garbe  ^ahtn  ber  Jifd^ 
unb  ber  (BiuW  7.  SKag  tut  jener  ©driller?  8.  ^te  ift  fein 
33leiftift?  9.  3Bag  nimmt  er  aug  ber  Xafc^e?  10.  SKomit  fd^reibt 
er?  11.  SBo  fte()t  ber  Sef)rer?  12.  SSag  tut  er?  13.  ©(^reibt 
er  aud^  mit  bem  iBIeiftift?    14.  SSomit  fc^reibt  er? 

n.  flbcrfc^uttg 

1.  The  master  wants  to  beat  the  poodle  with  a  whip. 

2.  Do  you  write  with  a  pen  or  with  a  pencil?  3.  Who 
wants  to  sharpen  my  pencil?  4.  Whose  book  is  this?  It 
is  not  my  book.     5.  The  covers  of  the  book  are  black. 

6.  Is  he  sharpening  the  pencil  with  a  knife?  7.  He  takes 
a  book  out-of  ^  the  desk  and  opens  it.  8.  She  is  writing 
with  a  pencil,  but  she  is  to  (foil)  write  with  pen  and  ink. 

1  Hyphen  denotes  that  several  English  words  are  to  be  expressed 
hy  one  German  word. 

EXERCISE  Vn 

I.    gragcn 

1.  SKag  tue  id)?    2.  ©ebe  ic^  bie  §anb  ober  fenfe  id)  fie? 

3.  3Bag  tun  <Bit?  4.  SSoI)in  fommen  (Sie?  5.  SBag  faffen 
<Bit  mit  ber  §anb?  6.  SSag  tun  (Sie  bann?  7.  S[Bo()in  9ef)en 
eie?  8.  SSof)in  legen  ®ie  3f)r  ^nd)?  9.  SSag  tut  ber  2ti)xev? 
10.  SBag  tun  ©ie?  11.  SSer  biftiert,  unb  toer  fc^reibtr 
12.  (^c^reiben  bie  ® chiller  aud^  an  bie  J^afel? 


EXERCISES  AND   LESSONS  115 


LESSON  VI 


SSicberl^olung 

(Review) 
f^ragcu  '  9tntn>ortcn 

L  SBag  tft  ber  beftimmte  5lrti-  3)er  beftimmte  5lrtifel  ber  glti^^ 
fel  ber  @msa()(  (beg  @in=        gaf)!  tft  ber,  bic,  ba^» 
Qular^)? 

2.  SSag  ift  ber  beftimmte  3rrtt=  ^er    beftimmte    ^Irtifel    ber 

fel    ber   3J?et)rsa^I    (be«        $mef)rsa6I  ift  bie. 
^Iural6)? 

3.  2Bag  ift  ber  unbeftimmte     ^er   unbeftimmte   ^Irtifel   ift 

^rtifel?  cin,  eine,  cin. 

4.  SSelc^e  (Snbung  l^aben  9J?ag*     ®ie  t)aben  im  ©enitit)  ^  ober 

culina  unb  5^eutra  im  c^,  im  3)atit)  e  ober  feine 

©enitit)  unb  3)atid  ber  ©nbung. 

(Sinsaf)!? 

5.  SKeld^e      (Snbung      ()aben  (Sie  l^aben  im  (Singular  feine 

geminina  im  (Singular?  (gnbung. 

6.  ^eflinieren  (Sie:  ber  53ruber,  ein  9D?effer,  bie  (Sc^mefter,  ber 

7.  ^oniugieren  (Sie:  i^  bin  im  ^ii^^^t^/  ^^  6ci^^  f^tn  SD^effer, 
l)abe  id^  ein  ^eft? 

LESSON  vn 

15.   The  Endings  of  the  Present  Indicative  are: 


SINGULAR 

PLURAL 

e 

en 

ft 

t 

t 

en 

The  singular  of  the  imperative  has  the  ending  -e  or  no 
ending;  the  plural  ends  in  t. 


116  GERMAN   FOR  BEGINNERS 

n.   ii^crfc^ung 

1.  The  servants  are  cutting  oats.  2.  Do  you  write 
with  pen  or  pencil?  3.  Our  teacher  dictates,  and  we 
write.  4.  Send  your  servant  home!  5.  All  of  us  (  =  we 
all)  are  coming  home  immediately.  {For  word  order,  com- 
pare Text  IV.)  6.  Go  to  the  blackboard  and  write!  7.  They 
are  coming  into  (in  w.  ace.)  the  room.  8.  The  pupil  opens 
the  desk  and  takes  a  book.  9.  Open  your  desk !  Where 
is  your  book?  10.  Where  (S[Sof)in)  are  you  putting  your 
pen?    Put  it  upon  (auf  w.  ace.)  your  desk! 

m.   Uiuttg 

L  ^oniuQleren  (Ste:  3(^  I)ebe  ble  ^anb.  ^6)  fomme  in6 
3tTnmer.    3Bof)iTi  lege  i(^  ha^  33ud^?    5ln  bie  Xafel  fd^reibe  ic^. 

2.  Change  the  first,  second,  and  last  of  these  four  phrases 
to  the  imperative  (three  forms  each:  §ebe  bie  ^anb!  etc.). 


EXERCISE  Vm 

I.    Sragctt 

1.  SBo^in  foir  ber  ©(filter  gefien?  2.  SBo  ftef)t  er  nun? 
3.  SBo{)in  foil  er  bann  ge^en?  4.  3Bo  Uegt  bie  geber?  5.  ^o= 
()ln  legen  h)ir  fie?  6.  SBo  liegt  fie  nun?  7.  ^a^  legen  mir 
neben  bie  geber?  8.  SSo  liegt  nun  bie  geber?  9.  SKo  fte()t 
ber  ?e{)rer?  10.  SSo!)ln  gefit  er?  11.  SSo  fte{)t  er  nun? 
12.  3Ba^  ift  neben  ber  3:afel?  13.  SBoJin  legen  toxx  bie  treibe? 
14.  SBo  fte{)t  ein  ®tul)l?  15.  2Ber  fc^retbt  an  bie  2:afel,  unb 
tDer  fc^reibt  auf  papier? 


EXERCISES  AND   LESSONS  117 

16.  Paradigms: 

The  Present  Indicative: 

SINGULAR 

xd)  f)tht,  I  raise 

bu  ficbft/  you  raise 

cr  (fic,  e^)  t)tht,  he  (she,  it)  raises 

PLURAL 

ton  ficden,  we  raise 
i^r  i)tbt,^  you  raise 
fie  ^cbcn,  they  raise 
Sic  ^ebcti,  you  raise 

The  Imperative: 

t\thtn  ©te! 

1  The  use  of  these  forms  is  explamed  in  Lesson  XIII,  §  30. 


LESSON  vm 

17.  Prepositions  with  the  Dative  and  Accusative : 


an,  auf,  in;    iibcr,  untcr;    toor,  Winter;    ncbcn,  jmifrficn 


require  the  dative  when  the  place  is  denoted  in  which 
something  is,  but  the  accusative  when  direction  towards 
a  place  is  indicated.  The  dative  answers  the  German 
question  ItJO?  (where  =  in  which  place),  the  accusative  an- 
swers the  German  question  ItJOl^in?  (where  =  to  which  place, 
whither?) 


118  GERMAN  FOR  BEGINNERS 

n.   iiiicirfc^ung 

1.  Where  are  you?    Are  you  standing  by  the  window? 

2.  Who  is  standing  between  this  door  and  that  window? 

3.  He  is  putting  (ftedt)  a  pencil  in  each  pocket.  4.  What 
have  you  in  this  pocket?  5.  Go  into  that  room  and  put 
a  pen  and  some  paper  on  the  table!  6.  The  pupil  goes 
behind  the  desk  and  writes  on  the  blackboard.  7.  Does 
the  master  send  the  servant  into  that  room?  8.  The 
chalk,  the  pen,  and  a  knife  are  lying  on  this  table.  9.  Be- 
hind which  door  is  he  standing?  10.  Go  into  the  room 
and  open  a  window! 

m.  iibung 

1.  Supply  the  endings  in  the  following  sentences  (b-  in- 
dicates forms  of  the  definite  article) : 

^ommen  @ie  an  bief-  XiW  5luf  tt)ti(^  2:if(^e  Uegt  bag 
^ud^?  mv  fteEen  (place)  einen  ©tuf)!  an  b-  ^ult.  SEBer  fte^t 
t)or  icn-  ^ur?  !Dte  ^reibe  liegt  in  b-  ^aften.  !2egen  @ie  bie[eg 
53ud^  in  b-  ^ult!    9^eben  b-  genfter  ift  ein  taften. 

2.  ^eflinieren  @ie:  bicfer  2)iener,  jenc  Xa^d,  iebe^  ^ud^ 
(singular  only),  toeld^e^  9)?effer. 


EXERCISE  IX 

of 


^ie  ^cfUnationcn* 

There  are 

the  following  types 

noun  declension  (most  of  which  have  occurred  before) : 

NOM.    SlNQ. 

Gen.  Sing. 

NoM.  Pluk. 

la.     bcr  Sel)rcr, 

bc«  ?et)rcri§, 

bie  gel^rcr,  33riibcr, 

ber  ©ruber, 

bc«  53ruber^, 

3«iittcr 

bic  abutter 

bcr  abutter 

16.     ber  ^nec^t, 

bc«  ^ncd^tc^, 

bic  ^nc(^tc,  ^anbc 

bic  §anb 

bcr  ^anb 

Ic.      bo8  ^au8 

bc«  ^aufc^ 

bic  ^fiufer 

II.     ber  Od^fc,  bic  XVlx 

bc8  Oc^fcn,  bcr  2:ur  bie  Oc^fcn,  2:iiren 

III.    bag  Slufle  (e^/c) 

beg  ^ugcS 

bic  Sluflcn. 

EXERCISES  AND  LESSONS  119 

an,  at,  near  to  ilber,  above 

auf,  uj)on  unter,  below 

in,  iuj  into  >oox,  in  front  of,  before 

()inter,  behind 
neben,  next  to 
gtoifd^en,  between 

18.  ^tcfcr,  (his,  jcncr,  that,  jcbcr,  each,  every,  hjclc^cr, 
which,  what,  are  declined  like  the  definite  article,  e.g. : 


Singular 

Plural 

Masc. 

Fem. 

Nexjt. 

All  Gendebs 

biefcr 

biefc 

biefcr 

biefc 

biefcig 

biefcr 

biefc^ 

biefcr 

biefcm 

biefcr 

biefcm 

biefcn 

biefcn 

biefc 

biefC)^ 

biefc 

Notice  the  forms  bicfciS  in  the  nominative  and  accusative  neuter 
(article  ha^)  and  biefc  in  the  nominative  and  accusative  feminine 
and  plural  (article  bic). 


LESSON  IX 

19.  Tjrpes  of  Declension: 

Type  I  is  called  the  Strong  Declension:  the  plural 
does  not  end  in  -n. 

Type  II  is  called  the  Weak  Declension:  the  plural 
ends  in  -n,  and  the  gen.  sing,  of  masc.  also  takes  -n. 

Type  III  is  called  the  Mixed  Declension:  the  singular 
is  strong,  and  the  plural  weak. 


120  GERMAN  FOR  BEGINNERS 

I.    graven 

1,  SBo  ftef)t  Six  ©(^ulgebaube?  2.  SSie  biele  genfter  f)at 
}ebe^  3iTttmer?  3.  2Bie  Diele  (^effel  ftnb  in  jebem  ^i^tner? 
4.  giir  tnen  ftnb  blefe  ©effel?  5.  2Ba^  i[t  fiir  ben  ?e()rer  in 
3^rem  ^it^t^^t:?  6.  2Ba^  ift  nod^  in  bem  ^i'^t'^t^^?  7.  ©inb 
in  alien  ^tinntem  ^naben  unb  SJJcibc^en?  8.  ^n  h)el(^e  (Scftule 
9ef)en  3()re  iBriiber  unb  (Sc^meftem?  9.  2Ba^  ift  Dor  bem 
(Bd^ulgebciube?  10.  SSa^  ift  in  bem  ©arten?  11.  §aben  ©ie 
S3ninnen  im  ©arten?  12.  SBo  finb  bie  S3oget  im  ©arten? 
13.  SBa^  tim  ©ie  ieben  Za^  in  biefem  ©arten?  14.  SBa^ 
pflanjen  ®ie? 

n.   ilBerfe^ung 

1.  Where  does  your  school  building  stand?  2.  The 
rocks  on  the  hill  are  brown  and  red.  3.  There  (@g)  are 
many  ditches  in  the  garden.  4.  When  do  you  plant  the 
little-trees?  5.  Our  teacher  has  many  pictures  in  his 
room.  6.  Does  your  teacher  work  in  his  garden?  7.  The 
fountains  are  in-front-of  that  building.  8.  They  are  ex- 
tinguishing a  fire  in  his  room.  9.  We  are  standing  upon 
the  summit  of  the  hill.  10.  Have  you  many  pictures  in 
your  desk?  11.  Those  girls  are  going  (in) to  our  school. 
12.  Do  you  work  in  your  garden  every  day?  {For  word 
order,  compare  German  text.) 

III.   iibung 

1.  ^eflinieren  ©ie  (@insa()t  unb  Tld)Xiai)l):  ba6\3itnmer, 
ein  genfter,  jeneg  SJJcibc^en,  biefer  ^aften,  iDelc^e^  ©ebciube,  bie 
SO^utter/biefer  ©arten. 

2.  ^oniugieren  ®ie:  3c^  gef)e  nid^t  in  bie  ©c^ule.  ^abe  ic^ 
ein  ^iPult?  ^d)  ftreue  (Samen.  3eben  Xag  arbeite  id)  im  ©arten, 
Slrbeite  id)  in  ber  ^c^ule? 


EXERCISES  AND   LESSONS 


121 


30.  First  Class  of  the  Strong  Declension: 


Singular 


bcr  taftcn 

ber  ©artcn 

bie  abutter 

ba^  ©ebaubc 

be«  ^often^ 

be«  ©attend 

ber  abutter 

be«  ©ebdubee 

bcm  ^aftcn 

bent  ©arten 

ber  ayjutter 

bem  ©ebaube 

ben  Soften 

ben  ©artcn 

bie  mutttx 

ha^  ©ebaube 

Plural 


btc  taften 

bie  ©arten 

bie  arjiittcr 

bie  ©ebiiube 

ber  taften 

ber  ®arten 

ber  mutter 

ber  ©ebiiube 

ben  ^aften 

ben  ©arten 

ben  ayjiittern 

ben  ®ebauben 

bie  ^aften 

bie  ©arten 

bie  mutttx 

bie  ©ebiinbe 

21.   Characteristics  of  the  First  Class : 

1.  The  gen.  sing,  ends  in  -§  (not  -t§);  feminines,  of 
course,  have  no  ending. 

2.  The  dative  singular  has  no  ending. 

3.  The  plural  is  formed  without  any  ending  (dat.,  of 
course,  takes  -ti),  but  many  nouns  modify  the  stem  vowel 
(Umlaut:  a  becomes  d,  o  becomes  o,  u  becomes  ii  an  be- 
comes (tu). 


Note.  Both  feminines  in  this  class  (9}?utter,  mother,  and  Xoii)" 
ttx,  daughter),  about  twenty  masculines,  and  the  neuter  ha^  ^lofter, 
cloister,  take  Umlaut. 

As  to  membership,  see  Synopsis  of  Granmiar,  page  224. 


122  GERMAN  FOR  BEGINNERS 

3.  Form  diminutives  or  terms  of  endearment  of  the 
following  nouns:  ber  Ti\(i),  ba^  9[)?effer,  bie  ^afel,  ber  S^ogel, 
ber  iBruber  (brother),  ber  ^ater  (father),  bie  iBlume. 

Note.  The  final  syllable  -cl  is  dropped  before  the  suffix  -letn: 
jtafel  —  Jaflein  (but  Xafelci^cn) ;  final  -c  is  dropped  before  -d^cn  and 
-Icin:  ^a^c  (cat)  —  mi^^m,  mi^ldn. 


EXERCISE   X 

I.  gtagcn 

L  SBte  biele  5Inne  f)aben  mir?  2.  SKa^  tft  an  jebem  5Irme? 
3.  SBeld^e  ©lieber  ()aben  tnlr  noc^?  4.  SSie  t)iele  ginger  ftnb  an 
ieber  §anb?  5.  (Stnb  an  ben  Sitfeen  auc^  ginger?  6.  iESa^  ift 
an  ben  gingem  unb  an  ben  3^^^n?  7.  SSa6  tnn  toir  mit  ben 
giifeen,  ma^  ntit  ben  ^cinben?  8.  iBo  tragen  h)ir  ben  §ut? 
9,  SBeld^e  ^leibung«ftu(Je  f)aben  n)ir  nod)?  10.  SSie  t)iele 
ar^onate  fiat  bag  Qalir?  IL  SSa^  ftnb  bie  5^amen  ber  Tlomtt? 
12.  iffiie  t)iele  2:age  t)at  jeber  9D^onat?  13.  §at  ber  gebrnar 
au6)  30  ober  31  Xage?  14.  ^ie  biele  Jage  \)at  eine  iBod^e? 
15.  ifiSag  ftnb  bie  9^amen  ber  2:age  ber  SSod^e? 

n.  iibcrfe^utig 

1.  Every  boy  has  a  hat  and  a  coat.  2.  I  have  two  arms 
and  two  legs.  3.  We  have  nails  on  our  (  =  the)  fingers  and 
on  our  toes.  4.  What  do  we  wear  on  our  feet?  5.  I  do 
not  wear  gloves  every  day.  6.  He  has  no  hat,  but  he  has 
two  coats.  7.  They  wear  boots,  but  no  shoes.  8.  There 
(@g)  are  twelve  months  in  every  year.  9.  A  month  has 
thirty  days.     10.  Every  week  has  seven  days. 


EXERCISES  AND  LESSONS  123 

22.  Word  Formation:  ha§  23acl^Ietn. 

Diminutives  and  words  of  endearment  are  formed  by- 
means  of  the  suffixes  -c^en  or  -lein,  which  cause  Umlaut  of 
the  stem  vowel;  such  nouns  are  always  neuters: 

ber  ^a<^,  brook  —  ha^  iBac^Iein,  small  brook. 

ber  Tlann,  man  —  ba^  SD?annd^en  or  9D^annIein,  little  man. 

bie  9}?utter,  mother  — ha^  SD^iitterd^en  or  9)JutterIein,  dear 
mother. 

LESSON   X 
!23,  Second  Class  of  the  Strong  Declension: 

Singular 


ber  ^ut 

ber  Jag 

bie  §anb 

ha^  3ot)r 

bc«  ^utc^ 

be3  Jage^ 

ber  ^anb 

bc«  3a^rc^ 

bent  ^ut(c) 

bcm  XaQ(e) 

ber  ^anb 

bent  3a^r(c) 

ben  ^ut 

ben  Xag 

bie  ^anb 

ha^  3a^r 

Plural 


bie  ^iitc 

bie  Jagc 

bie  ^anbc 

bie  3o^rc 

ber  ^iitc 

ber  Jagc 

ber  ^anbc 

ber  3af)rc 

ben  ^iitcn 

ben  Xagcn 

ben  ^anbcn 

ben  3fat)ren 

bie  $iite 

bie  Xagc 

bie  ^anbe 

bie  ^a^xt 

34.  Characteristics: 

Singular:  The  genitive  has  -c^  or  -§,  the  dative  -e  or  no 
ending.     (Feminines  do  not  change  in  the  singular.) 

Plural:  The  ending  is  -e.  Masculines  have  often,  femi- 
nines always,  neuters  never  Umlaut. 

As  to  membership,  see  p.  225. 

35.  Study  the  cardinal  nimibers  from  1  to  100,  Synop- 
sis of  Grammar,  page  229. 


124  GERMAN  FOR  BEGINNERS 

m.  iiBung 

1*  ^cflinlcren  ®ie:  btefer  Xag,  tod^tx  §ut,  jcne^  ©ebiifd^. 

2.  Change  to  the  plural:  S^iefer  $ut  ift  grau,  jener  dlod  ift 
braun.  3)cr  ®of)n  arbettet,  unb  bie  2:o(i^ter  fpielt.  3)iefer  STag 
ift  f(f)on, 

3.  ^oniuQteren  (Bit:  3(5  lege  bie  ^anh  auf  ben  ^if(5,  $abe 
i(5  C>anbfd)uf)e?   SSelc^  ^leibung^ftiicfe  ()abe  ic^? 


EXERCISE   XI 

I.  gragcti 

1.  SBer  reifte  mit  einanber?  2.  3Bet(5e  3af)re^seit  (season) 
toax  e^?  3.  S»a^  fagte  ber  gu(5^  p  bent  ^afen?  4.  ^a^  t^aiic 
ba^  aj^abc^en  in  bem  torbe?  5.  ^a«  tat  ba^  aj^abc^en?  6,  SKa^ 
iDoIltc  e^  bann  tun?  7,  SBa^  tat  ber  gu(5«?  8.  iBlieb  ber  §a[e 
liegen?  9.  SBoIIte  ber  gnc^^  bem  ^afen  33rot  geben?  10»  ^a^ 
fagte  ber  $afe  bap?  IL  SKo{)in  gelangten  fie?  12.  53Bie  mar 
ber  (See?  13»  SSa^  fagte  ber  §afe  p  bem  gu(5fe?  14.  SBarum 
follte  ber  guc^^  ben  @(f)n3anj  in^  SSaffer  f)an9en?  15.  ^^at  er 
c«?  16.  SBa^  gef(5af)?i  17.  SBa^  tat  ber  §afe?  18. 
fagte  er  gu  bem  gud^g?   19.  ^ag  tat  ber  gu(5^? 


n.  Uftcrfc^utig 

A.  1.  The  fox  was  traveling  with  a  hare.  2.  What 
did  you  say  to  the  girl  (three  forms  of  address)?  3.  The 
girl  put  (legen)  bread  into  the  basket.  4.  The  dog  seized 
the  bread  with  his  (=  the)  teeth.    5.  Soon  we  arrived  at 

1  gefc^cl^en,  preterit  gefc^al^,  happen. 


EXERCISES  AND   LESSONS 


125 


36.  Word  Formation;  ^reibung^ftiitf. 

In  many  compound  nouns  the  first  component  has  the 
genitive  form;  feminines  often  take  the  old  (obsolete) 
genitive  ending  -n:  SSoc^entag,  week  day. 

Form  compounds  from  the  following  nouns,  and  give 
their  meanings : 

ber  ^enfer  +  bet  Stm(i)t.  servant  bie  ^eitfc^e  +  ber  @riff,  handle 
ber  Xag  +  ba^  ^id)t,  light  bie  Xa\(i)e  +  ha^  DJ^effer 


LESSON  XI 

21*  Weak  and  Strong  Verbs.     A  verb  is  weak  if  its 

preterit  ends  in  -tc,  and  its  past  participle  in  -t;  it  is 
strong  if  it  forms  the  preterit  by  a  change  of  the  stem 
vowel,  and  has  the  ending  -en  in  the  past  participle. 

The  infinitive,  preterit,  and  past  participle  are  called 
the  principal  parts  (^auptformen  or  @runbformen)»  The 
past  participle  usually  has  the  prefix  ge-. 


Weak 


Strong 


lebcn 
live 


lebtc       (f)at)  gclcbt 
lived       (has)  lived 


gebcn 
give 


gave 


(i)at)  gcgebcn 
(has)  given 


Each  verb  must  be  learned  with  its  principal  parts. 

38.  ThePreterit  of  Weak  Verbs: 

reifen,   travel,   reif-tc,   traveled;  tDaxttn,  wait,   tuart-c-tc, 
waited. 


i<i)  reiftc 

n)ir  reiftcn 

bu  rdftcft 

it)r  rciftct 

.  cr  reiftc 

fie  reiftcn 

<Sie 

rctftcn 

i{^  martctc 

h)ir  h)artctcn 

bu  toartctcft 

i^r  h)artctct 

er  iDortctc 

fie  hjartctcn 

(Sic  njartctcn 

126  GERMAN  FOR  BEGINNERS 

(an)  a  building.  6.  That  winter  lasted  very  long.  7.  I 
was  waiting  very  long  in  front  of  that  garden.  8.  The 
foxes  hurried  away,  and  the  dogs  followed.  9.  The  girls 
hung  pictures  on  (an  w.  ace.)  the  walls  of  the  room. 
10.  Did  the  dog  follow  the  fox? 

B.  The  fox  and  the  hare  were  very  hungry.  Then 
the  hare  lay  down  (=  laid  himself)  on  (=  into)  the  snow 
and  pretended  to  be  dead.  A  girl  came  (fam)  with  a 
basket.  She  saw  (fa^)  the  hare  and  wanted  to  pick  him 
up.  But  he  hurried  away;  the  fox  seized  the  basket  and 
followed  him. 

m.  ii^ung 

1.  3)efllniercn  (Sie:  ber  gu(f)6,  ein  ^unb,  biefer  ^orb,  toeld^e^ 
9af)r. 

2.  Change  to  the  plural :  !l)er  ^unb  folgt  bem  gud;fe.  ^er 
3a()n  be6  ^unbe«  ift  fd^arf.    !Dag  9}^ab(§en  f)at  ^rot  tm  ^orbe, 

3.  Translate  in  the  three  forms  of  address:  You  are 
starving.     Put  the  basket  down!     What  did  you  say? 

4.  ^onjugieren  (Sie  itn  "iprafen^  utib  ^rciteritum:  \6)  fagc 
nid^t^;  id^  gelange  nac^  ©aufe;  inarte  \6)  lange? 


EXERCISES  AND   LESSONS 


127 


The  ending  -cte  instead  of  -te  is  used  when  the  stem 
of  the  verb  ends  in  -b,  -t,  or  -m,  -n  after  a  consonant 
(except  I,  r):  reben,  talk,  rebete;  marten,  martete;  atmen, 
breathe,  atmete;  xt^ntn,  figure,  rec^nete;  lemen,  learn,  lemte* 


29.  The  Preterit  of  fein  and  ftaben: 


ic^  n)ar 

n)ir  marcn 

bu  tDorft 

i{)r  tt)art 

cr  XOQX 

fie  loarcn 

®ic  n)arcn 

id^  f)attc 

toir  l)atten 

bu  f)atteft 

i^r  t)attct 

er  f)atte 

fie  I)atten 

eie  l^atten                  1 

30.  Forms  of  Address.  The  usual  pronoun  of  address 
is  ©ic.  But  the  pronouns  bw,  for  the  singular,  and  i^r,  for 
the  plural,  are  used:  in  speaking  to  relatives  or  intimate 
friends;  to  animals;  frequently  to  servants;  in  archaic 
and  solemn  speech  (prayers,  etc.);  often  to  express  con- 
tempt or  indignation. 


Usual  address 

Pres.  Indic.            Imfer, 

/  Sing. 
I  Plur. 

Familiar  address 

Pres.  Indic.          Imper. 

bu  gcMt         0cKe)! 
i^r  9ef)t          getit! 

®ie  0€f)cn        Qef)cn  ©ic! 

128  GERMAN  FOR  BEGINNERS 


EXERCISE   Xn 

I.  Sragcn 

1.  SBa^  taten  bie  !Diebe?  2.  5Bof)m  reifte  ber  ^anbmann? 
3.  $3a^  tDotlte  er  bort  tun?  4.  SBa^  erblidte  er  auf  bem  ^ferbe^ 
marft?  5.  SBa^  fagte  ber  !2anbmann?  6.  SSer  tDoKte  ba^ 
^iPferb  Derfaufen?  7,  3Bag  fagte  er  gu  bem  ^anbrnann?  8.  SKa^ 
tat  ba  ber  Sanbmann?  9.  2Ba^  follte  i()m  ber  ayjann  fagen? 
10.  SBa^  tDar  ber  3}?ann?  IL  SBa«  fagte  er?  12.  2Bar  ba^ 
^ferb  auf  bem  linfen  ^luge  blinb?  13.  SSa6  anthjortete  bet 
^anbmann?  14.  SSa^  fagte  ber  2)teb?  15.  SSa^  tat  nun  ber 
l^anbmann?  16.  SKa^  fagte  er?  17.  5Iuf  melc^em  5(uge  rt)ar 
ba^  'iPferb  mirflic^  blinb? 

n.  ilbcrfc^ung 

A.  1.  Many  horses  were  for  sale  in  our  city.  2.  Those 
peasants  were  thieves.  3.  In  which  eye  was  her  horse 
bhnd?  4.  That  is  wrong,  you  are  a  thief.  5.  Are  those 
{\ia^)  your  horses  or  his?  6.  There  were  many  httle- 
trees  in  their  garden.  7.  Is  that  your  table  or  ours? 
8.  He  says  that  you  sold  your  horse.  9.  The  peasants 
were  in  their  stable,  not  in  ours.  10.  I  have  been  working 
with  your  brother  for  many  years.  11.  Why  did  you  buy 
a  horse  that  {ha^)  was  blind  in  one  eye?  12.  If  this  horse 
is  yours  I^  want^  to  buy  it.  {The  figures  indicate  the  word 
order.) 

B.  Thieves  stole  a  peasant's  horse.  After  a  few  days 
the  peasant  noticed  his  horse  in  the  city.  A  man  wanted 
to  sell  it.  The  peasant  asked  him:  ''In  which  eye  is  this 
horse  blind?"  The  man  answered:  "In  the  left  eye." 
Then  the  peasant  said:  ''The  horse  is  not  blind  at  all 
(gar  nid^t  b.).     You  are  a  thief." 


EXERCISES  AND  LESSONS 


129 


LESSON  xn 

31.  The  Possessive  Pronouns : 


mctn 

my 

bctn 

your 

fcin    xiat     fctti 

his      her     its 

unfcr 

our 

euer 

your 

Xf)X 

their 

your 

(a)  ©cin'iPferb. 

(6)  @^  tft  ntd^t  ^i)x  ^iPferb,  fonbern  mcint^. 

(c)  2)iefe^  ^ferb  ift  mctn. 

The  possessive  pronouns  are  declined  (a)  like  the  in- 
definite article  in  the  singular,  and  like  biefer  in  the  plural, 
if  they  stand  attributively  (before  a  noun);  (6)  Hke  the 
definite  article  (biefer)  if  the  noun  is  understood;  (c)  they 
remain  undeclined  if  they  are  used  as  predicate  adjectives. 

Also  ein,  one,  and  fein,  no,  none,  are  declined  according 
to  (a)  and  (6) :  3n  biefem  ^i't^tn^^^  ift  ein  X^(i),  aber  in  ienem 
^iiTiTner  tft  feiner,  In  this  room  there  is  a  (or  one)  table,, 
but  in  that  room  there  is  none. 

Note.  Used  predicatively,  the  possessives  can  have  the  follow- 
ing forms:  !Diefer  §ut  ift  mcin  —  meincr  —  bcr  meinc  —  bcr  meintfic;  i^r 
(3f)r),  however,  cannot  be  used  as  a  predicate  without  an  ending. 
!3)ie  ayjeinen  (9}?eimgcn)  means  my  family. 

33.  Prepositions  with  the  Dative  (for  a  complete  list,  see 


Synopsis  of  Grammar,  p.  250). 


Si-L 


i 


U^k 


out  of 

bet 

at 

mit 

with 

nacQ 

after,  to 

fctt 

since 

t)on 

of 

m 

to 

33.   TheDependent  Word  Order: 

A.  !I)a^  ^ferb  ift  auf  bem  red^ten  2luge  blinb. 

B.  5luf  bem  rec^ten  ^luge  tft  ba^  ^ferb  blinb. 

C.  (Sagen  ®ie  mir,  auf  meld^em  ^uge  ba§  *f  ferb  blinb  tft. 


130  GERMAN  FOR  BEGINNERS 

m.    iXhnnq 

1.  ^ttlxnmm  <Sie:  ein  ^anbmann,  cuer  <StaII,  btefe6  Qalir, 
fetne  9^a(^t. 

2.  Change  to  the  plural:  ^er  ^anbmann  f)atte  tin  "ipferb 
im  ©tail,  ^er  2)ieb  mar  im  ^iirxmer.  @ein  *ipferb  tDar  in  ber 
etabt. 

3.  Give  all  persons  of:  Qd)  t)erfaufe  meitt  ^ferb  (bu  t)er= 
faufft  bein  ^ferb,  etc.).  ^a«  ift  bag  ^ferb  beg  ^mdfterg,  nid^t 
meineg  (beineg,  etc.). 

4.  ^onjugieren  (Sie  bag  ^rafeng  uttb  bag  ^rateritum  t)on: 
faufen,  bebecfen,  erbliden. 

5.  Change  to  the  preterit:  3)er  SD^ann  erblidt  bie  Diebe. 
!Dag  ^ferb  iff  mrf)t  blinb.    §aft  bu  ein  ^ferb? 


EXERCISE   Xm 

I.  Stagcn 

L  SBol^in  manberte  jener  ©lafer?  2.  2Bag  f)atte  er  in  feinen 
torben?  3.  SSer  bemerfte  it)n?  4.  SSag  n)ottte  er  tun?  5.  2Bag 
n^ar  jener  ^aufen  ©teine  iDirflic^?  6.  SKag  mollte  ber  ®Iafer 
tun?  7.  iESag  Qefdfiaf)?  8.  SBag  gefc^a^  mit  bem  ©lag? 
9.  SSarunti  flagte  ber  @Iafer?  10.  SBag  tat  mhqa^l  harm? 
11.  SBag  fragte  er  ben  ©lafer?  12.  2Bag  tat  biefer?  13.  2Bag 
antn)ortete  $Hiibesa()l?  14.  SSag  tDoIlte  er  tun?  15.  2Ben 
iDoltte  er  neden?  16.  SSarum^  tDoIIte  er  ben  9}?uller  neden? 
17.  3n  njag  filr  ein  ^ier  {What  kind  of  an  animal)  berU)an= 

^  In  answers  to  questions  introduced  by  toavum,  why,  use  todl, 
because,  not  bcnn;  hjcil  requires  dependent  word  order  (@r  ncdfte  i^n, 
toeil  er  Qciaig  itiar). 


EXERCISES  AND  LESSONS 


131 


In  an  independent  (assertive)  sentence  the  verb  stands 
second.     In  a  dependent  sentence,  it  stands  last. 

In  German,  all  dependent  sentences  are  set  off  by 
commas. 

(a)  Change  to  the  normal  order:  3n  einer  '^ad)t  fta^cn 
^iefic  einem  ^anbmann  fein  ^ferb,  ^la^  eintQen  Xagen  reifte 
cr  gur  ©tabt.    5luf  bem  Tlaxttt  hjarcn  tJtelc  ^^ferbc  feiL 

(6)  Change  to  the  inverted  order:  (Jr  tDoUtt  auf  bem 
TlaxtU  ein  ^ferb  faufen.  ^er  Sanbmann  fafttc  ba^  ^ferb  am 
^iificL    @r  Bcbccftc  bie  5lugen  be^  ^ferbe^  mit  ben  §anben. 

(c)  Translate  (use  dependent  word  order!):  Tell  me 
whether  (ob)  this  horse  is  blind.  The  man  was  afraid 
because  (tDeil)  he  was  a  thief.  The  horse  that  (meld^e^) 
he  noticed  on  the  market,  was  his. 


LESSON  xm 

34.  The  Personal  Pronouns : 


First  Person 


Sing. 


Plur. 


Nom. 

ic^,/ 

hJtr,  we 

Gen. 

mctucr 

unfcr 

Dat. 

mtr 

m&  ;. 

Ace. 

tni(^ 

Utti^ 

Second  Person 

Familiar  Usual 


Sing. 

Plur. 

bu,  you 

t^r,  you 

Sic,  you 

beincr 

cucr 

S^rcr 

bir 

cud^ 

S^ncn 

bi(^ 

CU(^ 

etc 

Nom. 
Gen. 
Dat. 
Ace. 


Third  Person 

Sing. 

Plur. 

cr,  he 

fic,  she             t^,  it 

ftc,  they 

fctncr 

'\i)xtt               fcincr 

t^rcr 

t^m 

i^r                 t^m 

i^tten 

t^n 

ftc                  cS 

fte 

132  GERMAN  FOR  BEGINNERS 

belte  W  ^iibe^af)!?  18.  SSa^  foITte  ber  ©lafer  in  ben  ^orb 
legen?  19.  2Bof)in  follte  er  reiten?  20.  SSa^  follte  er  in  bent 
!Dorfe  tun?  21.  giir  n)ie  t)iel  faufte  ber  miilkx  ben  (Sfel? 
22.  SSof)in  fut)rte  er  i()n?  23.  SBa^  f)oIte  er  fiir  if)n?  24.  SBa^ 
fagte  ber  (gfel?  25.  2Ben  f)oIte  ba^  ber  9}Juller?  26.  SSoftin 
cilten  bie  ^anbleute?  27.  3Ba^  n)ar  in  bent  ©talle?  28.  iffia^ 
fanb  ber  ©lafer  in  feinen  ^orben? 

^  Word  Order:  Unemphatic  objects  (especially  pronouns)  and  ad- 
verbs often  precede  the  subject  in  the  dependent  and  the  inverted 
word  order:  <Sc^tc  fid^  ber  ©lofer  auf  einen  <Stein?  —  !Dcr  ©tein,  auf  ben 
{on  which)  fic^  ber  ©lafer  [e^te,  roHte  iDcg. 


II.  Uberfc^ung 

A.  1.  A  glazier  sold  a  donkey  to  a  miller.  2.  Where  is 
your  basket?  —  I  sold  it  to  this  miller.  3.  There  were 
many  servants  with  us  in  that  village.  4.  The  miller  led 
the  horse  out-of  the  stable.  5.  The  thief  tumbled  over 
those  stones.  6.  Why  did  the  glazier  put  those  stones 
into  his  basket?  7.  Riibezahl  turned  himself  into  a  stone. 
8.  After  that  they  wandered  from  town  to  town  with 
their  baskets.  9.  Why  did  your  brother  sell  his  stable  to 
that  thief?  10.  The  glazier  opened  his  baskets  and  no- 
ticed gold-pieces  in  them.  11.  Why  did  you  not  obey  me? 
12.  We  sat  down  upon  a  stone. 

B.  A  glazier  was  wandering  over  the  Giant  Mountains. 
He  was  tired  and  wanted-to  sit  down  upon  a  stone.  But 
Riibezahl  wanted-to  tease  him.  He  took  (na()tn)  the  stone 
away;  the.  glazier  tumbled  on  his  back,  and  his  glass  broke 
(gerbrad§).  Then  Riibezahl  gave  (^ah)  him  a  donkey  which 
(ben)  he  should  sell  to  a  miller.  The  miller  paid  ten  dollars 
for  the  donkey.  But  after  a  few  days  the  donkey  changed 
to  a  bale  (iBiinbel)  [of]  hay. 


EXERCISES   AND   LESSONS 


133 


Note.  The  Adverbial  Compounds,  hamit,  barauf,  bartn,  bar  an; 
hjomtt,  morauf,  hjoriti,  njoran. 

Referring  to  inanimate  objects  (and  often  to  animals),  personal, 
demonstrative,  relative,  and  interrogative  pronouns  are  rarely  used 
after  prepositions,  but  compounds  of  ba-  (before  vowels  bar-)  are 
used  for  personal  and  demonstrative  pronouns,  and  compounds  of 
tuty-  (njor-)  for  relative  and  interrogative  pronouns: 

SBag  Itegt  auf  bem  2:tfd)e?    (Sin  iBuc^  liegt  barauf  {upon  it). 

293crauf  liegt  ba^  ^ud)?    (S^  liegt  auf  bem  Xifc^e. 

S)er  Zi\^,  hjorauf  (auf  loelc^em)  (upon  which)  ha^  33u(^  licgt. 

The  ba-compounds  should  be  used;  the  h)0-compounds  mv^t  be 
used  interrogatively,  and  may  be  used  relatively. 


35.  The  Reflexive  Pronoun: 


id)  feije  int(ft 

h)tt 

fe^en  un^ 

bu  fe^fti  m 

i^r 

feljt  cuc^ 

er  fel^t  ftc^ 

fie 

feljen  fic^ 

(2ie 

fc^cn  m 

In  the  first  and  second  persons,  German  uses  the  per- 
sonal pronouns  reflexively :  id^  fe^e  mic^,  /  seat  myself,  I  sit 
down,  id)  fc^meic^Ie  mir,  /  flatter  myself. 

For  the  dat.  and  ace.  of  the  third  person  of  all  genders 
and  numbers  and  for  the  usual  address,  the  reflexive  pro- 
noun is  jid^  (not  capitalized  even  in  address) :  er  fe^t  fidft^ 
er  fd^meid^elt  fic^,  @ie  fe^en  fic^. 


1  As  in  the  preterit  (rcbcte,  toartcte),  c  is  inserted  before  the  pres- 
ent ending,  where  the  pronunciation  requires  it:  bu  retfeft,  bu  fe^cft; 
t{)r  rebct,  irartet,  atmct,  red^nct.  But  in  the  second  singular  also  the 
forms  bu  reift,  bu  fe^t  are  permissible. 


134  GERMAN  FOR  BEGINNERS 

m.  iifiung 

1.  Supply  the  definite  article  in  the  following  sentences: 
1.  T)tx  ©lafer  ge{)t  in  —  9D^u()le,    2.  !Der  ?anbmann  tDar  in 

—  ©au^.  3.  !Der  ^ieb  9ef)t  an  —  2:ilr.  4.  ©ci)  an  — genfter! 
5.  !Der  ®la[er  erblicfte  ein  ©olbftildf  unter  —  Xi\(i),  6.  ^er 
ayjiiller  legte  §eu  liber  —  ^orb.  7.  @ief)ft  bu  {Do  you  see) 
ben  53o9el  iiber  —  (^c^ule?  8.  ^ie  (Sc^ule  ift  neben  —  SD^arft. 
9.  Der  Wiener  trat  (stepped)  neben  —  §errn.  10.  5luf  — 
@ii)fel  be^  ^iigel^  ftnb  t)iele  (Steine.  11.  l^ege  ba^  iBuc^  anf  — 
?^nlt!  12.  Unfer  §au^  fte()t  shJifc^en  —  ©arten  unb  —  <B(^uh 
aebaube.    13.  3)er  amiller  ftellte  ben  ©effel  ^t^en  —  Jilr  unb 

—  genfter. 

EXERCISE   XIV 

I.  Sragcn 

1.  ^lieb  (gulenfpiegel  lange  in  jeber  ®tabt?  2.  SBa^  tat  er 
ilberall?  3.  2Bag  tat  er  einmat  mit  einem  (Seit?  4.  3Ber  blieb 
fte^en?  5.  SBa^  fagte  ©ulenfpiegel  ju  i()nen?  6.  SSa6  mollte  er 
i()nen  mit  ben  (Sc6u{)en  s^igen?  7.  ®ef)or(j^ten  ibm  bie  ^naben? 
8.  2Ba^  tat  Xill  nun  mit  ben  ®(^u{)en?  9.  SSag  tat  er  auf  bem 
eeite?  10.  SSa^  mlittn  bie  tnaben?  11.  3Bag  rief  (Sulen- 
fpiegel?  12.  SBa«  tat  er  mit  ber  ©c^nur?  13.  SSag  ge^af) 
mit  ben  (Sd^u()en?  14.  SSa^  taten  nun  bie  ^naben?  15.  3Ba^ 
riefen  fie?  16.  SBa^  gefc^a^  am  @nbe?  17.  iffia^  tat  (gulen= 
fpiegel  babei?    18.  SSa«  taten  bie  ^naben,  n3af)renb  er  meg* 

n.  flftctfc^ung 

Eulenspiegel  did  not  remain  long  in  that  city  because 
the  people  drove  him  away.  Once  he  said  to  a  few  boys: 
''Give  me  your  shoes;  I  want-to  show  you  a  trick." 
Then  he  strung  the  shoes  upon  a  string,  climbed  upon  a 


EXERCISES  AND   LESSONS  135 

{Continued  from  page  IS 4) 

2.  Continue  through  all  persons  of  the  singular  and 
plural:  SBer  erinnert  fid^  tneiner,  Who  remembers  me  (3Ber 
erinnert  fid^  betncr,  etc.)?  ^er  9JJeifter  ersci^Ite  e^  mir  (^er 
W,  e.  e^  bir,  etc.).    ^^tctnanb  (Nobody)  ()o(t  mid^. 

3.  Give  adverbial  compounds  for:  in  it  (  =  in  them,  in 
that,  in  those),  with  it,  from  it,  after  it,  for  it;  in  what,  with 
what,  after  what,  for  what. 

4.  ^on}ugleren  (Sie  ba^  ^rdfeng  unb  ^rateritum  t)on:  tx^ 
fcljcn,  offncn,  rcben,  eilen. 


LESSON   XIV 

36.  The  Strong  Verb.  All  preterits  and  most  past 
participles  of  strong  verbs  show  a  change  of  the  stem 
vowel  which  is  called  ^btaut.  Roughly  speaking,  one 
can  distinguish  seven  classes  of  5lblaut,  but  not  all  strong 
verbs  follow  these  classes  exactly.  The  student  must 
learn  each  verb  with  its  principal  parts.  ^  The  most  com- 
mon forms  of  Ablaut  are: 

I  II  III      IV  V  VI  VII 

Inf.         ci  ic  (e)  i          c  c  tt  a  (ct>  u,  o,  au) 

Pret.       ic  (t)  0  a         a  a  u  ic 

Part.       ic  (i)  0  o,no  c  a  a  (et,  u,  o,  au) 

37.  The  First  Class  i^  ei  —  ic  (i)  —  te  (i) 

bleiben  —  blieb  —  gcbltebcn  ftcigcn  —  ftieg  —  gefticQcn 

pftx^tn  —  pfiff  —  gcpftffcn  ftrcitcn  —  ftritt  —  gcftritten 

f($reibcn  —  \<i)xkh  —  gcfd^rieben  trcibcn  —  trieb  —  getrieben 

f(^tcirf|cn  —  fc^lid^  —  gcfd^Ud^cn 

1  A  practically  complete  list  of  the  strong  verbs  will  be  found  on 
page  264  fif. 

2  The  verbs  printed  in  heavy  type  occur  in  this  text;  the  others 
have  occurred  previously. 


136  GERMAN   FOR  BEGINNERS 

rope  and  sang  and  whistled.  At  last  he  cried:  '^Here  are 
your  shoes ! ' '  and  cut  the  string  in  two.  The  boys  began 
to  quarrel  and  to  fight,  but  Eulenspiegel  cHmbed  from  the 
rope  and  sneaked  away. 

m.  iiiung 

1.  ^oniugicren  <Bit  im  ^rcifeng  unb  ^raterttum:  ftreiten, 
fd^Ieid^en,  gie()en,  fpringen. 

Paradigm:           id)  fc^rieb  t(^  fd^nttt 

bu  fc^riebft  bu  fc^nttteft 

er  fcfirieb  er  fc^nitt 

irir  fd^riebcn  h)ir  fd^nittcn 

tl^r  fd^rtebt  if)r  fc^nittct 

fie  (@ie)  fd^riebcn  fie  (©ie)  fd^nitten 


EXERCISE   XV 

I.  Sragen 

L  ^ann  ritt  ber  ^aron  t)on  9}Jiinc^^aufen  nac^  ^f^ufelanb? 
2,  SSag  sefd^af)  if)m  in  ber  ^ad^t?  3.  iffia^  tat  er?  4.  SSoran 
banb  er  fein  "ipferb?  5.  iIBof)in  legte  er  \W?  6.  SSa«  tat  er 
mit  feiner  *ipiftole?  7.  ilSie  lange  fc^lief  er?  8.  SBorttber  h)ar 
ererftaunt?  9.  ea{)  er  fein  "iPferb?  10.  2Bag  f)orte  er?  11.  SSa^ 
fa()  er,  aB  er  f)inauffc^aute?  12.  ^arunt  fa^  er  in  ber  9^a(^t 
ba^  3)orf  nic^t?  13.  2Bag  gefc^aJ)  in  ber  9^a4t?  14.  i)Sa^  njar 
jener  iBaum  ober  5lft?  15.  ^a^  tat  §err  t)on  9D^und){)aufen 
nun?    16.  ^a^  er^ielt  er  nun  tnieber?    17.  ^a^  tat  er  bann? 

n.  iiiierfe^uttg 

Miinchhausen  rode  (on  horseback)  to  Russia.  The 
snow  was  very  deep,  the  night  was  dark,  and  he  lost  his 


EXERCISES  AND   LESSONS  137 

38.  The  Second  Class :  ic  (sometimes  t,  rarely  ii,  o,  au) 

—  0  —  0, 

frieren  —  fror  —  gefroren 
liigcn  —  log  —  gelogen 
foufcn  —  [off  —  gef  offen 
sicken  —  jog  —  gesogcn 

39.  The  Third  Class :  i  —  a  —  u  —  or  o  (o  stands  before 
nn,  mm;  u  stands  before  n  followed  by  a  different  conso- 
nant). 

bcginnen  —  begann  —  begonnen 
finben  —  fanb  —  gefunben 
ftngcn  —  fang  —  gefungcn 
fpdngcn  —  fprang  —  gefpruttgcn 


LESSON  XV 

40.  The  Fourth  Class :  c  —  a  —  o;  the  stem  vowel  of 
these  verbs  is  usually  followed  by  r,  I,  m,  or  d^. 

Tict)men  —  na^m  —  gcnommcn  tocrbcn  —  murbc    or    (sing,    only) 

ftet)lcn  —  ftaf)I  —  geftot)len  luarb  —  genjorben 

Similar:  fommcn  —  tarn  —  gefommen 

41.  The  Fifth  Class :  c  (ie,  i)  —  a  —  c;  the  stem  vowel 
is  followed  by  some  other  consonant  than  r,  I,  m,  d). 

freffen  —  frafe  —  gefreffen  fc^cn  —  fal^  —  gcfef)cn 

gebcn  —  gab  —  gegeben  ,  licgcn  —  lag  —  gelcgcn 

gef(i^ef)en  —  gcf(^af)  —  gefc^el^cn 

4^2.    The  Sixth  Class :  a  —  u  —  a. 

fd^Iagcn  —  f  d^Iug  —  gcf  c^lagen  tragcn  —  trug  —  gctragen 


138  GERMAN  FOR  BEGINNERS 

(=  the)  way.  He  saw  no  city  and  no  village.  He  only^ 
saw^  a  tree,  or  a  branch  of  a  tree,  and  tied  his  horse  to  it. 
Then  he  went  to  sleep  in  the  snow.  He  awoke  when  it 
was  day,  and  did  not  see  his  horse.  He  was  lying  in  a 
village  in-front-of  the  church.  At  last  he  found  his  horse : 
It  was  hanging  from  (an)  the  church-steeple.  And  now  he 
understood  the  matter:  When  he  came  into  the  village, 
snow^  was-covering^  it.^  But  during(=in)  the  night  the 
snow  was-melting.  Miinchhausen  sank  deeper  and  deeper, 
but  the  horse  remained  hanging  from  the  church-steeple. 
He  took  his  pistol  and  shot  the  bridle  in-two.  So  he  got 
his  horse  back. 

m.  flbung 

1.  ^efUniercn  ®ic:  biefer  ilBinter,  jene  5^ac§t,  biefe^  *i|3ferb, 
tceld^er  jturm,  unfer  iBaum. 

2.  ^oniugieren  ©ie  bag  ^rafeng  unb  '^Prateritum  t)on:  reiten, 
liegen,  fc^einen. 

3.  Select  from  the  text  all  strong  verbs  of  the  first 
three  classes,  and  write  and  memorize  their  principal 
parts. 

4.  ^oniugieren  <Sie:  I  lost  my(=the)  way.  Did  I  see 
the  horse?    To  that  tree  I  tied  my  horse. 

5.^  Substitute  forms  of  the  demonstrative  pronoun  ber 
for  nouns  and  articles  in  heavy  t3rpe  in  the  following 
sentences: 

SSo  finb  bie  ^ferbe  bcr  Wlarmtt?  (Word  order:  form  of 
ber  before  bie  ^ferbe.) 

3c^  fagte  eg  ben  SDlanncrn  (ben  grauen,  ben  ^inbem). 

iESag  tDaren  bie  9^amen  bcr  Scanner,  mit  benen  (to  whom) 
bu  fprac^ft? 


EXERCISES  AND   LESSONS  139 

43.    The  Seventh  Class :  a  (d,  u,  o,  an)  —  ie  (i)  —  same 
as  in  infinitive. 

f  c^Iafcn  —  fd^Iicf  —  gefci^Iafcn  l^angen  —  fjing  —  gel^anQcn 

F)eifeen  —  I)ie^  —  gcficifecn.    (This  is  the  only  strong  verb  with  the  stem 
vowel  ci  which  does  not  belong  to  the  first  class.) 


44.    Irregular  Verbs : 

gct)cn  —  fling  —  gegangcn  (berftcl^cn  —  bcrftonb  —  bcrftanbcn) 

ftel)cn  —  ftanb  —  geftanbcn  tun  —  tat  —  gctan 


45.  Demonstrative  Pronomis : 

liefer,  this,  and  jcticr,  that,  have  been  studied  in  §  19 
(Lesson  X).  — The  neuter  of  biefer,  especially  without  a 
noun,  is  frequently  bie^:  ^ie^  ift  mein  ^^'O^^^^* 

^cr,  that,  is  a  weaker  demonstrative  than  biefer  or  jener* 
With  a  noun,  it  is  declined  like  the  definite  article,  but  it 
is  accented:  SBer  ift  ber  SO^anu?  Who  is  that  manf  ^ennft 
bu  ben  ^^amen  bc^  9}ianne^?  Do  you  know  the  name  of  that 
manf 

Without  a  noun,  its  genitive  singular  is  bcffcn,  bcrcn, 
beffen,  and  its  genitive  and  dative  plural  bcrcn,  bencii. 
Before  a  relative  clause,  the  gen.  pi.  is  bcrcr:  (Srinnerft  bu 
'Hx^  beffen?  Do  you  remember  that?  SBer  fennt  bie  ^^ameti 
berer,  bie  'iia  ftarben?  Who  knows  the  names  of  those  who  died 
there? 

^crfclfic,  the  same,  and  bcrjcntge,  thai,  are  sometimes  (but  rarely 
in  good  style)  used  instead  of  personal  pronouns.  See  text.  They 
had  better  be  avoided  (except  berfclbe  in  its  literal  meaning).  For 
their  declension,  see  Synopsis  of  Grammar,  §  9. 


140  GERMAN   FOR  BEGINNERS 


EXERCISE   XVI 

I.  Sragcn 

1.  SBo  lag  bte  (Btaht  ©c^tlba?  2.  SBag  taten  bie  ec^ilb- 
biirgcr  eintnal?  3,  SBomit  fc^mMten  fie  ba^  dtatt)au^,  aU  e^ 
fertiQ  tt)ar?  4.  ^a^  tDoIlten  fie  gleid^  bavin  tun?  5.  SSa^ 
fanben  fie,  al^  fie  l)inein  (m)  gingen?  6.  SSte  fingen  fie  ba^ 
@onnenli(^t,  unb  tt)a^  berfud^ten  fie  bamit  p  tun?  7,  SSa^ 
n)oIlten  fie  bann  tun?  8.  SSa^  fe{)lte  (?/;as  missing)  in  bent 
9?atl)aufe?  9.  SSarum  trugen  fie  einmal  iSretter  in  bie  ^ird^e? 
10*  SBie  naf)men  fie  bie  iBretter?  11.  SSarum  tnoltten  fie  ein 
(BtM  ber  SD^auer  nieberreifeen?  12.  2Ba6  \dt)  einer  t)on  il^nen? 
13.  iESie  trug  ber  SSogel  feine  9?eifer?  14.  ^o  muc^^  einmal 
(^ra6?  15.  SBaruntf(^nittene^bie(Sd^iIbburgernid^t?  16.  SSie 
Sogen  fie  bie  ^ui)  f)inauf?  17.  SSa^  tat  biefelbe,  aU  fie  an  ba^ 
@rag  fam? 

II.  Ulbcrfe^ung 

When  the  citizens-of-Schilda  built  a  town-hall  they 
forgot  the  windows.  They  did  not  understand  why  it 
was  so  dark  in  the  house.  Their  children  and  wives  assem- 
bled on  the  market  and  caught  sun-light  in  barrels  and 
baskets.  But  it  did  not  remain  in-them,  and  the  town- 
hall  remained  dark.  At  last  a  citizen  from  a  different 
city  saw  that  the  house  had  no  windows. 

Once  they  tried  to  carry  boards  cross-wise  through  a 
door.  The  door  was  much  too  narrow,  and  they  wanted 
to  tear  down  the  wall.  At  last  they  saw  a  bird  that  (ber) 
carried  twigs  lengthwise  through  a  window.  So  they 
carried  their  boards  the  same  way  (in  berfelben  SSeife). 


EXERCISES  AND   LESSONS 


141 


LESSON   XVI 


46.    Third  Class  of  the  Strong  Declension; 


Singular 

Plural 

ber  mam 

bie  9)?anncr 

bc6  manned 

ber  Wcinnet 

bem  SD?ann(c) 

ben  SD^Snncrn 

ben  Tlann 

bie  ^manner 

bag  !Da(^ 

bie  3)ac^cr 

beg  !Dac^c^ 

ber  !J)a(^cr 

bem  3)oc^(c) 

ben  !Dad^crn 

ha^  T)a(i) 

bie  !Da(^cr 

47.    Characteristics : 

Singular:  Exactly  like  second  class  (§  24,  Lesson  XII). 
Plural:   The  ending  is  -er,  which  always  causes  Umlaut. 

As  to  membership,  see  page  225. 


48.    Word  Formation:  Secret,  93iirgcr* 

-er  denotes  activity  or  origin:  ein  !2e^rer=ein  9D^ann,  ber 
Ief)rt  (teaches) ;  ein  ^iirger  =  ein  SD^ann  au^  einer  ^urg  (forti- 
fied place,  town). 

Form  the  following  nouns  in  -er:  ein  Sffloxm,  ber  fc^reibt; 
ein  SD^ann,  ber  arbeitet;  ein  ajJonn,  ber  fauft  (Umlaut!);  ein 
9)?ann  au^  Berlin;  ein  9}^ann  au^  ^eipgig;  ein  9}Jann  au3  5lme= 
rifa  (insert  n  before  suffix);  ein  SD^ann  aug  (Snglanb  (Um= 
laut!). 


142  GERMAN   FOR  BEGINNERS 

m.  UBung 

1,  ^eflinieren  @ic:  ha^  iBud^,  unfer  ^au^,  -mein  ^itib,  biefcr 

2.  Change  to  the  preterit:  T)u  t)erftef)ft  bie  ©ac^e  ni(5t. 
SSanim  reifeen  fie  bie  Wamxn  nieber?  3)a  fliegt  tin  5SoQel 
burd^^  genfter, 

EXERCISE   XVn 

I.  fjragen 

1,  ^Bol^in  ging  bie  9?iefentocf)ter?  2.  3Bo  mar  if)r  SSater? 
3»  SKa^  fanb  fie  im  ^ale?  4»  ®d^ien  ii)x  ber  53auer  grog  ober 
flein?  5.  2Bag  tat  fie  tnit  bem  ^flug,  ben  Oc^fen  unb  bem 
^auer?  6.  SBof)in  trug  fie  alle^?  7.  SSa^  fragte  fie  i^x  53ater? 
8.  SSie  nannte  {called)  ha^  9D?ab(^en  ben  ^ftug,  ben  53auer  unb 
bie  Od^fen?  9.  SSof)in  follte  fie  ato  mieber  tragen?  10.  2Bie 
nannte  ber  D^iefe  bie  iBauem?  IL  ^o  arbeiten  (fc^affen)  bie 
^auem?    12.  iffio  finb  bie  ^iefen? 

n.  Uticrfe^ung 

The  daughter  of  a  giant  once  went  into  the  valley. 
There  she  saw  a  peasant  with  his  oxen  and  his  plough. 
She  put  everything  (alte^)  into  her  apron  and  carried  it 
home.  She  showed  her  toys  to  her  father,  but  he  said: 
''My  child,  these  dwarfs  work  for  us.  If  they  do  not 
work  we  have  no  bread.  Carry  them  quickly  back  to  their 
place!'' 

ni.  SSicbct^olung^fragen 

1.  SBetc^e  Shorter  h)erben  befliniert  {are  declined)  toie  ber 
beftimntte  5Irtif el? 


EXERCISES  AND  LESSONS  143 

-in  forms  feminines  from  masculine  designations  of 
persons  (or  animals):  bcr  2c^xtv  —  bie  ^el^rerin;  ber  ^ontg, 
king  —  hk  ^onlgin,  queen;  ber  guc^g, /ox  —  bie  gii(5ftn. 

Form  feminines  from  the  masculine  nouns  in  -er  sug- 
gested above. 


LESSON  xvn 

SSicberl^otung 

1.  ^Deflinieren  ©ie  ben  beftimmten  ^Irtifet  in  ber  (Stnsal^l  unb 
im  plural. 

2.  3)enimeren  (Sie  ben  unbeftimmten  5lrtifeL 

3.  !Deflinieren  <Sic  in  ber  (Sinjal^l  unb  9)?ef)rga{)t:  biefer  SO^ann, 
feine  Jrau,  jene^  ^inb,  our  son]  your  daughter  (three  forms  of 
address),  their  house. 

4.  Translate  and  change  to  the  plural :  This  citizen  is 
building  a  house.  The  bird  flew  through  the  little-win- 
dow.    The  boy  took  off  (Text  XIV)  his  coat. 

5.  Insert   the    correct   preposition    and   form    of   the 

article:  ®ef) §aug!    @r  aerfd^nitt  —  (Btxid 9D^effer» 

—  2)?abd^en  tat  —  Oc^fen  unb  —  *i(3f(u9 ©d^iirge.    — 

^od^ter  —  9?iefen  qIuq ^erg .    S\)v  3Sater  fafe 

<Sd^Io6 ^ifdfie. 

6.  Give  the  injOinitive  of:  trug,  ging,  fanb,  !ant,  flog,  fc^lief, 

'^nttootttn 

18.1  liefer,  jcner,  jcbcr,  toti^tv  toerbcn  befliniert  xok  ber 
Beftimntte  5IrtiM. 

*  The  figures  represent  the  paragraph  numbers  of  the  corre- 
sponding lessons. 


144  GERMAN   FOR  BEGINNERS 

2.  SSeld^e  Shorter  tnerben  befllniert  toic  ber  unbeftimtntc  ^Ir- 
tifel? 

3,  SBetd^e  (SnbunQen  ^abm  (Subftantttja  (SQ?a6fulma,  gemi* 
nina  unb  9^eutra)  im  ©enttit)  unb  ^attt)  be^  (Singular^? 

4.  SSeldfie  (gnbungcn  l^aben  (Subftantiba  tm  plural? 

5,  ifiStc  t)ielc  ^efUnatlonen  gibt  e^,  unb  h)le  l^eifeen  fte? 

6,  SBeld^e  (Subftantba  9ef)oren  gu  ber  ftarfen  ©eflination? 

7.  SBie  t)iele  tiaffen  {)at  bie  ftarfe  ^eflinatlon? 

8.  SSeld^e  (SnbutiQen  l)at  bie  erfte  Piaffe  im  lingular,  unb 
tt)ie  bilbet  (forms)  fie  ben  plural? 

9,  2Sa^  finb  bie  (gnbungen  ber  jtDeiten  Piaffe  im  lingular 
unb  im  'ipiural?  iBelcfie  ^Sorter  ber  gtoeiten  piaffe  ()aben  im 
^Jlural  Umlaut? 

10,  SSelc^e  (gnbungen  \)ai  bie  britte  tlaffe?  SSelc^e  SBorter 
ber  britten  Piaffe  \)ahtn  Umlaut? 

11.  SBag  ift  bie  gen)of)nIi(i^e  5lnrebe,  unb  toa^  ift  bie  Dertrau= 
lid^e  Slnrebe? 

12»  SSeld^e  (Snbungen  ^aben  fd^tDad^e  ^erba  im  ^raterttum 
unb  im  ^artigipium,  unb  trie  bilben  ftarfe  33erba  biefe  gormen? 

13.  iSSie  Diele  ^Iblautflaffen  i)at  ba^  ftarfe  3Serbum,  unb  melc^e 
SSofale  f)aben  biefe  tiaffen? 

14.  5ln  tcelc^er  (Bidk  ftef)t  ha^  3Serbum,  unb  an  h)eld^er 
©telle  ftef)t  ba^  ©ubjeft  in  einem  ^u^fagefa^e  {assertive  sen- 
tence)? 

15.  iESo  ftel)t  ba6  35erbum  in  einem  S^ebenfaige  (dependent 
clause)? 


EXERCISES   AND   LESSONS  145- 

31.  SDlctn,  bctn,  fcin,  unfer,  cucr,  i^r  (3(|r)  unb  fein  trerbctt 
befUniert  h)te  ber  unbefttm-mte  ^Irtifel. 

11,  14.  geminina  f)aben  im  (Singular  feme  (Snbung.  ^ic- 
meiften  SD^a^hilina  unb  alle  9^eutra  f)aben  im  ©enitiD  -^  ober 
-c^,  im  S)atit3  oft  -c. 

11.  3)er  9^ominatit),  (^enitib  unb  Slffufatit)  beg  ^lurat^  ^ahcn 
bie  glei(fte  gorm;  ber  3)atit)  enbet  auf  -n. 

19.  @g  gibt  brei  ^eftinationen:  bk  ftarfe,  bie  fd^lDad^e  unb 
bie  gemifc^te. 

19.  S^  ^^^  ftarfen  ^^eftination  gef)oren  bie  ©ubftantiba,  hit 
im  plural  nic^t  bie  (Snbung  -n  f)aben. 

19.  eie  f)at  brei  ^laffen. 

20,  21.  ^ie  erfte  tlaffe  f)at  im  ©enitit)  beg  ©ingularg  -)§, 
im  *!|3Iural  feine  (gnbung,  aber  oft  Umlaut. 

23,  24.  ^ie  ^treite  Piaffe  f)at  im  ©enitio  beg  (Singu'arg  -c^ 
ober  -^,  im  Datio  -c  ober  feine  ©tibung;  ber  *!l3Iura[  enbet  auf 
-e.   9}?agfulina  ^aben  oft,  geminina  immer,  9^eutra  nie  Umlaut. 

46, 47.  T)k  britte  tlaffe  ift  im  (Singular  mie  bie  gmeite  Piaffe. 
2)er  plural  l)at  bie  (Snbung  -er  unb  immer  Umlaut. 

30.  2)ie  gen)ol)nli(^e  5lnrebe  ift  Sic;  bie  oertraulid^e  ^nrebe 
ift  bu  in  ber  (Sinsal)l,  i^r  in  ber  9D2el)r3af)l. 

27.  Sd^tDad^e  33erba  l^aben  im  ^iprdteritum  -tc,  im  ^arti]i* 
^)ium  -t;  ftarfe  3Serba  l)aben  im  ^rciteritum  Hblaut,  im  ^arti* 
gipium  -en. 

36-43.  @g  ^at  fieben  ^laffen:  ci  —  tc  —  tc;  tc  —  o  —  o; 
t  —  a  —  u,  o;  c  —  a  —  o;  a  —  e — c;  a  —  u  —  a;  a  —  ie 
—  a. 

8.  ^ag  33erbum  ftcl^t  an  gtoeiter  (Stelle,  bag  (Subjeft  an  erfter. 
ober  britter  ©telle. 

33.  Qm  SIcbenfaije  ftel)t  bag  iBerbum  am  (Snbe. 


146  GERMAN  FOR  BEGINNERS 

EXERCISE   XVm 

I.  ffragcn 

1.  ilBo  lebte  jcner  gifc^er?  2.  SSen  fallen  fie  eine§  5D?orgen^? 
3.  5ln  toaQ  fiir  eine  ©teHe  fil^rte  fie  bie  9ungfrau?  4.  ging 
ber  Sifd^er  an  iener  (Stelle  t)iel?  5.  3Sa^  tat  jener  ®rafenfof)n, 
aB  er  baDon  l)orte?  6.  SSo  fa()  er  bie  5^ije?  7.  3Sa6  baten  i^n 
feitte  Wiener?  8.  SBarum  l^orte  er  nic^t  auf  fie?  9.  SKa^  f)o{te 
hit  3ungfrau  am  Ufer?  10.  SSa^  gefc^af),  al^  ber  $rin^  unb 
feine  Wiener  faft  am  Ufer  maren?  11.  3Ba^  tat  fein  ^ater,  al^ 
er  bat)on  l^orte?  12.  SSa^  rief  bie  9^i^e?  13.  iffia^  antmortete 
ber  (^raf?  14.  ^a^  tat  bann  bie  9lipe?  15.  iESa^  gefc^af)  nun? 
16.  2Bo  t)erf(^n)anb  bie  5^i]ce?  17.  SSag  tat  ber  ®raf?  18.  SSen 
fanb  er  im  (^c^loffe? 

n.  flberfc^ung 

The  Lurlei  is  a  rock  on  the  shore  of  the  Rhine.  Near 
(^ei,  w.  dot.)  this  rock  a  fisherman  once  saw  a  mermaid. 
She  showed  him  a  place  where  he  caught  many  fish. 

The  son  of  a  count  wanted  to  see  the  mermaid  too 
(aud^).  He  rowed  to  the  rock  in  a  boat  and  saw  her  sit- 
ting {infinitive)  on  the  summit.  She  came  to  the  shore. 
The  prince  wanted  to  hasten  to  her  and  jumped  out-of 
the  boat,  but  the  waves  tore  him  into  the  depths  of  the 
river. 

His  father  heard  of  it;  he  was  angry  and  wanted-to  kill 
(toten)  the  mermaid.  But  when  he  came  to  the  river  two 
waves  rose  up  to  the  rock  and  carried  the  maiden  into  the 
water.  When  the  count  came  home,  he  found  his  son  in 
the  castle,  for  the  waves  had  carried  him  to  the  shore* 


EXERCISES  AND  LESSONS 


147 


LESSON  xvm 


49.  The  Weak  Declension: 

Singular 

ber  SD^enfd^ 
beg  90?en[(^ctt 
bem  90^enf(^cn 
ben  imenfc^cn 

ber  ^nabc 
beg  ^naben 
bem  ^naben 
ben  ^naben 

bie  grau 
ber  grou 
ber  j^vau 
bie  grou 

bie  ©age 
ber  ®agc 
ber  ©age 
bic  ®agc 

Plural 


bie  5menf(^cn 

bic  ^naben 

bie  gi^oucn 

bie  ®agen 

ber  9Wcnf(^cn 

ber  ^nabcn 

bcr  graucn 

ber  <Sagen 

ben  2J?cn[(^cn 

ben  ^nabcn 

ben  graucn 

ben  ®agcn 

bic  3y?enf{^cn 

bic  ^naben 

bic  graucn 

bic  "Sagen 

50.  Characteristics: 

Singular:  Feminines  have  no  ending,  masculines  have 
-cn  (-n)  in  all  cases  except  the  nominative. 

Plural:  All  cases  have  the  ending  -en  (-n).  There  is  no 
Umlaut, 

Note,  -n  is  used  when  the  noun  ends  in  -e,  -tl,  -cr:  ^nabcn, 
iRabeln  {needles),  ©d^iDcftcrn. 

51.  The  Relative  Pronoun : 


bcr 

bie 

ha^ 

bic 

iDcr 

mag 

bcffcn 

bcrctt 

bcffcn 

bcrcn 

tocffcn 

(h)e[fen,  ireg) 

bem 

ber 

bem 

bcnen 

tocm 

— 

ben 

bic 

bog 

bie 

h)cn 

h)ag 

Declension  of  ItJclc^cr,  see  §  18. 

^er  SD^ann,  bcr  (hjclcfter)  ha^  fagt,  The  man  who  says  that. 
T)tx  'tfflann,  bcffcn  9?ing  bie«  ift,  The  man  whose  ring  this  is. 
T)tx  Tlann,  bem  (njctc^cm)  tnir  folgen,  The  mxin  whom  W0 
are  following. 
jDer  aJiann,  ben  (tocttften)  bu  \x^^i,  The  mxin  whom  you  see. 


148  GERMAN  FOR  BEGINNERS 

m.  lifiuttg 

L  ^eflinieren  <Bit:  biefe  ©eite,  jene  grau,  fetn  SO^enfd^, 
tDeld^e  iBIume. 

2»  Uberfe^en  @ie:  The  man  who  was  here,  the  woman 
who  was  here,  the  child  you  saw,^  he  who  did  that,  that 
which  happened,  the  men  whose  house  this  is,  the  woman 
to  whom  you  sold  it,  the  man  whom  you  called. 

3.  Supply  relative  pronouns,  and  change  to  the  plural: 
ber  g^U^ti,  auf  —  bie  9^ije  fafe;  ber  !5)iener,  —  §err  ber  ®raf 
h3ar;  bag  ^oot,  au^  —  ber  ®raf  fprang;  ber  ®raf,  —  ha^ 
©d)Io6  Qe()orte  {belonged;  requires  a  dative  object). 


EXERCISE   XIX 

I.  f?tagcn 

L  SSag  fief)t  man  auf  jener  3nfel  bet  ^ingen?  2.  SBie  ()ei6t 
blefer  Jurm?  3.  5IBo  lebte  iBifc^of  §atto?  4.  SBa^  mx  m 
feiner  ^^tt  in  Deutfcplanb?  5.  SKa^  gefd^af)  ijtelen  3}?enf(^en? 
6.  3ii  ^^^  famen  btefe  ?eute?  7.  SSa^  fagten  fie  gu  tf)m? 
8.  ®alt  i()re  ^itte  t)tel  bet  §atto?  9.  SSa^  tat  er?  10.  SSa^ 
taten  bie  ?eute?  11.  mt  tDurbe  ber  iBifd^of  nun?  12.  SSa^ 
befa()I  er  p  tun?  13.  SSa^  gefc^af)  mit  ben  SU^enfd^en  in  ber 
(Sc^eune?  14.  SKa^  fagte  ber  ^tfd^of,  aB  bie  SO^enfc^en  fc^rieen? 
15.  SBeffen  etrafe  traf  ben  iBifd^of?  16.  SBa6  fam  in  fein 
@d^Io6?  17.  SKag  tat  ber  iBifd^of?  18.  SBag  taten  aber  bie 
mault  unb  fatten?  19.  SSa^  befafil  er  enblicfi?  20.  SBie 
famen  bie  9}Jaufe  in  ben  2:unn?  21.  iffia^  taten  fie  bort? 
22.  ^a^  taten  bie  ^Diener  be^  ^ifc^of^?  23.  iffiag  gefd^a^ 
cnblic^? 

1  In  German,  the  relative  pronoun  can  never  be  omitted. 


EXERCISES  AND  LESSONS 


149 


SScr  plc^t  lad^t,  lad^t  am  beften,  He  who  laughs  last  laughs 
best. 

3fe,  tt)a§  gar  ift;  trtnf,  toa§  flav  tft;  fprtd^,  hjai^  h)a()r  tft, 
jE'a^  i(;/ia^  is  done,  drink  what  is  pure,  speak  what  is  true. 

The  relative  pronouns  bcr  and  hjclc^cr  stand  after  any- 
antecedent  for  English  who,  what,  that,  which.  They  are 
alike  in  meaning  and  use,  but  tnelc^er  has  no  genitive. 

2Bcr  must  never  be  used  after  any  antecedent,  but 
stands  for  English  he  who,  everybody  who,  whoever. 

^a§  stands  either  without  any  antecedent,  or  after  an 
indefinite  antecedent  (e.g.  ba^,h3a^;  alleg,h3a^;  ba^  ^efte,h)a^). 

Relative  clauses,  as  all  other  dependent  clauses,  have 
dependent  word  order  (the  verb  stands  last)  and  are  set  off 
by  commas. 

LESSON   XIX 
52,  The  Present  Indicative  of  the  Strong  Verbs : 


id^  fd^rcibc 

f)elfc 

fe^e 

troge 

rate 

effe 

bu  fd^reibft 

^ilfft 

am 

trfigft 

ratft 

m 

cr  [c^rcibt 

mt 

mt 

tragt 

rat 

m     . 

h)ir  [c^reiben 

I)elfen 

feben 

tragen 

raten 

cffen 

t^r  fc^rcibt 

t)Clft 

m 

tragt 

ratet 

efet 

ftc  fc^reiben 

^elfen 

fe^en 

tragcn 

raten 

effen 

The  stem  vowel  of  strong  verbs  is  frequently  changed 
in  the  2d  and  3d  sing.  pres.  ind. :  c  becomes  usually  i  or  ic 
(the  vocabulary  states  in  each  case  which  vowel  appears) ; 
a,  0,  au  are  subject  to  Umlaut:  trage,  tragft,  ftofee,  ftofet,  (but 
fomme,  fommft),  laufe,  laufft. 

Where  the  vowel  is  changed,  no  connecting  e  is  used 
before  the  ending;  resulting  groups  of  consonants  are 
simplified  in  such  a  way  that  -t  of  the  3d  sing,  is  omitted 


150  GERMAN  FOR  BEGINNERS 

n.  iibcrfe^ung 

Bishop  Hatto  lived  in  the  city  [of]  Maintz.  Once 
people  who  were  starving  came  to  him.  * '  Give  us  bread ! ' ' 
they  cried.     ' '  If  you  do  not  help  us  we  [shall]  die ! " 

But  the  bishop  does  not  help  them.  A  crowd  of  people 
breaks  into  a  barn  and  steal  (s)  [some]  grain.  The  bishop 
sets  the  barn  on  fire,  and  the  people  die  in  the  flames. 
But  Hatto  laughs  and  says:  ''They  are  squeaking  Hke 
mice." 

On  the  (^Itn)  next  day  hundreds  of  mice  rush  into  his 
castle.  No  servant  helps  him.  He  has  a  tower  built  in 
the  Rhine.  But  the  mice  swim  to  the  island  on  which 
the  tower  stands,  and  everyone  Qebe)  of  them  attacks 
Hatto.  He  kills  hundreds  of  mice,  but  their  number 
grows,  and  at  last  they  devour  the  bishop. 

The  tower  is  still  there.  It  stands  near  Bingen  on  an 
island  in  the  Rhine  and  is  called  the  Mouse-Tower. 

m.  iXhmq 

L  ^eflinieren  ®ie:  ber  Od^fc,  tneine  3nfel,  unfere  (Sc^mefter, 
biefe  (Sc^eune,  jene  (B<i)ax,  toelc^er  ^nabe. 

2.  ^onjugieren  ®ie  ben  ^nbifatit)  be6  "iprafeng  unb  beg  "iprate^ 
ritumg  t)on:  fpred^en,  fc^elten,  laufen,  tDac^fen,  nef)Tnen. 

3.  (^thm  (Sie  ben  3mperattt)  (brei  gormen)  t)on:  leben,  geben, 
tcerben/  fein,  gef)en,  fekn,  fte^en, 

*  toethtn  has  the  following  forms: 

Ind. :  id)  iDerbe,  bu  toirft,  cr  hJtrb 
Imp.:  tocrbcl  h)crbct!  tocrbcn  ®ic! 


EXERCISES  AND   LESSONS 


151 


after  a  t,  and  -f-  of  the  2d  sing,  after  an  s-sound;  com- 
pare : 

id^  reitc                       td^  rate            trcte  effc 

bureitcft                      bu  rfttft           trittft  ifet 

cr  rcitet           but:       cr  rcit              tritt  ifet 

il^r  rcitet                     it)r  ratet          tretct  efet 

53.  The  Imperative  of  Strong  Verbs : 


reit(e)! 
reitct! 
reitcn  ®ie! 

tritt!                   tiilf! 
tretct!                 I)elft! 
treten  ©ic!          ^clfen  ©ie! 

tra9(e)! 
tragt! 
tragcn  ®ie! 

The  change  from  c  to  i  or  ie  takes  place  also  in  the 
singular  of  the  imperative  (famihar  form),  but  the  other 
changes  are  restricted  to  the  2d  and  3d  of  the  indicative. 


54.  Prepositions  with  the  Accusative : 


burt^  fitr       gcgcn  o^nc  urn  ujibcr 

through        for         against         withovX         around         against 


55.  Word  Formation:  ^cucrung,  famine  (from  teuer, 
expensive)  J  ©i^uttg,  meeting. 

-«ng  forms  abstracts  from  verbs,  rarely  from  adjectives; 
they  are  always  feminines. 

Form  nouns  from  the  following  verbs  and  give  their 
meanings:  tDanbem,  DertDanbeIn  (omit  c  before  I),  fii()ren, 
offnen,  fd^liefeen,  fc^tnlicfen,  erga()(en. 


152  GERMAN  FOR  BEGINNERS 

EXERCISE   XX 

I.  Stagen 

1.  ^ann  tDar  etne  fd^redtid^e  SO^aufepIage  in  ^ameln?  2,  18or 
Xdtm  rtiar  bamal^  (then)  ntd^t^  fid^er?  3.  SBa^  tat  man  gegen  btc 
SWaufe?  4.  SSer  fam  ba  in  bie  etabt?  5.  ^Sie  f)ie6  ber  9}?ann? 
6.  SSag  t)erfprac^  er  ben  ^iirQem?  7.  SBa6  taten  bie  ^lirger? 
8.  2Bag  mufeten  fie  in  ber  nac^ften  finftem  ^adjt  tun?  9.  SSa^ 
tat  53unting  urn  9D2itternac^t?  10.  ^ie  ging  er  burc^  bie  @tra^ 
6en?  11.  $3a^  fam  Don  alien  ®eiten  getaufen?  12.  2Bof)in 
ging  er,  al^  alle  beifammen  n)aren?  13.  3Sie  fonnte  er  liber  ba^ 
tiefe  Gaffer  ge^en?  14.  3Sa^  taten  bie  Xiere?  15.  3Sot)on  tDar 
nun  ^ametn  befreit?  16.  %htx  tva^  taten  bie  treulofen  53lirger? 
17.  3Ba«  tat  ber  9?attenfanger?  18.  SSann  fam  er  tDieber? 
19.  ^a^  tat  er  bie^mat?  20.  golgten  if)rri  mieber  SO^ciufe  unb 
fatten?  21.  SBof)in  [ul)rte  er  bie  fleinen  ^inber?  22.  2Bo 
t)erf(^n)anb  er  mit  i^nen?  23.  SSie  biele  ^inber  famen  suriicf? 
24.  SSo  h)aren  bie  anbern? 


n.  liber fc^ung 

Once  [upon  a  time  there]  were  in  a  German  city  so 
many  mice  that  nothing  was  safe  from  them.  The  poor 
citizens  could  not  drive  them  away  (fonnten  fie  nid^t  t)er' 
treiben). 

At  last  they  promised  a  great  reward  for  help  (©ilfe) 
against  the  troublesome  animals.  A  man  promised  to 
help  them.  In  a  dark  night  he  walked  whistling  through 
the  quiet  streets.  Mice  and  rats  came  from  all  sides.  He 
led  them  to  the  deep  river  near  the  city  and  walked  over 
the  water.  The  little  animals  followed  him  and  were 
drowned. 


EXERCISES  AND   LESSONS 


153 


LESSON   XX 

56.  The  Declension  of  Adjectives : 

A.  T)tx  ©arten  ift  frfjijtt. 

B.  ^a^  ift  eiti  f(f)oner  ©arten, 

C.  3)er  fc^one  ©arten. 

D.  !Der  33oger JtTiQt  frfion. 

Adjectives  used  as  predicates  (A)  or  as  adverbs  (D) 
have  no  ending.  Attributive  adjectives  have  the  endings 
of  btefer  if  no  word  with  such  endings  precedes;  they  have 
less  distinctive  endings  if  such  a  word  precedes  (thus  in- 
dicating case,  gender,  and  number).  The  distinctive 
endings  (the  endings  of  biefer)  are  called  strong  endings, 
the  less  distinctive  endings,  weak  endings. 


57.  The  Weak  Endings  are: 

Sing. 


Masc. 

Fem. 

Neut. 


Plue. 


c 

en 

en 

en 

c 

en 

en 

e 

en 

en 

en 

en 

c 

en 

en 

c 

Remember:  Five  times  c,  otherwise  en! 


Paradigms 

Singular 

ber  altc  2)?ann 

biefc  alte  ©tabt 

[tnt^  altc  S3u(^ 

be^  Qlten  9D?anne« 

biefer  olten  <Btabt 

jeneig  alten  53uc§e8 

bem  olten  9)?anne 

biefer  alten  ®tabt 

jenem  alten  ^uc^e 

ben  alten  9D?ann 

biefc  altc  ©tabt 

iene^  altc  S3uc^ 

Plural 

melc^c  olten  SD^anner 

unferc  olten  ©tobtc 

meinc  olten  33li(^er 

mldjtt  olten  SQIanner 

unferer  olten  ©tobte 

nteiner  olten  33iic^er 

h)elc^en  alten  SO^annern 

unferen  olten  ©tobtcn 

meinen  olten  53li(^em 

h)el(^c  olten  9)?anner 

unferc  olten  ©tiibte 

meinc  olten  53ud^er 

154  GERMAN  FOR  BEGINNERS 

Now  he  wanted  [to  have]  the  promised  reward.  But 
those  faithless  citizens  did  not  give  him  the  money.  The 
angry  man  went  away,  but  on  a  beautiful  Sunday  he  came 
back.  All  grown  people  were  in  (the)  church.  He  walked 
through  the  whole  (gang)  town,  and  all  little  children  fol- 
lowed him.  He  went  with  them  into  a  hollow  mountain, 
and  all  the  children  were  lost  forever  (auf  tntmer)* 

in.  flfiuttg 

1.  ^efltnicren  ®ie:  ba^  graue  ^uge,*  ba^  tnenfd^Iid^e  €)^x* 
biefe  finft(e)re  ^a^^t,  ber  ncic^fte  Jag,  unfere  geplagte  (Stabt, 
biefe^  l^ungrige  2:ier,  jener  ttefe  glug. 

2.  Uberfeijen  (©ie  unb  Dermanbeln  (Sie  in  ben  plural:  That 
old  man  came  quietly  into  the  little  house.  The  poor 
citizen  is  walking  through  the  narrow  street.  The  little 
child  is  in  the  big  room. 

3.  Supply  the  endings  in  the  following  text: 

3n  einer  ftnfter-  ^tad^t  ftal^Ien  fd^lau-^  T)itht  einem  alt- 
l^anbmann  fein  beft-  *ipferb  au^  bem  flein-  ©talk.  9^ac%  einig- 
2;agen  reifte  er  in  bie  nac^ft-  <Stabt,  benn  er  tDolIte  auf  bem 
grofe-  ^ferbemarfte  ein  anbere^  faufen.  ^ort  tDaren  biele 
fd^one(n)  *i|3ferbe  felt,  unb  unter  biefen  erblicfte  er  aud^  fein  ^ferb. 
@r  fafete  e^  an  bem  furg-^  ^iigel  unb  fagte:  „^a^  ift  mein  ^ferb! 
^iebe  ftaf)len  e^  mir  t)or  einig-  2:agen  au^  bem  berfc^loffen-^ 
etalle." 

1.  clever.    2.  short.    3.  locked. 

*  ba&  Slugc  and  ha^  £)f)V  belong  to  the  mixed  declension,  i.e.  they 
ure  strong  in  the  singular  and  weak  in  the  plural:  gen.  bc8  2luQC)§, 
bc«  O^r^,  pi.  bic  SluQcn,  bic  Oljrcu.    See  Synopsis  of  Grammar,  §  11. 


EXERCISES  AND  LESSONS  155 

From  §  56  it  follows  that  the  weak  endings  are  used: 

After  the  definite  article :  her  alte  Tlann, 

After  all  words  declined  Uke  the  definite  article:  btefer 
oltc  SD^ann. 

After  the  inflected  forms  of  etti,  fein,  ntein,  etc.  (their 
uninflected  forms  require  the  strong  ending  of  the  adjec- 
tive) :  eine^  alten  Tlanm^,  meiner  alten  ©tabt, 

58.  The  Interrogative  Pronouns: 

ttJcr,  tticffcn,  totm,  tt)tn  (who,  whose,  to  whom,  whom), 

\t)a^,  (itjcffen)  —  ttJO^  {what,  of  what  —  what). 

hjelcftcr,  which. 

toa^  fiir  cin,  what  kind  of. 

All  of  these  forms  have  occurred  before. 

SBa^  fiir  ein  declines  only  the  last  part:  SSa^  filr  ein 
Tlann,  tDa^  fiir  cine^  SD^anne^,  etc.  In  the  plural,  ein  is 
dropped :  3SaS  fiir  9}Janner. 

Change  the  following  sentences  into  questions,  substi- 
tuting interrogative  pronouns  for  the  nouns  in  heavy  type: 
^k  33iirger  t)erfpra(^cn  bcm  Wlannt  grofeen  !Bo()n. 
^tc  Seute  mufeten  in  ben  ©aufem  bleiben. 
!Der  D^attenfcinger  gog  ein  $feifcf)en  am  ber  Xafc^e. 
!^ie  9}?aufe  fammelten  ftd^  (gathered)  nm  S3unting* 
^a^  Staffer  trug  ben  Dflattenfanger. 
(Sr  fii^rte  bie  ^inber  bcr  83urger  in  einen  53erQ. 
SttJei  ^inber  famen  suriicf. 


156  GERMAN   FOR  BEGINNERS 


EXERCISE   XXI 


I.  Sragctt 

1.  ^a^  filr  etn  ^nabe  tvtav  ber  junge  ©iegfrieb?  2.  SSarum 
blieb  er  ntd^t  in  ber  iBurg  feine^  3Sater^?  3.  5Ser  tegegnete  i^m 
auf  bem  ilSege  (way)?  4.  3Sa^  trugen  bte  9^itter?  (use  plural). 
5.  iESa^  trug  ©iegfrieb?  6.  3Bo  fanb  er  eine  ©c^miebe? 
7.  SBa^  faf)  er  in  biefer  ©c^miebe?  8.  SSa^  hDoKte  er  bei  bem 
©c^ntieb  (smith)  tDerben?  9.  $3a^  foHte  if)n  ber  ©d^mieb 
Ief)ren?  10.  SKa^  gefc^al^,  al^  ©iegfrieb  ben  jammer  fd^iuang? 
IL  SSa^  gefd^af)  mit  bem  @ifen?  12.  5lu^  melt^er  ©ifenftange 
mad^t  er  ein  ©d^toert?  13.  SSa^  filr  ein  <Bd)tdtvt  mad)ie  er 
baran^?  14.  SSa^  njolltc  er  mit  bem  ©c^tDerte  tun?  (use 
erfc^Iagen  instead  of  fd^lagen). 

II.  Ubctfc^utig 

When  Siegfried  was  a  young  boy  he  went  from  his 
father's  castle  into  the  wide  (tvdt)  world.  He  met  many 
noble  knights  on  his  way.  He  wished  for  (miinfd^te  fid^)  a 
strong  shield  and  a  broad  sword,  as  these  knights  had. 
After  many  days  he  came  into  a  deep,  dark  forest.  There 
he  saw  a  little  smithy.  He  became  the  smith's  appren- 
tice. The  heavy  (fd^tDer)  hammer  was  so  light  for  him 
that  he  broke  (bred^en,  a,  o)  two  strong  anvils.  At  last  he 
made  a  very  strong  and  broad  sword  and  left  (t)erlaffen, 
ie,  a)  the  smithy  to  kill  giants  and  dragons  (um  .  .  .  gu  er= 
fd^lagen), 

m.  iXhunq 

1.  3)eflinieren  (Bit:  ein  ftoljer  ^nabe,  bte  Witt  SSelt,  f)arter 
(Biai)l  (mix  im  (Singular),  ein  gute^  (Sc^tDert,  ein  tief-,  ftnfter- 
SSalb,  eine  I)of)e  ^urg,  grofee  Xeuerung  (nur  im  (Singular). 


EXERCISES  AND   LESSONS 


157 


LESSON   XXI 


59.  The  Strong  Endings  are  the  endings  of  biefer;  only 
in  the  gen.  sing.  masc.  and  neut.  -cti  is  used  instead  of 
-t^  as  in  these  two  cases  the  noun  ending  indicates  the 
form. 


Sing. 


Plur. 


Masc. 

er 

en        em 

en 

[    e 

Fern. 

e 

er         er 

e 

er       en      c 

Neut. 

eS 

en        em 

e^ 

Paradigms 

Singular 

Plural 

fefter  ®t 

feften  et 
feftem  <B 
feften  ®t 

af)Ieg 
at)I 

grofec  ^lage 
grower  ^lage 
grower  ^lage 
grofec  ^lagc 

fefte^  (Sifen 
feften  gifenS 
feftem  Gifen 
fefte^  eifen 

gutc  ©(^merter 
guter  ®c^n»erter 
guten  ©c^nscrtern 
gutc  ©(^roerter 

As  stated  in  §  56,  the  strong  endings  must  also  be  used 
after  the  uninfleded  forms  of  ein,  fein,  mein,  bein,  unfer, 
euer,  tf)r,  e.g.: 

unfer  alter  33ater  (-er  of  unfer  is  not  an  ending!) ;  but : 

uttfere^  altcn  33ater^ 

unferem  altcn  33ater,  etc. 

60.   Special  Forms : 

1.  (Sin  feftc^,  breitc^  ©d^njert:  two  or  more  adjectives 
before  one  noun  have  the  same  endings. 

2.  33iele  (manege,  einige,  mef)rere)  fc^onc(n)  Xa^t:  after 
t)iele,  many,  mancfie,  some,  einige,  a  few,  me{)rere,  several, 
both  the  strong  and  the  weak  endings  may  be  used;  but 
alk,  all,  requires  the  weak  endings :  atle  f c^oncn  ^age. 

3.  (Sin  f)o^er  2:urm:  l^ocft,  high,  changes  d§  to  f)  before  case 
endings. 


158  GERMAN   FOR  BEGINNERS 

2.  Supply  the  endings:  (Sin  grofe-  3Salb  lag,  t)or  i^tn. 
9)?an  ersaf)(te,  bag  ftarf-  9?iefen  in  bemfelben  lebten.  5lber  er 
()atte  ein  gnt-  @d^tt)ert  unb  einen  feft-  (Sd^ilb  unb  ^atte  feine 
5lngft.  (So  eilte  er  mit  f)of)-  2)^ute  (ber  aJJut,  courage)  in  ben 
fin[ter-  SSalb,  unb  balb  fa^  er  t)or  fid^  ein  firofe-,  luftig-  geuer. 
3)a^  toav  in  einer  flein-  ©c^miebe,  unb  in  ber  ©c^miebe  ftanb 
ber  ©d^mieb,  ein  grog-,  ftarf-  9[)?ann  mit  fc^tuars-  ©d^Urge 
unb  s^ei  fc^n)er-  gammem. 


EXERCISE   XXn 

I.  gi^agcn 

L  ^ag  finb  bie  (Subungen  fc^madf^er  ®ubftanttt)e? 

2.  ilSann  gebraud^t  man  njct  unb  toa^  aU  9^e(atit)pronomen? 

3.  SSa^  ift  ber  Unterfc^ieb  (difference)  atDifd^en  ben  D^elatiO* 
pronomen  ber  unb  itjclc^cr? 

4»  SSie  befliniert  man  attributive  5lbieftit)e? 

5.  SBann  [te()en  bie  fc^mad^en  (gnbungen  ber  ^Ibjeftide?    SBann 
bie  ftarfen? 


6.  iE5a^  finb  bie  fd^n)ad^en  (gnbungen? 

7.  53Ba^  finb  bie  ftarfen  (gnbungen? 


8.  SSte  (inbert  fid^  ber  ©tammDofal  im  ^rftfen^  ber  ftarfen 
^erben? 


EXERCISES  AND   LESSONS  159 

4,  (Sin  ^cutfc^cr,  a  German,  ber  ^eutfd&e,  the  German; 
ttma^  ®utc^,  something  good,  atte^  ®ute,  everything  good: 
adjectives  used  as  nouns  (notice  capitalization)  have  the 
same  declension  as  attributive  adjectives. 

5.  3ung  ©iegfrieb,  mand^  D^itter  h)ert,  ein  luftig  geucr:  in 
poetry,  adjectives  are  (under  certain  conditions)  found 
without  endings  (prose  forms) :  ber  junge  ©iegfrieb,  mand^er 
iBerte  Skitter  or  mand)  toerter  9^itter,  ein  luftigeg  geuer* 


LESSON  xxn 

49,  50.  @d^n)a(5e  Tla^Mim  f)aben  in  alien  fatten  auger  bent 
9^ontinatit)  Singular  bie  (gnbung  -en  ober  -n.  (Sc^mad^c 
gcminine  f)aben  biefe  (Snbung  im  plural. 

5L  SSer  f)at  nie  ein  ^egiefiung^njort  (antecedent);  toa^  \)at 
enttDeber  fein  ober  ein  unbeftimntte^  ^egiel)unggn)ort. 

51.  SSctc^cr  unb  ber  f)aben  bie  gleic^e  iBebeutung;  aber  hjeld^er 
l^at  feinen  ®enitit)» 

56.  5lttributit)e  5Ibieftit)e  n)erben  ftarf  ober  fd^tDad^  befliniert. 

57.  T)k  f(^tt)a(^en  (Snbungen  \tti)tn,  tDenn  ein  SSort  mit  btn 
Snbungen  t)on  bicfer  t)orau^ge{)t;  bie  ftarf  en,  toenn  fein  fold^e^ 
SSort  t)orau^gef)t. 

57.  ^ie  fdf)tt)ad^en  (Snbungen  finb:  filnfmal  -t,  namlid^  itn 
5^ominatit)  (Singular  alter  bret  ©efd^led^ter  unb  im  Hffufatit) 
(Singular  be^  gentininunt^  unb  be^  9^eutrum^.  Qn  alien  an* 
bem  g(ilten  ftel)t  -en, 

59.  T)k  ftarfen  iSnbungen  finb  hk  (Snbungen  don  btefer;  nur 
im  ©enitib  Singular  be^  2)?agfulinum^  unb  be^  9^eutrum« 
ftel)t  -en  ftatt  -c^. 

52.  3n  ber  gtt)eiten  unb  britten  ^erfon  Singular  be«  "iPrftfcnS 
h)irb  meift  e  gu  i  (ie),  a  su  a,  au  gu  itn,  o  gu  o. 


160  GERMAN  FOR  BEGINNERS 

9.  SSie  anbcrt  er  fid^  itn  Qmperatit)? 

10,  SBann  ftef)t  nad^  ben  ^rcipofitionen  an,  auf,  in  u.f.h),  bcr 
!Datit),  unb  trann  ber  ^ffufatit)? 


n.  iiibnng 

1.  ^efltnieren  (Sie:  etne  fteine  Qnfel,  jene  fd^one  B^iuberm, 
biefer  arme  ^en\d),  teure^  ©efd^meibe,  braune^  §aar,  ber  golbene 
^amtn,  metn  liebfte^  (dearest)  2kh, 

2.  ^oniuGteren  <Bk  im  ^rcifen^  unb  ^raterttum:  td^  ft^e  am 
Xi\d)t,  x(i)  fef)e  ben  ^a^n,  id^  trete  to  $au^,  id^  trage  .^anb= 
fd^u^e. 

3.  Insert  the  correct  relative  pronoun:  !Der  ^iefe,  —  auf 
bent  iBerge  mol^nte.  3)er  !Drad^e,  —  ber  junge  ^elb  erfd^lug. 
^k  ^ixe,  —  golbeneg  ©efc^meibe  in  ber  (Sonne  bli^te.  ^ie 
!2eute,  —  ber  iBifd^of  fein  iBrot  gab,  ^er  (Sc^mieb,  hti  —  (Sieg* 
frieb  arbeitete. 


EXERCISE  XXm 

I.  ?5ra9cn 

1.  SESie  ift  ^arbaroffa  nad^  ber  ©efc^id^te  geftorben?  2.  SSa^ 
ift  aber  nad^  bem  ©lauben  be6  53olfe^  mit  if)m  gefdf)e()en?  3.  i£Bo* 
{)in  ift  er  gurudfgefef)rt?  4.  SBag  {)at  er  in  jenem  ^ergc  3ci^rf)un= 
berte  lang  getan?  5.  ^tx  ift  mit  i()m  in  ben  ^erg  ge^ogen? 
6.  SSo  fi^t  ber  ^aifer  im  iBerge?  7.  SBa^  ift  mit  feinem  ^arte 
Gefc^ef)en?  8.  iffier  fd^Iaft  um  i()n?  9.  iSSa^  ^aben  bie  2)iener 
getan?  10.  iJBie  lange  I)atte  er  im  ^i)fff)aufer  gefd^lafen? 
11,  fatten  i^n  diele  gefe()en?   12.  2Ber  f)atte  i^n  einmal  erblirft? 


EXERC-SES   AND   LESSONS  161 

53,  Sm  (Singular  be^  3wperatit)6  h)irb  c  gu  i  (ic),  abcr  a^ 
an,  0  bletben. 

18.  ^ie  ^rapofttlonen  an,  auf,  in  u.f.m.  fiaben  ben  ^Iffufatid- 
auf  bie  grage  itmftin,  unb  ben  3)atiD  auf  bie  grage  hjo. 

61.  Word  Formation: 

The  prefix  @e-,  often  with  the  suffix  -c,  forms  collec- 
tives; with  the  suffix  -be  it  denotes  completion;  explain 
the  following  nouns:  ©ebilfd^,  ©etuaffer,  ©ebirge  (^erg,  moun- 
tain), ©emctlbe  (ntalen,  paint),  ©ebciube. 

SOlcnfc^^eit,  mankind,  ^tei^eit,  freedom,  IJreubtgfeit,  joy- 
fulness. 

-f}cxt  and  -fcit  form  abstracts  or  collectives;  explain  the 
following  nouns:  @ci^bnf)eit,  Sf)riften{)eit,  'Bi(i)tx^dt,  ^unfel- 
l^ett;  jTapferfeit  (tapfer,  brave),  i^angfamfeit  (langfam,  slow),, 
S^raurigfeit, 


LESSON  xxm 

62,  The  Compound  Tenses.  The  present  and  preterit, 
are  called  simple  tenses.  All  other  tenses  are  compound 
tenses,  because  an  auxiliary  is  used  in  their  formation. 

English  uses  the  auxiliary  have  in  the  formation  of  the 
perfect  and  pluperfect  (and  future  perfect),  shall  and  will 
for  the  future  and  future,  perfect ;  the  German  auxiliaries, 
of  tenses  are:  fcin,  i)ahtn,  tocrbcn,  e.g.: 

id)  bin  gefontmen,  /  have  come, 

id)  ^abc  genomnten,  /  have  taken, 

id)  ttietbc  (er  ttiirb)  forttmen,  /  shall  (he  will)  com&. 


162  GERMAN  FOR  BEGINNERS 

13.  SBa6  f)atte  biefer  oft  am  tt?ff{)aufer  getan?  14.  SSoJitn  tft 
er  einmal  gefaf)ren?  15.  SSer  ift  ba  au^  bem  Serge  gefommen? 
16.  i|[Bo{)tn  f)at  t^n  ber  B^erg  gefuf)rt?  17.  SSag  ))at  i^m  ber 
^alfer  bort  beiof)len?  18.  iffier  n)ar  noc^  in  ben  iBerg  gefommen? 
19.  $Ba^  ^ai  i{)n  ber  ^aifer  gefragt?  20.  SSag  ftat  ber  ^nabe 
qtantmxtd?  21.  iCSa^  f)at  ber  ^aifer  barauf  gefagt?  22.  SSag 
I)atten  bie  D^aben  gn  bebenten?  23.  SSie  lange  mufete  ber  ^aifer 
im  Serge  bleiben?  24.  ilSer  l^at  ba^  ^entfc^e  9?ei(^  geeinigt? 
(Si^mard  unb  ^aifer  SSiIf)etm  I.  .  .  .) 

n.  flbcrfc^ung 

1.  The  great  emperor  has  died.  2.  The  knights  and 
i;heir  servants  have  descended  into  the  hollow  mountain. 
S.  Why  have  the  citizens  returned  to  (nad^)  their  city? 

4.  The  faithless  servants  had  not  followed  their  master. 

5.  The  long  beard  of  the  emperor  had  grown  through  the 
table.  6.  The  young  peasant  had  been  in  the  city  [of] 
Nordhausen.  7.  Where  had  the  emperor  and  his  knights 
;gone  to  sleep?  8.  The  old  [people]  had  slept  only  until 
midnight.  9.  The  peasant  saw  the  thieves  who  had 
stolen  his  horses.  10.  The  glazier  had  been  wandering 
over  the  high  mountains.  11.  The  old  bishop  had  driven 
to  the  city  [of]  Bingen.  12.  The  poor  glazier  had  filled 
his  sacks  with  stones,  but  these  had  turned  into  gold. 
13.  After  (9^ad^bem)  the  servants  had  led  the  donkey  into 

i,he  stable,  they  called  their  master.  14.  The  ravens  had 
iDeen  flying  around  the  mountain  ^  [for]  many  centuries.  ^ 
15.  Bismarck  and  Emperor  William  I.  have  united  the 
•German  Empire. 

1'  2  The  figures  denote  word  order. 


EXERCISES   AND   LESSONS  163 

63.  The  Perfect  and  Pluperfect: 
I.   With  the  auxiliary  ^abcti: 

Perfect  Pluperfect 

ic^  {)abe  gefd^lafen,  /  have  been       l^atte  gefd^lafen,  I  had  been 


sleeping 

bu  f)aft  gefc^lafen  l^atteft  gefc^Iafen 

er  ()at  gefd^Iafeti  l^atte  gefd^lafen 

tt)tr  f)aben  gefc^Iafen  f)atten  gefci^lafen 

if)r  ()abt  gefd^Iafen  fjattet  gefd^tafen 

fie  l^aben  gefd^lafen  flatten  9ef(§lafen 

II.   With  the  auxiliary  fetn: 

i(5  bin  gefommen,  /  have  come  Yoox  gef ommen,  /  had  come 

bu  bift  gefommen  marft  gefommen 

er  ift  gefommen  tear  gefommen 

tuir  ftnb  gefommen  iDaren  gefommen 

tf)r  feib  gefommen  tDart  gefommen 

fte  ftnb  gefommen  iDaren  gefommen 

The  perfect  and  pluperfect  tenses  are  formed  by  add- 
ing to  the  past  participle  the  auxiliary  ^aBen  or  fcin.  The 
past  participle  of  strong  verbs  ends  in  -en,  of  weak  verbs 
in  -L  Most  past  participles  have  the  prefix  ge-;  only 
those  beginning  with  an  unaccented  prefix  and  those 
ending  in  -ieren  do  not  take  it:  ertrinfen,  drown,  ertrunfen; 
regieren,  rule,  regiert. 

Reniember:  The  participle  stands  last  in  principal 
clauses,  next  to  last  in  dependent  clauses! 

(©ctn  is  used  with  intransitive  ^  verbs  denoting  a  change 
of  position  or  condition  of  the  subject:  \6)  bin  gefommen, 

1  In  German,  only  verbs  that  require  an  accusative  object  are 
considered  transitive;  e.g.:  folgen,  follow,  requires  the  dative,  and  is, 
therefore,  intransitive:  i(|  bin  Qefolgt,  /  have  followed . 


164  GERMAN   FOR  BEGINNERS 

III.  iXhmq 

L  ^onjuGieren  ©ie  ba^  *iperfeftum  unb  ^lu^quamperfeftutn 
Don:  fprec^cn,  fommen,  ^oren,  beten,  faftren,  reifen,  tragen,  folgen 
(obey),  folgen  (follow). 

2.  Ubertragen  (Transpose,  Change)  ©ie  alle  ^rciteritum^^ 
formen  in  Xejt  XX  (^er  9^attenfanger  t)on  ^ameln)  tn^  ^ev^ 
feft  unb  ^lu^quantperfeft  berfelbcn  "53crfon  (3.  ^.^  tuar  —  ift 
{(etDefen  —  tDar  gemefen). 


EXERCISE   XXIV 

I.  gragcn 

1.  iSSa^  fiir  elne  (Sage  ersaf)lt  man  t)on  ^aifer  ^arl  bem 
^rofeen?  2.  2Bo  fi^t  biefer?  3.  SBa^  tragt  er  auf  bem  ©aupte, 
tua^  in  ber  §anb?  4.  iS3a^  fte^t  auf  bem  ^alferfelbe?  5.  SSa^ 
iDirb  einft  mit  biefem  ^aume  gefc^ef)en?  6.  SSa^  toirb  bann 
bort  fein?  7.  iS3er  mirb  ^erbeieilen?  8.  SSer  totrb  bort  fiegen 
(conquer)?  9.  ^oraug  ift  biefe  ©age  entftanben?  10.  SSa^ 
n)irb  einft  t)on  ber  @rbe  gefc^tDunb.n  fein?  11.  SSer  mirb  ben 
anbern  iibertDunben  f)aben?  12.  2Bag  n)erben  bie  9^iefen  bann 
getan  f)aben?  13.  SSa^  n)irb  in  jener  getoaltigen  ©d^lad^t  ge= 
fd^ef)en?  14.  ^ie  n)irb  bie  SSelt  enben?  15.  3Bag  tt)irb  aber 
cntfte{)en?  16.  ^er  mirb  biefe  neue  SSelt  ber)errf(^en?  17.  mt 
tDerben  bie  neuen  9}2enfd^en  fein? 

n.  Ufierfc^ung 

Near  Salzburg  is  the  Untersberg  about  which  they 
(man)  tell  the  following  legend:  Emperor  Charlemagne  is 
sitting  in  the  mountain  and  sleeping.  He  wears  a  golden 
crown  on  his  head  and  is  holding  the  scepter  of  the  Em- 

^  i.  S.  =  jum  53eifpicl,  e.g. 


EXERCISES  AND   LESSONS  165 

gereift,  gefprungen,  geftorben,  eingefc^Iafen,  getnad^fen.  In  addi- 
tion to  these,  the  following  verbs  take  fein:  fein,  he,  bleiben^ 
remain,  ge[c§ef)en,  happen,  gelingen,  succeed  (construction: 
e^  tft  mir  gelungen,  /  have  succeeded),  gtiiden,  succeed  (same 
construction),  and  frequently,  especially  in  Southern  Ger- 
many, ft^en,  sit,  liegen,  lie,  ftef)en,  stand,  and  a  few  others 
of  rarer  occurrence. 

^ahtn  is  used  with  all  other  verbs:  i(§  ^abt  gefc^lafen, 
gelebt,  getragen,  gefui)rt» 

LESSON   XXIV 

64.  The  Future  and  Future  Perfect: 

Future 

id)  tnerbe  fc^tafen  iDerbe  fommen 

bu  mirft  [d^lafen  totrft  fom-men 

er  rt)irb  fc^Iafen  tt)irb  fommeti 

h)ir  tDerben  fc^Iafen  toerben  fommen 

ibr  tDerbet  fc^lafen  tuerbet  fommen 

fie  iDerben  fc^lafen  iDerben  fommen 

Future  Perfect 

i(^  tDerbe  gefd^lafen  bciben  tDerbe  gefotnmen  fein 

bu  tDirft  gefc^Iafen  bciben  tt)irft  gefommen  fein 

er  tDirb  gefc^lafen  b^iben  it)irb  gefommen  fein 

h)ir  tnerben  gefcfilafen  baben  tcerben  gefommen  fein 

ibr  tnerbet  gefcblafen  bciben  n)erbet  gefommen  fein 

fie  toerben  gefdfilafen  b^ben  iDerben  gefommen  fein 

The  Future  Tense  is  formed  by  combining  the  auxiliary 
toerben  with  the  present  infinitive  of  the  verb. 

The  Future  Perfect  is  formed  by  combining  the  auxiliary 
JDerben  with  the  perfect  infinitive  of  the  verb,  i.e.  the  past 


166  GERMAN  FOR  BEGINNERS 

pire  in  his  hand.  On  the  (5lm)  foot  of  this  mountain  [there] 
stands  an  old,  dry  pear-tree.  When  this  tree  will  bear 
fruit  again,  the  emperor  will  come  out  of  the  mountain, 
and  in  a  great  battle  the  good  will  slay  the  wicked.  This 
legend  is  similar  to  the  beUef  of  the  old  Germans  about 
the  end  of  the  world:  [For  a]  long  time  the  giants  will 
prepare  (themselves)  for  the  war  against  the  gods.  Then 
there  will  be  a  great  battle,  the  gods  will  kill  all  giants, 
but  also  all  gods  and  all  men  will  fall.  Flames  will  con- 
sume the  world;  but  from  the  ashes  (bie  5lfd^e,  sing.)  of  the 
old  world  a  new  world  will  arise,  and  a  new  god  will  rule  it. 

m.  Uhvmq 

1.  ^oniugiercn  ^Bk  bie  ^ufunft  unb  3Sorpfunft  (future 
and  future  perfect)  Don:  fd^lagen,  fd^trinben,  jiel^en  (tranfttit) 
unb  intranfitit)),  legen,  (iegen,  \a\)xm,  tragen. 


EXERCISE   XXV 

I.  Sragcn 

1.  SBo  bcfanb  fid^  (  =  tt)ar)  ba^  ©c^Iofe  ^arlg  be«  ©rogen? 

2.  ^0  fonntc  ber  ^aifer  ba^  Sciuten  Jencr  (^locfe  t)emef)Tnen? 

3.  2Bag  tat  man,  n)enn  einem  ein  Unrec^t  gefd^al)?  4.  SSag  Der* 
naf)nt  einft  ber  jlaifer  toieber?  5.  ©ing  er  atlein  bor  ba^  (Sc^Iog? 
6.  ma^  tDoKte  er  bort  fefien?  7.  SBag  erbltdten  fie?  8.  SBarum 
lautete  bie  ©locfe?  9.  gUr  mn  begann  ber  alte  D^itter  gu  fpred^en? 


EXERCISES  AND  LESSONS  167 

participle  +  l^aben  or  fein,  according  to  the  rules  given  in. 
§63. 

Word  Order:  In  independent  sentences  the  infinitive 
stands  last:  id^  iDerbe  if)n  balb  fef)en,  alle^  ®ute  njtrb  tjer* 
f(§tt)unben  fein;  in  dependent  sentences  it  stands  next  to- 
last:  tDcnn  bu  ii)n  fcl)en  tDirft,  hjenn  alte^  ®ute  t)erfd^tt)unbeti 
fein  h)irb» 

iXhmq 

(Continued  from  page  166) 

2.  @eben  (Sie  bie  folgenben  33erbformen  in  alien  3^ttcn 
(„®l)nopft^") :  er  fi^t,  fte  tragen,  id^  beginne,  fte  f d^n)inben,  c6  njirb. 

3.  @eben  (Sie  folgenbe  ©ai^e  in  alien  fec^^  3^it^n:  ^er  53auer 
flll)rt  ba6  ^ferb  in  ben  ©tall.  iBanen  bie  ^iirger  eine  neuc 
^ird^e?  3nt  SBinter  fliegen  bie  ^Sogel  nad^  bent  ©iiben  (south). 
((S?age  ntir,)  toa^  bu  ftel)ft  (synopsis  of  clause  only). 


LESSON   XXV 

COMPOUND   VERBS 

There  are  in  German,  as  in  English,  two  classes  of  com- 
[)OUnd  verbs: 

t)erftel)en,  berftanb,  t)erftanben,  understand,  has  an  in- 
separable prefix  (eine  untrennbare  56orfiIbe). 

aufftel)en,  ftanb  auf,  aufgeftanben,  get  up,  has  a  separable 
prefix  (eine  trennbare  33orftIbe). 


168  GERMAN  FOR  BEGINNERS 

10,  SBem  Jiatte  bag  ?5ferb  einft  geprt?  .11.  SBa3  h)ar  bem 
!9?itter  einmal  faft  gefc^efien?  12.  ^er  rettete  i()Tn  ba  bag  ^eben? 
■13.  iSSarutn  toollte  ber  ^Ritter  je^t  ba^  ^ferb  nic^t  met)r  bef)al^ 
ten?  14.  iBag  Iiatte  er  mit  bem  ^ferbe  getan?  15.  SSie  f)atte 
ber  ^aifer  bie  ^lage  beg  "ipferbeg  bernommen?  16.  SBag  foltte 
ber  ^aifer  nun  befef)len?  17.  2Ber  follte  ba^  ^ferb  njieber  in 
ben  ©tall  ful)ren?    18.  iSie  lange  follte  er  eg  )3erpflegen? 

n.  iificrfc^ung 

Emperor  Charlemagne  had  a  beautiful  castle  in  Aachen. 
On  its  tower  [there]  was  (ftc§  beftnben)  a  little  bell  which 
the  emperor  could  hear  in  his  room.  Whoever  wanted 
lielp  from  him  rang  this  bell. 

Once  a  hungry  old  horse  came  to  this  castle.  Its  master 
had  driven  it  out  of  the  stable  because  it  was  too  old  to 
work.  The  horse  gnawed  in  its  hunger  the  rope  of  the 
bell,  and  the  bell  began  to  ring.  Charlemagne  went  out 
of  the  castle  and  wanted-to  see  who  asked  for  his  help. 
When  he  saw  only  a  horse,  he  and  his  knights  did  not  un- 
derstand at-first  (guerft)  who  had  rung  the  bell.  But  an 
old  knight  told  him  the  story  of  the  poor  old  horse  and  its 
stingy  master. 

The  emperor  commanded  the  master  of  the  horse  to 
lead  it  to  (in)  the  stable  and  to  take  good  care  of  it  to  the 
end  of  its  life. 

in.  iifiung 

1.  ®eben  <Bk  atte  3^iten  beg  Hftit)g  t)on:  er  tjemtntntt.  ^ie 
fitter  begleiten  ben  ^atfer.  SSer  bege()rt  ^ilfe?  S)ag  erlauben 
fte  nid^t.    ^ann  gefd^ie()t  bag? 

2.  State  the  meaning  of  the  following  verbs:  entgiel^en, 
beanttDorten,  fic^  berfc^reiben,  gerlegen,  befiird^ten  (furd^ten,  be 
afraid),  entfemen  (fern, /ar),  gerfd^neiben,  entfommen. 


EXERCISES  AND   LESSONS  169 

65.  Inseparable  Compound  Verbs : 

Present  Imperative  Preterit 

i(^  t)erfte^e  Derftet)!  t($  t)erftanb 

bu  t)erfte{)ft  berfte^t!  bu  t)erftanbeft 

er  t)erftel)t,  etc.        i)erfte^en  (Sie!  er  derftanb,  etc. 

Perfect:  {(5  l^abe  Derftanben. 
Pluperfect:  ic^  {)atte  derftanben. 
Future:  ic^  tDerbe  t)erfte()en. 
Future  Perfect :  id^  h)erbe  t)erftanben  l^aben. 
Infinitive:  t)erftef)en,  ^u  t)erftef)en. 

The  inflection  of  inseparable  verbs  is  the  same  as  that 
of  simple  verbs,  except  that  the  past  participle  does  not 
take  the  prefix  ge-:  ertrinfen  —  ertrunfen;  t)erftef)en  —  \)tx^ 
ftanben. 

Inseparable  verbs  have  the  accent  on  the  stem  sylla- 
ble: ertrinfen,  Derftcf)en. 

The  most  important  inseparable  prefixes  are: 


cnt        cr        gc        bcr        gcr 


Meaning: 

be-  forms  transitive  verbs:  fteigen,  climb,  befteigen,  ascend. 

ent-:  separation:  entgef)en,  escape. 

cr-:  completion:  erfc^Iagen,  kill. 

gc-:  sometimes  completion:  f)or(i)en,  listen,  gel^ord^en, 
obey. 

tjcr-:  often  reversal  of  action:  fid^  berfprec^en,  make  a 
mistake  in  speaking. 

5cr-:  dissolution:  la^alkn,  fall  to  pieces. 

Less  common  inseparable  prefixes  are:  mt^-:  mi^derftel^en,  misun- 
derstand; h)iber-:  iDiberfpred^eti,  contradict;  doll-:  botlenben,  finish; 
bintcr-:  Ijinterlaffen,  leave  behind. 


170  GERMAN  FOR  BEGINNERS 

3.  Finish  the  following  sentences  by   means   of  the 
nouns  or  adverbs  given  in  parentheses: 

®ie  gaben  (?^ferb;  ^a\tv), 
^er  ^aifcr  f)orte  (®Io(fc;  ^ii^^^t:;  oft). 
,^ag  ^ferb  benagte  ((Strang;  3ti^tie). 
(gg  ()atte  gerettet  (9?itter;  ?eben). 
ajian  foE  fiifiren  (^ferb;  mieber;  ©tall). 


EXERCISE  XXVI 

I.  Sragcti 

1.  SSo  ift  bie  U^r,  bon  ber  man  biefc  ©efd^td^te  cr^a^It? 
2.  3Barum  I)at  man  fie  fo  lange  nid^t  t)oIlenbet?  3.  SBer  fam 
einmal  nad^  Strafe  burg?  4.  SSa^  unternaf)m  biefer  2)?ann? 
5.  3ft  e^  t()m  gelungen?  6,  SSa^  fa()  man  atle^  an  ber  U^r, 
aU  fie  t)oIIenbet  h)ar?  7.  3Ba^  fiird^teten  nun  hit  ^at^^erren? 
8.  SBa^  befa{)len  fie  baf)er?  9.  2Ba^  gefd^al)  gur  Strafe  fiir  biefc 
Untat?  10.  iBefd^reiben  <Sie  (Describe)  bie  U^x,  toie  fie  ftill^ 
ftanb!    11.  @ie()t  bie  U{)r  nun  toieber? 


n.  iiBerfc^ung 

There  is  a  beautiful  church  in  the  city  of  Strassburg. 
In  its  tower  is  a  wonderful  clock.  A  great  master  had 
started  this  clock  many,  many  years  ago,  but  he  had  died 
before  he  had  finished  it.  For  a  long  time  the  citizens  of 
Strassburg  did  not  find  any  other  man  who  understood 
it.  At  last  a  master  finished  the  clock,  and  when  it  was 
ready,  all  [the]  people  came  together  and  admired  it. 
They  saw  how  the  sun  rose  and  set;  how  the  Death  in- 


EXERCISES  AND   LESSONS  171 

66.  Word  Order  of  Verb  Adjuncts: 


A.  Objects:    3)ag  ^fcrb  rettctc  icm  diittet  ba^  Scbcn. 

B.  Adverbs:  :5)a8  ^fcrb  f)attc  U)m  oft  im  ^am^ifc  trcu  gcbicnt. 


Objects.    The  indirect  object  usually  precedes  the  di- 
rect object. 
Adverbs  are  arranged  in  the  order:  time,  place,  manner. 


LESSON  XXVI 

67.  Separable  Compound  Verbs : 
Present       .  Imperative  Preterit 

id^  ftef)e  auf  ftef)  auf!  id)  ftanb  auf 

bu  ftef)ft  auf  ftef)t  auf!  bu  ftanbeft  auf 

cr  ftef)t  auf,  etc.  ftef)eu  (Sic  auf!  cr  \tanb  auf,  etc. 

Perfect :  ic§  biu  auf geftaubcu. 
Pluperfect :  ic^  tnar  auf geftauben. 
Future:  id^  h)erbe  auffte()en. 
Future  Perfect:  id^  tDerbe  aufgcftaubeu  feln. 
Infinitive:  auffte()eu,  aufgufte^eu. 

Separable  compound  verbs  are  identical  in  construc- 
tion with  such  English  verbs  as  get  up.  They  have  no 
peculiarities  in  conjugation,  but  only  in  word  order  and 
spelling: 

1.  The  "separable  prefix"  is  treated  as  an  adverb, 
but  follows  all  other  adverbs  that  may  stand  in  a  sentence: 

3d^  ftet)e  iebeu  SD^orgeu  urn  fed^g  Ui)r  auf,  I  get  up  at  six 
o'clock  every  morning. 

2.  If,  on  account  of  the  usual  rules  of  word  order,  the 
verb  has  to  stand  at  the  end  of  the  sentence,  it  naturally 


172  GERMAN   FOR  BEGINNERS 

dicated  the  hours;  how  the  twelve  apostles  stepped  forth 
after  every  hour  and  bowed  before  the  Saviour. 

But  the  master  wanted-to  make  a  similar  clock  in  an- 
other city,  and  the  council-men  wanted-to  prevent  it. 
Therefore  they  put  his  {dative!)  eyes  out.  Soon  after 
that  the  artist  died.  And  in  the  minute  of  his  death  the 
clock  stood  still.  The  apostles  ceased  to  step  forth,  the 
sun  ceased  to  rise  and  set,  and  the  bells  did  not  ring  any 
more  (nic^t  mtfyc).  This  was  the  punishment  for  that 
outrage. 

Only  ((Srft)  centuries  after  that  an  artist  was  found 
{translate:  one  found  an  artist)  who  could  repair  the 
clock. 

m.  iibutig 

1.  ®eben  (Sie  hie  folgenben  (^a^e  in  alien  ^txitn  be6  Slftit)^: 
^alb  fcingt  ber  ^iinftler  bte  M^x  an.  SSer  unternimmt  e^?  (Sine 
©lorfe  jeigt  bie  ©tunben  an.    @ine  M^pc,  bie  nie  ablctuft. 

2.  State  whether  the  following  verbs  are  separable  or 
inseparable,  and  give  the  correct  accent  and  the  principal 
parts:  untemef)men,  aufge()en,  entgel)en,  umgef)en  {circumvent^ 
avoid),  umge^en  {walk  about),  ilbergeben  {deliver),  fic^  t)erfe()en, 
iiberfe^en  {translate),  entne()nten,  toegne^men. 


EXERCISE   XXVn 

I.  Sragcti 

L  mt  t)tcle  etaaten  f)at  ba^  3)eutfc5e  ^d*?  2.  SSie  Dtele 
bat)on  ftnb  ^onlgreid^e,  unb  tele  f)ei6en  fie?  3.  iffia^  finb  bie 
anbem?  4,  SKie  f)ei6en  bie  brei  D^epublifen  be^  ^^entfd^en 
9?eic^e6?  5.  SBie  n3eit  ift  t)om  fiiblic^ften  bl^  gum  norblic^ften, 
unb  tt»te  tDeit  t)om  toeftltc^ften  bi^  gum  oftIi(f)ften  'ipunfte  be«  T)mU 
fc^en  $Reid)e^?    6,  SSie  grofe  ift  bie  glcid^e  beg  3)eutfd^en  D^eid^e^? 


EXERCISES  AND  LESSONS  173 

comes  after  the  prefix;  in  this  case  it  is  written  together 
with  it: 

3($  rt)ar  gu  fpat  aufgeftanbcti,  I  had  gotten  up  too  late. 

(gr  tarn,  tl)t  id^  aufftanb,  He  came  before  I  got  up. 

WHovqm  merbe  i(^  frii^  aufftc^cn,  To-morrow  I  shall  get  up 
early. 

From  this  follows:  The  past  participles  and  the  infini- 
tives of  separable  verbs,  and  in  dependent  clauses  also 
the  simple  tenses,  are  written  together.  The  prefix  gc- 
and  the  infinitive  particle  5U  stand  between  prefix  and 
verb:  aufgeftanben,  auf5uftef)en. 

A  separable  prefix  always  is  accented:  aufftef)en, 

68.  ^urdft,  iificr,  um,  unter,  micbcr  are  ''doubtful  pre- 
fixes"; they  are  separable  (and  accented)  in  their  hteral 
meaning,  but  inseparable  (and  unaccented)  when  the 
verb  is  used  in  a  figurative  meaning,  e.g. : 

^urrf|6o^rcn  {'drill  through'):  ^er  3:ifc^ler  ho^vtt  ba« 
^rett  burc^,  The  cabinet-maker  drilled  the  board  through, 
^er  9?itter  burc^bof)rte  ben  geinb  mit  bent  (Sc^tDerte,  The 
knight  pierced  the  enemy  with  his  sword. 

SSteberiiotcn:  tDieberf)oIen,  fetch  back;  tiokhtvi)okn,  repeat, 
review,  etc. 

LESSON  xxvn 

69.  The  Comparison  of  Adjectives: 

Positive  Comparative  Superlative 

lan^flong  langer  ber  Idngfte 

reid^,  rich  reic^er  ber  reic^fte 

f(5on,  beautiful  fd^oner  ber  fd^onftc 

alt,  old  filter  ber  altefte 

furj,  short  fiir^er  ber  fiir^efte 


174  GERMAN   FOR  BEGINNERS 

7,  iBtc  grog  tft  ^reufeen?  8,  SSie  Diel  mal  grofeer  finb  bie  55er- 
cintfiten  (Staaten  al^  bag  !Deutfd^e  9^eic§?  9.  ^ie  grofe  finb  fie? 
10.  SBeld^e  amerifanifc^en  (Staaten  finb  ungefa()r  fo  grofe  n)ie 
^reufeen?  11.  iESeld^er  amerifanifd^e  @taat  ift  grofeer  al^  ba^ 
^Deutfc^e  9^ei(^?  12.  3ft  ber  Unterfrf)ieb  in  ber  SaW  ber  «e= 
bolferung  au(|  fo  grofe?  13.  SSie  diele  @inn)of)ner  ^atU  ha^ 
3)eutfd)e  9?eid^  bei  feiner  ©riinbung,  unb  trie  Diete  i)at  e6  je^t? 

14.  i£Sie    t)iele   (Sinn)of)ner    f)aben   bie   ^Sereinigten   ©taaten? 

15.  me  I)ei6t  ber  f)0(i^fte  iBerg  Deutfd^Ianbg?  16.  2Bie  t)iele 
gliiffe  ^at  ^eutfc^Ianb?  17.  SSelci^er  beutfd^e  ©trorn  ift  am 
tnid^tigften?     18.  9^ennen  (Sie  anbere  grofee  beutfc^e   gliiffe! 

19.  SBeld^er  <Strom  in  ^eutfc^lanb  ift  Icinger  aU  ber  9^()ein? 

20.  @e()ort  biefer  etrom  ganj  gu  3)eutfd&Ianb?  21.  SSie  ^eifet 
bie  grofete  (Stabt  beg  !Dentfcften  D^eic^eg,  unb  iDie  t)iele  (Sinmo^ner 
f)at  fie?    22.  SSeldje  beutfc^en  ©tctbte  fommen  nad^  ^Berlin? 

23.  SBelc^eg    anbere    !2anb    gef)orte    fruf)er    gu    3)eutfc^Ianb? 

24.  iESelc^e  grofee  beutfc^e  (Stabt  liegt  in  biefem  ^anbe? 


n.  iificrfe^ung 

1.  The  German  Empire  is  much  smaller  than  the 
United  States.  2.  The  kingdom  [of]  Prussia  is  larger 
than  all  other  German  states.  3.  Alsace-Lorraine  for- 
merly belonged  to  (gu)  France.  4.  This  is  the  most 
northern  point  of  our  state.  5.  Which  (neut.)  is  the 
highest  mountain  of  Germany?  6.  Of  what  have  we 
read  [during]  the  last  three  weeks?  7.  Several  American 
rivers  are  much  longer  than  the  most  important  German 
rivers.  8.  Which  German  river  is  the  most  important? 
9.  To  what  country  does  the  greater  part  of  the  Danube 
belong?  10.  The  mountains  of  Germany  are  highest  in 
the  south.  11.  The  largest  cities  of  the  German  Empire 
are  Berlin  and  Hamburg.    12.  One  mark  has  one  hundred 


EXERCISES  AND  LESSONS 


175 


The  comparative  is  formed  by  adding  -cr,  the  super- 
lative by  adding  -ft-  (-cft-  after  b,  t,  ^,  6,  fd^,  i)  to  the 
stem;  Umlaut  is  frequent.  EngHsh  than  with  the  com- 
parative is  expressed  by  a()^,  more  rarely  by  benti, 

70.  Declension.  Comparatives  and  superlatives  are 
declined  hke  positives:  ein  ciltercr  iBruber,  ber  alteftc  ^ruber. 

Used  predicatively,  the  comparative  is  undeclined: 
3)iefer  Tlann  ift  alter  aU  letter;  the  superlative  can  never 
occur  without  a  case  ending;  predicatively,  it  can  be  used 
with  the  definite  article  or  with  am  and  the  dative  form: 

!Diefe^  SD^abc^ett  ift  ba^  fc^ottfte,  or  biefe^  SQ^abc^eti  ift  am 
fd^onften. 

The  form  with  am  is  also  the  adverb  of  the  superlative : 
^k\t^  9D?ab(^ett  fittgt  am  fd^ottfteti  (but:  !Diefe^  Wab(i)tn  ftngt 
fd^otier  aU  jetted). 


71.  Irregular  Comparison: 

Positive 

Comparative 

Superlative 

ero6,  great 

firofeer 

ber  grofete 

f)o^,  high 

m^v 

ber  ()od^fte 

na^,  near 

itftfier 

ber  uad^fte 

t)ie(,  much 

me{)r 

ber  meifte 

loettig,  little 

tDeuiger,  mittber 

ber  tt)eutgfte,  minbeftc 

gut,  good 

beffer 

ber  befte 

gent,^  gladly  (adverb) 

lieber 

am  liebften 

^  3^(^  fomme  gem,  /  like  to  come;  i(^  fomme  lieber  l^eutc  aU  morgcn, 
/  would  rather  come  to-day  than  to-morrow;  id)  fomme  jeljt  am  liebften,  / 
shovld  like  most  to  come  now. 


176  GERMAN  FOR  BEGINNERS 

pfennigs  and  is  worth  about  24  or  25  cents.  13.  One 
thousand  meters  are  one  kilometer,  1609  meters  are  one 
English  mile;  two  square  miles  are  about  five  square 
kilometers.  14.  How  many  miles  or  square  miles  are: 
(a)  1,200  km..,  (b)  1,240  km.,  (c)  540,658  qkm.,  {d)  348,607 
qkm.,  (e)  9,383,029  qkm.? 

m.  ixhum 

1.  ®eben  (Bit  ben  ^omparatit)  unb  (Superlatb  bon:  lang, 
fait,  norblid^,  grofe,  tDid^ttg,  t)ie(,  gut,  fc^led^t. 

2.  !l)ef(tnieren  @te:  the  greatest  country,  a  larger  river,  our 
oldest  city. 


EXERCISE   XXVm 

I.  gragcti 

1.  ayjit  tDcm  bcganti  ha^  erfte  ^Deutfc^e  ^leid^?  2.  ^a^  mar 
^arl  ber  ©rofee  juerft?  3.  3Sann  trurbe  er  romlfc^er  ^aifer? 
4.  ^ie  nennt  man  fein  ©efcfilec^t?  5.  ^ann  regierten  bie 
Ottonen?  6.  SBann  regierte  ha^  grcinfifcfte  ^au^?  7.  SSa^ 
fiir  ein  ^ampf  brac^  unter  biefem  au^?  8.  ^^Uc^^n  n)em  tvav 
biefer  ,^ampf  am  f)eftigften?  9.  (Seitmann  tDaren  ©iibbeutfc^e 
beutfc^e  ^onige?  10.  3Sann  regierten  bie  $of)enftaufen? 
11.  SBorauf  ijermanbten  fie  bie  meifte  (Sorge?  12.  ^ie  ftarbcn 
bie  beiben  le^ten  §of)enftauien?  13.  SSann  ()atte  ba^  ^eic^ 
feinen  anerfannten  ^onig?  14.  SSie  nennt  man  biefe  5stt? 
15.  ^en  n)af)Iten  bie  f  urfiirften  bann?  16.  2Iu^  meld^em 
§aufe  toaren  feitbem  bie  meiften  beutfc^en  ^onige?  17.  SBie 
regierten  bie  ^ab^burger?  18.  ^a^  gefc^ab  baber'  mit  bem 
did(^t?  19.  53Ser  mar  ber  le^te  ^aifer  be^  alten  JDeutfd^en 
Dieicbe^?    20.  2Bann  legte  er  bie  ^rone  nieber? 


EXERCISES  AND   LESSONS  177 

The  following  comparatives  and  superlatives  have  no 
positive : 

Comparative  Superlative 

inner-,  inner  ber  tnnerftc,  inmost 

fiufeer-,  outer  ber  aufeerfte,  outmost 

ober-,  upper  ber  oberfte,  top 

unter-,  lower  ber  unterfte,  lowest 

borber-,  front  ber  t)orberfte,  foremost 

()inter-,  hind  ber  f)interfte,  hindmost 

From  ber  erfte,  first,  and  ber  le^te,  last,  which  are  really 
superlatives,  the  comparatives  ber  erftere,  the  former,  and 
ber  le^tere,  the  latter,  are  formed. 

12.  The  Cardinal  Nixmbers:  Study  Synopsis  of  Gram- 
mar, §  24. 


LESSON  xxvin 

73.  The  Ordinal  Numbers: 

1st   ber  (bie,  ba^)  erfte 

10th  ber  3ef)nte 

2d    ber  jmeite 

15th  ber  funf^e^inte 

3d    berbritte 

20th  ber  ^manjigfte 

4th  ber  t)ierte 

21st   ber  einunb^mansigfte 

5th  berfunfte 

*  100th  ber  f)unbertfte 

6th  ber  fec^fte 

101st   ber  {)unberterfte 

Ordinals  are  formed  by  adding  to  the  cardinals  -te 
from  2  to  19,  and  -fte  from  20  upwards.  They  are  declined 
hke  adjectives. 

3)er  erfte,  ber  britte,  and  ber  a(i)k,  eighth,  are  irregular. 

When  written  in  figures,  a  period  is  used  instead  of  the 
suffix:  ber  2.  Slprtl,  grans  H-  (read:  gran^  ber  3^cite). 

Ordinal  Adverbs  are  formed  by  adding  -ng  to  the  ordinal: 
er[ten3,  first{ly),  jtoeitcn^,  second{ly). 


178  GERMAN  FOR  BEGINNERS 

n.  ii^crfe^ung 

1.  Charlemagne  was  the  first  ruler  of  the  Roman- 
German  Empire.  2.  He  ruled  in  the  eighth  and  ninth 
centuries.  3.  The  Pope  crowned  Charlemagne  emperor 
(gum  ^.)  on  December  25,  800.  4.  Christmas  is  on  the 
25th  of  December;  Easter  is  on  the  Sunday  after  the  first 
full-moon  in  (the)  spring.  5.  Pentecost  is  on  the  50th 
day  after  Easter.  6.  The  Franconian  dynasty  ruled 
during  the  last  three  quarters  of  the  eleventh  century  and 
in  the  first  quarter  of  the  twelfth  century.  7.  The  strife 
between  the  popes  and  the  German  kings  lasted  more 
than  a  century  and  a  half.  8.  Conradin  died  on  the 
scaffold  in  1268.  9.  Do  you  know  who  was  the  last  em- 
peror of  the  old  German  empire?  10.  The  Germans 
called  Fredrick  I.  ^'Rotbart/'  the  ItaHans  called  him 
''Barbarossa."  11.  In  1273  the  electors  elected  a  Swiss 
count  (gum)  German  king.  12.  Francis  II.  resigned  the 
German  crown  on  August  6,  1806.  13.  {Write  in  words:) 
Hamburg,  July  first,  1903. —The  fourth  of  July,  1776. 
—  Goethe  died  on  March  22,  1832.  14.  A  quarter  of 
three;  half  past  six;  ten  minutes  of  one;  six  twenty  p.m.; 
a  quarter  past  seven. 

ni.  Mnnq 

h  ec^reiben  @ie  in  SSorten:  ber  31.,  968.,  144.,  1001. 

2.  ®eben  'Bk  alle  fed^^  3^iten  t)on:  T)a^  geuer  brennt.  53er= 
iDenbet  er  t)iel  (Sorge  auf  biefe  5Irbeit?   ^er  Tlann,  ben  bu  fennft. 

3.  HnttDorten  (Sie:  5ln  tcelc^em  Za^t  beginnt  bie  (Bd)uk? 
5(n  hjeld^em  Xa^t  enbet  fie?  SSelc^eS  T)atum  ift  ()eute?  3Sie 
biel  W)x  ift  e^  jeljt?  Urn  mie  biel  U()r  effen  <Bk  gu  9D?ittag  0)a^ 
ben  (Bk  2)?ittafieffen)?  iBann  l)aben  Bk  grii^tucf?  SBann 
Slbenbcffen? 


EXERCISES  AND  LESSONS  179 

74.  Date  and  Hour: 

1.  ^Imerifa  tuurbe  (tm  Sa^u)  1492  entbecft  (never:  in 
1492),  America  was  discovered  in  1492. 

2.  ©eute  ift  ber  29,  ^Degetnber  (read:  neununbgtDansiQfte), 
To-day  is  the  29th  of  December;  am  29.  (read :  neununb^tDans 
jigften)  ^ejember,  on  December  29th.  iBerlin,  ben  (am)  29, 
^egember  1911. 

3.  SBiet)ieI  U^r  ift  c6?  What  time  is  it? 
@6  ift  ein^  (ein  Ul^r),         It  is  one  o'clock. 

@^  ift  bicrtel  brei  (ein         It  is  a  quarter  past  two. 

35iertel  auf  brei). 
(S^  ift  f)alb  t)ier.  It  is  half  past  three. 

@g  ift  breiDiertel  (brei        It  is  a  quarter  of  four. 

33iertel  auf)  bier. 
®ie  fam  um  brei  U{)r.        She  came  at  three  o'clock. 
Minutes  are  indicated  as  in  English:  ^ef)n  Uf)r  gtuan^ig 
Dormittag^  (nad^mittag^),  10.20  a.m.  (p.m.);  fiinf  3)?inuten 
bor  fed^^,  five  minutes  of  six. 

75.  Irregular  Weak  Verbs : 
fircnnen,  bum,  brannte,  gebrannt 
fcnncn,^  know,  fannte,  gefannt 
ncnncn,  call,  name,  nannte,  genannt 
rcnncn,  run,  rannte,  gerannt 

fcnben,  send,  fanbte  (fenbete),  gefanbt  (gefenbet) 
njcnben,  turn,  n)anbte  (menbete),  gemanbt  (getuenbet) 
benfen,  think,  hadjte,  gebad^t 
bringcn,  bring,  hxa(i)tt,  gebrad^t, 

1  Distinguish: 

fcnncn,    know  =  he  acquainted  with,  with  a  definite  object:   id^ 

fenne  ben  ffflaxm. 
tuiffcn,     know  =  have  knowledge,  with  no  object  or  an  indefinite 

object:  id)  h)ci&  nid^t,  id)  h)et^  ha^,  cr  mcife  allc8. 
ffinncn,    know  =  possess  an  ability:  er  fann  2)eutfd^  {he  can  speak, 

read,  write  German). 


180  GERMAN   FOR  BEGINNERS 

EXERCISE   XXIX 

I.  Sragen 

1.  SSa^  ftnb  bit  pfammenge^ten  ^^iten? 

2.  ^ei  tt)tld)m  SSerben  ftel^t  fcin,  unb  bei  melc^en  fte]f)t  f^ahtn? 


3.  SBie  bilbct  man  ba«  giiturum? 

4.  SSie  bilbet  man  ba^  guturum  ejaftum? 

5.  SBo  ftefien  ber  Qnftnitit)  unb  ba^  "iparti^ipium  im  ^aupt* 
faije? 

6.  3Sa6  ift  bie  SBortfotge  ber  gufammengefei^ten  B^itcn  im 
5^ebenfa^? 

7.  2Ba6  ftnb  bie  untrennbaren  33orftIben? 

8.  SBorin  unterfd^eiben  ftd^  {differ)  untrennbare  3citto;);ter 
Don  anberen? 

9»  SSie  ift  bie  ^etonung  bon  3SorfiIben? 

10.  3n  tt»el(^en  gormen  merben  trennbare  33erba  gufammen= 
gefc^rieben? 

11.  SSo  ftef)en  bie  trennbaren  55orfiIben  im  Qnfinitii)  unb  im 
^Jartisipium? 

12.  ^a^  finb  bie  (Snbungen  be^  ^omparatit)^  unb  be^  (Super- 
Iatit)«? 

13.  SBie  h)erben  fie  befliniert? 

14.  SSelc^e  ©runb  af)Ien  tuerben  getDolinlid^  befliniert? 

15.  ^k  tt)irb  bie  3cil)I  cin;^  befliniert? 

16*  ^a^  finb  bie  (Snbungen  ber  Orbnuno§sal)len? 


EXERCISES  AND  LESSONS  181 

LESSON  XXIX 

62.  T)it  sufammengcfei^ten  3^iten  ftnb:  ha^  ^erfeftum,  ba^ 
^lu^quamperfeftum,  ba^  guturum,  ha^  guturum  ejaftum. 

63.  @ctn  ftef)t  bet  intranfttit)en  33erben,  bit  elne  53eranberun9 
beg  Orte^  ober  ^uftanbe^  bebeuten,  unb  bei  ben  53erben  fctn, 
bictbcn,  gelingen,  gcfc^c^cn,  glucfctt.  ^el  alien  anberen  3Serben 
\tei)t  f)ahtn, 

64.  3)ag  guturum  tuirb  au^  bent  ^ilf^^eitmort  njcrbcn  unb 
bem  3nftnitit)  be^  'iprafeng  gebilbet. 

64.  5lug  bem  ^ilf^seittDort  mcrbcn  unb  bem  Qnftnittt)  be« 
^erfeftumg. 

63,  64.  @te  ftc!)en  im  ^auptfalj  am  (Snbe;  bag  ^arttstpium 
fte{)t  im  guturum  ejaftum  \)ov  bem  QnftnititJ. 
63,  64.  3m  g^ebenfa^  ftef)t  ba^  ^ilf^seitmort  am  @nbe. 

65.  S8c,  cnt,  cr,  gc,  tjcr,  jcr. 

65.  (Sie  bilben  bag  "ipartisipium  beg  ^erfeftumg  o^ne  gc- 

67.  ^trennbare  5Sorftlben  ftnb  immer  betont,  untrennbarc 
unbetont. 

67.  jtrennbare  5Serba  n)erben  gufammengefd^rteben:  tm  3n= 
ftnttit),  im  ^ipartijipium,  unb  im  9^ebenfa^e  audfi  in  ben  einfad^en 
3eiten. 

67.  (^ie  fte{)en  t)or  bem  53erbum» 

69.  3)er  ^omparatit)  enbet  auf  -cr,  ber  ©uperlatit)  auf  -ft- 
ober  -eft-;  oft  ()aben  fie  Umlaut. 

70.  ®ie  tDerben  befliniert  toie  ber  "ipofitit),  alfo  ftarf  ober  f(§n)ac5» 
Synopsis  §  25.    SDIeift  nur  bie  5af)I  etn^. 

Synopsis  §  25.  33 or  einem  (Subftantio  mie  ber  unbeftimmte 
5lrtifel;  ol)ne  ^ubftantit)  n)ie  bicfcr. 

73.  ^ie  £)rbnunggja{)len  t)on  2  big  19  l^aben  bie  @nbuna  -te; 
bie  iiber  19  bie  ^nbung  -fte. 


182  GERMAN  FOR  BEGINNERS 

n.  iXhnm 

1.  Change  the  following  story  to  the  perfect  tense: 

(Sin  §unb,  ber  ein  @tii(f  gleifd^  itn  Mank  (mouth)  trug, 
fd^tramm  ilber  einen  S^ufe*  (Sr  faf)  fein  iBilb  itn  SBaffer  unb 
l^ielt  (considered)  eg  filr  etnen  anberen  §unb.  @r  tDoItte  beffen 
<BtM  gleifd^  auc^  i)aben  (perf. :  ()at  f.  ©.  g.  f)aben  mollen)  unb 
fd^nappte  (snapped)  banac^,  ^a  ftel  fein  gleifd^  in^  SSoffer, 
unb  er  f)atte  nid^t^. 

2.  ©eben  (Bie  bie  ©i^nopfi^  bon:  gefien  toir?,  <©ie  bleiben, 
man  folgt  un^  (both  meanings). 


EXERCISE  XXX 

I.  ffragen 

1,  iBann  tuurbe  ber  ^eutfd^e  iBunb  gcgriinbet?  2.  SSa^ 
fie()orte  su  biefem  53unbe?  3.  SBann  unb  hjarum  h)urbe  er  auf= 
gclfift?  4,  SBag  tDurbe  bann  gegriinbet?  5.  SKer  fii^rte  biefen 
33unb?  6.  SSann  erflarte  granfreid^  ,^rieg  gegen  ^reufeen? 
7.  SKer  U)urbe  befiegt?  8.  SSann  gab  man  bie  ©riinbung  be^ 
neuen  ^eutfd^en  9?ei(^eg  befannt?  9.  SSen  proflamierte  man 
alg  ^eutfd^en  ^aifer?  10.  SSie  n)erben  bie  meiften  beutfc^en 
©taaten  regiert?  IL  3Ser  erflart  fiir  ha^  3)eutf(^e  ^dd) 
^rieg?  12.  3Ber  fd^Iiegt  grieben?  13.  3n  n)effen  D^amen  gibt 
ber  ^eutfd^e  ^aifer  feine  5Inorbnungen?  14.  ^tv  mufe  fie  unter^ 
fd^reiben?  15.  iESer  befd^Iiefet  ©efe^e?  16.  $Ser  unterfc^reibt 
fie?  17.  ^onnen  ©efe^e  t)om  ^aifer  Detiert  merben?  18.  SSo* 
mit  fann  man  ben  53unbegrat  bergleid^en?  19.  3Ber  bilbet  it)n? 
20.  SSer  emennt  ben  S^eid^gfangler?  21.  SBer  m^lt  bie  SO^it* 
glieber  beg  9^eic^gtageg? 


EXERCISES  AND  LESSONS 


183 


76.  Word  Formation:  @(^(r)ft,  8(ft(af. 

Many  nouns  are  derived  from  verbs  without  any  suflfix; 
the  vowel  is  the  same  as  in  the  infinitive,  or  it  shows 
5lblaut;  ©d^Iofe  comes  from  fd^liegen,  ©d^laf  from  fd^Iafcn.      ' 

From  which  verbs  are  the  following  nouns  derived:  hit 
Xat,  deed,  ber  ®ang,  walk,  ber  ?auf,  run,  ber  3^9/  draught, 
train,  ber  '^vunt  or  Xvant,  drink,  ber  @teig,  footpath,  ber 
S3efe()t,  command,  ber  glug,  flight,  ber  gall,  ber  gunb,  ber 
iBeginn,  ber  @c^Iag?  (Where  the  meaning  is  not  given  try 
to  find  it.) 


LESSON  XXX 


77.  The  Passive  Voice. 
Present 
I  am  (being)  called 
id)  h)erbe  gerufen 
bu  tDirft  gerufen 
er  tDirb  gerufen 
tt)ir  tDerben  gerufen 
ii)v  iDerbet  gerufen 
fie  hjerben  gerufen 


Simple  Tenses : 

Preterit 
/  was  called 
i(^  tuurbe  gerufen 
bu  tDurbeft  gerufen 
er  tDurbe  gerufen 
tDir  iDurben  gerufen 
il^r  murbet  gerufen 
fie  tourben  gerufen 


Imperative 

he  called! 
n)erbe  gerufen! 
tDerben  gerufen! 
toerben  'Bit  gerufen! 

The  passive  voice  is  formed  by  combining  the  past  par- 
ticiple of  the  verb  with  the  auxiHary  hjcrben. 


184  GERMAN   FOR  BEGINNERS 

n.  libcrfc^ung 

1.  Napoleon  was  defeated  at  (bei)  Leipzig  ^  in  1813  ^ 
2.  The  German  Confederation  was  founded  by  38  Ger- 
man states.  3.  Was  the  German  Confederation  guided 
1)7  Austria  or  by  Prussia?  4.  The  war  is  ended!  We  have 
peace.  5.  In  1871  the  war  between  France  and  Germany 
was  ended  and  peace  was  made.  6.  Who  was  defeated 
in  that  war?  7.  After  Austria  was  defeated,  the  North- 
German  aUiance  was  formed.  8.  WiUiam  I.  was  pro- 
claimed German  emperor  on  January  18,  1871.  9.  Is 
Prussia  ruled  by  a  king  or  by  a  president?  10.  Is  the 
German  emperor  acknowledged  as  monarch  of  the  whole 
country?    11.  (The)  most  countries  are  ruled  by  monarchs. 

12.  Was  the  war  declared  by  France  or  by  Germany? 

13.  Our    country   is    attacked;    war   must   be    declared. 

14.  Laws  are  not  made  by  the  German  emperor,  but 
only  signed  by  him.  15.  By  whom  is  the  letter  signed, 
by  the  directors  or  by  the  president? 

m.  iibutig 

L  ^oniugieren  (Bk  ba^  paffibe  "ifrafen^  unb  ^iprciteritum  t)on: 
nennen,  leiten,  regieren,  \d)tn,  fc^Iagen,  f)olen. 

2.  tlbertragen  (Sie  bie  folgenben  ®a^e  in^  ^affttjum  ((Sin= 
gular  unb  plural  be^  ^iprcifen^  unb  ^rciteritunt^):  ^er  ^a)i\t 
front  ben  ^aifer.  3)er  ^urfiirft,  ber  ben  tontg  m^t  2)er 
^rafibent  t)etiert  ba^  ®efe^.  ^ringt  biefer  ^rieg  bem  9^etd^e 
@efaf)r  (danger)? 

In  the  last  sentence  use  burd^,  not  t)on. 

3.  Ubertragen  ©ie  bie  folgenben  (ga^e  in  atte  S^iten  be6 
Iftioum^:  ^at)ern  tritt  auf  'ipreufeen^  ©eite.  ^er  ^aifer  fc^Uefet 
grieben.    SSir  Oergleid^en  ben  iBunbe^rat  mit  bem  'Btnat 

■  4.  ^Deninieren  (Sie:  ein  amerifanifc^er  ^^rciftbent,  ber  neue 
(Senat,  biefer  grofee  ^rieg,  bie  befiegte  Station, 


EXERCISES  AND  LESSONS 


185 


78.  The  English  Forms  consisting  of  a  past  participle 
and  forms  of  the  verb  he  are  not  always  passives :  a  passive 
invariably  denotes  some  action  (exerted  upon  the  gram- 
matical or  logical  subject).  But  he  can  also  be  used  as  an 
independent  verb,  connecting  the  subject  with  a  predicate 
adjective  which  may  or  may  not  be  a  past  participle;  the 
sentence  The  door  is  closed  is  no  more  a  passive  sentence 
than  The  door  is  open. 

In  the  following  sentences,  (a)  denotes  an  action  as 
going  on;  these  sentences  are  rear  passives;  (6)  denotes  a 
condition;  these  sentences  are  not  in  the  passive  voice, 
and  in  German  not  the  verb  merben,  but  the  verb  fein 
must  be  used  accordingly: 


Shrubs  are  planted  in  spring. 
©traud^er   tocrbcn    im   griifiling 

Qepflanjt. 
War  is  declared  by  the  emperor. 
^ricg  toith  burt^  ben  ^aifer  cr« 

fmrt. 


These  shrubs  are  planted  too  deep. 
!Diefc   ©trauc^cr   fmb    ju    tief    9e= 

Pftanst. 
The  war  is  declared. 
!5)cr  trieg  tft  crflftrt. 


!Dic  i^ranjofen  hjurben  im  ^af)Tt  1870  gcfd^Iagen,  The  French  were  de- 
feated in  1870,  refers  to  the  war  itself.  !Dtc  granjofcn  hiarcn  gefc^Iagen, 
The  French  were  defeated,  to  the  conditions  after  the  war. 


79.  By.  Enghsh  hy  with  the  passive  is  expressed  by 
turn  (w.  dat.)  or  burc^  (w.  ace).  3Soti  expresses  direct,  in- 
tended action,  and  is  therefore  mostly  used  with  persons: 
(iv  tDurbe  t)on  feinem  geinbe  getotet,  He  was  killed  by  his 
enemy,  ©urc^  denotes  means  or  instrument,  thus  imply- 
ing indirect,  unintended  action,  and  is  therefore  mostly 
used  of  things:  @r  ft)urbe  burc^  ®ift  getotet,  He  was  killed  by 
poison. 


186  GERMAN   FOR  BEGINNERS 

5.  Insert  the  correct  auxiliary  (fein  or  iDerben):  (a) 
Present:  !l)tefe6  ©au^  —  au^  (Stein  gebaut.  ^n  biefem  3af)re 
—  t)iele  neue  ^ciufer  gebaut.  @^  ift  §erbft  {autumn);  al(e^ 
©etreibe  {grain)  —  gefc^mtten.  @ra^  —  gh)eimal  im  ^ci^t^e 
gefc^nitten.  geuer  —  tnit  Staffer  ober  ®anb  gelofd^t,  —  ba6 
geuer  enblic^  Qelofc^t? 


EXERCISE   XXXI 

I.  fjragcn 

1.  SSann  rtiaren  bie  !i?anber  um  ha^  SD^ittelmeer  in  ben  ^fin- 
'Htn  ber  9^omer?  2.  iJSelc^er  2^eil  ^eutfc^Ianb^  Xoax  t)on  i^nen 
untertDorfen  morben?  3.  SBarunt  maren  bie  beutfd^en  (Stamme 
t)on  if)nen  befiegt  tDorben?  4.  ^ann  tDurbe  33aru^  an  ben 
9t{)ein  gefanbt?  5.  SSelc^e^  !?anb  tear  t)on  i()m  t)ern)altet  tDorben? 
6.  3Bie  lange  n)urbe  !Deutfc^lanb  t)on  il^m  bebriidt?  7.  53on 
h)em  h)urbe  if)m  gefc^meicftelt?  8,  SSer  ift  ber  ^efreier  ber 
3)eutfd^en  9en)orben?  9.  SKa^  tDar  t)on  biefem  getan  tDorben? 
10.  SO^it  tDie  tiiel  9D?ann  ^og  53aru^  gegen  jenen  (Stamm  an  ber 
Smg?  IL  3n  h)el(^e^  ©ebirge  famen  fie?  12.  iffia^  ift  bort 
gefd^el^en?  13.  SBie  Xowc  bag  ilSetter?  14.  53on  h3em  ift  htn 
3)eutfd^en  gefiolfen  n)orben?  15.  ifi>ie  lange  n)urbe  gefantpft? 
16.  SKa6  tear  bann  mit  faft  alien  9^omern  gefd)ef)en?  17.  SBa^ 
tat  53am6,  al^  er  fal),  ha^  alte^  Derloren  h)ar?  18.  ifiBa^  n)ar 
bie  Solge  {consequence)  jener  ©c^Iad^t?  19.  2Bie  ift  Hermann 
fieftorben?  20.  SSa^  mirb  man  auf  alle  Beiten  tun?  21.  ma^ 
ift  t)or  einigen  3af)ren  an  ber  ©telle  jene^  ©iege^  gefc^elien? 

n.  ftficrfc^ung 

The  Germans  had  been  conquered  by  the  Romans  be- 
cause they  were  not  united.     The  country  had  been  op- 


EXERCISES  AND  LESSONS  187 

iXbnnq 

{Continued  from  page  186) 

(b)  Preterit:  5Imerifa  —  im  3at)re  1492  entbcdft.    ^nbicn 

—  f($on  lange  entbecft  (known),  t\)t  (before)  ber  SSeg  nac§ 
Hmerifa  gefunben  — *    X)er  l^anbmann  fanb  ba^  ^ferb  nic^t;  e6 

—  0eftol)len,    T)a^  ^rot  —  t)on  betn  guc^fe  gefto()Ien. 

LESSON  XXXI 

80.  The  Compound  Tenses  of  the  Passive : 

Perfect:  id^  bin  gerufen  iDorben,  /  have  been  called, 

bu  bift  gerufen  iDorben,  etc. 

Pluperfect:  ic^  Xoav  gcrufen  tDorben,  /  had  been  called. 

Future:  tc^  tDerbe  gerufen  merben,  I  shall  be  called, 

bu  h)irft  gerufen  n3erben,  etc. 

Future  Perfect:  ic§  merbe  gerufen  toorbcn  fein,  /  shall  have 
been  called. 

In  the  following  '^  skeleton  sjniopsis''  x  denotes  the 
participle  of  the  verb: 

er  njtrb    x 

cr  hiurbc  x 

cr  tft        X  toorben 

cr  tear     x  h)orbcn 

cr  h)trb     X  mcrbcn 

cr  n)trb    x  hjorbeti  fein 

Note  that  as  an  auxiliary  of  the  passive,  iDcrbcn  has  the  shortened 
participle  hJorbctt. 

81.  The  Impersonal  Passive.  Intransitive  verbs  can 
form  an  impersonal  passive  in  German  if  they  denote 
action: 

^Ii^7x"'"t  ^'^'?^*'>,f7l  ^f^'fioM  lasM  three  days. 


188  GERMAN  FOR  BEGINNERS 

pressed  by  the  Romans  (for)  several  years,  and  in  the 
year  7  Varus  had  been  sent  to  Germany.  While  several 
German  princes  were  flattering  him,  many  German  tribes 
had  been  united  by  Arminius.  This  had  been  betrayed 
to  Varus,  but  it  had  not  been  beheved  by  him. 

At  last  one  of  the  German  tribes  arose  against  the 
Romans.  In  a  large  forest  the  Romans  were  attacked 
by  countless  Germans.  The  weather  {T)a^  ^Better)  was 
terrible.  It  was  raining,  thundering,  and  lightning. 
After  the  fight  had  lasted  three  days  (9^a{§bem  3  X,  gef. 
tDorben  h)ar),  almost  all  [of  the]  Romans  had  been  killed. 
Varus  committed  suicide. 

Germany  was  saved.  But  Arminius  was  not  thanked 
(banfen,  w.  dat.)  for  it.  A  few  years  afterwards  he  was 
killed  by  relatives.  But  by  the  Germans  he  will  always 
be  praised  as  the  liberator  of  their  country.  A  great 
monument  has  been  built  for  him  in  (an)  the  same  place 
where  the  Romans  had  been  defeated  by  him. 


L  ^onjugteren  (Sie  btc  ^ufammengefe^ten  S^xitxi  (^erfef^ 
turn,  "ipiu^quaTnperfeftum,  guturum,  guturum  ejaftum)  be^ 
"i|3affit)UTn^  t)on:  fenben,  retten,  preifen,  btenen  (tnir  ift  gebient 
tDorben,  bir  ift  gebient  iDorben,  u.f.tt).),  f)elfen,  banfen. 

2.  Ubertragen  (Sie  bie  folgenben  @(i^e  in  alien  B^iten  be^ 
2lftit)unt^  unb  ^afftt)unt^:  SBtr  fd^liefeen  einen  iBunb.  9D^an 
l)ilft  un«.  3}?an  preift  Hermann  al^  ^elben.  3)rei  ZcL<^t  fampft 
man.     (In  the  passive  voice,  omit  man.) 

3.  libertragen  ^\t  folgenbe  (Sa^e  in  alte  S^xitxi  be^  Hfttdum^: 
@g  regnet.  ^^  gibt  biele  gute  ^iid^er.  ^o  gibt  e«  einen  folc^en 
9}2ann?    @«  flopft  oxi  ber  ^iir.    2)en  armen  SJJann  f)ungert. 


EXERCISES  AND   LESSONS  189 

If  an  intransitive  verb  requires  a  dative  object,  this  is 
not  changed  to  the  nominative,  as  is  the  case  with  an 
accusative  object,  but  Dative  remains  Dative: 

^cn  3!)eutfd^ctt  h)urbe  t)on  ben  (Slementen  geliolfen, 
The  Germans  were  helped  by  the  elements. 

I  am  helped  =  Wvc  h)irb  gcl^olfen,  or  @«  h)irb  mir  gef)oIfen. 
Q:^  stands  either  in  the  first  place,  or  it  is  not  used  at  all; 
in  dependent  sentences,  it  is  always  omitted:  5Son  if)Tn 
Xoxxh  tnir  m6)i  gef)oIfen,  By  him  I  shall  not  he  helped.  3d^ 
tt)ei6  ni(^t,  ob  mir  ge^olfen  tDirb,  /  do  not  know  whether  I 
shall  he  helped.  (The  present  is  frequently  used  instead 
of  the  future:  ^6)  fotrtTne  balb,  /  shall  come  soon.) 

The  following  verbs  with  the  dative  have  occurred:  anthjortcn, 
beficgncn,  banfen,  biencn,  folgcn,  gctiord^en,  glauben,  f)clfcn,  fc^mcic^eln, 

83.  Substitutes  for  the  Passive  are  frequent,  as  the  passive  is 
used  much  less  in  German  than  in  EngHsh;  the  most  common  is 
the  indefinite  pronoun  mon,  one,  they,  people,  with  the  active: 

3)^an  fofit,  It  is  said.    Man  glaubt,  It  is  believed. 

Often  a  reflexive  verb  is  used : 

!J)a8  Dcrftcfit  \i(S),  That  is  understood. 

(SS  h)trb  fid^  balb  ftnbcn,  It  mil  soon  be  found. 

English  passive  infinitives  expressing  possibility  or  necessity  are 
usually  rendered  in  the  following  ways: 

liefer  53rtef  ift  nic^t  ju  Icfcn,  This  letter  cannot  (or  must  not)  be  read. 
!Diefer  33rtef  Ia^t*ftci^  nid^t  Icfen, 


liefer  33ricf  fann  man  nic^t  lefen, 
2)icfer  S3ricf  ift  nic^t  leSbar, 


This  letter  cannot  be  read. 


83.   Impersonal  Verbs. 

I.   S^  regnet,  It  is  raining. 
II.   @6  f)ungert  mic^,  or  SO^id^  f)un9ert,  I  am  hungry. 


190  GERMAN  FOR  BEGINNERS 

4.  In  the  following  story,  change  to  the  passive  all  sen- 
tences in  which  the  verb  is  printed  in  heavy  type : 

^inntal  tdax  ^rieg  im  2anht,  unb  ber  geinb  rtiar  gans  naf)e 
bet  ber  (Stabt  (Sd^ilba.  ^a  tDoIIten  bie  (Sd^ilbburger  i^re  grofec 
©lodfe  retten,  aber  [te  tnad^ten  e^  fo,  bafe  fie  bod)^  berloren  Qtng» 
^a6  Qefd^af)  fo: 

3)ie  (Sc^tlbbiirger  f)atten  bte  ©locfe  in  ein  (S(§iff  getragcn, 
unb  bann  tDaren  fie  bamit  auf  ben  (See  gefaf)ren.  ^I^  fie  in  ber 
SD?itte  n)aren,  l)aiitn  brei  t)on  i{)nen  bie  ©locfe  gcfafet  unb  in^ 
SBaffer  gettJorfen.  'Ra(i)  bent  ^Ibguge^  be^  geinbe^  toollten  fie 
fie  n)ieber()oIen  (accent?),  ^a  {)atte  einer  t)on  i^nen  gefagt: 
„SSie  fonnen  n)ir  bie  (Btelle  h)ieberfinben,  h3o  U)ir  bie  ©lode  in^ 
SSaffer  gchjotfen  ()aben? "  5Iber  ein  anberer  fagte:  „3)aflir  mill 
ic^  forgen."  ^  3)ann  l)atte  er  fein  WtWex  gcnommen  unb  bamit  ein 
^eid&en'^  in^  ©c^iff  gefcftnittcn  an  ber  (Stelle,  n)o  fie  bie  ©lode 
inS  Staffer  gcnjtirf en  l^atten.  3)ann  maren  fie  nac^  §aufe  gefal)ren. 

^l^  ber  geinb  fort  tioax,  h)ollten  fie  bie  ®lode  trieber^olen. 
S)en  (Scftnitt  an  bent  (Sd^iffe  fanbcn  fie  n)ieber  —  aber  er  setgte 
bie  (Stelle  nid^t  ntel)r/  n»o  fie  bie  ©lode  t)crfen!t^  l^atten,  @o 
l^atten  fie  bie  ©lode  tjcrbren* 

1.  after  all.         2.  departure.         3.  I  shall  take  care  of  that. 
4.  mark.         5.  no  longer.         6.  sunk. 

EXERCISE   XXXn 
I.  Sragcn 

1.  3So  ntufete  jener  ^nabe  bie  §erbe  l^iiten?  2.  iffia^  taten 
bie  D^itter,  bie  gefprengt  fanten?  3.  SBer  ging  il)nen  entgegen? 
4.  SBa^  iDollten  fie  tun?  5.  SSa^  tat  aber  ber  9D?ann  an  ber 
©pii^e  ber  $Ritter?  6.  ^ief  ber  tnabe  toeg?  7.  iESer  follte  nic^t 
iiber  ha^  gelb  reiten?  8.  3Ber  tdat  ber.  53ater  beg  ^naben?' 
9»  SBa^  burfte  ntentanb  bor  einem  ^Billing  tun?    10.  iEBem 


EXERCISES  AND  LESSONS  191 

There  are  in  German  two  (or,  including  the  impersonal 
passive,  three)  classes  of  impersonal  verbs: 

I.  Verbs  denoting  general  conditions,  e.g.  weather, 
sounds  of  unknown  origin,  etc.:  (gg  regnet,  It  is  raining, 
e^  fd^neit,  it  is  snowing,  e^  flopft,  somebody  is  knocking. 
These  verbs  retain  the  t^  under  all  conditions:  @eftem 
regnete  t^,  Yesterday  it  was  raining.  SBeigt  bu,  bafe  t^ 
regnet?    Do  you  know  that  it  is  raining? 

II.  Verbs  denoting  bodily  or  mental  feeling:  (S^  graut 
tntd^  (or  tnir)  (inid^  or  mir  graut),  /  am  shuddering.  (E^ 
f)ungert  mic^  (nttc^  f)ungert),  I  am  hungry.  These  verbs 
usually  drop  the  grammatical  subject  c^  whenever  it 
would  not  stand  first  in  the  sentence :  ^eute  f)ungert  mid^, 
To-day  I  am  hungry,  grage  i^n,  ob  i^n  l^ungert,  Ask  him 
whether  he  is  hungry. 

Note.  There  is,  there  are  are  in  German  expressed  either  by  Ci§  flibt 
(with  the  accusative) :  (5g  gibt  feinen  Xag  ol^ne  ©orgcn,  There  is  no  day 
without  cares,  (SS  gibt  feine  D^ofcn  of)ne  2)orncn,  There  are  no  roses 
without  thorns;  or  by  e^  ift,  e^  fmb:  @g  toax  einmal  cin  ^onig,  Once  upon 
a  time  there  was  a  king.  (Sg  iDaren  3h)ei  ^onig^finber,  There  were  two 
royal  children. 

@g  gibt  (always  singular  form)  refers  to  the  subject  as  a  general 
type;  c3  tft,  e8  finb,  considers  the  subject  as  an  individual  (or  sepa- 
rate individuals). 


LESSON  xxxn 

84.  The  Modal  Auxiliaries : 

biitfcn,  burfte,  geburft,  be  permitted  (may) 
lijnncn,  fonnte,  gefonnt,  be  able  (can) 
m'oqtn,  mod^te,  gemod^t,  like  (may) 
tniiffcn,  mufete,  gemufet,  be  compelled  (must) 
fottcn,  foflte,  gefollt,  be  obliged  (shall) 
ttiollen,  njoHtc,  getDottt,  want  to  (will) 


192  GERMAN  FOR  BEGINNERS 

tDollte  ber  ^nabe  nid^t  gefiord^en?  11,  2Bag  foil  ein  ^onig  tun? 
12.  3u  ^^w  foHte  ber  Mnaht  ben  ^ontg  fuf)ren?  13.  SSarum 
fonnte  Hermann  ben  Skitter  nic^t  fu()ren?  14.  SSo()in  follte  ber 
^onig  reiten?  15.  SSa^  I)atte  ^onig  Otto  ju  ©emiann^  53ater 
gefagt?  16.  SSa^  follte  Hermann  tun?  17.  SD^oc^te  er  mit  bem 
^onige  siel)en?  (Do  not  use  mogen  in  the  answer,  see  §  85  ^) 
18.  SSarunt  n)ollte  Hermann  mit  bem  ^onige  gtel)en?  19.  iJBa^ 
mufete  billing  tun,  al^  ^onig  Otto  nac^  3talien  sog? 

n.  flficrfc^ung 

A.  1.  You  must  tend  [to]  the  herd.  2.  We  want  to 
ride  across  this  field.  3.  Why  do  you  not  want  to  permit 
that?  4.  He  had  to  stop  his  horse  and  wait  for  the  other 
knights.  5.  Who  comes  running  there?  You  must  know 
him.  6.  You  must  not  take  [things]  that  (sing.)  do  not 
belong  to  you.  7.  I  will  and  must  see  him  immediately. 
8.  I  do  not  want  to  remain  standing  while  the  others  are 
sitting.  9.  No-one  shall  break  the  law  (=  right)  in-the- 
presence-of  (t)or)  the  king.  10.  He  did  not  want  to  obey 
a  king  who  did  not  uphold  (=  protect)  the  law.  11.  They 
are  said  to  be  (follen)  servants,  but  they  claim  (iDollen)  to 
be  knights.  12.  Why  do  you  not  want  to  come  to  me?  I 
shall  protect  you.  13.  You  cannot  see  the  house  from 
here,  but  you  will  reach  it  in  a  few  minutes.  14.  He 
could  not  go  with  the  knights  because  he  did  not  want  to 
leave  his  herd  alone.  15.  How  can  you  refuse  my  re- 
quest?    I  shall  never  forget  it. 

B.  A  boy  was  on  the  field  with  his  father's  herd.  A 
few  knights  came  galloping  across  the  field.  The  boy 
went  to  them  and  called:  ''You  must  not  ride  across 
this  field!  It  belongs  to  my  father,  and  nobody  is  allowed 
to  walk  or  ride  across  it." 


EXERCISES  AND   LESSONS 


193 


td^  barf 

fann 

mag 

bu  barfft 

fannft 

mag  ft 

er  barf 

fonn 

mag 

h)tr  biirfen 

fdnnen 

mogen 

i^r  biirft 

fiinnt 

mdgt 

fie  biirfen 

fdnnen 

mdgen 

t($  burfte 

fonnte 

moc^tc 

bu  burfteft 

fonnteft 

mod^teft 

er  burfte 

fonnte 

mod^te 

inir  burften 

fonnten 

moc^ten 

t^r  burftet 

fonntct 

moc^tet 

fie  burften 

fonnten 

moc^ten 

fotf 

h)ia 

toeife 

follft 

h)taft 

iuetfet 

fott 

h)ia 

iuei^ 

fotten 

tootten 

miffen 

foltt 

n)oat 

mifet 

fottcn 

h)oI(en 

toiffen 

fottte 

tootttc 

h)u6tc 

follteft 

n)oateft 

toufeteft 

folite 

tooiltt 

njufetc 

foltten 

inoKten 

tDu^Un 

fotltet 

hjotltet 

n)u6tet 

foirten 

iDoIIten 

mufeten 

Paradigms  (h)iffen,  know,  is  included  because  its  conjuga- 
tion resembles  that  of  the  modal  auxiliaries) : 

Present 

mufe 

mufet 

mufe 

miiffen 

miifet 

muff  en 

Preterit 

mu^tc 

mu^teft 

mufete 

mu^ten 

mufjtet 

mufeten 

Notice  that  the  first  and  third  persons  singular  of  the 
present  have  no  ending  (like  the  preterit  of  strong  verbs) ; 
that  the  vowel  of  the  plural  is  the  same  as  that  of  the  in- 
finitive; and  that  the  preterit  and  the  past  participle  have 
no  Umlaut. 

Modal  auxiharies  are  used  much  more  in  German  than 
in  English,  for  the  Enghsh  modal  auxiliaries  lack  many 
forms;  can,  may,  shall,  will  have  no  past  participles, 
partly  also  no  preterit,  and  therefore  frequently  neces- 
sitate circumlocutions  like  be  able,  be  allowed,  etc. 

Enghsh  shall  and  vrill  are  sometimes  used  as  modal 
auxiliaries  (Thou  shall  not  kill),  sometimes  as  auxiliaries 
of  the  future  (/  shall  do  it,  id)  toerbe  e6  tun;  he  will  do  it,  er 
tDtrb  eg  tun).    Compare: 

id)  fann  tf)n  fe{)en,  /  can  see  him 

id)  fonnte  ii)n  fef)en,  /  could  see  him 

(id)  f)abe  tf)n  fel^en  fonnen,  I  have  been  able  to  see  him 

id)  {)atte  il^n  fel^en  tonmn,  I  had  been  able  to  see  him;  see 
next  lesson). 


194  GERMAN  FOR  BEGINNERS 

One  of  the  knights  looked  at  the  boy  in  astonishment 
and  said:  **I  want  to  ride  across  it,  and  I  shall  do  it. 
You  cannot  prevent  me."  But  the  boy  looked  up  to 
him  fearlessly  and  said:  ''My  father  is  the  Billing,  and  I 
am  a  BiUing  too.  You  can  kill  me,  but  you  cannot  break 
the  law  before  my  eyes.    Every  BilHng  upholds  the  law.'' 

The  knights  obeyed  the  boy  and  left  the  field.  The 
knight  who  had  spoken  to  the  boy  was  King  Otto  the 
Great.  He  went  to  the  boy's  father  and  asked  him  to 
let  his  son  go  with  him. 

HI.   flbung 

L  ^onjuQieren  (Sie  ba^  ^rafen^  unb  "iPraterituTtt  t)on:  id^ 
barf  foTTXTnen,  id)  fann  nic^t  bleiben,  id)  mag  nic^t  effen. 

2.  Qbertragen  @ie  bie  folgenben  ©a^e  (a)  in  ben  plural  be^ 
^rafen^,  (b)  in  ben  lingular  unb  plural  be^  "iprateritum^:  3d) 
fann  f)eute  n.ic^t  biel  arbelten.  (Sr  mag  mic^  nic^t  fe{)en.  9D?u6t 
bu  mit  mir  gef)en?  X)u  barfft  je^t  nicftt  au«gef)en.  Sr  foil  fef)r 
franf  fein.    SStltft  bu  bet  mir  bletben? 

3.  ^onjugiercn  <Sie  bie  folgenben  ©ci^e  tm  ^rafen^  unb 
iprciteritum:  I  am  not  permitted  to  sell  this  book.  I  do 
not  want  to  eat  your  bread.  I  do  not  know  whether  I 
can  help  that  man. 

4.  With  modal  auxiharies,  the  infinitive  is  often  omitted 
if  it  can  be  easily  supplied  from  the  context.  Supply  the 
infinitives  in  the  following  sentences: 

(Sin  ^nabe  l)utete  eine  §erbe.  (gtnige  fitter  famen  unb 
tDollten  liber  bag  gelb.  T)tx  ^nabe  fagte:  „Dag  biirft  tl)r  nid^t! 
3^x  miifet  auf  bie  (gtrafee  guriidf."  (giner  ber  9?ttter  anttt>ortete: 
„Sir  merben  iiber  bag  gelb  reiten,  tueil  mir  eg  Pollen,  ^n 
tDirft  ung  nid^t  l)inbern,  n)eil  bu  nid^t  fannft."  T)a  ^nabe  fagte: 
„3:otet  mid^,  iuenn  i\)x  tDollt.  tiber  bag  gelb  fount  ii)x  nid)t, 
folange  id^  lebe." 


EXERCISES  AND  LESSONS  195 

85.  The  Use  of  the  Modal  Auxiliaries  must  be  learned 
from  practice.     The  most  common  meanings  are : 

1.  Permission,     ^iirfcn:  ^u  barf  ft  Qt^en,  You  may  go, 

2.  AbiUty.  ^ijnncn:  Qd)  fann  ha^  nid^t  lefen,  /  cannot 
read  that 

3.  PossibiUty.  WoQtn  or  fijnncn:  !Da^  mag  (fann)  fein, 
That  may  be  {so). 

4.  Liking.  Wloqtn:  3d^  mag  tf)n  nic^t  fel^en,  I  do  not 
want  to  see  him.  In  this  meaning,  the  indicative  of  ■mogen 
is  very  rarely  used  in  affirmative  sentences;  as  to  the  sub- 
junctive, see  §  9P  (page  209).  In  a  somewhat  weaker 
meaning,  it  is  replaced  by  tDolIen,  and  often  replaced  or 
accompanied  by  the  adverb  gern  (lieber,  am  liebften,  §  71) : 
@r  mag  (mill)  ha^  nicjt  (gem)  tun,  (gr  tut  ha^  ni^t  gem,  He 
does  not  like  to  do  that.  Qd)  effe  5lpfel  lieber  al^  iBirnen,  / 
like  apples  better  than  pears. 

5.  Determination  or  Willingness.  SSottcn:  3d^  tDiH 
i^in  fel^cn,  /  want  to  see  him. 

Note.  Be  careful  not  to  use  iDoftcn  for  the  future  tense:  (Sr  h)trb 
morgcn  fommen,  He  will  come  to-morrow.  @r  tt)ill  morgen  fommcn,  He 
wants  to  come  to-morrow. 

6.  Obligation  or  Destination,  (©ottcn:  ^u  foEft  ntd^t 
toten,  Thou  shall  not  kill.  (Sr  follte  nur  iDenige  3a|re  leben, 
He  was  (destined)  to  live  only  a  few  years. 

Note,  Do  not  use  [ollen  for  the  future  tense:  ^d)  irerbc  morgen 
fommen,  I  shall  come  to-morrow.  ^<i)  [ott  morgcn  fommen,  /  am  {obliged) 
to  come  to-morrow. 

7.  Compulsion.  SDliiffen:  Wc  ^D^enfd^en  miiffen  fterbcn, 
All  men  must  die. 

8.  Prohibition,  ^iitfcn:  ^u  barf  ft  bag  nid^t  tun,  You 
mu^t  not  do  that. 


196  GERMAN  FOR  BEGINNERS 

3)er  D^itter  fagte:  „5uf)re  mid^  gu  beinem  53ater,  tapferer 
^nabe."  „^a^  fann  id)  nic^t,"  antn)ortete  ber  ^nabe,  „ici^  barf 
bie  ^erb'e  nt($t  allein  laffen.  Dteitet  aKein  gu  meinem  33ater, 
)t)enn  if)r  rt)oIIt.    3^r  fount  fein  §au^  t)on  f)ier  felfien." 


EXERCISE   XXXni 

I.  Sragcn 

1.  SSann  mar  ber  Joiner  3)om  angefangen  morben?  2.  SSic 
lange  f)atte  ©er^arb  fd^on  baran  arbeiten  miiffen?  3.  SSo  ftanb 
einft  9D?eifter  ®erf)arb?  4.  iSBer  fam  ba  gu  if)m?  5.  5Kie  tear 
berfelbe  gefleibet  (dressed)?  6.  iBa^  f)atte  ber  SO^eifter  bauen 
iDoIlen?  7.  i£3a^  f)inberte  lf)n  baran?  8.  SBer  f)at  ein  unter^ 
irbifc^e^  iBad^lein  t)on  2^rier  nac^  l^oln  fiifiren  tDolIen?  9,  SSann 
njurbe  bie  SSette  abgefcftloffen?  10.  iJBie  fc^nell  ^at  ber  ^au= 
meifter  nun  gearbeitet?  11.  ^a^  ^at  man  in  feinen  5lugen  lefen 
fonuen?  12.  SBem  f)atte  ®erf)arb  nid^t^  tion  ber  3Sette  fagen 
mogen?  13.  iIBot)iu  tDar  ber  grembe  oft  gefommen?  14.  3Sa6 
f)atte  SO^eifter  ®erf)arb^  grau  i^rem  9D?anue  geben  follen? 
15.  SKarum  f)atte  ber  grembe  feine  ^ctte  nid^t  getDinneu  fon= 
nen?  16.  iffiarum  l^atte  bag  iBadilein  nid^t  fliefeen  fonuen? 
17.  ^ag  f)orte  ber  iBaumeifter  eiumal,  aU  er  auf  bem  3:urme 
ftanb?  18.  iffiaS  fa^  er  gleic^  barauf?  19.  SSer  ^attt  bie  ^ette 
getDounen?  20.  ^a^  tat  ber  ^aumeifter?  21.  iSSae  gefc^a^ 
mit  feinem  $aufe?  22.  SBarum  ^at  ber  3)ont  feitbem  3cif)rf)un= 
berte  laug  unoolleubet  bleiben  miiffen?  23.  iBann  f)at  man  if)n 
erft  Ootlenben  fonuen? 

n.  iifierfc^ung 

''I  shall  never  be  able  to  finish  this  cathedral!''  the 
architect  sadly  thought  as  he  was  standing  on  the  tower. 
He  had  intended  to  finish  it  many  years  before  that.  Sud- 
denly a  stranger  stood  at  (an)  his  side;  he  had  not  been 


EXERCISES  AND   LESSONS  197 

9.  Pretense.    Swollen:  (gr  tDilI  ein  greunb  bon  btr  fein^ 
He  'pretends  to  he  a  friend  of  yours. 

10.  Report.     8otten:  @r  foil  ein  greunb  \)on  btr  fctn.    He 
is  said  to  be  a  friend  of  yours. 


LESSON  xxxm 

86.  The  Compound  Tenses  of  the  Modal  Auxiliaries 


id)  t)abc  gcf)cn  btirfcn,  /  have  been  permitted  to  go 
i<i)  ^otte  gef)en  biirfen,  I  had  been  permitted  to  go 
id^  merbe  Qd)m  bllrfcn,  /  shall  be  permitted  to  go 
id)  h)erbe  l^aben  gel^en  biirfen,  /  shall  have  been  permitted  to  go 


id)  \)aht  gcl^cn  ffinncn,  /  have  been  able  to  go 

id)  'i)aht  md)t  ge^cn  mdgcn,  /  have  not  been  willing  to  go 

id)  l^abc  0ef)en  miiffen,  /  have  been  compelled  to  go 

id)  ):)aht  gef)en  f otlen,  I  have  been  obliged  to  go 

id)  \)Qbt  0ef)cn  iDolIcn,  /  have  been  intending  to  go 

But: 


ic^  \)(xht  geburft,  /  have  been  permitted  (to) 


id)  fiabc  gcfonnt,  Qtmod)t,  gcmufet,  gefottt,  gciDoIIt. 

A.  When  an  infinitive  is  connected  with  a  modal  aux^ 
iliary,  the  infinitive  form  of  the  auxiliary  takes  the  plar  b 
of  the  past  participle  in  the  compound  tenses : 

i^  i)aht  gc^en  biitfcn. 

B.  When  the  infinitive  is  not  expressed  (see  Exerwht^t 
XXXV,  tlbung  4),  a  regular  weak  participle  (without 
Umlaut)  is  used: 

irff  i^aht  Qcburft. 


198  GERMAN   FOR  BEGINNERS 

able  to  see  him  until  he  spoke  to  him.  "Did  you  want 
to  build  the  most  beautiful  church  of  the  world?"  the 
stranger  asked.  ''You  will  not  be  able  to  finish  it!'* 
''I  know  that  I  shall  be  able  to  do  it!''  the  architect  an- 
swered. But  the  stranger  said:  "I  shall  sooner  lead  a 
subterranean  brook  from  Trier  to  Cologne  than  you  will 
be  able  to  finish  your  great  work.  If  you  lose  your  soul 
will  be  mine." 

Since  then  the  architect  had  been  working  as  rapidly 
as  he  had  been  able  to,  but  he  had  not  liked  to  speak  to 
his  wife  about  it.  A  year  had  passed.  Once  the  stranger 
said  to  the  architect's  wife:  ''You  see  that  your  husband 
is  sad.  I  want  to  help  him,  but  I  cannot  [do  it]  without 
knowing  his  secret.  Give  him  this  fruit  to  eat,  and  in 
his  sleep  he  will  speak  to  you  about  it." 

This  the  woman  did.  In  the  next  night  the  architect 
said  in  his  sleep:  "The  stranger  will  not  be  able  to  win 
his  bet.  The  brook  will  not  be  able  to  flow  because  he 
has  not  left  any  airholes." 

This  the  wife  betrayed  to  the  evil  one.  On  the  next 
morning  the  master  was  standing  upon  the  tower,  and 
suddenly  he  saw  a  little  brook  flowing  below  the  tower. 
He  knew  that  he  had  lost  the  bet  and  cast  himself  [down] 
into  the  depth. 


EXERCISES  AND   LESSONS  199 

Construction  A  is  called  the  'double  infinitive." 
These  double  infinitives  (Qt^tn  fonnen,  lefett  Tniiffen,  fpred^CE 
tDoIIen)  can  never  be  separated  by  any  word  whatever, 
and  must  always  stand  last,  even  in  dependent  sen- 
tences : 

S^  ()abe  geftem  nid^t  gu  36nen  fommen  fonnen,  todl  i<i)  fcl^r 
biel  ^aht  arbeiten  miiffen. 

Note.  In  dependent  clauses,  the  auxiliary  l^obcn  usually  stands 
immediately  before  the  double  infinitive. 


m.  iXhnnq 

(To  Exercise  XXXIII,  page  198) 

1.  ^oniugicren  'Bit  alle  fec^^  ^ditn  tjon  tDoHcn  unb  miiffcn. 

2.  ^onjugieren  @ie  bie  fec^g  5^iten  t)on:  id^  foH  ijn  f)olen, 
\6)  mag  ba6  nic^t  miffen,  ic^  fann  nid^t  meg. 

3.  iibertragen  (Bie  in  alle  fec^6  ^ditxi:  ^tr  fonnen  ben  ^rief 
nid^t  lefen.  iBillft  bu  morgen  mieber  fommen?  @te  mufe  balb 
nad^  §aufe. 

4.  Change  all  modal  auxiliaries  in  llbung  4,  Exercise 
XXXII,  to  the  perfect  tense.  : 


200  GERMAN  FOR  BEGINNERS 


EXERCISE  XXXIV 

I.  Sragcn 

1.  SBann  f)atte  ^ergog  5(Ibrec^t  ^gne^  ^emaucr  fennen  lemen? 
2.  SBa^  iDar  ^Igne^'  35ater?  3.  SBie  f)atte  man  ba^  a)^(ib(^en 
iDeit  unb  breit  genannt?  4.  SBanti  tnarb  Hlbred^t  um  fie? 
5.  SSoburd^  liefe  fid^  il^r  53ater  iiberreben,  feme  ^uftitnmung 
SU  geben?  6.  ifiSann  brac^te  5llbrec^t  Signed  auf  fein  ©c^Iofe? 
7»  SSer  f)atte  bat)on  reben  {)oren?  8.  SSofiin  liefe  er  feinen  @of)n 
laben?  9.  5£3a6  fotlte  bort  gefd^e^en?  10.  SBa^  erfuf)r  er  bort? 
11.  SKag  tat  er?  12.  SKann  ()atte  er  ^gne^  gum  Jobe  Derur^ 
teilen  laffen?  13.  iSBte  latige  i)atU  er  ba^  Urteil  nic^t  bollftrecfen 
laffen?  14.  SfiSann  ftarb  fein  9^effe?  15.  SBarum  tDar  ber  §er= 
^og  nun  of)ne  Srben?  16.  SSann  f)ie6  er  ba^  Urteil  t)oIIftre(fen? 
17.  i£3a^  tat  2lgne^  eben  (at  that  time,  just)  im  (Sci^Ioffe  gu 
©traubing?  18.  ifiSo  mx  i^x  (^attt?  19.  ^a^  ^iefe  man  fie 
tun?  20.  iSSa^  liefe  §ergog  @mft  tun,  aB  fie  fic^  tDeigerte? 
21.  mt  n)em  t)erbanb  fi^  nun  ^Ilbred^t?  22.  SSer  fiegte  in 
biefem  ^ampfe?  23.  SSie  fam  e^,  bafe  enblid^  ^Ibrec^t  feinem 
^ater  t)ergiel)? 

II.  ilBerfc^ung 

1.  We  are  permitted  to  go;  we  have  been  unable  to  go; 
he  may  be  going;  I  do  not  Hke  to  go;  they  shall  go;  he 
was  (destined)  to  go  soon;  we  shall  have  to  go;  I  am  not 
allowed  to  go;  he  claims  to  be  a  German;  he  is  said  to  be 
at  home;  he  is  said  to  have  been  at  home.  2.  You  will 
learn  to  know  and  love  my  friend.  3.  Did  you  see  (per- 
fect) him  coming?  4.  The  young  duke  had  a  beautiful 
castle  built  for  his  wife.  5.  His  father  had  the  engage- 
ment announced  immediately.  6.  He  had  heard  people 
talk  about  his  son.     7.  We  saw  your  father  die  in  the 


EXERCISES  AND   LESSONS  201 


LESSON   XXXIV 

87.  Dependent  Infinitives  without  gu,  as  with  modal 
auxiharies,  are  connected  with  the  following  verbs: 

Ijcifecn,  command:  dx  ^d^t  mid^  9e{)en,  @r  ^at  intd^  9e{)en 
()ei6en,  He  commands  me  {has  commanded  me)  to  go. 

Note,  ^ei^cn  has  the  following  meanings:  call:  @r  t)tefe  mi(^  einen 
^eigling,  He  called  me  a  coward  (synonym  ncnnen);  be  called:  3)er 
^nobe  I)ic6  Hermann  SSillmg;  mean:  3[Ba«  ficifet  bag  auf  S)cutf(^,  What 
does  that  mean  in  German?  (synonym  bebeuten) ;  command. 

l^clfcn,  help:  (Sr  ()ilft  tnir  bauen,  er  f)at  tnir  bauen  ()elfen,  fl^e 
/i^/ps  me  {has  helped  me)  to  build. 

laffcn,  let  or  cawse;  @r  liefe  micb  fommen,  f)at  tnic^  fomnxen 
laffen,  He  made  me  {has  made  me)  come.  (Sr  Itefe  mid:)  nic^t 
Qe()en,  /i6  did  not  let  me  go. 

^ijren,  hear:  3c^  ftore  i()n  fc^reien,  l^abe  if)n  fc^reien  f)oren,  / 
hear  him  {have  heard  him)  crying. 

fe^cn,  see:  ^d)  \d)e  fie  laufen,  f)abe  fie  laufen  fel^en,  I  see  them 
{have  seen  them)  running. 

Also  lemen,  learn,  k\)vtn,  teach,  ftnben,  find,  have  some- 
times the  same  construction. 

88.  Word  Formation :  bo^  ©cftctmm^. 

-m^  (plur.  -niffe)  forms  nouns  from  adjectives  or  verbs; 
if  abstract  they  are  mostly  feminines,  if  concrete,  neuters: 
ba^  ©efdngni^,  prison,  (Qefattgen),  bie  ^enntnl^,  knowledge, 
(fennen).  Form  such  nouns  from:  iDiIb  {wilderness),  faul, 
decayed,  betriiben,  make  sad  {sadness). 

\>a§  ^crsDgtum. 

-turn  denotes  status  or  quality:  ba^  ^Biirgertum,  citizen- 
ship, ha^  (Sf)riftentuTn,  Christianity  (but  bk  (Sf)riften()eit, 
Christendom).  Form  nouns  in  -turn  from:  b^iltQ^  holy, 
eigen,  own  {property),  ^aifer,  emperor,  rt)aci^f(en)  {growth). 


202  GERMAN  FOR  BEGINNERS 

battle.  8.  When  did  the  old  duke  give  order  (l^eiSen)  to 
carry  out  the  death-sentence?  9.  I  saw  him  sign  the 
death-sentence  before  my  own  eyes.  10.  Agnes  had  her 
own  tomb  built  in  the  castle.  11.  The  knights  had  in 
vain  commanded  her  to  leave  her  husband.  12.  The 
duke  has  commanded  to  drown  her  in  the  river.  13.  The 
son  had  learned  to  understand  his  father's  reasons. 
14.  The  old  duke  is  said  to  have  been  defeated  by  his 
son.     15.  Teach  me  to  read  and  write  German! 

m.  iXhmq 

1.  ^onjugieren  (Bk  in  ben  fed^6  ^^iten  be^  5lftit)g:  Qd)  \)'6xt 
ii)n  tm  3itnTner  ftngen.    Qd)  laffe  mir  ein  §au^  bauen. 

2.  ®eben  ®ie  bie  fed&6  3^tten  be^  5(ftiD6  Don:  SSir  \tf)m  etnen 
neuen  5ru{)Iing  fotntnen.  S\)X  lemt  beutfd^  lefen.  2t^xt  er  btd^ 
beutfd^  lefen  ober  fc^reiben? 

EXERCISE   XXXV 

I.   Find  English   cognates  for  the  following  German 
words,  and  state  whether  the  meaxiing  is  the  same,  or 
whether  it  has  changed: 
^feife,  pfennig,  pflanjen,  ^flug. 

fc^arf,  offen,  auf,  ^au^e,  tief,  fc^Iafen,  merfen,  ©c^iff,  grcifen, 
Strei,  set)n,  3h)dlf,  s^tinsig,  stt()Ien,  3ef)e,  fe^en,  fil^en,  ^ungc, 

3eit, 
tDeift,  betfeen,  breifeig,  gug,  fog,  grog,  ©trage,  iBaffer,  effcn, 
^u<i),  Tlil^,  \u(i)tn,  (Bad^e,  madden,  SBod^e,  (g)lei(^,  bred^en, 

fpred^en,  ertDad^en. 
;iifd^,  ^latt,  rot,  Xal,  2:ur,  ^rot,  ©arten,  2:od^ter,  alt,  Stag, 

<^eite,  treiben,  reiten,  gut,  bitten,  fd^elten,  ^Tier,  fSd^atten, 

trinfen,  breit,  tun,  ^art,  tt)aitn,  (be)reit,  ©ott. 
geber,  iBruber,  brei,  bort,  nieber,  3)ieb,  tueber,  ©d^rnieb,  leib,  (Srbc. 


EXERCISES  AND  LESSONS  203 

-fcftaft  corresponds  to  English  -ship:  hit  greunbfd^aft, 
friendship.  Form  nouns  from  ber  9[)?ann  {crew),  ber  $err 
{rule,  dominion),  gefangen  {imprisonment). 

-fal  denotes  action  or  completion:  \ia^  (Sci^icffal,  fate 
(from  fd^iden).  Form  nouns  from  laben,  refresh,  triib,  sad 
(fem.,  sadness). 

-bar  forms  adjectives  denoting  possibility  or  necessity: 
le^bar,  legible,  fd^iffbar,  navigable,  furcfttbar,  terrible.  Form 
adjectives  from  benfen,  boren,  febeti  (ftcbt  =  ). 

-ig,  -ifc^,  -\x6)  form  adjectives  mostly  from  nouns,  but 
also  from  other  parts  of  speech:  b^uttg,  to-day's,  present, 
blutig,  bloody;  fpottifd^,  scornful,  romifcb/  Roman;  mannltd^, 
male,  masculine,  mogttd^,  possible.  Form  adjectives  in  -ig 
from  etn,  greube;  in  -\\6)  from  SBeib,  ^utber;  in  -\\6)  from 
2^ag,  3abr,  —  These  three  sufl^xes  usually  cause  Umlaut. 


LESSON   XXXV 

SSicbcirftoIungj^fragctt 

1.  SD^it  melc^em  ^ilf^seittrort  tDirb  ba^  beutfd^c  ^affibum 
gebirbet? 

2.  ^oniugleren  ©ie  alle  fec^^  3^tten  be6  ^afftDum^  t)on: 
^er  a;?ann  fd^Iagt  ben  ^naben.  !Da^  ^mabd^en  Iteft  ha^  ^uc^. 
(Setn  greunb  btfft  tbnt  nic^t. 

3.  ©rflaren  ®ie  (auf  (Snglifc^)  ben  ltnterfrf)ieb  gmifc^en: 
2)iefeg  ^ud^  ift  in  ?eber  {leather)  gebunben.  ^iic^er  h^erben  oft 
in  ?eber  gebunben.  T)ie  SO^aufe  Xoaxtn  gefangen.  ^ie  SD^aufe 
irurben  gefangen.  9D?ein  9?od  ift  t)on  btefem  (Sd^neiber  gentac^t. 
SDIeine  ^leiber  merben  t)on  biefem  ^d^nelber  {tailor)  gemad^t. 

4.  ©e^en  @ie  in  ben  folgenben  ^ix^txi  bie  ^rapofttionen 
burc^  ober  tjon  unb  bie  ridfitigen  (Snbungen: 

SD^ein  ^mber  tDurbe  —  ein-  ©tein  am  ^opfe  t)ern)unbet 


204  GERMAN   FOR  BEGINNERS 

gelb,  ©arten,  fc^Iagen,  Xa^,  legen  (lag),  fagen,  ^uge,  iDcg,  gelteti. 

5SogeI,  folgen,  ^ftug,  9L)^orgen. 

©tuf)l,  iBlume,  blau,  grau,  Iteben,  geben,  tret  ben,  ©tein,  iBein, 

allein,  ein,  fetn,  leib,  breit,  gleifc^,  @i^,  ac^t,  ^a(i)t,  ^a(i)t, 

dltd)t,  Ia(^en,  (®e)ftc^t,  bad^te,  hxa(i)U,  reid^, 

II.  Try  to  find  as  many  German-English  cognates  as 
you  can  in  Texts  XXVII  to  XXXVI. 

EXERCISE   XXXVI 

I.  fjragcn 

1.  SBte  tnirb  griebrid^  II.  bon  "jpreujen  oft  genannt?  2.  SSo 
fiatte  er  fid^  ein  ©d^Iog  bauen  laffen?  3.  3Ba^  ftbrte  ii)n  bort 
oft?  4.  SSa^  bfitte  ber  ^onig  gem  tun  laffen?  5.  Siefe  er  bte 
9}?iible  tDirflic^  nteberreifeen?  6.  i£3en  liefe  er  einft  gu  fic^  fom= 
men?  7.  ^a^  fagte  er  ju  bem  9D2uIler?  8.  3Sa6  anttDortete 
biefer?  9.  §atte  ber  ^onig  im  (gmft  gefprod^en?  10.  ^ixtit 
ber  9}?ul(er  @elb  genug  gebabt,  ha^  (Sd^Iofe  p  faufen?  11.  SSar 
bem  ^miiller  feine  TluW  feil?  12.  SSer  {)atte  bie  2^uf)te  dor  bem 
ailuKer  ge()abt?  13.  fatten  biefe  fie  je  t)erfauft?  14.  SBag  f)atte 
ber  ^onig  nid^t  tun  follen?  15.  SSie  t)iet  n)oIlte  er  bem  WHiiikx 
nun  fiir  feine  SO^iible  bejaf)Ien?  16.  SSa^  anttDortete  if)m  aber 
biefer?  17.  iCSa^  tat  ber  ^onig  ba?  18.  ^a^  fagte  er  p  bem 
Tlixlkv? 

n.  libcrfc^ung 

A.  1.  It  would  be  better  if  you  stayed  here.  2.  I  like 
(use  gem)  to  see  him,  but  I  should  not  like  to  have  him  as 
[a]  friend.  3.  That  mill  would  have  disturbed  everybody. 
4.  The  king  would  like  to  have  the  mill  torn  down.  5.  Ger- 
man stories  sometimes  end  with  the  words:  And  if  he  had 
not  died,  he  would  still  be  hving.    6.  Would  you  like  to 


EXERCISES   AND   LESSONS  205 

(wounded),  3)er  ©lafer  tDurbe  —  b-  ^erggetft  genedt.  ^er 
^aifer  tDurbe  —  b-  ©lode  au^  bem  <Sc^loffe  gerufen.  T)a^ 
die  id)  fd^Iiefet  ben  grieben,  ber  ^aifer  {)anbelt  (acfe)  nur  tm 
^^anten  be^  D^eic^e^;  ber  griebe  iDirb  alfo  —  b-  ^eic^,  aber  — 
b-  ^aifer  gefc^Ioffen. 

5,  @eben  ©ie  bie  ©t^nopft^  folgenber  (Sci^e:  3)er  ^enfer  milt 
ben  ©(^tdd^ter  ^angen,  ^arfft  bu  nid^t  mit  mir  gef)en?  ^ann 
er  nid^t  fommen? 

LESSON   XXXVI 
THE  SUBJUNCTIVE 

Paradigms  are  given  on  pages  235-245. 

89.  The  Subjunctive  has  Four  Tenses,  for  each  of 
which  there  are  two  types  (raarked  I  and  II  in  the  para- 
digms) : 

Present :  I  er  fei  II  er  tDare 

Past :  I  er  fei  getuefen  II  er  tDixvt  gen3ef en 

Future:  I  er  rt)erbe  fein  II  er  miirbe  fein 

Fut.  Perf . :  I  er  h)erbe  getuefen  fein    II  er  miirbe  gemefen  fein 

Note.  The  second  subjunctives  are  generally  called  the  preterit 
subjunctive  (tt)are),  pluperfect  subjunctive  (mare  gettjefcn),  and  firsc 
and  second  conditional  (rtiirbe  fein,  iDiirbe  gemefen  fein).  These  names 
are  misleading. 

The  corresponding  forms  of  the  indicatives  and  sub- 
junctives of  the  verb  fein  (3d  sing.)  are  accordingly: 

Indicative  Subjiinctive 

Present:  er  ift  cr  fei,  metre 

Preterit :  er  mar  ] 

Perfect:  er  ift  gemefen  [  er  fei  gemefen,  mSre  gemefcn 

Pluperfect :  er  mar  gemefen  J 

Future:  er  mirb  fein  er  merbe  fein,  miirbe  fein 
Future  Perfect:  er  mirb  gemefen       er  merbe  gemefen  fein,  miirbe  ge^ 

fein  mefen  fein 


206  GERMAN  FOR  BEGINNERS 

have  my  castle  for  your  old  mill?  7.  Do  you  think  the 
miller  ought  to  have  sold  his  mill  to  the  king?  8.  The 
miller  could  have  sold  his  mill  for  a  large  sum  of  money. 
9.  You  could  not  buy  my  house  even  if  you  offered  me 
ten  times  as  (fo)  much.  10.  Would  you  Hke  to  buy  this 
house  if  you  had  enough  money?  11.  The  king  got  angry 
because  he  would  have  hked  to  have  the  mill.  12.  About 
how  much  might  your  house  be  worth?  13.  Perhaps  the 
miller  would  have  sold  his  mill  if  there  had  been  no  courts 
in  Prussia.  14.  You  might  do  that  if  we  had  no  court  of 
appeals.  15.  The  mill  would  have  been  torn  down  if 
the  miller  had  sold  it. 

B.  King  Frederick  the  Great  of  Prussia  had  a  beautiful 
park.  He  would  have  been  there  very  often  if  he  had 
not  frequently  been  disturbed  by  the  noise  of  an  old  mill. 
He  would  have  liked  to  buy  the  mill,  and  then  it  would 
have  been  torn  down. 

But  the  mill  belonged  to  an  old  man  who  did  not  want 
to  sell  it.  Once  the  king  asked  him:  ''Would  you  Hke  to 
buy  my  castle?  How  much  would  you  pay  for  it?^'  ''I 
should  like  to  buy  it  if  I  had  enough  money.  But  it 
would  cost  too  much,"  the  miller  said.  ''But  my  castle 
and  your  mill  do  not  fit  to  each  other,"  said  the  king. 
"One  of  them  will  have  to  be  torn  down.  If  you  cannot 
buy  my  castle,  sell  me  your  milL" 

"I  cannot  do  that.  Your  Majesty,"  the  miller  an- 
swered. "Neither  my  father  nor  my  grandfather  would 
ever  have  sold  the  mill,  and  I  shall  not  do  it  either." 

The  king  said:  "Well,  I  could  tear  the  mill  down  with- 
out paying  you  anything  at  all  (irQenbetma^).  You  ought 
to  see  that  you  cannot  hinder  me."  But  the  miller  smiled 
and  said:  "No,  I  could  not  hinder  you  — if  we  had  no 
court  of  appeals." 


EXERCISES   AND   LESSONS  207 

90.   Formation  of  the  Second  Subjunctive.     (Present.) 

1.  With  weak  verbs  the  second  subjunctive  is  Hke  the 
indicative  of  the  preterit  (compare  Enghsh  if  we  had:  we 
had) :  SBenti  er  nod^  lebte,  //  he  were  still  living. 

Note.  The  irregular  weak  verbs  (Synopsis,  §  43)  have  the  in- 
finitive vowel,  e.g.  brennen  has  the  second  subjunctive  brenntc. 

The  modal  auxiUaries  have  the  infinitive  vowel;  toiffcn  has  ii: 
biirfte,  fonntc,  moc^te,  milfetc,  tootltc,  fotttc,  milfetc. 

2.  Strong  verbs  add  -e  to  the  preterit  indicative  in  the 
first  and  third  person  of  the  singular  and  have  Umlaut  if 
possible:  id)  gabe,  i(i)  ftele,  ic^  triige. 

Note.  Strong  verbs  with  the  preterit  vowel  a  followed  by  r+ 
consonant  (Class  IV)  change  the  a  to  ii:  id)  ftiirbe,  h)iirbe.  The  same 
change  is  frequent  with  {)elfcn  and  [tel^en:  l^iilfe  or  I)(ilfe,  ftiinbc  or  [tatibc. 

The  Compound  Tenses  are  formed  hke  the  indicatives, 
combining  the  past  participles  or  infinitives  with  the  first 
or  second  subjunctive  of  ^aben  or  fein.  See  paradigms  in 
Part  III,  ipages  235-245. 

Especially  important  are  the  second  subjunctive  forms  of  certain 
modal  auxiliaries;  the  past  subjunctives  of  Type  II  differ  greatly 
from  the  corresponding  English  expressions: 

Present  Indicative :  i(^  tann  6ct)cn. 

Perfect  Indicative:  ic^  ^abt  ecf)en  fonncn;  consequently: 

Past  Subjunctive  II:  idf  f)'dttt  gc^cn  fonncn,  /  should  have  been 
able  to  go,  i.e.,  /  could  have  gone.     Other  instances: 

{(i)  I)attc  getien  biirfen,  /  shovM  have  been  allowed  to  go 
„      „       „      mogen,  /  should  have  liked  to  go 
„      „       „      miiffcn,  /  should  have  been  compelled  to  go 
„      „       „      fotlen,  /  ought  to  have  gone 


208  GERMAN  FOR  BEGINNERS 

The  king  laughed  and  said:  ''Well,  then  I  shall  keep 
my  castle,  and  you  can  keep  your  mill." 


m.  ilihnnq 

1.  ©eben  ©ie  atte  gormen  beg  gtDeiten  ^oniunfttt)^  in  alien 
t)ier  3^iten  beS  5l!tit)iung  t)on:  feln,  fangen,  fliegen,  ftnben, 
fterben,  fonneti,  tDiffen. 

2.  ®eben  <Bk  ben  stDetten  ^oniunftit)  beg  ^afftt)umg  (alte 
bier  Batten)  t)on:  [(i^Iagen,  fef)en,  l^olen, 

3.  Change  to  the  past:  @g  h)are  beffer,  toenn  bu  arbeiteteft. 
S^  f)ulfe  t()m,  h)enn  er  mtcf)  barum  bate.  3c^  beanttcortete  ben 
^rtef,  n)enn  i(i)  lefen  f onnte. 

4.  Substitute  in  the  three  sentences  given  above,  and 
in  their  past  forms,  the  forms  with  tDiirbe  (''conditionals '^ 
wherever  they  are  admissible  according  to  §  91  ^  Note  2. 

5.  In  the  following  sentences  use  second  subjunctives 
instead  of  the  infinitives  given  in  parenthesis  —  (a)  for  the 
present,  (5)  for  the  past: 

(a)  SBenn  bag  S^x  ^ferb  (fetn),  fo  (h)tffen)  @te,  auf  tod(i)tm 
5Iuge  eg  blinb  ift.  —  3c^  (tDerben)  eud^  ein  ^unftftiicf  s^igen, 
n)enn  t{)r  mir  eure  (B^ni)e  (geben).  —  3Benn  n)ir  bag  (Sonnen= 
lic^t  in  einem  (Sade  (fangen),  (fonnen)  n)ir  eg  in  bag  9tat()ang 
tragen.  —  SKenn  t()r  bag  ^olj  ber  !2ange  nad^  (nel^men),  fo 
(fonnen)  tf)r  eg  in  bie  ^ircfie  tragen. 

(6)  3)er  jnnge  ®raf  (ertrtnfen),  n3enn  tl)n  bie  SSellen  nid^t 
ang  Ufer  (tragen).  —  SKenn  bie  iBiirger  bent  O^attenfanger 
feinen  !2o!)n  (bejalilen),  fo  (t)erlieren)  fie  if)re  ^inber  nid^t.  — 
'^k  dlomev  (nntern)erfen)  ^entfc^lanb  beinaf)e. 


EXERCISES  AND   LESSONS  209 

91.  The  Second  Subjunctive  is  used  mainly  for  con- 
ditions contrary  to  fact,  possibility,  wish,  comparison,  and 
concession.     E.g. : 

1.  Condition:  (S^  toavt  beffer,  tuenn  bu  fcimft,  It  would  be 
better  if  you  came. 

@^  h)are  beffer  getDefen,  menn  bu  gefo-mmen  toiirft,  It  would: 
have  been  better  if  you  had  come. 

Note  1.  As  in  English,  the  conjunction  5E3cnn  can  be  omitted, 
and  the  clause  has  inverted  order:  ^amft  bu,  [o  to'an  e«  beffer.  SS&rft: 
bu  gefommen,  fo  tQ'dvt  eg  beffer  Qeluefeu. 

Note  2.  In  the  principal  clause,  but  not  in  the  i/-clause,  the. 
conditionals  (i.e.  the  second  subjunctives  of  the  future  and  future 
perfect)  may  be  used:  @g  miirbe  beffer  (gen)efen)  fein,  h)enn  bu  f(itnft 
(fiefommen  tDtirft). 

Note  3.  Unreality  (with  a  condition  understood)  is  expressed  in 
the  same  way:  Wldn  3Sater  I)(itte  bie  SDZiil^le  nie  berfauft,  My  father  would 
never  have  sold  the  mill. 

2.  Possibility:  especially  modal  auxiliaries  are  often 
used  to  express  possibility: 

2)a^  moc^te  too^X  fein,  That  might  be  so. 
!Du  fonnteft  mir  eineti  ©efallen  tun,  You  might  do  me  a 
favor. 

T)a^  bilrfte  Jdo^I  fo  fein,  That  might  probably  be  so. 
3d§  follte  ie^t  Qt\)tn,  I  ought  to  go  now. 

3.  Wish:  SBenn  er  (boc^)  balb  fame,  or  ^ame  er  bod^  balb, 
/  wish  he  would  come  soon!  Qd^  tnodite  gefien,  /  should  like 
to  go. 

4.  Concession,  Comparison:  SSenn  3f)r  mir  aud)  jefm* 
mal  fo  t)iel  botet,  fo  tDurbe  ic^  bie  Wfl\i\)k  bod^  nid^t  t)erfaufen,  / 
should  not  sell  the  mill  even  if  you  offered  me  ten  times  as 
much.  @6  iDar,  al^  \)aW  ber  §immel  bie  (grbe  ftill  gefiifet,. 
It  seemed  as  if  heaven  had  gently  kissed  the  earth. 


210  GERMAN  FOR  BEGINNERS 


EXERCISE   XXXVn 


I.  Sragen 

1.  SBeld^en  franjoftfd^en  ^id^ter  betnunberte  griebrid^  ber 
^ro6e  befonber^?  2.  3Bo  lebte  berfelbe  langere  5ett?  3,  i8e= 
iDimberte  ber  ^onig  auc^  bie  gef)Ier  be^  3)id^ter«?  4,  SSelc^er 
8ef)Ier  3SoItaire^  njar  i()m  befonber^  unangene^tn?  5.  SSer  fam 
einft  an  ben  §of  griebric^^  be^  ©rofeen?  6.  iffieffen  ru{)Tnte  fic§ 
biefer  (Snglanber?  7.  iffia^  fonnte  er  tun,  tDenn  er  einen  langeren 
iBortrag  ein  etngige^  Wal  ge()ort  ^aiU?  8.  i£Ba^  g^fc^cif)  ein* 
mal,  al^  ber  (Snglanber  in  (San^fouci  toar?  9.  SKa^  fagte 
iBoltaire?  10.  SBa^  f)ie6  ber  ^onig  ben  ©nglctnber  tun? 
11.  SBa6  rief  ber  i^onig  Tnef)rere  SJ^ale  n)a^renb  iBoItaireg 
:5Sortrag?  12.  SSa^  gab  griebric^  t)or  (pretended),  aU  53oItaire 
Su  (gnbe  mv?  13.  iffia^  marf  er  tf)m  t)or?  14.  iJSa^  fei  erft 
ant  t)ortgen  3;:age  (  =  geftem)  gefci^e^en?  15.  Unb  n)a^  fage 
-iBoItaire  I)eute?  16.  iffia^  antlDortete  S3oItaire?  17.  SBa^ 
fagte  ber  ^ontg?  18.  SSa«  tat  er  bann?  19.  5fi$ag  tat  ber 
(Snglanber?   20.  SKa^  erflarte  ber  ^onig  enblic^  33oItaire? 

n.  iibcrfc^ung 

1.  It  is  said  (9}?anfagt)  that  Frederick  the  Great  was  a 
friend  of  (the)  French  art.  2.  The  poet  wished  that  a 
:Special  room  be  furnished  for  him.  3.  The  king  thought 
he  knew  the  poet's  faults  well  enough.  4.  He  said  he 
would  soon  cure  him  of  that  fault.  5.  That  EngHshman 
boasted  that  he  had  a  better  memory  than  any  (  =  every) 
other  man.  6.  Do  you  think  you  can  repeat  this  poem 
word  for  word?  7.  He  promised  that  he  would  write 
-three  poems  in  one  day.  8.  The  king  wished  that  the 
Englishman  should  hear  every  word.     9.  The  king  ex- 


EXERCISES  AND  LESSONS  211 


LESSON  xxxvn 


92.  Formation  of  the  First  Subjunctive  (Paradigms  on 
pages  235-245). 

1.  The  third  person  of  the  singular  ends  in  -c:  er  lebc, 
gebe  (but  er  fet) .  It  is  practically  always  like  the  infinitive, 
omitting  the  -n, 

2.  Strong  verbs  do  not  change  the  stem  vowel:  bu 
gebcft,  er  gebe;  bu  falleft,  er  falle  (indicatives:  bu  fctllft,  er  fttttt; 
bu  gibft,  er  gibt). 

3.  Modal  auxiliaries  and  h3iffen  have  the  infinitive 
vowel  throughout:  id)  biirfe,  bu  biirfeft,  er  biirfe;  ic^  tdolk,  bu 
tDolleft,  er  hjolle. 

4.  <Sein  is  irregular.  Note  the  form  il^r  feiet  (indicative 
feib) ;  also  note  bu  b^beft,  er  bcibe,  bu  merbeft,  er  n)erbe. 

5.  Connecting  e  is  used  everywhere:  bu  Qebeft,  ^aht^t  (in- 
dicatives: bu  fiibft,  l)a\t). 

General  Principle:  Only  those  Forms  of  the  First 
Type  should  be  used  as  Subjunctives  that  are  Different 
from  the  Corresponding  Indicatives.  Connecting  e  is  not 
considered  a  sufficient  difference;  therefore  bu  Iebeft>  i\)X 
lebet  are  not  to  be  used  as  subjunctives. 

93.  The  First  Subjimctive  is  used  in  commands,  in 
solemn  wishes,  and  in  indirect  discourse  (and  clauses  of 
purpose). 

1.  Command:  (Sr  beetle  ftc^!  Let  him  make  haste!  (Seten 
iDtr  greunbe!    Let  us  befriends! 

2.  Solemn  Wish :  @S  lebe  ber  ^onig,  Long  live  the  king! 

94.  Indirect  Discourse  and  Clauses  of  Purpose  usu- 
ally have  the  indicative  if  the  verb  of  the  principal  clause 
stands  in  the  present  tense,   but  the  subjunctive  if  it 


212  GERMAN  FOR  BEGINNERS 

claimed  that  he  had  already  heard  the  poem.  10.  You 
acted  as  if  you  knew  the  poem  very  well.  11.  How  could 
you  say  that  you  just  wrote  that  poem?  12.  I  thought 
you  had  been  mistaken.  13.  The  king  promised  the  poet 
that  he  would  call  the  Enghshman  immediately.  14.  I 
thought  you  had  recited  the  poem  yesterday.  15.  At 
last  the  king  explained  how  it  had  happened. 


m.  iXhnnq 

1.  ®eben  (Bk  alle  gebraud^lid^en  (customary)  gormen  be0 
erften  ^onjunftit)^  t)on:  bleiben,  liegen,  f)aben,  miiffen,  geben. 

2.  ilbertragen  ^Bk  folgenbe  inbtrefte  9?eben  in  alle  <3^iten: 
dx  glaubte,  bu  faufteft  ein  ^au^,  (@r  glaubte,  bu  l)aht]t  tin 
§aug  fiefauft,  u.f.m.)  (Sr  \)at  gefagt,  t^r  fcimet  balb.  @r  meinte, 
ha^  gefc^el^e  (gefci^aW  nie. 

3.  ilbertragen  Bk  in  hk  tnbirefte  D^ebe:  (a)  bie  SSorte  be^ 
!?anbmann^  unb  be^  3)tebe^  in  2:ejt  XIV,  (6)  bie  SSorte  D^iibe^ 
aal^l^  in  ^ejt  XV,  (c)  bie  iffiorte  ©ermann^  unb  be^  ^onigg  in 
Xejt  XXXIV, 

Note.  Imperatives  are  to  be  rendered  by  [oHcn:  dx  fagtc:  „^otnm 
3U  mir!";  indirect:  (Sr  fagtc,  id^  folic  ju  il^m  fommcn. 

Questions  without  an  interrogative  pronoun  or  adverb  are  to  be 
introduced  by  ob,  whether:  3)er  ^onig  frogtc:  „3ft  ba^  dtt^t .  .  .  ?"; 
indirect:  3)er  ^dnig  fragtc,  ob  ha^  9iec^t  fei. 

4.  ilbertragen  ®ie  bie  tnbireften  D^eben  in  ^ejt  XXXVII 
in  bie  birefte  9?ebe,  g.  ^.:  3Soltaire  fagte:  „3ci^  \)aht  ein  neued 
©ebid^t  gefd^rieben  unb  n)ill  eg  Dortragen," 


EXERCISES  AND  LESSONS  213 

stands  in  any  other  tense:  (Sr  fagt,  cr  tft  tnctn  greunb,  He 
says  he  is  my  friend^  but  (Sr  fagte,  er  fci  mein  greunb,  He  said 
he  was  my  friend. 

The  tense  of  the  subjunctive  of  indirect  discourse  or 
clauses  of  purpose  does  not  depend  in  any  way  on  the 
tense  of  the  principal  clause,  but  on  the  tense  that  would 
be  used  if  the  statement  or  the  intention  were  expressed 
in  direct  form.  The  second  subjunctive  is  admissible 
everywhere,  but  the  first  subjimctive  is  in  general  pref- 
erable wherever  its  form  is  not  in  contradiction  to  the 
''General  Principle"  (§  92). 

For  instance: 

DIRECT  INDIRECT 

(Sr  fofltc  (t)at  gefogt,  l^attc  gcfogt/  toixb  fagcn,  toirb  gcfagt  ^abcn): 

,f^^  Sei^e  md)  ^aufe"  cr  qcI^c  (ging)  nad)  ^aufc 

»3(^  Qtng  na^  ^ouf^"  ] 

„3t^  bin  nad)  ^oufc  QcgatiQcn"      cr  fei  (hJiire)  nad)  ^aufc  Qcgangcn 

„^d)  tvax  nad)  ^aufc  geganQen" 

„^d)  njcrbc  nad)  ^aufe  0cf)cn" er  toerbc  (hJlirbc)  nad)  ^aufc  gcl^cn 

„^d)  toerbe  nad)  ^aufe  Qcgangcn  fcin"  . . .  er  toerbc  (h)iirbc)  nad)  ^oufe  ge* 

gangcn  fein 

Clauses  of  purpose  are  treated  like  indirect  quotations, 
but  the  subjunctive  is  not  uncommon  even  after  the 
present:  @r  lauft,  bamit  er  ben  3^6  noc^  erreid^t,  He  runs 
in  order  to  catch  his  train.  @r  lief,  bamit  er  ben  Sm  nod^ 
erreid^e. 

Note.  Omission  of  the  conjunction  ba^  is  extremely  common  in 
indirect  discourse;  in  this  case,  normal  (or  inverted)  word  order  is 
used:  dx  fogtc,  er  fei  bein  greunb  is  much  more  common  than  . .  .  bofe 
cr  . . .  fei. 


214  GERMAN  FOR  BEGINNERS 


EXERCISE   XXXVm 

1.  53erh)anbeln  ©ie  folgenbc  <B'di^c  in  SKunfd^fftt^c  (optative 
sentences,  wishes) : 

(a)  tnit  ber  erften  gorm  be^  ^oniunftit)^:  3d^  iDcrbe  ber  brttte 
in  eurem  iBunbe  fein.  ^er  ^onig  h)irb  lange  leben.  3)a^  neue 
3af)r  irirb  euc^  alien  t»iel  ®ute6  bringen.  ®ott  tDirb  bic^  fd^ii^en. 
(<3»  ^'  3c^  f^i  ber  britte  in  enrem  iBunbe.) 

(6)  mit  ber  ghjeiten  gorm:  ^ommt  er  balb?  (^ame  er  balb! 
ober  iSBenn  er  balb  fame!)  3ft  ha^  nie  gefc^elien?  iBift  bu  bort 
fietoefen?  ^ennft  bu  meinen  greunb  fo  gut  mie  ic^?  5lrbeitet  er 
fleifeig  {industriously)?   3[t  er  3U  ^aufe  geblieben? 


gtagctt 

1.  iESa^  n^ar  t)on  tbnig  5llbre(^t  allgemein  befannt?  2.  2Bel= 
c^e  ^antone  griinbeten  bal)er  einen  53unb?  3.  SSa^  fiir  55ogte 
fanbte  tl)nen  ber  ^aifer?  4.  3Bag  taten  biefe?  5.  2Bag  fagte 
einmal  ©efeler  bei  ©tauffac^er^  neuem  $aufe?  6.  SSa^  ge= 
fc^al)  einmal  5lmolb  t)on  2)?elc^tal,  unb  marum  mufete  er  flieben? 
7.  SSa^  gefc^al)  feinem  SSater?  8.  iBa^  fagte  einmal  bie  gran 
be^  ©tauffac^er  gu  ibrem  iD^anne?  9.  3Ba6  tat  biefer? 
10.  i£Bot)on  rebete  er  mit  SBalter  giirft  unb  ^molb  t)on  9D?eld^* 
tal?  11.  ^a^  follte  jeber  t)on  ben  breien  tun?  12.  ilBann  unb 
n)o  famen  fie  mieber  gufammen?  13.  SBa^  f(^n)uren  fie  ba? 
14.  SBag  liefe  bamal^  ©efeler  in  Uri  tun?  15.  3Ber  ging  t)or* 
hd,  ol)ne  fic^  gu  bemeigen?   16.  iCSa^  Derlangte  ©efeler  sur  (Strafe 


EXERCISES  AND  LESSONS  215 


LESSON  xxxvm 

1.  SBeld^e  gorm  be^  ^onjunftib^  tt)irb  meift  fiir  etnen  SBunfd^ 
g  brauc^t,  bie  erfte  ober  bie  gmeite? 

2.  SBelc^er  ^oniunftiD  fte^t  in  ^onbitionalfa^en? 

3.  3n  tDeld^errt  2:etl  einer  fonbttionaten  ^eriobe  barf  man  ben 
^onbittonal  gebraud^en,  im  §auptfa^e  ober  tm  9^ebenfa^e? 

4.  SSann  foil  in  ^Ibfid^t^fai^en  (ginalfa^en)  unb  in  ber  inbi= 
reften  Dtebe  ber  ^onjunftib  fte()en,  nnb  'warm  ber  ^nbifatii)? 

5.  SSeld^en  ^onjunftit)  (ben  erften  ober  ben  gtoeiten)  gebraud^t 
man  in  fold^en  ©al^en? 


{Continued  from  page  214) 

Don  ii)m?  17.  (Sd^og  2:ell  ben  5lpfet  t)om  ©aupte  feine^  <®o()ne^? 
18.  SSarum  liefe  it)n  ©efeler  gefangen  nel^men?  19.  ^oi^in 
tooltte  er  U)n  bringen?  20.  SSarum  fnf)r  er  im  (Sturme  ab? 
21.  SSa^  gefcfiaf)  auf  bem  (See?  22.  iCSof)in  flo^  ^ell?  23.  SSa^ 
fagte  er  ^u  fid^?  24.  3Bo  berbarg  er  fi(^?  25.  SSa^  gefd^aJ),  aU 
©efeler  fam?  26.  SSann  t)erfammelten  fid^  bie  3J2anner,  bie  auf 
bem  D^iitli  gefd^n)oren  ^atttn?  27.  SSetc^e  iBurg  tDurbe  einge* 
nommen?  28.  SBie  gefd^af)  ba«?  29.  SSa^  tat  man  in  Uri? 
30.  5In  njeld^em  3:age  h)ar  ba^  gefd^ef)en?  31.  ilSag  gefc^af)  am 
nad^ften  <Sonntage,  nnb  mie  lange  bauerte  ber  iBunb? 


PART  III 

SYNOPSIS   OF   GRAMMAR 


1. 


THE 

ARTICLES 

The  Definite  Article 

SINGULAR 

PLURAL 

Masc. 

Fem. 

Neut. 

All  Genders 

bcr 

bic 

ba^ 

bie 

ht» 

bcr 

be« 

ber 

bem 

bcr 

bem 

ben 

ben 

bte 

ba^ 

bie 

2*  Declined  like  the  definite  article: 

biefer,  this,  jener,  that,  jeber,  every,  meld^er,  which. 


3. 


The  Indefinite  Article 

SINGULAR 

ONLY 

Masc. 

Fem. 

Netjt. 

ein 

eine 

ein 

eineg 

etner 

etneS 

einem 

etner 

etncm 

einen 

eine 

ein 

4.  Declined  like  the  indefinite  article: 

mein,  my,  bein,  euer,  Qi^x,  your,  fein,  his,  its,  x^v,  her,  their, 
fdn,  no,  not  any. 

5.  Contractions:  an^,  aufg,  tn^,  ant,  int,  gum,  jur,  etc. 


THE  NOUN 

6.  Gender.  As  there  are  no  absolutely  definite  rules 
for  the  determination  of  gender,  each  noun  must  be  re- 
membered with  its  definite  article  — its  first  syllable,  as 

219 


220  GERMAN   FOR  BEGINNERS 

it  were.    The  following  rules,  however,  will  cover  a  large 
number  of  nouns : 

1.  Nouns  denoting  male  beings  are,  in  general,  masculine;  those 
denoting  female  beings  feminine,  but : 

(a)  all  diminutives  (in  -(^en  and  -Ictn)  are  neuter:  bag  2)?iinnd^cn, 
the  little  man;  haQ  Wab^m,  the  girl . 

(b)  ba^  SBeib,  the  woman;  ba^  ^inb,  the  child;  bag  ^alh,  the  calf; 
ha^  2amm,  the  lamb. 

2.  The  following  are  masculine: 

(a)  nouns  ending  in  -ig,  -i<i),  -ing,  -ling,  like  ber  ^iifig,  cage;  ber 
2;eppic^,  carpet;  ber  >§artng,  herring;  ber  ^iingling,  youth. 

(b)  nouns  in  -cr  denoting  the  agent,  like  ber  5lr belter,  workman. 

(c)  nouns  in  -en  unless  they  are  infinitives  used  as  nouns,  in 
which  case  they  are  neuters:  ber  iSBagen,  carriage.  (But  bag  ?cbcn, 
living,  life.) 

(d)  names  of  days,  months,  seasons,  and  points  of  the  compass: 
ber  2)^itth)od^,  Wednesday;  ber  (September,  ber  SSinter,  ber  SBeften. 

3.  The  following  are  feminine : 

(a)  most  nouns  ending  in  -e;  those  denoting  male  beings,  however, 
are  masculines,  and  collectives  beginning  with  ®e-  and  ending  in  -e 
are  neuter:  bte  53iume,  flower;  bte  ©efd^idite,  story;  ber  ^nabe,  boy;  ba^ 
©ebtrge,  mountains. 

(b)  G^erman  nouns  in  -et,  -l^eit,  -in,  -fett,  -fc^aft,  -ung,  and  verbal 
derivatives  in  -t;  foreign  nouns  in  -te,  -if,  -ion,  -tat,  -ur:  bie  i8ctf= 
feret,  bakery;  bte  ^^reil^ett,  liberty;  bie  (Sinigfeit,  unity;  bie  greunbfc^aft, 
friendship;  bie  3^i^niiTig,  drawing;  bie  ^unft,  art;  bie  ^oologte,  zoology; 
bie  2)?u[tf,  music;  bie  Station,  nation;  bie  DIattonalitat,  nationality;  bit 
S^atur,  nature. 

(c)  the  names  of  German  rivers,  except  ber  9^f)ein,  ber  2)?ain,  ber 
yitdax,  ber  ?ed^,  ber  3nn,  ber  33ober,  ber  gifadf,  ber  gibing,  ber  9fegen, 
ber  "iPregel.  Observe  that  most  of  these  belong  to  southwestern 
Germany.  Names  of  foreign  rivers  are  mostly  masculines:  ber 
SD^iffiffippi,  ber  ^ubfon.     (But  bie  2:^emfe,  bie  SBoIga,  etc.) 

{d)  most  abstract  nouns :  bte  Xrauer,  sorrow. 

4.  The  following  are  neuter: 

(a)  all  infinitives  used  as  nouns:  ba^  Sefen,  {the)  reading. 


SYNOPSIS  OF  GRAMMAR  221 

(6)  almost  all  nouns  beginning  with  ®c-  and  ending  in  -c,  most 
of  which  are  collectives:  bag  ©cbirgc,  mountains. 

(c)  diminutives  ending  in  -d^cn  or  -Icin. 

(d)  most  names  of  coimtries  and  towns;  feminines  are:  bic  ©d^lDCt;, 
Switzerland;  and  those  ending  in  -ct,  Uke  bic  Xiirfci,  Turkey. 

(e)  most  nouns  ending  in  -ni«,  -fal,  -fcl,  -turn:  ha&  ©cfanQtiiS, 
prison;  baS  ©(^ictfol,  fate;  ba^  9?(itfcl,  riddle;  ba^  ^aifcrtum,  empire. 
(But  hit  ^cnntniS,  knowledge;  bic  2:riibfal,  misery;  bcr  ^nrtunt,  error.) 

(f)  names  of  metals:  ha^  (Sifcn,  iron;  bag  @oIb,  gold.  (But  bcr 
©tafil,  steel.) 

5.  Compoimds  have,  in  general,  the  gender  of  their  last  com- 
ponent: ha^  ^6)utt)au^,  schoolhov^e. 


Declension 

7.  General  Rules.  Singular:  All  neuters  and  most 
masculines  have  -^  (-e^,  -n^,  -en^)  in  the  genitive,  and 
many  may  take  -e  in  the  dative. 

Feminines  remain  unchanged  in  the  singular. 
Plural:   1.   The  nominative,   genitive,   and  accusative 
are  alike. 

2.  The  dative  always  ends  in  -n  (-en), 

3.  No  plural  has  less  than  two  syllables. 

8.  Strong  Nouns  are  those  that  take  -n  (-en)  neither  in 
the  gen.  sing,  nor  in  the  nom.  plur. 

Weak  Nouns  are  those  that  take  -n  (-en)  in  the  plural, 
and,  if  mascuHne,  in  the  gen.,  dat.,  ace.  sing. 

Mixed  Nouns  are  those  that  are  strong  in  the  singular 
and  weak  in  the  plural. 


222 
9. 


GERMAN  FOR  BEGINNERS 
Classes  of  Declension 


Strong 

Weak 

Mixed 

Class  I 

Class  II 

Class  III 

Singu- 
lar 

N. 
G. 
D. 
A. 

-« 

-(e)8 
-(c) 

-(e) 

-(e)n 
-(c)n 
-(c)n 

-(c) 

Plural 

N. 
G. 
D. 
A. 

(-) 
(-) 
(-)tt 
W 

(-)e 
Wc 
(-)cn 
(-)e 

-(On 
-(e)n 
-(e)it 
-(e)n 

-(e)n 
-(e)n 
-(e)n 
-(e)n 

Note.    The  singular  endings  stated  in  this  diagram  are,  of  course,  subject  to  the 
general  rule  that  feminines  have  no  endings  in  the  singular. 


10. 


N. 
G. 
D. 
A. 


her  SBagen 
beg  SSagen^ 
bem  ^a^tn 
ben  SSagen 


~    Paradigms 
Strong  Declension 


CLASS  I 


SINGULAR 


ber  (Garten 
beg  ©attend 
bem  (^axttn 
ben  ©arten 


bie  arjutter 
ber  ^mutter 
ber  ^mutter 
bie  ^mutter 


ha^  ©ebftube 
beg  (J^ebctube^ 
bem  ©ebaube 
ba^  ©ebciube 


PLURAL 


N.  bie  SSagen 
G.  ber  SBagen 
D.  ben  SSagen 
A.  bie  iGSagen 


bie  ©arten 
ber  ©drten 
ben  ©arten 
bie  ©arten 


bie  ^mutter 
ber^miitter 
ben  SQ^iittem 
bie  ^mutter 


bie  (^ebftnbe 
ber  (^ebaube 
ben  ©ebcinben 
bie  (J^ebiinbe 


SYNOPSIS  OF  GRAMMAR 


223 


11. 

Nom.  ber  §ut 
Gen.    be«  §utC!^ 
Dat.    bem  §ute 
Ace.     ben  $ut 


Nom.  bte  §ute 

Gen.  ber  ©iitc 

Dat.  ben  ^iitcn 

Ace.  bie  ^iite 


CLASS  II 


SINGULAR 


ber  Xa^ 

bie  ^acSt 

ba^  Sa^x 

beg  Xa^t^ 

ber  9^a($t 

beg  3a^rc)^ 

bem  Xage 

ber  g^ad^t 

bem  3^a()re 

ben  Xag 

bie  ma(^t 

bag  3a6r 

PLURAL 

bie  XaQt 

bie  5^ad^te 

bie  ^fil^te 

ber  3:a9C 

ber  9^ac^te 

ber  3a{)re 

ben  XaQcn 

ben  9^a(^ten 

ben  ^ct^ren 

bie  jlage 

bie  g^ad^te 

bie  Qa^xt 

115. 

Nom.  bag  §aug 

Gen.  beg  ^au\t§ 

Dat.  bem  ©aufe 

Ace.  bag  ^aug 


CLASS  III 
SINGULAR 

ber  SO^ann 
beg  SO^annc^ 
bem  2)?annc 
ben  SD^ann 


ber  3rrtum 
beg  3rrtum!3 
bem  3rrtnm 
ben  3rrtnm 


Nom.  bie  ^aufcr 
Gen.    ber  ^ttufcr 
Dat.    ben  §aufem 
Ace.     bie  §aufcr 


PLURAL 

bie  ayjanncr 
ber  SO^iinner 
ben  9[)?anncm 
hit  Tlanntx 


hit  ^rrtumcr 
ber  Srrtiimer 
ben  3n:tumem 
bie  Srrtumer 


13. 

Nom. 
Gen. 
Dat. 
Ace. 


Weak  Declension 


ber  Wtn\^ 
beg  Wtn\(i)tn 
htm  ^D^enfd^en 
ben  'jDltn\(^tn 


SINGULAR 

ber  ^nabe 
beg  ^nabeti 
bem  ^naben 
ben  ^naben 


bie  3a]^l 
ber  SoW- 
ber  3aW 
bie  3^61 


hit  <Speife 
ber  ©peife 
ber  ®peife 
bie  ^peife 


224 


GERMAN  FOR  BEGINNERS 


PLURAL 

Norn,  bie  9D?enfd^cn 

bie  ^naben      bie  So^U^ 

bie  ©peifen 

Gen.    ber  imenfd^ctt 

ber  ^naben      ber  S^^W^ 

ber  (gpeifen 

Dat.   ben  9D2enf(^en 

ben  ^naben     ben  3ttf)Icti 

t    hen  ©peifen 

Ace.    bie  SJJenfc^en 

bie  ^naben      bie  S^W^ 

bie  ©peifen 

14. 

Mixed  Declension 

SINGULAR 

Nom. 

ber  (Btaat 

ber  3)oftor 

ha^  dnht 

Gen. 

be^  ©taate^ 

be^  3)oftori^ 

be^  @nbe^ 

Dat.- 

beitt  @taatc 

bent  S)oftor 

bent  (Snbe 

Ace. 

ben  ©taat 

ben  '^ottox 

PLURAL 

ha^  (Snbe 

Nom. 

bie  ©taatcn 

bie  3)oftorctt 

bie  @nben 

Gen. 

ber  ©taaten 

ber  3)oftoren 

ber  (gnben 

Dat. 

ben  ©taatcn 

ben  3)oftorcn 

ben  (Snben 

Ace. 

bie  ©taaten 

bie  ^oftovtn 
Membership 

bie  (Snbeti 

To  the  First  Class  of  the  strong  declension  (10)  belong: 
(a)  The  masculines  and  neuters  in  -el,  -er,  -en* 
(6)  The  feminines  TlutUx  and  ^loc^ter* 

(c)  The  diminutives  in  -d^en  and  -lein  (neuters). 

(d)  The  neuters  with  the  prefix  ®e-  and  the  suffix  -e. 

Umlaut:  Masculines  often,  feminines  always,  neuters 
never  (except  bag  ^lofter,  cloister,  plur.  bie  ^lofter). 

Note.  A  number  of  masculines  end  in  the  nom.  sing,  either  in  -c 
or  in  -en;  they  are  declined  as  follows: 

ber  Seattle,  name,  beg  9^Qmeng,  bem  5^amen,  ben  5^anten;  bie  Seamen, 
ber  9^omen,  ben  9^amen,  bie  9^anten.  Such  nouns  are:  ber  ^^rtebc,  peace; 
ber  ©ebanfe,  thought;  ber  ©laube,  faith;  ber  ^aufe,  heap;  ber  ®ame,  seed. 

Similar  are:  ber  %tU  (gelfen),  rock,  be«  i^elfeng;  ba^  ^erg,  heart,  beg 
^erjeng,  bem  ^erjen,  bog  ^txy,  bie  ^erjen. 


SYNOPSIS   OF  GRAMMAR  225. 

To  the  Second  Class  (11)  belong: 

(a)  Many  masculines,  feminines,  and  neuters  of  one^ 
syllable. 

(b)  Nouns  in  -tc^^  -ing,  -ling,  -ni^,  -fal,  -funft. 

(c)  A  number  of  polysyllabic  masculines  and  neuters, 
like  ber  9}?onat,  ba^  papier. 

Umlaut:  Masculines  often,  feminines  always,  neuters, 
never. 

To  the  Third  Class  (12)  belong: 

(a)  The  most  common  monosyllabic  neuters. 

(6)  All  nouns  in  -turn  (neuters  or  masculines). 

A  few  mascuhnes  of  one  syllable. 
Umlaut:  Always. 

To  the  Weak  Declension  (13)  belong: 

(a)  All  feminines  that  do  not  belong  to  Class  I  or  II. 

(6)  A  number  of  masculines  denoting  living  beings,  like- 
ber  ^naht,  ber  Tltn\^. 

(c)  Most  foreign  mascuhnes  denoting  living  beings, 
especially  those  accented  on  the  last  syllable,  like  ber  ©tu- 
btnt,  ber  ©olbat  (soldier). 

Umlaut:  Never. 

To  the  Mixed  Declension  (14)  belong: 

(a)  A  small  number  of  masculines  and  neuters,  the 
most  common  of  which  are :  ber  Sauer,  peasant  (sometimes 
weak),  ber  @ee,  lake  (be^  @ee^,  bie  @eeu;  the  plural  has  two 
syllables  in  pronunciation),  ba^  iBett,  bed,  ha^  5luge,  eye,  ba6 
£)\)V,  ear. 

(6)  Foreign  words  in  -or:  ber  ^oftor,  ber  "iprofeffor;  they 
accent  in  the  plural  the  syllable  -or,  in  the  singular  the: 
syllable  before  it. 


226  GERMAN  FOR  BEGINNERS 

(c)  Foreign  nouns  in  -um  and  a  few  other  foreign  neu- 
ters: ha^  ^t^mnafium,  plur.  (omitting  -um)  ®l)mnaf{en. 

Note.  The  declension  of  foreign  nouns  is  best  learned  from  prac- 
tice, as  they  occur  in  reading. 

15.  Proper  Names  with  the  article  are  mostly  unin- 
flected;  without  the  article  they  take  -^  (-e^)  in  the  gen. 
sing.;  the  definite  article  must  (at  least,  in  prose)  precede 
if  they  are  modified  by  an  adjective;  with  names  of  per- 
;Sons,  it  occurs  also  without  an  adjective: 

^arbaroffa^  @rab=bag  @rab  ^arbaroffag=ba^  ®rab  be3 
iBarbaroffa,  the  grave  of  Barbarossa. 

ba^  ®rab  be^  Qrofeen  iBarbaroffa. 

bie  gliiffe  ^Deutfc^Ianb^  (=bie  gliiffe  t)on  ^tut\^lanb),  the 
rivers  of  Germany. 

^ie  Tla^t  be^  neuen  l^eutfd^Ianb,  the  power  of  modern 
^Germany, 

THE  ADJECTIVE 


Declension 

16.  Endings. 

STRONG 

WEAK 

Sing. 

Plur. 

Sing. 

Plur. 

.cr        e 

eg 

e 

e 

c 

e 

en 

en        er 

Ctt 

cr 

en 

en 

en 

en 

-cm       cr 

em 

en 

en 

en 

en 

en 

ccn        c 

eg 

c 

en 

c 

c 

en 

Strong:  like  biefer,  except  gen.  sing.  masc.  and  neut. 

Weak:  five  times  e,  otherwise  n. 

A  weak  ending  is  used  if  a  Word  with  the  endings  of  bie= 
fer  (ber)  precedes,  a  strong  ending  if  no  such  word  pre- 
.cedes. 


SYNOPSIS  OF  GRAMMAR 


227 


17. 


Paradigms 
The  Weak  Declension 


ber  groge  ^runnen,  the  great  fountain;  bie  alte  ^ird^c,  the 
old  church;  ha^  flare  SBaffer,  the  clear  water. 


Nom.  ber  gro^c  SBntnncn 
Gen.    beg  grofecn  33nitmeng 
Dat.    bent  grofeen  SBrunnen 
Ace.    ben  gro&cn  33runnen 


SINGULAR 

bie  attc  ^irc^e 
ber  altcn  ^ird^e 
ber  alten  ^ird^e 
bie  oltc  ^ird^c 


ba^  flare  SBaffer 
be«  flaren  SBaffer^ 
bem  flarcn  SSaffer 
ha^  flare  SSaffer 


Nom. 
Gen. 
Dat. 
Ace. 


bie  grofeen  53runncn 
ber  grofecn  33mnnen 
ben  grofecn  53runnen 
bie  grofeen  iBrunnen 


PLURAL 

bie  alten  ^ird^en 
ber  alten  ^ird^en 
ben  alten  ^ird^en 
bie  altcn  ^irc^cn 


bie  flaren  iEBaffcr 
ber  flaren  SSaffer 
ben  floren  SBaffem 
bie  flaren  SSaffer 


18. 


The  Strong  Declension 


f)arter  (Stem,  hard  stone;  reine  greube,  pure  joy;  flared 
SBaffer,  clear  water. 

SINGULAR 


Nom.  fiarter  ®tein 
Gen.    I^arten  (Steine« 
Dat.    fiartem  ©teine 
Ace.    fiarten  ©tein 


reine  f^rcube 
reincr  greube 
reiner  i^reubc 
reine  greubc 


nare)§  SBaffer 
flaren  3Baf[er8 
ftarem  SBaffer 
flarejg  SSaffer 


Nom.  l^arte  ©teine 
Gen.    l^arter  ©teine 
Dat.    l^arten  <Steinen 
Ace.    l^artc  ©teinc 


PLURAL 

reine  g^rcuben 
reiner  i^reuben 
reinen  greuben 
reine  ^^reuben 


flare  SBaffer 
flarcr  SSaffer 
flaren  SBaffcm 
flare  iBaffcr 


228 


GERMAN  FOR  BEGINNERS 


19.  Mixed  Declension.  After  the  uninflected  cases  of  cin,  tnctn, 
etc.,  an  adjective  must  have  a  strong  ending;  after  their  inflected 
cases,  a  weak  ending;  e.g.: 

SINGULAR 
Nom.  etn  Iiartcr  <Stcin        inctnc  rcinc  greubc 
Gen.    cinc8  \)axUn  ®tctnc«  mcincr  rcincn  grcubc 
Dat.    eiticm  l^artcti  ©tcinc  meincr  rcincn  f^rcubc 
Ace.    cincn  Ijartcn  <©tcin    mcinc  rcinc  ^^xtuht 


fcin  tiaxti  SBoffcr 
fcinc8  flarcn  2Saffcr8 
fctncm  flarcn  SSaffcr 
!cin  tlaxt^  SSaffcr 


Nom.  I^artc  ©tcinc 

Gen.  t)Qrtcr  <Stcinc 

Dat.  I^artcn  ©tcincn 

Ace.  I)artc  ©tcine 


PLURAL 

mcinc  rcincn  i^rcubcn 
mcincr  rcincn  ^^rcubcn 
mcincn  rcincn  ^^rcuben 
mcinc  rcincn  J^i'cubcn 


fcinc  flarcn  SBaffcr 
fcincr  flarcn  SBaffcr 
fcincn  flarcn  SBaffcm 
fcinc  flarcn  SBaffcr 


30.  Special  Cases.  1.  Two  or  more  adjectives  in  suc- 
cession have  the  same  endings:  ein  altt^,  fd^onei^  §au§. 

2.  Adjectives  used  as  nouns  are  declined  like  attribu- 
tive adjectives:  ein  ^eutfd^er,  a  German,  ber  ^eutfd^c,  the 
German. 

Also  remember:  cttoaS  &uUS,  something  good;  nid^t«  'iRtut^,  nothing 
new. 

Comparison 

21.  The  Comparative  ends  in  -cr,  the  Superlative  in 

-ft-;  Umlaut  is  frequent. 

ficin  fleiner  bcr  fleinftc 

alt  (titer  ber  ftlteftc 

tea  tejer  ber  te^efte 

32.  Irregularities: 


firo6,  great 

firofeer 

bcr  grCgtc 

^od),  high 

m^x 

ber  l^od^fte 

nai),  near 

nii^er 

ber  nad^fte 

t)iel,  mtich 

mt^x 

ber  meifte 

toenig,  little 

toeniger,  ntinbcr 

ber  njenififte,  tnlnbefte 

fiut,  good 

beffer 

ber  beftc 

SYNOPSIS  OF  GRAMMAR 


229 


2S.  Sentences: 

(a)  3c^  bin  ftcirfer  aU  bu,  I  am  stronger  than  you. 

(b)  dv  ift  ein  ftcirferer  3i)^ann  al^  ic^,  He  is  a  stronger 
man  than  I. 

(c)  @r  ift  am  ftcirfften,  or  ber  ftcirffte,  He  is  the  strongest. 

(d)  <Sie  ftngt  ant  fc^onften,  She  sings  most  beautifully. 


NUMERALS 


24.    The  Cardinals. 

1  ein(^)  16  fec^gef)n 

2  gh)ei  17  ftebaef)n 

3  brei  18  a(^tgef)n 

4  t)ier  19  neun3ef)n 

5  fiinf  20  sman^ig 

6  fed^g  21  einunbgmansig 

7  fieben  22  jtreiunbstDangig 

8  ad^t  23  brciunb^manjig 

9  neun  24  t}ierunb5n)anjig 

10  ^el^n  25  fiinfunb^hjanjig 

11  elf  30  breiftig 

12  3rt)oIf  31  einunbbreifeig 

13  brei3ef)n        40  biergig 

14  t)iergef)n        50  fiinf^ig 

15  fiinfgeiin  10,000  5ef)ntaufmb 

100,000  f)unberttaufenb 
1,000,000  eine  ar^illion 
1,000,000,000  eine  9}?iIIiarbe 
1,000,000,000,000  eine  Million 

Peculiarities : 

1.  In  compounds  of  tens  and  units,  tlie  latter  precede  the  former: 
cinunbjiDanstQ. 

2.  The  tens  end  m  -jig,  with  the  exception  of  brei^ig. 


60  fec^gig 
70  fiebsig 
80  ac^tgig 
90  neimgig 

100  ()nnbert 

101  f)unbert  einS 

187  ()unbert  fiebenunb- 

ad)tgig 
200  sn)ei  f)nnbert 
1000  taufenb 
1876  tanfenba(^tt)unbert 
fec^^unbfiebgig  or 
ad^t3ef)nf)unbert 
fe(f)^unbfiebgig 


230  GERMAN  FOR  BEGINNERS 

3.  ©icbcn  drops  the  syllable  -en  in  the  numbers  ftcbjcl^n  and  ftebjig. 

4.  A  hundred,  a  thousand  is  fiunbert,  taufcnb;  ein  l^unbert,  ctn  taufcnb 
are  used  emphatically  for  English  one  hundred,  one  thousand.  If  a 
higher  number  precedes,  ein  must  be  used:  1163  =  toufenbeinl^unbcrt 
brciunbfed^jiQ. 

5.  Compounds  of  tens  and  units  are  always  written  in  one  word: 
brciunbbrcifeig.  Compounds  of  thousands  and  hundreds,  and  multiples 
of  hundreds  and  thousands  are  usually  written  in  one  word,  but  not 
infrequently  separated:  jlDei  l)unbert  or  3h)eif)unbcrt.  Compounds  ex- 
pressing more  than  two  figures  should  never  be  written  in  one  word: 
llDCttaufcnb  ad^t{)unbert  Dicrunbbrci&tg. 

6.  (Sine  iBillion  is  not  1,000,000,000  (  =  eine  9KiEtarbe),  but 
1,000,000,000,000. 

!35.  Declension  of  Cardinals 

1.  (Hnig. 

(a)  The  numeral  eing  is  usually  inflected  Hke  the  indefinite  article 
when  it  stands  before  a  noun:  ein  9}?ann,  one  man  or  a  man;  ein  33ud^, 
one  book  or  a  book. 

(6)  In  counting,  when  no  other  numeral  follows,  the  form  of  the 
neuter  singular,  ein8,  is  used:  cin8,  jh)ct,  bret,  .  .  .  f)unbert  eing,  etc. 

(c)  If  used  pronominally  (a  noun  being  understood),  ein-  is  de- 
clined hke  biefer:  3n  jenem  S^^^^^  ftet)cn  itod  Xi\(^t,  in  biefem  nur 
ciner.  There  are  two  tables  standing  in  that  room,  but  only  one  in  this. 
^aft  bu  beibe  iBiic^er  ?  Have  you  both  books  f  S^etn,  id^  Iiabc  nur  cin« 
(=eine3),  No,  I  have  only  one. 

2.  ^unbert,  2;aufenb,  SD^ittton,  3??iHiarbe,  SBtKton  are  nouns,  the  first 
two  being  neuters  of  the  second  class  of  the  strong  declension,  the 
others  weak  feminines;  but  f)unbert  and  taufenb  are  declined  only  when 
not  preceded  by  another  cardinal:  biele  ^unberte  don  SfWenfd^en,  many 
hundreds  of  people;  the  usage  as  to  capitalization  of  {)unbert  and  ton* 
fcnb  is  not  entirely  settled,  but  in  general  they  are  spelled  small  when 
they  are  real  numerals  (jh)eif)unbcrt,  einigc  l^unbert  9)?enfd^en)  but  capi- 
talized when  felt  as  nouns:  me^rere  ^unbertc,  several  hundreds. 

3.  The  other  numerals  are,  as  a  rule,  not  inflected,  but  the  geni- 
tives jtoeier  and  brcier  and  the  datives  jmeien,  breicn  occur  when  the 
case  is  not  indicated  otherwise:  bie  SD'Jutter  jlDcicr  ^inber,  th^  mother  of 
two  children.    Inflected  forms  of  other  numerals  are  very  rare. 


SYNOPSIS  OF  GRAMMAR 


231 


36.  Measures  and  Weights.  Nouns  expressing  measure,  weight, 
or  money  value  are  uninflected  after  numerals  if  they  are  masculines 
or  neuters,  but  have  the  regular  iMection  if  they  are  feminines;  the 
most  important  exception  is  bie  SD^arf  (German  coin  =25  cents), 
which  is  treated  Uke  masculines  and  neuters :  ^el^n  i^u^,  ten  feet;  fiinf 
^ilogramm,  five  kilograms;  brei  9)?arf,  three  marks. 


«7.    The  Ordinals. 

1st    bcr  (bie,  ha^)  erftc 

10th 

ber  je()nte 

2d     ber  gtDelte 

nth 

ber  etfte 

3d    bcr  hxxiit 

12th 

ber  atDblfte 

4th   berDicrtc 

13th 

ber  breise{)nte 

5th   berfiinftc 

20th 

ber  stDanstgfte 

6th   berfcd^ftc 

21st 

ber  einunb^rtjansigfte 

7th   ber  fiebente 

100th 

ber  {)unbertfte 

8th   ber  a^it 

101st 

ber  {)unberterfte 

9th  ber  neunte 

2000th 

ber  jlueitaufenbfte 

THE  PRONOUN 
The  Personal  Pronoun 


SINGULAR 

First  Person 

Second  Person 

Third  Person 

MASC. 

FEM. 

NEIJT. 

Nom. 

14  / 

bu,  thou           tx,  he 

fie,  she 

eg,  it 

Gen. 

•meiner 

beiner              feiner 

if)rer 

feiner 

Dat. 

tntr 

bir                  i{)m 

\\)X 

\\)m 

Ace. 

mx6) 

PLURAL 

fie 

ed 

AT.T,   genders 

Nom. 

rm 

i6r 

fie 

Gen. 

unfer 

euer 

if)rer 

Dat. 

un^ 

eud^ 

if)nen 

Ace. 

ung 

euc^ 

fie 

232  GERMAN   FOR  BEGINNERS 

Note.  Address.  1.  !Du  and  ii)X  are  the  pronouns  of  familiar 
address,  bu  being  used  to  address  one,  t^r  to  address  several  rela- 
tives, intimate  friends,  animals,  or  things.  They  are  also  the  pro- 
nouns of  address  used  in  prayer  and  in  poetry. 

2.  The  usual  pronoun  of  address  is  ©ie  for  the  singular  and  the 
plural.  ^It  is  always  capitaUzed  and  followed  by  a  verb  in  the  third 
person  of  the  plural. 

Are  you  glad,  bift  bu  frof),  feib  il^r  frof),  finb  (Sie  frof)? 

You  have  money,  bu  f)a[t  ®clb,  i\)x  ^aht  ®elb,  @ie  t)abcn  ®elb. 

38.   Reflexive  Pronouns  exist  only  for  the  dative  and 
accusative  of  the  third  person:  fid^.    In  all  other  forms  the 
personal  pronoun  is  used:  t(f)  freue  mic^,  /  am  glad,  rejoice: 
t(5  freue  tnicft  h3ir  freuen  uti^ 

bu  freuft  bic^  tf)r  freut  cucft 

er,  fie,  e^  freut  fic^  fte  freueu  firfi 

©ie  freuen  fidft 

29.  The  Possesive  Pronouns  and  the  corresponding 
personal  pronouns  are: 

id)  tneitt  tDir  unfcr 

bu  beitt  i()r  cucr 

er,  e^  fcin  fie  tftr 

fie  xf)t  @ie  3^r 

30.  Declension  of  the  possessive  pronouns: 

(a)  before  a  noun,  like  the  indefinite  article  (in  the 
plural,  like  btefer) : 

mein  greunb,  my  friend  Tueine  ^^^iti^^c 

•meine^  greunbe^  meiner  greunbe 

•meinem  greunbe  tneinen  greunben 

meinen  greunb  tneine  greunbe 

unfer  i8u(^,  our  hook  unfere  iBild^er 

unfere^  53uc^e^  unferer  ^iic^er 

unferem  S3u(^e  unferen  ^iic^em 

uttfer  ^u(^  unfere  iBiic^er 


SYNOPSIS  OF  GRAMMAR  233. 

(6)  Without  a  noun  (or  with  a  noun  understood),  like 
biefer:  meinct,  beincr,  feincr,  if)rcr,  ung(e)rcr,  eu(e)rcr,  3f)rer. 
OJJein  iBruber  ift  alt,  beiner  ift  iung. 

(c)  As  predicative  adjectives  they  are  usually  unde- 
clined. 

Note.  But  declined  forms  occur:  !Dicfc«  ^QU«  ift  mcin  —  bag  mcine " 
—  mein(c!§). 

31.        The  Demonstrative  Pronouns 

^tcfcr,  this,  jencr,  that,  are  declined  like  the  definite 
article. 

ber,  that,  is  decUned: 

(a)  like  the  definite  article  before  a  noun. 
(6)  without  a  noun  as  follows: 


SINGULAR 

PLURAL 

Masc. 

Fem. 

Neut. 

All  Genders 

Nom. 

ber 

btc 

ha^ 

bie 

Gen. 

beffctt 

bctcn 

bcffeti 

bcrcn,  bercr 

Dat. 

bem 

ber 

bem 

benen 

Ace. 

ben 

bie 

ba6 

hit 

^^erfclbc,  the  same,  and  bteienige,  that,  are  declined  as  follows: 

berfelbc  bicfclbc               ba^felbc                bicfelben 

be^felben  berfelben              bo^fclben               berfelbcn 

bemfelbcn  berfelben              bemfelben              benfelben 

benfelben  bicfelbc               ba^felbc                bicfelben 

In  the  same  way:  berjeniQC,  beSfenigen,  etc. 

(That  is:  The  first  part  is  declined  like  the  definite  article,  the  sec- 
ond part  like  a  weak  adjective.) 

(Bolti),  such,  is  declined:  either  as  an  adjective:  ein  fold^er 
9}iann;  or  it  is  uninflected:  fold^  ein  9}iann,  such  a  man. 


234  GERMAN  FOR  BEGINNERS 

33.  The  Relative  Pronouns 

SBeI(^er=ber 
SBeld^er  is  declined  like  biefer,  but  it  has  no  genitive. 
^er  is  declined  as  follows: 


SINGULAR 

PLURAL 

Masc. 

Fem. 

Neut. 

All  Genders 

Nom. 

bcr 

bie 

bag 

bie 

Gen. 

bcffen 

beren 

bcffen 

bcrcn 

Dat. 

bem 

bcr 

bem 

bcncn 

Ace. 

ben 

bie 

ha^ 

bie 

2Scr  stands  without  an  antecedent  (=he  who,  whoever). 
fS^a^  stands  without  an  antecedent  or  with  an  indefinite 
antecedent.    Declension: 

Nom.  met  tda^ 

Gen.    tDeffen  (meg)  (meg,  toeffen) 

Dat.    mem  — 

Ace.    men  mag 

33.  The  Interrogative  Pronouns 

SBcr,  who,  and  toa§,  what,  are  decHned  as  given  above, 
mclc^et,  which,  is  declined  Hke  biefer. 
\t)a§  fitr  em,  what  kind  of,  decHnes  only  the  last  part; 
the  plural  is  mag  fiir. 

34.  Adverbial  Compounds. 

in  it,  with  it,  at  it,  in  them,  with  them,  at 

them,  etc. 
in  that,  with  that,  at  that,  in  those,  with 

those,  at  those,  etc. 
in  what?,  with  what?,  at  what?  =^XQQxm,  momit,  moran 
in  which,  with  which,  at  which^XQOXxn,  momit,  moran 
The  demonstrative  compounds  should  be  used,  the  in- 
terrogative compounds  miLst  be  used,  the  relative  com- 
poimds  may  be  used. 


bartn,  bamit, 
baran,  etc. 


SYNOPSIS  OF  GRAMMAR 


235 


A  35,  The  Indefinite  Pronouns 

The  most  common  indefinite  pronouns  and  adjectives 
are:  man,  one,  person;  iemanb,  somebody;  niemanb,  nobody; 
iebermann,  everybody;  ettoa^,  something;  nic^t^,  nothing;  tin, 
one;  fein,  no;  betbe,  both;  ber  anbere,  the  other;  jeber,  eachy 
every;  jeglic^er,  every;  aWt,  all;  einigc,  etlid^e,  ein  paar,  a  few; 
tnatic^e,  some;  Tne()rere,  several;  t)iele,  many;  tDenige,  /ei^. 
Declension : 

(a)  SJJan,  etmag,  nid^t^,  ein  ))oar  are  always  uninflected, 
but  the  oblique  cases  of  man  are  replaced  by  ein  (SSenn 
man  cinen  nic^t  fennt,  foil  man  ntd^t  liber  i()n  fpred^en,  If  one 
does  not  know  a  person,  one  should  not  talk  about  him). 

(b)  3emanb,  niemanb,  Jebermann  are  usually  uninflected, 
but  sometimes  form  a  genitive  in  -^. 

(c)  (Sin,  fein  are  inflected  like  the  indefinite  article  be- 
fore a  noun,  but  like  biefer  without  a  noun 

(d)  The  other  indefinite  pronouns  are  declined  like  com- 
mon adjectives,  but  t)iel,  menifi,  all,  mand^  also  occur  in  their 
uninflected  forms. 

THE  VERB 


35. 


The  Auxiliaries  of  Tense 


Principal  Parts:     fein,  mar,  gcrtefcn 
iiahen,  f)atte,  gcf)abt 
rtjerbcn,  h)urbe  (iDorb),  gclBorbcn 

Present  Participles:  fcicnb,  tiabcnb,  tocrbenb 

Present 


fclti 

fiaUn 

Ind. 

SUBJ. 

Ind. 

SUBJ. 

I 

II 

I            II 

td^  bin 

fei 

mvt 

^aht 

—      ^attc 

bu  bift 

feift 

tt)(ireft 

m 

^abcft     ^ttttcft 

crift 

fei 

h)arc 

\)at 

t)abc       l^attc 

h)ir  finb 

fcicn 

tottrcn 

l^abcn 

—        I^attcn 

il^r  fcib 

feict 

njttrct 

fiabt 

—        ^(ittet 

fie  finb 

fcien 

h)ttren 

I)abcn 

—        patten 

236 


GERMAN   FOR  BEGINNERS 


tocrbcn 


Ind. 


SUBJ. 


I 

II 

id^  tocrbc 

— 

toltrbe 

bu  iDirft 

merbeft 

iDilrbcft 

cr  toirb 

iDcrbc 

tDiirbc 

h)ir  tocrbcn 

— 

h)ilrben 

it)r  iDcrbet 

— 

toiirbct 

fie  irerbcn 

~ 

toiirben 

Past  Tenses 

fein 

f^ahcn 

Ind. 

SuBj.                    Ind. 

SUBJ. 

Preterit 

Preterit 

td^  h)ar 

fiattc 

bu  toarft 

f)Qttcft 

cr  tear 

\)attt 

h)ir  h)arcn 

fatten 

tl^r  iBart 

\)atttt 

fie  JDaren 

fatten 

Perfect 

I 

II 

Perfect 

I                II 

td^  bin 

fei    1 

mxt 

^abc 

— 

l^cittc 

bu  bift 

r; 

feift 

^    mxt\t 

£2 

m 

^abeft 

pttcft 

crift 

fei 

^   mxt 

s 

m 

J3 

C 

Iiabe 

1     fliitte 

toir  finb 
tl^r  fcib 

1 

feien 
fciet 

1     h)aren 
"*    mxtt 

1 

l^aben 
fiabt 

CO 



%    ptten 
^(ittet 

fie  finb 

feien 

mxm 

l^abcn 

— 

ptten 

Pluperf. 

Pluperf. 

td^  tear     1 

^e  1 

bu  iBarft 

fi 

fiatteft 

cr  toax 

.<^ 

f)attc 

>o 

toir  toorcn 

i 

flatten 

ii)x  toaxt 

<s 

l^iattet 

fie  toarcn 

, 

1 

fatten 

SYNOPSIS   OF  GRAMMAR 


237 


njcrbcn 


Ind. 

SUBJ. 

Preterit 

i(i)  n)urbc  (iDorb) 

bu  iDurbcft  (marbft) 

cr  rouxht  (marb) 

h)ir  n)urbcn 

if)r  tDurbet 

fie  iDurbcn 

Perfect 

I 

II 

td^  bin 

fei    1 

toSre 

bu  bift 

S 

feift 

5 

h)areft 

c 

cr  ift 

>-> 

fei 

>-> 

mxt 

^ 

h)ir  finb 

o 

feien 

i 

mxm 

1 

il^r  feib 

c» 

feict 

« 

mxtt 

« 

fie  finb  . 

feien 

toiiren 

Pluperfect 

id^  h)ar 

bu  n)orft 

g 

er  Wax 

g 

toil  iDarcn 

I 

it)r  toavt 

« 

fie  iBaren 

Ind. 


id^  h)crbe 
bu  tuirft 
er  toirb 
h)ir  toerben 
il^r  mcrbct 
fie  toerben 


Future 


SUBJ. 


tocrbcft 
hjerbc 


iottrbe 

toilrbeft 

Mrbe 

h)ilrben 

toilrbct 

tDllrben 


II 


238 


GERMAN   FOR   BEGINNERS 


Future  Perfect 

Ind. 

SUBJ. 

I 

II 

td^  iDerbc 

_5 

— 

pt 

h)iirbc 

e 

bu  h)irft 

rterbeft 

.g^ 

n)iirbeft 

cr  h)irb 
toir  iDcrben 
tf)r  merbet 

ill 

toerbe 

h)tirbe 

n)iirben 

h)iirbet 

fie  tocrben 

~ 

h)iirben 

§  » 

o 

Imperative 

fetl 

fiabe! 

toerbel 

feibi 

liabt! 

h)erbet! 

feien  € 

nc! 

Iiaben  eiel 

tocrben  ©id 

36. 


The  Weak  Verb 


iNDICATlViii 

Subjunctive 

I 

II 

Present 

i(^  lebc 

rcifc 

—               — 

Icbtc 

reiftc 

bu  Ieb(t 

retf(ef)t 

—               — 

lebteft 

reiftcft 

cr  Icbt 

reift 

lebc             reife 

lebtc 

rcifte 

h)ir  Icbcn 

reifen 

—               — 

lebten 

reiftcn 

il)r  Icbt 

reift 

—               ~ 

lebtct 

reiftct 

fie  Icben 

reifen 

—               — 

lebten 

reiften 

SYNOPSIS  OF  GRAMMAR 


239 


Past  Tenses 


Preterit 


[^  Icbtc 

reifte 

bu  lebtcft 

reiftcft 

cr  lebtc 

reifte 

toil  lebtcn 

reiftcn 

i^r  Icbtct 

reiftct 

fie  lebtcn 

reiftcn 

Perfect 

[^  l^abe 

bin 

bu  ^aft 

bift 

cr  ^at 

ift 

hjir  l^aben 

CO 

finb 

i^r  fiabt 

feib 

fie  l^aben 

finb 

Pluperfect 

id^  liattc 

h)ar 

bu  Wt^\t 

h)arft 

cr  ^otte 

1 

hjar 

toir  flatten 

C33 

h)aren 

il^r  ^attet 

toaxt 

fie  fatten 

h)aren 

Id^  iBcrbe 

bu  iDirft 

S 

cr  luirb 

.  "? 

h)ir  njcrben 

g 

i^r  iDcrbet 

;§ 

fie  toei 

fben  J 

— 

fei    1 

i^attc 

^abeft 

feift 

f)(itteft 

^Qbc 

i    fei 

^atte 

— 

S)    feien 

03 

^(itten 

— 

feiet 

tiattet 

—    , 

feien 

l^iitten 

Future 

tDcrbeft 
hjcrbc 


n)arc 
toareft 
^    loare 
"§5   todrtn 
toaret 
toaren 


hJilrbc 

h)ilrbeft 

rtiirbe 

h)llrben 

n)iirbet 

iBiirben 


Future  Perfect 


i<S)  njcrbc 

• 

bu  hjirft 

is 

cr  toirb 

,  ss 

h)ir  njcrben 

s  'B 

i^r  hjcrbet 

t« 

fie  hjcrbcn 

n)erbeft 
tDcrbc 


;S  2i 


njttrbc 

toUrbeft 

iDUrbe 

totirben 

rottrbet 

toUrben 


^  tJ 


240 


GERMAN 

FOR 

BEGINNERS 

Imperative 

Icbc! 

rcifc! 

lebt! 

rcift! 

Icbcn  ®icl 

reifcn  <SteI 

37.    Connecting  -e- 


Inf. 

Pret. 

Part. 

2d  sing. 

3d  sing,  and  2d  plur. 

reifcn: 

reifte 

gereift 

bu  reif(c[)t 

er  (i^r)  reift 

reben: 

rebcte 

gerebct 

bu  rebcft 

er  (if)r)  rebct 

rettcn: 

rettctc      gerettct 

bu  rettcft 

er  (if)r)  rettct 

atmcn: 

atmctc      geatmct 

bu  atmcft 

er  (if)r)  atmct 

offncn: 

offncte      geoffnct 

bu  offncft 

er  (i^r)  offnct 

lernen: 

lemte 

gelenit 

bu  lernft 

-elti,  -em 

er  (i^x)  lernt 

38. 

j^onbcln: 

i($  l^anblc 

bu  f)anbelft         l^anbelte         gefianbelt 

toanbcrn 

ic^  iDanbrc 

bu  iDonberft       manberte        getoanbert 

39. 

Strong  Verbs 

Indicative 

Subjunctive 

T                                                                       TT 

Present 

j-j- 

Ic^  bicibc 

gebc 

_             _ 

blicbc          gobc 

bu  blctbft 

gibft 

—          gcbeft 

bliebeft         gabcft 

cr  bleibt 

gibt 

bleibc        gcbe 

bliebe           gcibe 

h)ir  bleibcn 

geben 

—             — 

blicben         giiben 

i^r  bleibt 

gebt 

—             — 

bliebct          gabet 

fie  bleibcn 

geben 

—             — 

bliebcn         gaben 

SYNOPSIS  OF  GRAMMAR 


241 


Past  Tenses 


Preterit 

i^  bIteb 

sab 

bu  blicbft 

eabft 

er  blicb 

^ah 

toir  blicbcn 

gaben 

ibr  bliebt 

Qobt 

fie  blieben 

Qoben 

Perfect 

t 

i(^  bin 

^bt 

bu  bift 

c 

baft 

er  ift 

,  1 

bat 

h)ir  finb 

^ 

baben 

ii)X  feib 

o 

\)abt 

fie  finb 

baben 

Pluperfect 

id)  n)or 

bottc 

bu  ttiarft 

jr 

battcft 

er  mar 

1 

batte 

h)ir  maren 

S 
o 

batten 

tbr  mart 

cs 

bottet 

fie  maren 

batten 

td^  mcrbe 

a 

bu  mirft 

^ 

er  rnirb 

<3J 

toir  merben 

g 

tbr  merbet 

2 

fie  toci 

:bcn 

tO 

fei 

feift 

fei 

feien 

feiet 

feien 




metre 

c 

^abeft 

js 

mcireft 

i 

^abe 

.  ^ 

mare 

€39 

2^ 

as 

mttren 
maret 

—   . 

mftren 

Future 

merbeft 
merbe 


l^attc 

^   batte 
I    batten 
**   battet 
batten 


mUrbe 

murbeft 

mtirbe 

mitrben 

miirbct 

mUrbcn . 


Future  Perfect 

td^  mcrbe 

^  g 

— 

bu  mirft 
er  mirb 

II 

merbeft 
merbe 

mir  merben 
ibr  merbet 
fie  toerben 

it 
1" 

— 

a 


mtirbe 
mtirbeft 

mtirbe 

mtirben 

>§  ^ 

mtirbet 
mtirben 

i- 

242 


GERMAN   FOR  BEGINNERS 


Imperative 


blctbe! 

gibi 

bicibt! 

gebtl 

bleibcn  ©iel 

gebcn  ©iel 

40. 

Vowel  Change  in  the  Present 

Inf. 

2d  sing. 

3d  sing. 

Imper. 

fc^cn: 

bu  ftcMt 

cr  ftc^t 

fie^I 

gcfien: 

bu  Qibft 

cr  Qtbt 

gib! 

^erfcn: 

bu  m\t 

cr  ^tlf t 

^«f! 

nc^mcn 

bu  nttnmfl 

cr  utmmt 

ntmm! 

tragcn: 

bu  tragft 

cr  tragi 

tragc! 

laufcn: 

bu  laufft 

er  lauft 

laufel . 

41. 

Connecting 

-e- 

present 

preterit 

Inf. 

2d  sing. 

3d  sing. 

2d  plur.             2C 

sing. 

2d  plUT. 

tciffcn: 

bu  retfft 

er  reifet 

it)r  reifet         bu 

riffcft 

i^r  rtfet 

cffcn: 

bum 

crifet 

ii)x  cfet           bu 

am 

ii)v  a^t 

labcn: 

bu  labft 

cr  im 

if)r  labct        bu  lubcft 

i^r  lubct 

tratcn: 

bu  ratft 

crrat 

it)r  ratct        bu  rtctcft 

t^r  rtetct 

tretcn:         bu  trittft      cr  tritt       ii)V  trctct       bu  tratcft       i^r  tratct 


42.  The  5t6Iaut-Classes. 


Infinitive 

Pbetekit 

Past 
Participle 

I. 

Ct 

i(ie) 

i(ie) 

II. 

ic 

0 

0 

III. 

(a)  i,  followed  by  n4- consonant 

a 

u 

(6)  i,        "        "   nn,  mm 

a 

0 

IV. 

e,       "        "   I,  Tn,r,  d^ 

a 

0 

V. 

t,        "        "    other  consonants 

a 

e 

VI. 

a 

u 

a 

VII. 

a  or  other  vowels 

te 

a 

or  other 
vowels 

SYNOPSIS  OF  GRAMMAR  243 


Irregular  Verbs 


43.  Irregular  Weak  Verbs 

brcnncn,  hum,  branntc,  gebrannt     tocnhert,  turn,    h)anbtc     (gctoonbt) 

fcnncn,  know,  ianntt,  gefannt  (toenbctc)  (Qctocnbet) 

ncnncn,  call,  nanntc,  gcnannt      bringcn,  bring,  brad^tc,     gcbrad^t 

rcnncn,  run,  ranntc,  Qcrannt      bcn!cn,  think,    bad^tc,      gcbad^t 

fcnben,  send,  fanbtc  gcfanbt 

(fcnbcte)  (ficfcnbct) 


44.  Irregular  Strong  Verbs 

gc^en,  go,  gmg,  QeQangen 
ftcften,  stand,  ftanb,  geftanben 
tun,  do,  tat,  getan. 

45.  ^ahtn  and  fetn  in  the  formation  of  the  compound 
tenses. 

(©ein  is  used  with  intransitive  verbs  denoting  change  of 
place  or  change  of  condition;  also  with  the  verbs  fein,  he, 
bleiben,  remain,  gelingen,  succeed,  glildfen,  succeed,  gefd^efiett, 
happen,  and  frequently  with  Itcgen,  lie,  filjen,  sit,  \tt^tn, 
stand. 

^abm  is  used  with  all  other  verbs. 

Compound  Verbs 

46.  The  Inseparable  Prefixes  are: 

be,  ent,  cr,  gc,  tier,  scr  (()inter,  mife,  tJoDQ* 

Inseparable  prefixes  are  unaccented. 
The  past  participle  of  inseparable  verbs  is  formed  with- 
out the  prefix  ge-:   tjerfte()en,  understand  —  dcrftanben. 


244 


GERMAN   FOR   BEGINNERS 


47.   Separable   Prefixes   are   separated   whenever   the 
verb  does  not  stand  at  the  end  of  the  sentence.     They 
are  accented: 
auffte^en,  get  up:  [<^  ftef)e  auf 

ic§  bin  aufgcftanben 

i(^  tDiinfd^e  (wish)  auf5ufte()en 

t(^  tuerbe  auffte()eii 

tDtnn  i(i)  aufftef)e 

tc^  tuerbe  aufgcftanben  fein. 


48.  The  Doubtful  Prefixes  are: 

burrfi,  uhtx,  unttx,  um,  tuiebcr. 

They  are  separable  in  literal,  inseparable  in  figurative 
meaning. 

49.  Reflexive  Verbs 


id^  f c^meic^Ie  mtr,  /  flatter  myself 

bu  fc^meic^elft  bit 

er,  fie,  e6  f(^meid)elt  fic^ 

iDir  f($mei(f)eln  un^ 

if)r  fc^meid)elt  cucft 

fie,  ©ie  fd^meid^eln  fic^ 


i^  freue  mid^,  /  am  glad 

bu  freuft  bic^ 

er,  fie,  eg  freut  fid) 

n)ir  freuen  uni^ 

tf)r  freut  cucft 

fie  freuen  fic^ 


50.  Impersonal  Verbs 

Normal  Order  Inverted  Order               Dependent  Order 
(a)  General  conditions: 

QS  rcQitet  SBoIb  rcgnct  tS            SSenn  c^  regnet 

(6)  Feeling:           (^^  tiungcrt  S^id^  I)un0ert('«)         2Benn('«)  bhi) 

mi(^  ^ungert 

(c)  Impersonal  passive: 

Q2  tDtrb  mir  9yHr  toirb  gel^olfcn       SBcnn  mir 

Qef)oIfen  Qef)oIfcn  toirb. 


SYNOPSIS  OF  GRAMMAR 

51.  The  Modal  Auxiliaries  (and  toiffeti) 

Principal  Parts: 

biirfen,  burfte,  geburft,  he  permitted 
fonnen,  fonnte,  gefonnt,  be  able  (can) 
moQtn,  mod^te,  gemod^t,  like  (may) 
miiffen,  mufete,  gemufet,  be  compelled  (must) 
follen,  [ollte,  gefollt,  be  obliged,  ought  to  (shall) 
tDollen,  tDoIIte,  getDoIlt;  want  to  (will) 

miffen,  h)u6te,  gelDufet,  know. 


245 


Present  Indicative 

\6)  borf 

fonn 

mag 

tnufe 

fott 

h)ia 

h)ct6 

bu  barfft 

fannft 

tnagft 

mufet 

fottft 

JDillft 

iDCi&t 

cr  barf 

fann 

mag 

mu^ 

foil 

mill 

n)ci& 

h)ir  bUrfcn 

fdnncn 

mogcn 

mUffen 

fottcn 

iDoKcn 

toiffcn 

i^r  bttrft 

fonnt 

mogt 

mii^ 

font 

h)oat 

iDifet 

fie  bilrfcn        Jonncn       mogen        mitffen       foUcn      iBoEcn    toiffcn 


Present  Subjunctive  I 


\^  bllrfc 

ffiunuc 

moge 

mliffe 

hJoHc 

fottc 

totffe 

bu  biirfcft 

fonneft 

mogcft 

miiffcft 

toolleft 

folleft 

toiffeft 

cr  bilrfc 

fonne 

moge 

mUffc 

U)oEe 

folte 

toiffc 

{No  plural  forms) 

Present  Subjunctive 

n 

\^  bUrftc 

ffiunte 

mod^te 

miifete 

tootttc 

fotttc 

tott&te 

bu  bUrftcft 

!6nntcft 

mmt\t 

milfeteft 

moltteft 

fonteft 

toilfeteft 

cr  biirftc 

touute 

mo^it 

miifete 

n)oIItc 

fotttc 

toiifete 

ioir  bilrftcn 

fCnnten 

moc^ten 

milfeten 

h)oI(tcn 

foEtcn 

ioii^tcn 

\\)x  bilrftct 

fenntct 

mod^tct 

mtifetct 

iootttet 

foKtct 

toii&tet 

fie  biirften 

fiinuteu 

mCc^ten 

mltfeten 

tootttcn 

foUten 

toitfeten 

246 


GERMAN^  FOR  BEGINNERS 


Compound  Tenses  without  Dependent  Infinitive 


Indicative 

Preterit 
id^  burftc,  bu  burftcft,  etc. 
id)  tonntt,  bu  fonntcft,  etc. 
id^  tnod^tc,  bu  moc^tcft,  etc. 
id^  mufetc,  bu  mu&tcft,  etc. 
i^  foatc,  bu  foUtcft,  etc. 
id^  rooUtt,  bu  h)oIItcft,  etc. 
id^  hjufetc,  bu  hjufeteft,  etc. 

Perfect 

id^  f)aht  Qcburft,  gefonnt,  gcmod^t, 
fiemufet,  gefollt,  ^ttooUt,  gcmu&t 

Pluperfect 

id^  l^attc  gcburft,  gcfonnt,  gemod^t, 
fletnufet,  ficfoUt,  QttooUt,  gctou^ 


SUBJUNCTIVB 


Past  Tenses 


I 

II 

— 

•  id^  l^ttttc 

bu  ^abcft 

geburft, 

bu  tiattcft 

geburft, 

cr  f)abt 

ficfonut, 

cr  l^cittc 

gefonnt, 

— 

gcmoc^t, 

h)tr  flatten 

Qcmod^t, 

— 

etc. 

if)r  fittttet 

etc. 

— 

fie  patten 

id^  hjerbe 
bu  iBirft 
er  toirb,  etc. 


bllrfcn,  fdnnen, 
mogen,  etc. 


Future 

bu  toerbeft 
cr  tocrbc 


btlrfcn, 
etc. 


td^  tolirbc 
bu  h)iirbcft 
cr  toiirbc,  etc. 


j  bttrfen, 
J     etc. 


Future  Perfect 


id^  tocrbc 

gcburft  l^abcn, 

—      ]  gcburft 

bu  hJirft 

gc!onnt  l^aben, 

bu  tocrbcft    boben, 

cr  toirb,  etc. 

gcmod^t  babcn,  etc. 

er  toctbe   i    etc. 

id^  tollrbc  ]  gcburft 
bu  tollrbeft  [  bobcn, 
cr  toilrbc,  etc.  J    etc. 


id^  babe 
id^batte 
id)  totvht 
id)  tocrbc  babcn 


Compound  Tenses  with  Dependent  Infinitive 

gcbcn  bllrfcn  (fdnnen,  mSgen,  tnliffcn,  foHcn,  toollcn) 


SYNOPSIS  OF  GRAMMAR 


247 


Imperative 


tooUtl 
tooUtl 
tootten  (©id 


toiffcl 
toiffen  ©id 


52. 


Indicative 


id^  h)crbe  gcrufcn 
bu  mirft  Qcrufcn 
cr  h)irb  gcrufen 
h)ir  toerbcn  gcrufcn 
if)r  h)crbct  gcrufcn 
fie  tocrbcn  gcnifcn 


The  Passive  Voice 

Subjunctive 


Present 

toerbcft  gcrufcn 
toerbc  Bcrufcn 


II 


njtlrbe  Qcrufcn 
toilrbcft  Qcrufcn 
iDiirbc  Qenifen 
Mrbcn  flerufen 
hjilrbet  Qcntfcn 
toiirbcn  Qcrufcn 


Past  Tenses 


Preterit 

i^  h)urbc  flcrufcn 
bu  iBurbcft  gerufcn 
cr  h)urbc  gerufcn 
loir  tourben  gcrufcn 
if)r  tourbct  gcrufen 
fie  tourbcn  gcrufcn 

Perfect 

id^  bin  gcrufcn  toorbcn 
bu  bift  Bcrufcn  h)orbcn, 
etc. 
Pluperfect 

td^  tear  gcrufcn  Ujorben 

bu  h)orft  gerufen  toorben, 

etc. 


id^  h)crbc  gcrufcn  tocrbcn 

bu  toirft  gcrufcn  tocrbcn 

cr  h)irb  gcrufcn  tocrbcn, 

etc. 


i(i)  fci  gcrufcn  toorbcn 

bu  feift  gcrufcn  toorben, 

etc. 


tottrc  gcrufcn  toorbcn 
toiircft  gcrufcn  njorben, 
etc. 


Future 

tocrbcft  gcrufcn  totxbtn 
tDcrbc  gcrufcn  toerben 


tolirbc  gcrufcn  toerbcn 

totlrbcft  gcrufcn  totxhm 

h)lirbc  gcrufcn  tocrben, 

etc. 


248 


GERMAN  FOR  BEGINNERS 
Future  Perfect 


id)  tocrbc  gcrufcn  toorbcn 

fcin 
bu  tt)irft  ficrufcn  toorbcn 

fcin 
cr  h)irb  gcrufcn  tooxbtn 

fein,  etc. 


—  toilrbc  Qcrufcn  n)orben 

fcin 
tocrbcft  Qcrufen  toorbcn    Mrbcft  gcrufen  toorben 

fcin  fcin 

totxbt  Qcrufcn  toorbcn    toiirbc  gcrufcn  toorbcn 
fcin  fcin,  etc. 


Imperative 

h)crbc  gerufcn! 
toexbtt  ficrufcn! 
tocrbcn  ®ic  gcrufcnl 


Prepositions 
53.  Prepositions  with  the  Dative  and  Accusative. 

an,  auf,  in,  bor,  l^tnter,  iiber,  unter,  neben,  jlDifc^en  govern  the 
dative  when  the  place  is  denoted  in  which  something  is 
(or  takes  place  or  moves);  the  accusative  when  direction 
towards  a  place  is  expressed.  The  accusative  answers  the 
German  question  n)o()in,  to  which  place?;  the  dative  the 
question  IDO,  in  which  place? 

an  denotes  close  proximity  or  contact:  at,  near  to: 

3(^  fiijc  om  i^cnftcr,  /  am  sitting  by  the  window.  ^6)  Qcl^c  an8  %tn\tttf 
I  am  going  to  the  window. 

It  indicates  definite  time: 

Sim  Slbcnb,  in  the  evening;  am  18.  ^anuar,  the  eighteenth  of  January. 

auf  denotes  location  on  the  upper  surface:  on,  upon: 

^^  fii^c  auf  bcm  ©tul^Ic,  I  am  sitting  on  the  chair.  ^6)  ftcigc  auf 
eincn  33crQ,  /  climb  a  mountain. 

It  is  also  used  in  connection  with  certain  buildings  of  a  public 
character,  or  in  high  situations:  auf  bcr  Unidcrfitftt,  at  the  University 
(also  used  of  studying  in  the  University).    Sluf  bcm  9?otl^au^,  in  the 


SYNOPSIS  OF  GRAMMAR  249 

city  hall.  2luf  bent  ©d^Ioffc,  in  the  castle.  Also  auf  bcm  Wlaxttt,  on 
the  market-place,  auf  bcr  <Btta^t,  in  the  street,  but  3d^  tool^nc  tn  bcr 
gricbriclftrafec,  /  am  living  on  Fredrick  Street. 

Maimer  of  doing  something : 

©ttQcn  @ic  e«  auf  ^Dcutfd^,  Say  it  in  German. 

Future  time : 

Sd)  iria  bir  ba«  35ucl^  auf  brei  ZaQt  Icil^cn,  /  wiZZ  lend  you  the  book  for 
three  days. 

in,  English  in  (into),  used  of  time  and  place: 

S(i)  bin  im  ^aufc,  /  am  in  the  house.    3<^  9cf>c  in  ba^  ^au^,  I  go  irUo 
the  house,    ^m  ^ai^rc  1700,  in  the  year  1700. 

itber,  over,  across: 

aWan  ficfit  eincn  Bttvn  Itbcr  bcm  SBcrge,  A  stor  is  seen  above  the  moun- 
tain.    S)er  33oQcI  ftog  ilbcr  bag  ^au8,  TAe  bird  ^t^  ewer  the  house. 

In  regard  to,  concerning,  about: 

2Ba8  I)at  er  ilbcr  mic^  gcfagt?    What  did  he  say  about  met 

untcr,  under,  among: 

!Dcr  ^unb  ift  unter  bent  3:tfd^c  (lief  unter  ben  2:ifd^),  The  dog  is  (ran) 
under  the  table. 

dintt  unter  euc^  mirb  mic^  derraten,  One  among  you  will  betray  me. 
(Sr  ift  unter  bie  ^aufleute  Qcgangen,  He  went  among  the  business  men. 

\)0t,  before,  referring  to  time  and  to  place : 

dv  ftanb  fyov  bent  ^au«,  He  was  standing  before  (in  front  of)  the  house. 
^r  lief  Dor  ta^  ^au8,  He  ran  to  the  front  of  the  house. 
Note  bor  brei  2:a0en,  three  days  ago. 

Winter,  behind: 

5)ie  WW)lt  t)inter  bent  53er0e,  the  mill  behind  the  mountain. 
&ti)  t)inter  ben  Xi\<^,  Go  behind  the  table. 

mhcn,  next  to,  adjoining: 

(Sr  ging  neben  tnir,  He  walked  at  my  side,   ©telle  bid^  ncben  niid^,  Stand 
beside  me. 


250  GERMAN  FOR  BEGINNERS 

Often  it  denotes  comparison  {aside  from) : 

SIcbcn  9?ofcn  ftnb  jtulpen  mcinc  liebftcn  ^lumcn,  Aside  from  rosesy 
tvlips  are  my  favorite  flowers. 

SitJtfc^cn,  between: 

S^i\<^tn  i^ronfrcid^  unb  bent  336i)mcrlt)alb,  Between  France  and  the 
Bohemian  Forest.  ®er  2;ob  trat  jloifd^cn  tnid^  unb  if)n,  Death  stepped 
between  me  and  him. 

54.    Prepositions  with  the  Dative. 

aug,  auger,  hd,  binnen,  Qemag,  entgegen,  gegenilber,  mit,  nad^, 
n&d)\t,  nebft,  famt,  feit,  t)on,  p,  sufolge,  gutniber. 

The  most  important  ones  of  these  are  : 

au§,  out  of,  from.    It  denotes  origin,  material,  or  motive: 

@r  JOQ  auS  bent  ?anbc,  He  went  out  of  the  country. 

(Sin  ©d^mcrt  au3  (t)on)  Qutcnt  <S>ta\)l,  a  sword  of  good  steel. 

Slug  ^rgcr,  from  annoyance;  au8  grcubc,  from  joy,  etc. 

auftcr,  outside  of  or  except: 

(gr  tear  brci  ^a^xt  aufecr  bent  Sanbe,  He  was  out  of  the  country  for 
three  years,  ^(i)  \)aht  feincn  grcunb  aufeer  bir,  /  have  no  friend  except 
you. 

Bet,  next  to,  at,  near  to: 

bic  ©d^Iad^t  bet  ^eipjig,  the  battle  at  Leipzig. 

Distinguish  bei  from  ntit;  the  former  denotes  attachment  to,  or 
connection  with,  some  different  object  or  person,  the  second,  com- 
panionship or  cooperation:  S<^  tool^ne  bei  ^erm  5D?iifier  means  /  am 
living  in  Mr.  Mailer's  house.  ^^  iDol^ne  ntit  it)nt  (jufantnten),  /  am 
living  in  the  same  hou^e  or  room  with  him.  ^^  "max  geftem  bei  ifint, 
/  was  at  his  hov^e  yesterday,  but  ^^  ging  ntit  il^nt,  /  went  with  him. 

tnit,  with,  denotes  companionship  (see  above),  or  in- 
strument: 

(gr  traf  il^n  ntit  etnent  ©tein,  He  hit  him  with  a  stone. 


SYNOPSIS  OF  GRAMMAR  251 

nad^,  after  J  to,  towards: 
nod^  brci  2:agcTi,  after  three  days. 

In  the  meaning  to  it  is  used  with  geographical  expressions,  and 
more  or  less  with  the  names  of  large,  important  places  and  build- 
ings. In  the  latter  meaning  it  is  not  always  possible  to  draw  a 
sharp  line  between  the  use  of  nad^  and  ju  (sometimes  also  in  with 
the  accusative);  on  the  whole,  the  usage  is  in  Northern  Germany- 
more  in  favor  of  nac^  than  in  Southern  Germany:  @r  reift  nac^  ®cutfd^= 
lanb,  nac^  33erlin,  nad^  bcr  (jur)  (Stabt,  He  travels  to  Germany,  to  Berlin, 
to  the  city,  '^a^)  bcr  ^irc^e,  ©c^ulc,  or  jur  ^ird^c,  <Sc^uIc,  in  bic  ^irc^c, 
(©d^ule,  to  church,  school.  3n  points  a  Uttle  more  definitely  to  the 
arrival  at  a  place.  With  smaller  objects  and  persons,  nac^  often 
means  towards,  without  reference  to  the  arrival  at  the  place  or 
person  (often  connected  with  ju):  %CLifXi  immer  nac^  iencnt  53aum  (ju). 
Always  drive  in  the  direction  of  that  tree.  (Sr  l^at  nad^  ntir  gefd^Iagcn, 
He  tried  to  hit  me,  has  struck  at  me. 

fcit,  since: 

^6)  ^abc  ba6  ^fcrb  fcit  brct  ^al^ren,  /  have  had  the  horse  for  three 
years. 

tjotl,  of,  from.  It  is  important  to  distinguish  the  use  of 
the  genitive  case  from  the  use  of  the  preposition  Don* 
5Son  is  used : 

(a)  to  denote  material  or  origin,  Hke  ou8:  ©ctn  iBart  ift  nid^t  Don 
glad^fc,  His  heard  is  not  of  flax.  (Sin  9JJann  don  33Iut  unb  (Sifen,  a  man 
of  blood  and  iron.  !Dcr  bu  Don  bcm  ^immel  bift,  Thou  who  art  from 
heaven.    (Titles  of  nobility:  §err  don  53iiIom.) 

(6)  partitively:  !Drei  don  ung  ftnb  !Dcutfd()e,  oicr  finb  SImcrifancr 
(synonym:  untcr),  Three  of  u^  are  Germans,  four  are  Americans  (but 
h)ir  aKe,  all  of  u^). 

(c)  to  denote  the  starting-point:  don  33crlin  nad^  Hamburg,  from 
Berlin  to  Hamburg. 

(d)  with  the  passive  to  denote  agency:  ©tc  gronjofcn  iDurben 
don  ben  2)cutfd^en  beftcgt,  The  Frenchmen  were  defeated  by  the  Germans. 

(e)  as  a  substitute  for  the  genitive  when  the  case  of  the  noun  is 
not  indicated  by  an  ending  or  a  pronominal  or  descriptive  adjec- 
tive: Jaten  don  ^elbcn,  deeds  of  heroes,  but  bic  Jotcn  bicfcr  ^clbcn. 


252  GERMAN  FOR  BEGINNERS 

grower  ^clbcn,  etc.;  especially  with  names  of  cities  and  countries:  bic 
^elogerung  don  ^art«,  the  siege  of  Paris. 

5U,  to,  toward,  at: 

®tf)  su  il^m,  Go  to  him.  !5)cr  Sanbmonn  rciftc  gur  ©tabt,  The  peasant 
traveled  to  the  city  (also  nad)  bcr  <©tabt,  in  bie  ©tabt). 

At  with  names  of  cities: 

@octf)e  tourbc  ju  i^ranffurt  gcborcn,  Goethe  was  bom  at  Frankfort. 

With  the  names  of  festivals : 

3u  SBctl^nad^tcn,  Oftcrn,  ^fingftcn,  at  Christmas,  Easter,  Pentecost. 
SSq^  h)illft  bu  jutn  ©cburtStag,  T7^<  do  you  want  for  your  birthday? 

With  infinitives: 

2)u  braud^ft  ntd^t  gu  fommcn,  Fow  Tieed  not  come.  SBaffcr  gum  Xrin* 
fen,  water  for  drinking. 

binnen,  within  (usually  of  time);  Qcmcife,  according  to; 
nftd^ft,  next  to  (in  place  or  order) ;  nebft,  aside  from  (syno- 
nym: neben),  together  with;  famt,  together  with;  gufolge,  ac- 
cording to,  in  consequence  of;  ptDiber,  in  contradiction  to. 

55.    Prepositions  with  the  Accusative. 

burd^,  fiir,  gegen,  of)ne,  urn,  tDiber. 

butd^,  through,  denoting  transition  or  means : 

@r  fd^mamm  burd^  ben  i^Iu^,  He  swam  through  the  river.  @r  tourbe 
burc^  ®i[t  ermorbet,  He  was  murdered  by  poison. 

fiir, /or,  denotes  interest  or  exchange: 

@r  ftarb  fiir  fctn  S3atcrlanb,  He  died  for  his  country,  (gr  fauftc  ba^ 
^ferb  fiir  fiinfjtg  2:aler,  He  bought  the  horse  for  fifty  dollars. 

OCgcn,  against: 

(gr  fSmpftc  Qcgen  bie  ^etnbe,  He  fought  against  the  enemies.  With  ex- 
pressions of  measure  it  means  nearly,  approximately:  @g  ftnb  flegcn 
jef)n  ^vXtn,  It  is  something  like  ten  miles. 


SYNOPSIS  OF   GRAMMAR  253 

ol^ne,  without. 

um,  around,  about: 

Sauf  um  bag  ^auS,  Run  around  the  house. 

With  expressions  of  time  it  denotes  approximation:  um  SBcil^nad^* 
ten,  around  Christmas.  But  in  giving  the  hour  of  the  day  it  ex- 
presses definite  time:  um  brci  Ut)r,  at  three  o'clock. 

toxhtt,  against,  rarely  used  in  physical  meaning  (except 
in  poetry) : 

SScr  nic^t  fiir  mi(^  ift,  bcr  tft  toibtx  mid^,  Who  is  not  for  me,  is  against 
me. 

56.  Prepositions  with  the  Genitive. 

anftatt,  ftatt,  au6erf)alb,  innerf)alb,  ohtx^alh,  untcrFialb,  bk^^ 
feitg,  ienfeitg,  Idng^,  unfem,  um  .  ,  ,  h)il(en,  tt)egen,  fialber,  in* 
folge,  fraft,  laut,  Dermoge,  bermittelft,  mittelft,  ungead^tet,  troij, 
n)a()renb. 

Examples : 

cin  ^unb  ftatt  (anftatt)  ctncr  ^ai^e,  a  dog  instead  of  a  cat. 

oufeer^alb  unb  inncrfialb  ber  ©tabt,  outside  and  inside  of  the  city. 

obcr^alb  unb  unterf)oIb  beg  SSalbcg,  above  and  below  the  forest. 

bicSfcitg  unb  icnfeitg  beg  S^^ff^^/  on  this  and  that  side  of  the  river, 

langg  ber  9)?auer,  along  the  wall. 

unfem  ber  ©tabt,  not  far  from  the  city. 

um  beineg  ©liideg  iDttlen,  /or  i/ie  sa/:e  of  your  happin£ss. 

beg  ^'aifert^roneg  megen,  on  account  of  the  imperial  throne. 

fciner  SItern  fialber,  on  behalf  of  (for  the  sake  of)  his  parents. 

infolge  eineg  ^riegeg,  in  consequence  of  a  war. 

fraft  beg  ©efeijeg,  in  virtue  of  the  law. 

Dermoge  f eineg  ?lmteg,  by  authority  of  his  office. 

dermittelft  (mittetft)  einer  5ljt,  by  means  of  an  ax. 

ungeac^tet  feiner  53ttten,  notwithstanding  his  entreaties. 

trofe  beg  3Serboteg,  in  spite  of  the  prohibition. 

tottl^renb  biefcr  3^it/  during  this  time. 

Note.  Most  prepositions  that  require  the  genitive  are  also  often 
found  with  the  dative. 


254  GERMAN  FOR  BEGINNERS 

ADVERBS  AND  PARTICLES 

57.  Adverbs  are  derived: 

1.  From  adjectives,  as  a  rule  without  any  ending:  (Sic 
ftngt  fd^on,  She  sings  beautifully. 

Sometimes  case  forms  of  adjectives  are  used  as  adverbs:  rcd^tS,  at 
the  right  hand.  This  is  especially  the  case  with  superlatives:  om 
bcftcn,  auf6  beftc,  bcftenS,  see  §  62. 

2.  From  nouns,  especially  from  genitive  forms:  tnor* 
gen^,  in  the  morning;  abenb^,  in  the  evening;  nad^t^,  at  night- 
time, by  analogy  with  masculines  Uke  tnorgen^  and  abenb^. 

58.  Particles  are  adverbs  (usually  adverbs  of  manner) 
that  have  become  weakened  in  their  meaning,  but  are  im- 
portant stylistical  means  of  differentiating  the  meaning 
or  emphasis  of  a  sentence.  In  most  cases  they  are  un- 
translatable.   Their  use  must  be  learned  from  practise. 

Some  instances  are: 

3)u  l^aft  lt)of)I  f)cutc  dtel  gearbcitct?  You  have  been  working  a  great  deal 
to-day,  it  seems.  ®o  fomm  bod^  fd^on  cinmal  t)cr,  Please  do  come  here 
at  last.  3)a8  ift  nun  bod^  ganj  unntfiglid^,  Well,  that  is  simply  impossible. 
2)u  tocifet  ha^  [a  bod^  fd^on,  You  know  that  anyway. 


CONJUNCTIONS 

59.  Coordinating  Conjunctions  are  those  that  con- 
nect single  words  or  independent  sentences.  They  are 
either  pure  connectives,  and  in  that  case  have  no  influ- 
ence upon  the  word  order,  or  adverbial  conjunctions,  re- 
quiring inverted  word  order  if  standing  first. 

Some  of  the  most  common  pure  connectives  are: 
unb,  and;  obcr,  or;  cnttocbcr  .  .  .  obcr,  either  .  .  .  or;  fotoo^I  .  .  .  al« 
aud^,  both  .  .  .  and;  abcr,  but  (however,  if  not  standing  in  the  beginning 
of  the  sentence);  allein,  but,  however;  jcbod^,  bvi,  however;  fonbcrn,  but 


SYNOPSIS  OF  GRAMMAR  255 

(after  a  negative,  contradicting  the  preceding  statement);  benn, /or, 
because. 

Some  especially  common  adverbial  conjunctions  are: 

UbcrbtcS,  besides;  [a,  even;  fogar,  even;  gtoar,  in  fact  (often  in  a  con- 
cessive sense,  to  be  translated  by  although);  icebcr  . . .  nod^,  neither  .  .  . 
nor;  tdU  ,  .  .  tetl«,  partly  .  .  .  partly;  balb  .  .  .  balb,  now  .  .  .  then; 
bagcQcn,  on  the  other  hand;  tro^bcm,  nevertheless;  fonft,  otherwise;  alfo, 
consequently  (never  also);  ba^er,  bcS^alb,  barum,  be«tt)e0cn,  therefore; 
folglid^,  consequently. 

60.  Subordinating  Conjunctions  are  those  that  intro- 
duce dependent  sentences. 

1.  bafe,  <^<,  is  the  most  general  connective  for  subject,  object,  and 
predicate  clauses,  but  also  stands  consecutively  (=fo  ha^,  so  thai) 
^  and  in  clauses  of  purpose  (=auf  ha^,  hamit,  in  order  that).  ^ 

j  ^27  Temporal  clauses  are  introduced  by  alg,  n)cnn,  loann,  whm,; 
bcDor,  cf)C,  before;  "iid^,  when,  since;  tnbem,  while;  nac^bcm,  after;  felt, 
fcitbem,  since;  fo  oft  (alg),  as  often  as;  fo  lang  (aU),  as  long  as;  fobalb 
(ate),  as  soon  as;  fon)ic,  as  soon  as;  iBfttircnb,  lyMie. 

Note.  English  when  is  to  be  rendered  by  aU  when  definite  past 
incidents  are  denoted;  by  iDcnn  (a)  when  it  means  whenever  (deno- 
ting repeated  or  indefinite  action),  (6)  when  the  verb  of  the  clause 
stands  in  the  present  or  future  tense;  h)ann  should  be  used  only  for 
interrogative  sentences  (direct  and  indirect),  but  some  authors  use 
it  frequently  in  place  of  h)cnn. 

3.  The  general  connective  for  interrogative  clauses  is  oh,  whether. 
Interrogative  temporal  clauses  are  introduced  by  toann,  when;  fctt 
toarm,  since  when;  biS  tdann,  until  what  time,  etc.  Interrogative  causal 
clauses  are  introduced  by  iDarum,  why,  ireS^alb,  m^rot^tn,  on  what 
account;  interrogative  clauses  of  place,  by  h)0,  iDol^in,  where,  iDortn, 
iDorauf,  iDoran,  etc.  (§  105);  interrogative  clauses  of  manner,  by  tote, 
how. 

4.  Clauses  of  place  are  introduced  by  too,  tool^in,  where;  h)orin, 
iooran,  toorauf,  etc.  (§  102). 

5.  Clauses  of  cause,  by  \ml,  because;  ha,  since;  sometimes  tnbcm, 
nad^bcm,  since. 

6.  Clauses  of  purpose,  by  bo^,  bamit,  auf  ba^,  (in  order)  that. 


256 


GERMAN   FOR  BEGINNERS 


7.  Clauses  of  concession,  by  obh)ot)I,  obglcic^,  obfc^on,  although;  troij* 
bcm  (bofe),  in  spite  of  the  fact  that;  totnn  aud^,  tdtnn  fd^on,  even  though; 
ungcad^tct  (bafe),  notvnthstanding  the  fact  that;  h)af)renb,  while. 

Note.  Obgleid^  and  obfc^on  are  often  separated  by  one  or  several 
words:  ob  er  glctc^  nid^t  f)ier  iDar,  although  he  was  not  here.  Also  between 
toenn  and  aud^  or  fd^on  words  can  intervene. 

8.  Clauses  of  condition,  by  ircnn,  if;  fallg,  tm  ^aUt  bofe,  in  case  that; 
\o,  if;  of)nc  ba&,  without  (.  .  .  -ing). 

9.  Clauses  of  comparison,  by  al8  ob,  al3  h)cnn,  as  2/. 


ESSENTIALS  OF  WORD  ORDER 


Sentence  Diagram 


Subject 

Verb 

Indir.  Object 

Dir.  Object 
Adv.  of  Time 

••     ••  Place 

'*      "  Mann( 

Negative 

Pred.    Noun  ( 
Adjective 

Separ.  Prefix 

Participle 

Infinitive 

I.    Normal  Order 

tm  (Garten 

!^er  ^nabe  i)(d 

geftem       fletfetg 

gearbeltet. 

"^a^  9?ec^t  totrb 

t)on  ber  Srbe 

fief(5mun* 
ben  fein. 

ben  bittern 

3)er  ^nabe  fonntc 

nic^t 

selgen. 

bag  §aug 

®er  ©lafer  fcfiicn 

ein  amter  3J?ann        gu  fetn. 

bent  ^erggeifte 

Note  1.    The  indirect  object  usually  stands  before  the  direct; 
but  if  the  latter  is  a  personal  pronoun,  it  usually  precedes:  !Dcr 


SYNOPSIS  OF  GRAMMAR  257 

Sifd^of  tooUit  ben  ?cutcn  fcin  ^rot  Qcbcn  —  but:  ^tx  55ifc^of  tooUtt  c«  ben 
?eutcn  (ifincn)  nid^t  gebcn. 

Note  2.    The  usual  position  of  adverbs  is:  time,  place,  manner,  or 
time,  manner,  place.     But  exceptions  are  frequent. 

II.  Inverted  Order 

©eftcm  f:iat  ber  ^nabe  fleifeig  im  Garten  gearbeitet, 
53on  ber  (Srbe  twirb  ba^  dlt^t  gefc^tiDunben  fein. 
^a^  ©aug  ftmnte  ber  ^nabe  ben  dlittcvn  nic^t  setgen. 

III.  Dependent  Order 

^ieg  ift  ber  f  nabe,  ber  geftem  fleifeig  im  ©artett  gearbeitet  Iftat 
SSenn  ba^  D^ec^t  bott  ber  (Srbe  gefd^hjunben  fein  totrb,  mirb 

bag  @nbe  ber  SBelt  fommen, 
^a  ber  ^ifd^of  ben  !2euten  fein  ^rot  geben  tooUtt,  brad^en 

fie  in  eine  feiner  ©d^eunen. 

RULES 

I.  The  verb  stands  second  in  assertions,  last  in  de- 
pendent sentences: 

^r  reiftc  nad^  einigen  ^agen  in  bie  ©tabt. 
'^aii)  einigen  2:agen  reifte  er  in  bk  <Btabt 
511^  er  in  bie  @tabt  reiftc,  fanb  er  fein  ^ferb, 

II.  The  subject,  consequently,  stands  first  or  third  in 
assertions. 

III.  The  indirect  object  precedes  the  direct  object,  un- 
less the  latter  is  a  personal  pronoun. 

IV.  The  usual  order  of  adverbs  is:  time,  place,  manner, 
or  time,  manner,  place. 

V.  At  the  end  of  the  sentence  stand:  the  negative, 
the  predicate  noim  or  adjective,  the  separable  prefix,  the 


258  GERMAN  FOR  BEGINNERS 

participle,  the  infinitive,  and,  in  dependent  sentences,  the 
finite  verb.    They  are  arranged  in  the  order  named. 

VI.  A  ''double  infinitive"  always  stands  last: 

(Sr  f)at  ben  iBrtef  ntdfit  Icfeti  fmiticn,  —  (Sr  ift  nic^t  gefommen, 
todl  er  ben  iBrief  nic^t  ()at  (cfcn  fonnctt. 

VII.  Modifiers  of  participles  or  infinitives  precede  them : 
S3on  feinen  9?ittem  htqUitti,  txat  ber  ^aifer  t)or  ha^  ©c^Iog, 

or: 

3)er  bon  feinen  ^Rittem  Beglcitcte  ^atfer  txat  dor  bo6  ©d^log. 
.  !5)er  iBaumeifter  I)offte  ben  ^om  in  toemgen  Sai)xm  p  tiotten* 
ben* 

'  Accent 

61.  No  hard  and  fast  rules  can  be  laid  down  for  the 
German  accent.  The  following  general  principles,  how- 
ever, cover  the  great  majority  of  German  words: 

1.  Simple  (i.e.  not  compounded)  German  words  have 
the  accent  on  the  stem  syllable,  which  is  usually  the  first: 
(Snbe,  @nbnng,  gecnbet. 

2.  Compounds  accent,  in  general,  the  first  component, 
with  a  secondary  stress  on  the  other  component  (or  com- 
ponents): ©d^rcibfeber,  ruf)mreid§,  ftattftnben.  The  prefixes 
be,  ent,  er,  ge,  ber,  ger  are  always  unaccented,  the  prefixes 
tntfe,  t)oE,  burd^,  unter,  iiber,  nm,  n)ieber  very  often.  The 
prefix  un  usually  has  the  accent:  begreifen,  entgcf)en,  @rfoIg, 
©efang,  berltcren,  serftijrt,  9}Ji6f)anblung,  iBoIIaicfiunQ,  burd^= 
ho\)xm,  unter{)anbeln,  ilberfc^en,  Umgcbung,  tDieberl^oIen,  un- 
fim(flid&. 

3.  Foreign  words  and  foreign  suffixes  usually  retain 
the  foreign  accent,  which  must  be  learned  by  practice: 
Dfftgtcr,  ©tubent,  5^atur,  n^aieftat,  Station,  (Sf)arafter, 
frangijfifd^,  ©pielerci,  fpaaieren. 


SYNOPSIS  OF  GRAMMAR  259 

Quantity 

63.  The  quantity  of  German  syllables  cannot  be  deter- 
mined by  definite  rules,  but  must  be  learned  by  practise. 
The  following  principles  will  be  found  helpful : 

1.  Unaccented  syllables  and  words  are  short:  (Bthtt, 
bcr  (as  article,  but  long  if  it  is  a  demonstrative  pronoun 
and  therefore  accented).  Also  a  number  of  short,  mono- 
syllabic particles  and  prepositions  are  always  short,  even 
if  accented:  ab,  an,  mit,  in* 

2.  Accented  syllables  are  long  if  the  vowel  is  followed 
by  not  more  than  one  consonant.  Special  signs  of  length 
in  common  spelling  are: 

(a)  doubling  of  the  vowel:  @aal,  §eer,  53oot. 
(6)  f)  after  a  vowel:  ^af)n,  @^re,  if)n,  Of)r,  Uf)r» 
(c)  ie  is  almost  always  long. 

3.  A  vowel  followed  by  two  or  more  consonants  is  in 
general  short;  fd^,  d  (used  instead  of  ff),  ^  (used  instead  of 
35)  and  ^  (  =  f^)  count  as  two  consonants,  and  the  preced- 
ing vowel  is  therefore  short:  barren,  (SKc,  nennen;  mafd^en, 
baden,  fra^en,  §e^e. 

Vowels  before  d^  and  final  6  may  be  short  or  long: 

bred^en  —  brad^,  lad^en,  fud^en;  glug  —  gug. 

An  initial  consonant  of  an  ending  or  of  a  suffix  does  not 
shorten  the  preceding  vowel : 

fagen  —  fagte  —  unfagbar 

4.  Exceptions  are  frequent:  Xroft,  Oftem,  *!(3apft,  SD^agb, 
Tlonh,  3Bud^^,  etc.,  have  long  vowels.  Especially  frequent 
are  long  vowels  before  rt,  rb,  e.g.  in  §erbe,  (Srbe,  tocrbc, 
?5ferb,  ©d^mert,  gart,  Hrt,  iSort,  etc.  —  German  dialects  vary 
in  this  respect. 


260  GERMAN  FOR  BEGINNERS 


Capitalization 

63.  Capitals.  All  nouns  and  words  used  as  nouns 
are  capitalized:  ber  Xifd^,  the  table,  bie  ®uten,  the  good  ones, 
tttoa^  9^eue^,  something  new. 

Note.  A  few  nouns  are  not  capitalized  if  used  as  other  parts 
of  speech :  adverbs  like  morgcn^,  in  the  morning,  abenbS,  in  the  evening, 
id\i,  partly;  prepositions  like  trolj,  in  spite  of,  froft,  hy  authority  of; 
the  indefinite  numeral  ein  paar,  a  few;  adverbial  phrases  that  ap- 
proach verbal  prefixes  in  meaning:  jugrunbe  ^t\)tn,  to  perish. 

64.  The  pronouns  and  possessive  adjectives  of  polite 
address  are  capitalized:  ©ie,  you;  3f)r,  your.  In  letters 
also  the  pronouns  and  possessive  adjectives  of  familiar 
address:  T)Vi,  !Dein,  etc.  But  the  personal  pronoun  of  the 
first  person,  tc^,  /,  is  not  capitalized. 

65.  Geographical  adjectives  are,  in  general,  not  capital- 
ized; but  they  are  capitalized  if  they  form  a  proper  name 
in  combination  with  a  following  noun:  ba^  ^eutfd^e  ^t\6), 
the  German  Empire;  but  'ba^  beutfc^e  53oIf,  the  German 
nation.  This  rule  appHes  also  to  generic  adjectives:  ba^ 
©c^marge  3}?ecr,  the  Black  Sea;  bie  ^Seretnigten  ©taaten,  the 
United  States. 

Adjectives  derived  from  the  names  of  cities  or  countries 
by  means  of  the  suffix  -er  are  capitaUzed:  bie  Berliner 
3citungen,  the  Berlin  newspapers;  ein  ©c^tDeiger  ^auer,  a 
Swiss  peasant. 

66.  Adjectives  derived  from  names  of  persons  are  capi- 
talized unless  they  denote  a  general  type:  bie  ©rimmf d^en 
Tliixd)tn,  Grimm's  Fairy  Tales;  bie  ©d^lKerfd^en  ©ebid^te, 
Schiller's  poems;  bie  ?utl^erif(^n  SBerfe,  Luther's  works,  but 
bie  Iut]^erif($e  ^tr(5e,  the  Lutheran  church. 


SYNOPSIS  OF  GRAMMAR  261 

67.  Capitals  are  used  at  the  beginning  of  sentences  just 
as  in  English.  Verbs,  adjectives,  etc.,  occurring  in  titles 
are  not  capitalized;  therefore  the  title  of  Text  XXX,  e.g., 
reads,  2)ie  33erfaffun8  ht^  neucn  ^eutfd^en  9^ei(^e«,  The  Con- 
stitution of  the  New  German  Empire. 


Syllabication 

68.  German  divides  into  syllables  according  to  pro- 
nunciation, not  according  to  word  formation.  The  rules 
are: 

1.  A  single  consonant  between  vowels  goes  with  the 
next  syllable:  55a=ter,  re=ben,  fe-l^en. 

Note.  Compounds  are  divided  into  their  component  parts: 
Slb^art. 

2.  Of  two  or  more  consonants,  only  the  last  one  be- 
longs to  the  following  syllable:  (gr=bc,  borg^tc,  ftatnpsfcn. 
But  6,  fc^,  <i),  p{),  ft  are  not  divided:  gil^fee,  Iau=f(^en,  D^e-fte* 
Only  when  the  f  of  ft  belongs  to  the  stem,  and  t  to  an  end- 
ing, they  are  divided :  rafen,  to  rave;  er  raf-tc,  he  raved. 

The  combinations  d,  i^  are  divided  into  M,  t-y.  ^0(fc  = 
di'6Me,  fra^en  =  frat^aen. 

Note.  In  foreign  words,  combinations  of  p,  b,  t,  b,  f,  g  with 
I,  r  usually  go  undivided  with  the  following  syllable:  tI)co*traUfd^, 
^ro'blem. 

69.  The  hjrphen  is  used  only  in  rather  long  compounds 
or  when  a  component  belonging  to  two  compounds  is 
expressed  only  once:  <Btaai^'Ohtvg,timna\inm,  SD^ittel*  unb 
^od^fd^ulen,  Middle  and  high  schools.  But  short  compounds 
are  written  without  the  hyphen,  as  one  word:  ©d^ulsimmer, 
schoolroom. 


262  GERMAN  FOR  BEGINNERS 


Punctuation 

70.  Most  marks  of  punctuation  are  used  as  in  English; 
the  principal  differences  are  found  in  the  use  of  the  comma. 
The  comma  is  used: 

1.  In  independent  sentences: 

(a)  To  separate  appositions  that  are  not  titles  or  parts 
of  the  name:  ^i^mard,  ber  ©riinber  bc^  !Deutfc^en  9?etc^eg, 
Bismarck,  the  founder  of  the  German  Empire;  but  grtebrtd^ 
ber  ©rofee,  Frederick  the  Great.  It  also  separates  adjective 
modifiers  standing  after  the  noun  (especially  in  poetry) : 
hit  i^onifiin,  fiife  unb  Tntlbc,  the  queen,  sweet  and  mild. 

(b)  To  separate  a  noun  used  in  address  or  an  interjec- 
tion from  the  rest  of  the  sentence:  (Sief)ft,  5Sater,  bu  ben 
©rifonig  nid^t?  Father,  do  you  not  see  the  king  of  the  elves? 
3ci,  ba§  ift  tr)ai)x,  Yes,  that  is  trv^. 

(c)  Between  coordinate  parts  of  a  sentence  not  con- 
nected by  unb,  ober,  al6  aud^:  3(^  fam,  faf)  unb  ftegte,  I  came, 
saw,  and  conquered. 

2.  In  compound  sentences  the  component  parts  are  sep- 
arated by  conmaas:  ^ie  gdifi  ber  Tl'du\c  mcid^ft,  unb  fie  folgen 
tl^m  iiberaH,  The  number  of  mice  grows,  and  they  follow  him 
everywhere. 

Note  especially  that  before  unb,  and,  obcr,  or,  a  comma 
stands  only  if  they  connect  complete  sentences;  compare 
(1,  c). 

3.  In  complex  sentences  the  comma  separates  under 
all  circumstances  the  dependent  clause  from  the  principal 
clause:  5Da«  ift  ba«  bcfte,  toa^  bu  tun  fannft,  That  is  the  best 
you  can  do. 

4.  Infinitive  phrases  and  participial  phrases  are  usually 
set  off  by  conomas  if  they  are  modified:  3^  fagtc  ha^  nur. 


SYNOPSIS  OF  GRAMMAR  263 

um  btc5  3U  crf$recfcn,  I  said  that  only  in  order  to  frighten 
you. 

5.  Adverbial  phrases  that  begin  a  sentence  are  not  set 
off  by  commas:  5lnt  25.  ^egember  800  tDurbe  ^axl  ber  ©rofee 
aunt  9?bmifd^en  ^aifer  gefront,  On  December  25,  800,  Charle- 
magne was  crowned  Roman  Emperor, 


264 


GERMAN  FOR  BEGINNERS 


ALPHABETICAL  LIST   OF   STRONG  VERBS 


pBxs.Im).  Pret.Ind. 

Past  Part. 

3  SlNQ. 

Imper. 

SUBJ.  II 

Meaning 

hadtn 

but 

gebaden 

bSdt 

badf(c) 

blife 

bake 

■bcfe^Icn 

befafil 

befol^Ien 

beftet)It 

befief)! 

befdl)le 
(befatile) 

com  m  and 

(cgintien 

begann 

bcgonnen 

beginnt 

beginn(e)  begdnne 

begin 

(begannc) 

Bctfecn 

m 

gebtffcn 

betfet 

bei6(e) 

Mffe 

bite 

Bergen 

barg 

geborgen 

birgt 

birg 

bllrgc 
(barge) 

conceal 

Berften 

borft 

geborften 

birft 

birft 

barfte 

burst 

iciDCQcn 

ben)og 

belDogen 

beluegt 

ben)eg(e) 

bert)dge 

induce 

Biegen 

bog 

gebogcn 

bicgt 

bieg(e) 

bdge 

bend 

liieten 

bot 

geboten 

bietet 

biet(e) 

bote 

offer 

binben 

banb 

gebunben 

binbet 

binb(e) 

banbe 

bind 

iitten 

bat 

gebeten 

bittet 

bitt(e) 

bate 

ask 

Jblafen 

blieS 

geblafen 

blaft 

blafe 
(blag) 

bliefe 

blow 

Bleiben 

blteb 

gebliebcn 

bleibt 

bleib(e) 

bliebe 

remain 

I)ratcn 

briet 

gebraten 

brat 

brat(e) 

briete 

roast 

iredjcn 

brad^ 

gcbroc^en 

brid^t 

bric^ 

briid^e 

break 

bringcn 

brattg 

gebrungen  bringt 

bring  (c) 

brange 

press 

€mpfcf)Ien 

empfaf)! 

eTnpfoI)Ien 

empfiet)Ii 

t  empfie^I 

empfot)te 

recom- 

(empfaf)le)      mend 

erfd^rcden 

crfc^raf 

crfd^roden  crfd^ridt 

crfd;ridf 

erfc^rafe 

frighten 

effen 

a& 

gegcffen 

ifet 

IB 

afee 

eat 

faFiren 

mr 

gefa^ren 

fat)rt 

faf)r(e) 

fuf)re 

lead 

foHen 

fid 

gefallen 

faiit 

faa(c) 

fiele 

fall 

fangcn 

ftng 

gefangen 

fctngt 

fang(e) 

fingc 

catch 

fc(|ten 

fod^t 

gefod^ten 

fic^t 

fid^t 

fd(^te 

fence 

finben 

fanb 

gefunben 

finbet 

finb(e) 

fanbe 

find 

fliegen 

ftog 

geflogcn 

fliegt 

flieg(e) 

ftdge 

fly 

flie^en 

flo^ 

geflo^en 

flie^t 

fIteKe) 

flotie 

flee 

fre[fen 

frafe 

gefreffcn 

mt 

m 

frafee 

eat 

fricrcn 

fror 

gefroreti 

friert 

frier(e) 

frdrc 

freeze 

flebttren 

gebar 

geboren 

gebiert 
(gebart) 

gebier 

gebiirc 

bear 
(children) 

ALPHABETICAL  LIST  OF  STRONG  VERBS       265 


Pbks.Ind. 

Pbet.Ine 

1.  Past  Pabt. 

3  Sma. 

Impeb. 

SlTBJ.II 

Mkakimq 

gebcn 

sab 

Scgeben 

Sibt 

gib 

gabc 

give 

gebei^en 

Qcbiel^ 

sebiefien 

Sebci^t 

gebieKc) 

Scbic^c 

thrive 

fic^cn 

fiinfi 

Segansen 

ge^t 

geKe) 

singe 

go 

flelingen 

fielang 

selunsen 

Selinst 

gcling(c) 

gelangc 

succeed 

fielten 

salt 

Segoltcn 

silt 

gilt 

golte 
(gcilte) 

be  worth 

ficnefen 

Senag 

Scncfen 

geneft 

gencfc 
(genes) 

gcnSfc 

recover 

genic&en 

Senofe 

Senoffcn 

Senie^t 

gcnie6(e) 

genfiffc 

enjoy 

ficf(^ef)cn 

Sefd^af) 

6cf(^ef)en 

Qt\^W 

gefd^iel^) 

gefci^a^c 

happen 

fietoinnen 

seioann 

Seioonnen 

Setoinnt 

gch)inn(e)  gemonnc 

win 

(geiDSnne 

) 

fite&en 

fiofe 

Segoffen 

Ste&t 

gie&(e) 

goffe 

pour 

fileic^cn 

6li(^ 

Seglid^en 

Sleid^t 

gleid^(e) 

glic^e 

be  like 

filcitcn 

filitt 

Seglittcn 

Sleitct 

glett(e) 

glitte 

glide 

firobcn 

srub 

Scsrabcn 

grabt 

grob(e) 

grttbc 

dig 

fireifen 

ertff 

Segriffen 

grcift 

greif(e) 

griffe 

grasp 

Iialten 

^ielt 

Sef)oItcn 

mt 

^alt(e) 

flieltc 

hold 

j^ongcn 

l)in8 

Sefiangen 

flSngt 

f)ang(e) 

l^inge 

hang 

Iiauen 

flieb 

getiauen 

^aut 

f)au(e) 

l^liebc 

hew 

l^cbcn 

]^ob 

gel^oben 

^ebt 

^eb(e) 

l^obe 

hft 

i^ctfecn 

W^ 

ge^eifeen 

Iiei&t 

^ei6(e) 

f)ie&c 

call 

^elfen 

I)alf 

gcf)oIfen 

mt 

t)ilf 

^ttlfe 
(^cllfe) 

help 

flimmcn 

flomm 

gcflommen 

flintmt 

flimm(e) 

flomme 

cUmb 

nitiQcn 

flans 

geflungen 

flingt 

fling  (c) 

flange 

sound 

fomtncn 

lam 

gcfommcn 

fommt 

fontm(e) 

fame 

come 

tde^m 

tV06) 

gcfrod^en 

fried^t 

frted^(e) 

frod^c 

creep 

filren 

!or 
(fttrte) 

geforen 
(gefttrt) 

fttrt 

fttr(e) 

ffirc 
(fttrte) 

elect 

laben 

lub 

gelaben 

labt 

lab(c) 

Ittbe 

load,  in- 
vite 
let 

laffen 

Iic6 

gclaffen 

mt 

laffe 

lie^e 

m) 

laufeti 

Itef 

gclaufen 

lauft 

lauf(e) 

Kefe 

run 

leibcn 

litt 

gelittcn 

leibct 

leib(e) 

litte 

suffer 

lei^en 

lie^ 

geltefien 

Ici^t 

letKe) 

lic^e 

lend 

lefen 

lad 

gclefcn 

licft 

lies 

lafe 

read 

Kegen 

las 

gclcsen 

liegt 

lieg(e) 

lage 

he 

266 


GERMAN  FOR  BEGINNERS 


Pres.Ind.  Prst.Ind 

.  PastPabx. 

3  Smo. 

Impeb. 

SUBJ.  II 

Meanikq 

Kigcn 

log 

fielogen 

mgt 

Ittg(e) 

logc 

He  (=  teU 
aUe) 

mctbcn 

mteb 

gcmicbcn 

mcibct 

ntcib(c) 

Ttticbc 

avoid 

tncffcn 

mofe 

gcmeffen 

mifet 

miS 

mft^c 

measure 

ncJ^mcn 

nal^m 

gcitoTninctt 

ntTnmt 

nitnin 

na{)mc 

take 

pfcifcn 

Pfiff 

gcpfiffcn 

pfeift 

mm 

Pfiffe 

whistle 

pftcflcn 

Pftog 

gcpflogcn 

pflcgt 

pflcg(c) 

Pftfigc 

be  accus- 
tomed 

prctfcn 

pries 

gcpriefcn 

prcift 

prcifc 
(prci«) 

priefc 

praise 

rotcn 

net 

ficratcn 

rat 

rat(c) 

rtctc 

advise 

retben 

rteb 

geriebcn 

rcibt 

rcib(e) 

ricbc 

rub 

rci^cn 

m 

geriffen 

reifet 

xdm 

riffc 

tear 

reitcn 

rttt 

gerittcn 

rcitct 

rctt(c) 

rittc 

ride 

ricc^en 

rted^ 

gcrod^en 

rted^t 

rtcd^(c) 

rod^c 

smell 

ringcn 

rang 

gerungcn 

rtngt 

rtng(c) 

range 

wrestle 

rtnnen 

rann 

gcronncn 

rinnt 

rinn(c) 

ronne 
(ranne) 

run 

rufen 

rtcf 

gerufcn 

ruft 

ruf(c) 

rtcfe 

call 

faufen 

foff 

gefoffen 

fauft 

fauf(c) 

foffe 

drink 

fc^affeti 

f« 

gefc^affcn 

fc^afft 

fd^off(c) 

fWc 

create 

fd^ctbcn 

fd^icb 

gcfd^ieben 

fdfieibet 

fd^eibCc) 

fd^iebe 

part 

fd^cinen 

fd^icn 

gefd^icnen 

fd^cint 

fd^etn(c) 

fd^iene 

seem 

fd^cltcn 

fd^olt 

gcfd^olten 

fc^ilt 

mit 

fd^olte 
(fc^alte) 

scold 

fd^crcn 

fd^or 

gefd^orcn 

fd^ert 

fd^er(c) 

fc^orc 

shear 

fd^icbcn 

fd^ob 

gefd^obcn 

fd^tebt 

fd^icb(c) 

fd^obe 

push 

fd^tc^en 

f(^o& 

gcfd^offcn 

fc^icfet 

m^m 

mwt 

shoot 

fd^Iafen 

fc^Iief 

gefd^Iafcn 

mm 

mm) 

fd^Iiefe 

sleep 

fd^Iogcn 

Wn 

gefd^Iagen 

fc^iagt 

mam 

fdflliigc 

strike 

fd^Ietd^cn 

\m^ 

gefd^Iid^cn 

fd^Ieic^t 

m^mt) 

f(^Ii(^C 

sneak 

fc^Ieifen 

fc^Iiff 

gefd^Iiffcn 

fc^Icift 

fd^Ieif(e) 

fc^affe 

grind 

fd^Iicfecn 

fc^Io^ 

gefd^Ioffcn 

mm 

mim) 

fc^Ioffe 

shut 

fd^Iingcn 

fd^Iang 

gefd^Iungcn 

fd^Iingt 

fd^Img(e) 

fd^iangc 

sUng 

fd^mcljcn 

fd^molj 

gcfd^moljen 

fd^mtlgt 

fc^milg 

fc^maisc 

melt 

fd^neibcn 

fd^nitt 

gcfd^nittcn 

fd^ncibet 

fd^nctb(c)  fd^nittc 

cut 

fd^rcibcti 

fd^ricb 

gcfd^ricbcn 

fd^rctbt 

f(^retb(e) 

fd^riebe 

write 

fd^rcicn 

fd^rtc 

gcfd^riecn 

fd^reit 

fc^rct(c) 

fc^riec 

cry 

fd^rciten 

fd^ritt 

gcfd^rtttcn 

fd^rcttct 

fd^rcit(c) 

fd^rttte 

stride 

fc^iDctgcit 

fd^njicg 

gcfd^tDicgcn 

fd^h)cigt 

fd^h)cig(c)  fd^toicgc 

be  silent 

\^totUm 

\^)a)oU 

gcfd^tooHcn 

f(^tt)tat 

ii^toiU 

fc^todtte 

sweU 

ALPHABETICAL  LIST  OF  STRONG  VERBS        267 


Pbes.Ind. 

,  Pkkt.Ind 

>.  PastPabt. 

3  Sing. 

Impbr. 

SUBJ.II 

MsiANIMfl 

fd^hjim* 

fd^toantw 

I  gef(^h)om* 

fd^toimtnt  fd^tt)imm(e)  fd^tofimme 

:  swim 

men 

mtn 

(fd^toitrnmc) 

fd^toinbcn  fd^manb 

gefc^tDunben  fd^totnbet  fd^n)inb(e) 

fd^toftnbc 

vaniflh 

fd^tDingcii 

t  f(^toang 

gcfd^toungen  fd^toingt 

fd^n)tng(e) 

fc^hJttngc 

swing 

fd^JDoren 

fd^toor 
(fd^tour) 

gcfd^tooren 

f(^h)8rt 

fd^h)er(e) 

fd^tollrc 

swear 

fc^en 

m 

gefel^en 

\m 

fieKe) 

ftt^c 

see 

ftHQcn 

fang 

gcfungen 

ftngt 

ftng(e) 

fange 

sing 

finfcn 

fanf 

gefunfen 

finft 

finr(c) 

fttnfc 

sink 

finncn 

fttun 

gefonncn 

ftnnt 

finn(e) 

ffinne 
(fttnne) 

think 

ft^en 

H 

gefeffen 

m 

fi^(e) 

\m 

sit 

fptnncn 

fpann 

gefponnen 

fpinnt 

fpinn(c) 

fpenne 
(fpanne) 

spin 

fprcd^cn 

\m^ 

gefprod^en 

fprid^t 

fprtd^ 

fprctd^e 

speak 

fprie&cn 

fpro^ 

gefproffen 

fprie^t 

fpricfeCe) 

fproffc 

sprout 

fpringcn 

fprang 

gefpningen 

fpringt 

fpring(e) 

fprftnge 

spring 

Men 

W 

geftod^en 

\tm 

m 

ftiid^e 

prick 

mm 

ftanb 

geftanben 

\m 

M(e) 

fttinbe 
(ftanbe) 

stand 

flcl^Ien 

\taU 

gcfto^tcn 

ftteP 

ftie^I 

ft6{)Ie 
(fttt^Ie) 

steal 

fteigen 

ftieg 

geftiegen 

fteigt 

ftelg(e) 

fttcge 

climb 

fterben 

ftarb 

geftorben 

ftirbt 

fttrb 

ftllrbc 

die 

ftofeen 

m 

geftofeen 

ftofet 

fto6(e) 

ftiefee 

push 

ftreid^en 

ftric^ 

geftrtd^en 

ftrcid^t 

ftreid^(e) 

ftrtd^e 

stroke 

ftreitcn 

ftritt 

geftrittcn 

ftrettet 

ftrett(e) 

ftrittc 

contend 

tragen 

tmg 

gctragen 

trttgt 

trag(e) 

triigc 

carry- 

trcffen 

traf 

getroffen 

trifft 

triff 

trafc 

hit 

trciben 

tricb 

getrieben 

trcibt 

treib(e) 

trtcbc 

drive 

treten 

trat 

getreten 

tritt 

tritt 

trate 

step 

trtnfen 

tranf 

getrunfcn 

trtnft 

trtnf(e) 

trttnfc 

drink 

triigen 

trog 

gctrogen 

triigt 

trlig(e) 

trfige 

deceive 

tun 

tat 

getan 

tut 

tu(e) 

tate 

do 

toerberben  berbarb 

berborben 

berbirbt 

berbirb 

berbUrbc 

spoil 

Dergeffen 

berga§ 

bcrgeffen 

tjergife 

bergife 

bergafee 

forget 

Dcrlieren 

berlor 

berloren 

bcrliert 

Perlier(e) 

berlore 

lose 

bKtd^feit 

teud^« 

geluad^fen 

md)\t 

tbad^fc 
(»ad^8) 

toltd^fe 

grow 

268 


GERMAN  FOR  BEGINNERS 


Pres.Ind. 

Pbbt.Ind. 

Past  Past. 

3  SlNQ. 

Imper. 

SUBJ.  II 

Meaning 

tDftgcn 

toog 

gclDOQcn 

ft)agt 

n)ag(c) 

n)6gc 

weigh 

toafc^cn 

iDUfd^ 

gch3af(^en 

h)(if(^t 

m\6)(c) 

njufc^c 

wash 

tothtn 

tDOb 

gclBoben 

toebt 

n)eb(c) 

tooht 

weave 

hjcid^en 

h>ic^ 

geh)i(f)cn 

tocic^t 

h)eirf)(c) 

iDtC^C 

yield 

tocifen 

h)ie« 

gcrtiefen 

iBcift 

toeifc 
(h)ctg) 

h)tefc 

show 

totxhm 

toarb 

getDorben 

iBirbt 

h)irb 

totirbe 

woo 

iDcrfen 

toarf 

getDorfcn 

totrft 

h)irf 

tDiirfc 

throw 

JrteQcn 

h}og 

gclDogen 

toiegt 

n)tcg(c) 

h)6gc 

weigh 

trtnben 

h)anb 

gelDunbcn 

tcinbct 

h)mb(e) 

manbc 

wind 

aeif)en 

Sief) 

gejtef)cn 

3tcf)t 

idW) 

3tef)C 

accuse 

aici)en 

308 

gcjogen 

3tef)t 

Sie^(c) 

sogc     : 

pull,  march 

SiDingcn 

ahjong 

gealrungen 

jiDingt 

SttJingCc) 

3tt)cingc 

force 

SPECIAL  VOCABULARIES  AND  NOTES 

The  following  lists  contain  all  new  words  in  the  texts 
not  marked  a  or  6 ;  new  words  occurring  in  the  latter  —  the 
''supplementary  texts"  —  will  have  to  be  looked  up  in 
the  general  German-English  vocabulary. 


ba^  S&Mt,  leaf. 

blau,  blue. 

bcr  Sleiftift  pencil. 

hxaun,  brown. 

ha^  33ud^,^  book. 

bog,  this,  that. 

flelb,  yellow. 

Qrau,  gray. 

grun,  green. 

bic  ^reibc,  chalk. 

ber  ?ef)rer*,  teacher. 

bie  ?ef)renn,  (female)  teacher. 

ha^  mt\\tv*,  knife. 

rot,  red. 


fd^arf,  sharp. 

bcr  (Sc^ulcr*,  pupil. 

bic  ©(fiulcrtn,  (female)  pupil. 

f(^h)arj,  black. 

fpttj,  pointed,  sharp. 

bcr  (Stut)I,  chair. 

ftumpf,  dull. 

bie  Xa^d,  blackboard. 

bcr  Xi\^,  table. 

bic  SBanb,  wall. 

JDag,  what. 

h)eife,  white. 

totx,  who. 

h)ic,  how. 


lb 

Some  of  the  puns  are  untranslatable,  e.g.  the  fourth  and  the 
sixth. 


II 


aber,  but. 
au<i),  also,  too. 
bie  gebcr,  pen. 


ha^  i^enfter*,  window, 
grofe,  big,  large,  great 
bag  ^cft,  note-book. 


1  Where  not  indicated  by  the  spelling  (as  in  ©tu^I,  bie),  long  quantity  is,  in  the 
vocabularies,  indicated  by  ";  where  the  accent  is  not  on  the  first  syllable,  the  ac- 
cented vowel  is  printed  in  bold  type.  Nouns  marked  with  *  have  in  the  plural  the 
same  form  as  in  the  singular:  bie  Sel^rcr,  the  teachers;  bie  ©d^&Ict,  th*  pupih. 

269 


270 


GERMAN   FOR  BEGINNERS 


linfS,  (on  the)  left. 

nur,  only. 

ba^  ^ult,  desk. 

rcd^tS,  (on  the)  right. 

bic  Xtnte,  ink. 

bic  XvLX,  pi.  Xvivtn,  door. 

f)tcr,  here. 

Note,    nur  cine  ^lingc,  only  one  blade. 


fcin,  no,  not  any. 

Ilctn,  small,  Uttle. 

bic  ^linge,  blade. 

bide,  many. 

too,  whe«-e. 

bag  3i^^cr*,  room. 


Ill 


bctfeen,  bite. 

brcnnen,  burn. 

ta,  there,  then. 

ber  5Diener*,  servant. 

ha^  i^eucr*,  fire. 

gar  halh,  very  soon. 

geben,  go. 

glcic^,  immediately. 

ber  ^afer,  oats. 

l)(ingen,  hang. 

ber  ^enfer*,  hangman. 

ber  ^err,  master,  sir,  Mr. 

f)inau«,  out. 

3odfeI,  Jack. 

tommen,  come. 

lofc^en,  extinguish. 

er  ma^t  ein  (Snb'  barauS,  he  brings 

it  to  an  end. 
ber  Sl^eiftcr*,  master. 

Notes.     This  text  is  a  German  nursery  rime, 
cr  fc^neibet  ni(^t,  he  does  not  cut;  er  beifet  nic^t,  he  does  not  bite,  etc.; 
u.f.n).=unb  fo  tt)eiter,  and  so  forth,  etc. 


naci)  ^oufe,  home. 

nic^t,  not. 

nun,  now,  then. 

ber  Orfifc  (ace.  -n),  ox. 

bie  "iPeitfc^e,  whip. 

ber  ^ubel*,  poodle. 

foufen  (er  fauft),  drink  (of  animals). 

er  fc^idt  au^,  he  sends  out. 

fc^Iac^ten,  butcher,  kill. 

ber  ©d^Iad^ter,  butcher. 

fd^Iagen  (er  f(^lagt),  beat,  strike. 

fc^neiben,  cut. 

felbft,  himseK. 

foil,  shall,  is  to. 

h)ann,  when. 

ba^  SSaffer*,  water. 

n)en,  whom. 

tDiIl,  will,  wants  to,  is  willing  to. 


IV 


am=on  bent,  at  the. 
auf,  upon. 
aug,  out  of. 
ha€  iBrot;  bread. 


bann,  then. 

fertig,  ready. 

ba^  %ki\(i),  meat  (flesh). 

bie  ®abel,  fork. 


SPECIAL  VOCABULARIES  AND  NOTES 


271 


ber  ®arten,  garden. 

er  Qibt,  he  gives. 

ha^  &IM,  glass. 

icber,  every,  each. 

ber  ^affcc,  coffee. 

bag  tinb,  pi.  .^inber,  child. 

liegen,  lie. 

ber  ?offcI*,  spoon. 

bie  3)?ilc^,  milk. 

ha^  SD^ittageffcn*,  noonday  meal, 

dinner, 
bie  Wlutttv,  mother, 
bie  ®(f)ule,  school, 
ftljen,  sit. 


fpielen,  play. 

ftef)en,  stand. 

bie  2;affe,  cup. 

ber  Seller*,  plate. 

bag  Jifc^tud^,  table-cloth. 

trinfen,  drink. 

ber  S3ater,  father. 

bon,  from,  of. 

t)or,  in  front  of. 

h)ieber,  again. 

h)of)in,  where. 

3ur=3u  ber,  to  the. 

um  jtDolf  Ufir,  at  twelve  o'clock. 


1.  \i^,  for  himself. 


JVa 


8.  ber,  he. 


ber  53riibcr,  brother. 

bie  Altera,  parents. 

ber  (Snfel*,  grandson. 

bie  Snfelin,  pi.  -innen,  grand- 
daughter. 

bie  j^amilie,  family. 

bie  ®ef(f)h3t[ter,  brothers  and  sis- 
ters. 

bie  ©rofeeltern,  grandparents. 

bie  ©rofemutter,  grandmother. 


ber  ®ro  Abater,  grandfather. 

3f)r  (decl.  like  ein),  your. 

tnein  (decl.  Hke  ein),  my. 

ber  3^ame,  name. 

ber  Onfel*,  uncle. 

bie  ©c^lbefter,  sister. 

ber  <So^n,  son. 

bie  STante,  aunt. 

bie  Xoi^ter,  daughter. 

jlDci,  two. 


VI 


ber  S)e(fel*,  cover, 
bie  garbe,  color, 
mit,  with, 
nimmt,  takes - 
off  net,  opens. 
ba^  Ropier,  paper. 


ber  mdm*,  back. 

fc^reiben,  write. 

fonbem,  but  {after  a  negative). 

fpijjen,  sharpen. 

bie  2:ofc^e,  pocket. 


272 


GERMAN  FOR  BEGINNERS 
VII 


aUc,  aU. 

hit  anber(c)n,  the  other (s). 

bifttcrcn,  dictate. 

faffcn,  grasp,  take  hold. 

bic  ^anb,  hand. 

f)cbcn,  raise. 


bie  ^Itnfc,  latch. 

Icgcn,  lay,  put. 

nifcn,  call. 

fcnfen,  lower,  put  down. 

<Sic  fcl^cn  ft(^  nicbcr,  you  sit  down. 

i6)  ftcf)e  auf,  I  get  up,  stand  up. 


VIII 

i^  bicibc  ftct)cn,  /  remain  standing. 
bcr  ^a[ten*,  box,  chest,  cupboard. 

Villa 

3.  fo:  do  not  translate. 

6.  @tne§  Xa^t^,  Once  upon  a  day. 


IX 

■^  after  a  noun  indicates  that  it  has  umlaut  in  the  plural,  e.g. 
^rubcr,  *  =  plural  is  S3ritber. 

The  following  nouns  of  the  first  class  have  occurred  in  previous 
texts:  2c{)rcr,  ©collier,  i^enftcr,  SD^effcr,  3tmmcr,  !Dicner,  geuer,  ^ofer, 
^enfcr,  md\Ux,  SSaffer,  iBrubcr,  ©ccfel,  mdtn,  taftcn. 


arbcitcn,  work. 
ba^  ^'Anm6)tn,  little  tree, 
ber  33runncn,  well,  fountain, 
cinigc,  a  few. 

ber  i5cl^(ctt)  (Synopsis  of  Gram- 
mar, 14,  Note),  rock, 
fur  (w.  ace),  for. 
ber  ©arten,  ^,  garden. 
ha^  ©ebitfd^,  pi.  -t,  shrub. 
baS  ©emalbe,  painting,  picture, 
ber  ©ipfel,  summit,  top. 
ber  ©raben,  ^,  ditch. 


ber  ^ugel,  hill. 

ber  ^nabc,  pi.  -tt,  boy. 

mac^cn,  make. 

ba«  mah^tn,  gu-1. 

ober,  or. 

pftanjen,  plant. 

bcr  (5aTne(n)  (§  19),  seed. 

ha^  ©(^ulgebaube,  school  building. 

ber  ©effel,  chair. 

ftreuen,  strew,  scatter. 

ber  936gel,  -^,  bird. 

h)ie  Diele,  how  many. 


Note,    icben  ZaQ,  every  day,  daily. 


SPECIAL  VOCABULARIES  AND  NOTES 


273 


The  following  nouns  of  the  second  class  have  occurred  in  former 
texts:  ©tul^I  (-),  Zx\6),  SBIciftift,  ^ult,  papier,  $anb  (-),  ©cbiifd^,  Xag. 


bcr  2lrm,  -c,  arm. 

bag  33em,  -t,  leg. 

bcr  i^inQcr,  finger. 

bog  ®Itcb,  pi.  -cr,  limb. 

bcr  ^alS,  -^c,  neck. 

bcr  ^anbfc^uf),  -c,  glove. 

bcr  ^ut,  -"-c,  hat. 

bag  ^a^r,  -t,  year. 

bag  ^Icib,  pi.  -cr,  (piece  of)  cloth- 
ing. 

bag  f  Ictbunggfttld,  -e,  (piece  of) 
clothing. 

bcr  ^opf,  -^c,  head. 


bcr  ^ragcn,  -,  collar. 

ber  SD^antel,  -«•,  cloak. 

bcr  Wonat,  ~t,  month. 

ber  9la0et,  ^,  nail. 

ber  9iamc  (gen.  -ng,  Syn.  of  Gr. 

14,  Note),  name, 
bcr  diod,  ^t,  coat, 
ber  ©ci^uf),  -c,  shoe, 
ber  ©trumpf,  -"-e,  stocking, 
ber  ©tiefel,  boot, 
tragen,  carry,  wear,  bear, 
bie  iJBod^e,  pi.  -n,  week, 
bic  5cl)c,  pi.  -n,  toe. 


XI 


allcin,  alone. 

ftd^  argcm,  be  vexed,  angry, 
bag  2luQc,  pi.  -n,  eye. 
hdm\)t,  almost, 
bcttcn,  bark, 
bamit,  in  order  that, 
bauern,  last,  take, 
ctlcn,  hasten, 
bcr  %i\d),  -t,  fish, 
folgen,  follow. 

frafe,  pret.  of  frcffcn,  eat  (of  ani- 
mals) . 
ber  grii^Iing,  (-c),  spring, 
ber  f^ud^g,  -^e,  fox. 
ber  $afe,  pi.  -n,  hare, 
^ungern,  be  hungry,  starve, 
bie  ^ctte,  pi.  -n,  chain, 
ber  ^orb,  ^c/ basket. 


miteinanber,  with  each  other,  to- 
gether. 

nic^tg,  nothing. 

nieber,  down. 

nur,  just. 

rctfen,  travel. 

bcr  ®(^ft>anj,  ^t,  tail. 

ber  ®ee,  pi.  -n,  lake. 

febr,  very. 

ftctle  bic^  tot,  act  as  if  you  were 
dead. 

tat,  pret,  of  tun,  did. 

botl,  full. 

h)arten,  wait. 

h)cg,  away. 

ber  SSinter,  -,  winter. 

jugcfroren,  frozen  over. 


V 


274 


GERMAN  FOR  BEGINNERS 


XIa 

7.  fo  fd^nell  cr  fottnte,  as  fast  as  he  could. 
10.  cS  fei  bcr  ^0^1  fclt)ft,  that  it  was  the  hedgehog  himself. 


XII 


a<^,  oh. 

bic  Slngft,  -^e,  anxiety,  fear. 
antiDortcn,  answer, 
bcbcden,  cover, 
blinb,  blind. 

ha^,  that  (conjunction), 
bedfc  auf,  (I)  uncover, 
bcnn,  for,  because, 
bcr  !Dieb,  -c,  thief, 
bort,  there, 
crblicfen,  notice. 
falf(^,  false,  wrong, 
felt,  for  sale. 
'i)okn,  fetch,  get. 
faufen,  buy. 

ber  Sanbmann,  pi.  Sanblcutc,  peas- 
ants. 


ber  'SRann,  ^tv,  man. 

ber  9}?arft,  -^e,  market. 

tnir,  (to)  me. 

bic  '^flad^t,  -^e,  night. 

ncin,  no. 

ba^  "iPfcrb,  -e,  horse. 

retfen,  travel. 

[agcH,  say. 

fef)en,  see. 

bie  ©tabt,  -^c,  city. 

bcr  ®tall,  -^c,  stable. 

berfaufcn,  sell. 

h)cnn,  if. 

n)icbcr,  again. 

tDirflidi,  really. 

iDolItc,  wanted  to. 

bcr  SH^h  -/  bridle. 


Notes.     1.  3n  eitier  9iad^t,  One  night. 

^icbc  I)oItcn  eincm  Sanbmann  fciti  ^ferb  au8  bcm  ©tattc:  Thieves  took 
a  peasant's  horse  out  of  his  stable. 

7.  3)er  9)Jaiin,  ber  .  .  .,  TAe  man  who  .  .  . 

8.  3c^  t)abe  e«  felt  biclctx  3at)ren,  /  have  had  it  for  many  years. 

10.  SScnn  biefe6  "iPfcrb  bag  SW  tft/  fo  fasett  ©tc  mir  .  .  .:  fo  is  often 
inserted  after  conditional  clauses,  but  usually  not  to  be  translated. 


XIII 


bcmcrfett,  notice, 
bog  jDorf,  -^cr,  village, 
eilcn,  hasten, 
crfcijen,  replace, 
erftaunt,  astonished, 
bcr  Sfcl,  -,  donkey. 


erjS^Ien,  tell,  relate, 
fragen,  ask,  inquire. 
fiil)rcn,  lead. 
Qti)OX^m,  obey. 
geijiQ,  stingy. 
ha^  ©lag,  -^er,  glass. 


SPECIAL  VOCABULARIES  AND  NOTES 


275 


ber  ©lafcr,  -  glazier. 

boS  ^tu,  hay. 

bcr  ^aufe(n),  -n,  heap. 

flagcn,  complain. 

laut,  aloud. 

bcr  aJJuaer,  -,  miller. 

ncdcn,  tease. 

noc^,  still,  yet. 

purgein,  tumble. 

rcitcn,  ride. 


roHcn  (hjcg),  roll  (away), 
bcr  <Stcin,  -t,  stone. 
ba«  <BtM,  -t,  piece, 
bcr  Xaler,  -,  dollar, 
uncl^rlid^,  dishonest, 
fid^  ocrtoanbcln,  change,  turn  (one- 
self), 
toanbcm,  wander,  go. 
toarum,  why. 
ha^  SBort,  -t,  word. 


Notes.     9fJii6cjQt)I,  beet  counter,  nickname  of  a  mountain  goblin. 

2.  9iiefengcbirQC,  Giant  Mountains,  a  mountain  range  separating 
Silesia  from  Bohemia. 

7.  aHeS,  h)a8  cr  t)attc  (notice  that  dependent  clauses  are  always 
set  off  by  commas  in  German),  all  he  had. 

11.  3<^  hJiH  bit  bcin  ®la«  crfcl^en:  (dative  of  interest),  /  shall  re- 
place your  glass. 

XJV 

fd^neibcn,  fc^nitt,  gcfd^nittcu,  cut. 
btc  ©d^nur,  -^e,  string. 
ba^  @eil,  -e,  rope. 


attcrici,  all  sorts  of. 

bleibcn,  ie,  te,  remain. 

cnt3h)ct,  in  two. 

I^inuntcr,  down. 

ha^  ^unftftild,  -c,  trick. 

lad^en,  w.,  laugh. 

langc,  long. 

liigen,  o,  o,  lie  (tell  a  falsehood). 

man,  one  (indef.). 

bcr  ^  of  fen,  -,  trick,  prank. 

pfcifen,  pfiff,  gcpfiffcn,  whistle. 

fd^aucn,  w.,  look. 

\id)  fc^Iagcn,  u,  a,  fight. 


felbft,  himself. 

fingen,  a,  u,  sing. 

tonjcn,  w.,  dance. 

ftreiten,  ftrttt,  gcftritten,  quarrel. 

ffld^en,  w.,  hunt,  look  for. 

trcibcn,  ic,  ic,  drive,  play  (tricks). 

ilberall,  everywhere. 

jeigen,  w.,  show. 

sicken,    jog,  gcjogen,  pull,  draw; 

put,    arrange;    stretch     (jicl^c 

QU8,  take  off). 


\6)ld^tn,  i,  i,  creep,  steal  (away). 

Notes.     13.  ^amen  gcfprungen,  Came  running. 

17.  9tcd^t  fo!  That  is  right! 

XV 
qI8,  when.  6i3,  until, 

bcr  Sift,  -c,  branch.  clnmal,  once, 

bcr  SSaunt,  -c,  tree.  cr^altcn,  ie,  a,  receive,  get. 

binbcn,  a,  u,  bind,  tie.  finbcn,  a,  u,  find. 


276 


GERMAN  FOR  BEGINNERS 


fytttgen,  t,  a,  hang  (intr.) 

I^orcn,  w.,  hear. 

bic  ^ird^c,  -n,  church. 

bcr  ^J'ird^turm,  -^c,  church  tower. 

ha^  ?anb,  ^cr,  land,  country. 

bic  ^iftolc,  -n,  pistol. 

(ha^)  dtu^lanb,  Russia. 

bie  (Badjt,  -n,  matter,  thing. 

fd^aucn  (i)inau^-),  look  (up). 

fd^einen,  k,  it,  shine,  seem. 

fd^iefeen,  fc^ofe,  gefc^offen,  shoot. 

fc^iafcn,  ie,  a,  sleep  (cin-   go  to 

sleep) . 
fd^mcljcn,  o,  o,  melt. 


bcr  <Sd^ncc,  snow. 

fintcn,  a,  n,  sink. 

bic  ©piljc,  -n,  point,  top. 

ftctgcn,  ic,  ic,  mount  {ah-,  dis* 
mount). 

ticf,  deep(ly). 

bcr[tc{)cn,  bcrftanb,  bcrftonbcn,  un- 
derstand. 

tDarm,  warm. 

bcr  SSeg,  -c,  way. 

njcitcr,  farther,  on. 

h)crbcn,  a  (or  tDurbc),  6  (§  146), 
become,  get. 

to\ti)tm,  w.,  neigh. 


Notes,  ©nc  9)?ilTi(^f)aufcn=®cf(^id^tc,  a  Munchhausen  story;  SBaron 
^arl  griebri(^  ^icrotUjmug  Don  9)?iln(f)^aufcn  (1720-1797),  a  German 
officer  in  the  Russian  army,  was  famous  for  his  marvelous  and  in- 
credible stories. 

14.  tiefer  unb  tiefer  (or  tmtncr  ticfcr),  deeper  and  deeper. 


XVa 

5.  ^n  glci(^cm  ©c^rttt  unb  2:rttt,  At  an  even  pace. 
7.  ®tlt'3  mtr,  obcr  gilt  c8  bir?  WUl  it  hit  me  or  youf 
10.  5113  mx'&.  As  if  it  were. 

XVb 

2.  ^eibcn:  Old  dative  form  for  ^cibc. 

16.  '^=ha^. 

17.  SBcf)  unb  %^,  Oh!  and  ah! 
19.  cbcn:  omit  in  translation. 


XVI 


ha^  33anb,  -^cr,  ribbon. 

baucn,  w.,  build. 

ha^  i8ci[picl,  -t,  example. 

bcffcrc  au«,  w.,  (I)  repair. 

tDcutfd^Ianb  (ba«),  Germany. 

bag  ©ad^,  -^cr,  roof. 

burd^  (w.  ace),  through,  by. 

einft,  once. 


erftidt,  suffocated,  choked, 
fangcn,  i,  a,  catch. 
ba«  5o&/  -^er,  barrel, 
fcrtig,  ready,  finished, 
finftcr,  dark, 
flicgcn,  6,  6,  fly. 
folgcn,  w.,  follow. 
fi(!^  frcucn,  w.,  be  glad. 


SPECIAL  VOCABULARIES  AND  NOTES 


277 


fianj,  entire(ly). 

bie  ©cfd^id^tc,  -n,  story. 

ba^  ®rag,  ^tx,  grass. 

\)alttn,  it,  a,  hold. 

ba^  ^aupt,  ^tv,  head. 

t)cifeen,  te,  et,  call,  be  called. 

f)clfen,  a,  o,  help. 

I)inauf,  up;  (-[tcigcn,  climb  up). 

ba^  ^olj,  ^er,  wood,  lumber,  tim- 
ber. 

ba^  ^inb,  -cr,  child. 

fonntc,  could. 

bie  ^uf),  ^t,  cow. 

bcr  ?ange  tiac^,  lengthwise. 

Iccfcn,  w.,  lick. 

ba^  Sic^t,  -er,  light. 

bie  ^autv,  -n,  wall;  (®tabtmaucr, 
city  wall). 

bog  9^eft,  -cr,  nest. 

ber  Ouerc  nad^,  crosswise. 

bcr  dianb,  -^cr,  edge. 


bcr  9?at«^crr  (gen.  -n),  -en,  coun- 
cilman. 

ba«  9?ei«,  -cr,  twig. 

rcifecn,  i,  i,  (ah-,  nicbcr-),  tear  (off, 
down). 

fd^mal,  narrow. 

fd^miicfcn,  w.,  decorate,  adorn. 

fd^on,  already. 

fc^iitteln,  w.,  shake. 

bie  (Strung,  -en,  meeting. 

bo8  ©onnenlid^t,  sunlight. 

ftrccfcn,  w.,  (t)erau«-),  stretch 
(out). 

bcr  <Stri(f,  -c,  rope. 

bcrfuc^cn,  w.,  try. 

h)a(fifcn,  u,  a,  grow. 

ba^  SBcib,  -cr,  woman. 

Sicf)en,  m,  QcsoQcn,  draw,  pull; 
march,  go. 

bie  ^ungc,  -n,  tongue. 

jufamnten,  together. 


bag  9^att)aug,  -^er,  council  hall. 

Notes.     ©c!^ilba:  a  (probably)  fictitious  German  city  whose  citi- 
zens („bie  ©c^ilbbilrQcr")  showed  a  notable  lack  of  common  sense. 
2.  tvi&i)lt  man:  translate  by  passive:  are  told. 
12.  n)olItc  man,  they  wanted  to. 
24.  eg  h)ar  nicmanb  ba,  there  was  no  one. 


bcr  53crQ,  -e,  mountain, 
barben,  w.,  have  want,  starve. 
gefc^minb,  quickly. 
I)crbrtn0en,  bring  along. 
ba^  Wlai)\,  -c,  meal, 
ber  Ort,  -e,  place, 
ber  ^ftiis,  ^c,  plow, 
ber  9fJiefc,  -n,  giant. 
Mc  9Jicfcntoc^tcr,  ^,  giant's  daughter. 
Note.     1.  (SS  fling:  omit  e8  in  translation. 


XVII 

fc^affcn,  w.,  work. 

ba^  ©(^lofe,  -^cr,  castle. 

bie  (Sd^itrje,  -n,  apron. 

bcr  ©pafe,  ^e,  fun. 

ba^  ©pielseus,  -e,  toy. 

bag  Xot,  ^er,  valley. 

bag  93oIf,  ^er,  people,  nation. 

ber  3^crg,  -c,  dwarf. 


278 


GERMAN  FOR  BEGINNERS 


XVIII 


6cfcl^Icn,  a,  o,  command. 

bitten,  bat,  gcbctcn,  ask,  beg. 

bic  S3Iumc,  -n,  flower. 

crreid^en,  w.,  reach. 

fof)ren,  u,  a,  ride,  drive. 

faft,  almost. 

fifd^en,  w.,  fish. 

bcr  i^iff^cr,  -,  fisherman. 

bic  5^0"/  ~^"/  woman,  wife. 

filiinsen,  w.,  shine,  gUsten. 

ba«  ®olb,  gold. 

bcr  ®raf,  -en,  count. 

bcr  ^immcl,  -,  heaven,  sky. 

bic  ^ungfrau,  -en,  virgin,  maiden. 

bcr  Stai)n,  -^c,  boat. 

leben,  w.,  five. 

ha^  Scbcn,  -,  life. 

ba^  Sicb,  -cr,  song. 

bic  Sode,  -n,  lock,  curl. 

berSD^enfd^,  (-«n),-en,man  (human 

being), 
bcr  SD^orgen,  -,  morning, 
bie  9^if c,  -n,  nymph. 


bcr  ^rinj,  -en,  prince  (son  of 

ruler), 
roufc^en,  w.,  roar. 
ba^  SJofe,  -c,  horse, 
riilircn,  w.,  move,  touch, 
bic  ©age,  -n,  legend, 
bic  <Scitc,  -n,  side, 
fingen,  a,  u,  sing, 
filjcn,  fafe,  gefcffcn,  sit. 
fonft,  otherwise,  formerly, 
fpringen,  a,  u,  spring,  jump, 
bic  ©telle,  -n,  place, 
bcr  ©trom,  -^c,  river,  stream, 
bic  2;icfc,  -n,  depth, 
bag  Ufcr,  -,  shore, 
bcr  S3atcr,  ^,  father, 
berfc^minben,  a,  u,  disappear, 
bie  SSetIc,  -n,  wave, 
hjcrfen,  a,  o,  throw, 
bcr  SStnb,  -,  wind, 
bie  SSoge,  -n,  wave, 
hjunberbar,  wonderful, 
bie  3«uberin,  -innen,  witch. 


Notes.     1.  53ingen,  ^oblcnj,  ^t)cin  (Rhine):  see  map. 
5.  §au8c^en=?    Compare  53aum  —  ^Sumd^en. 
7.  morgeng,  in  the  morning. 

11.  fo  Diel  mie,  as  much  as  (but  mcbr  aU,  more  than). 
16.  nid^tg  aU,  nothing  hut. 

26.  ^a^  hJotlt  if)r  9)?enfc^en  .  .  .,  What  do  you  mortals  want  .  .  . 
38.  !Die  SBcIlcn  \)atttn  it)n  and  Ufcr  getragen.  The  waves  had  carried 
him  to  the  shore. 

XIX 


bcr  33!f(^of,  -^c,  bishop, 
bic  S3itte,  -n,  entreaty, 
bcr  S3ranb,  ^t,  conflagration. 
in  S3ranb  ftedfen,  set  on  fire. 


bred^cn,  5,  o,  [t],^  break, 
bringen,  o,  u,  rush, 
cnblid^,  at  last, 
crfd^lagen,  ii,  a,  [a],  slay,  kill. 


1  Vowels  in  brackets  after  strong  verbs  denote  the  vowels  of  the  2d  and  3d 
Angular. 


SPECIAL  VOCABULARIES  AND  NOTES 


279 


erfc^rcdfen,  -fd^raf  -\^xodm,  [i],  be 

frightened, 
cffen,  a^,  gcgcffen,  [i],  eat. 
bie  %lammt,  -n,  flame, 
frcffcn,  a,  t,  [i],  eat  (of  animals), 

(auf,  up), 
eeben,  a,  I,  [i],  give, 
gelten,  a,  o,  [i],  be  worth. 
ber  hunger,  hunger, 
bic  3nfcl,  -n,  island. 
ba^  ^om,  ^tx,  grain, 
laufcn,  ie,  au,  [&u],  run. 
bic  ?eutc,  people, 
bic  9}Jaug,  ^t,  mouse, 
pfcifen,    pfiff,    gcpfiffcn,    whistle, 

squeak, 
bic  Static,  -n,  rat. 
xdd),  rich. 

bic  ©d^ar,  -en,  crowd. 
fc^eltcn,  a,  o,  [i],  scold, 
bic  <©cf)cunc,  -n,  barn,  granary. 


fd^licfecn,  fd^lofe,  gcfd^Ioffcn,  close, 
lock. 

fd^rcicn,  ic,  ic,  scream,  cry. 

fc^lDimmcn,  a,  o,  swim. 

fprcc^cn,  a,  o,  [i],  speak. 

ftc^cr,  safe. 

bic  ©trafc,  -n,  punishment. 

ftcrbcn,  a,  o,  [i],  die. 

bic  Xcucrung,  -en,  famine. 

trcffcn,  traf,  gctroffcn,  [i],  hit, 
meet. 

bcr  Jurm,  -^c,  tower. 

iibcroll^tn,  everywhere  (=to  every 
place) . 

tlberfaaen,  -fid,  -fatten,  [a],  at- 
tack. 

bcrbcrgcn,  a,  o,  [i],  hide,  conceal. 

toebcr  .  .  .  nod^,  neither  .  .  .  nor. 

bic  So-%  -c^/  number. 

bic  3^it,  -en,  time. 

jornig,  angry. 


Notes.    SD^ftufeturm    ("mouse  tower"),  originally  built  for  the 
collection  of  taxes  from  ships  passing  on  the  Rhine. 
4.  ^ami= Maintz  or  Mayence:  see  map. 
15.  lac^cnb,  laughing. 

22.  J)ort  t)alt  er  fic^  fiir  fid^cr.  There  he  considers  himself  safe. 
26.  immcr  grower,  greater  and  greater. 


XX 


ba^  Slugc,  (-«),  -n,  eye. 

bcfreicn,  w.,  deliver. 

btcgmal,  this  time. 

ba^  (Snbc,  (-«),  -n,  end. 

crtrinfen,  a,  u,  drown  (intr.). 

crmac^fen,  adult. 

frci,  free. 

t)ot)l,  hollow. 

t)ungrig,  hungry. 

laftig,  troublesome. 


ber  ?ot)n,  ^e,  reward, 
bic  ayjaufeplagc,  -n,  mouse  plague, 
menfc^lid^,  human, 
bic  aJiittcmac^t,  ^t,  midnight, 
moglid^,  possible, 
mufeten,  had  to. 
nSc^ft-,  next,  nearest. 
ba^  Ot)r,  -«,  -en,  ear. 
ba^   "iPfeifd^en,   -,   little   whistle, 
flute. 


280 


GERMAN  FOR  BEGINNERS 


plSgcn,  w.,  plague,  trouble. 

bcr  afJattcnfctnger,  rat  catcher. 

bcr  ©d^Qttcn,  -,  shadow. 

bcr  ©d^mcrj,  (-c«),  -en,  pain. 

\^xtd\\^,  terrible. 

ftlbcm,  silver. 

[till,  still,  quiet. 

bic  ©tra^c,  -n,  street. 


ftumm,  dumb,  mute. 
hai  ©tubium,  {-9>),  -ten,  study. 
\i^i  %xtx,  -t,  animal, 
treulog,  faithless, 
berfpred^cn,  a,  o,  [il,  promise, 
tounbcrlic^,  queer,  strange. 
jaf)Il58,  countless, 
juriicf,  back. 


Notes,    ^amel,  SBefer :  see  map. 
11.  um  9)2ittemac^t,  around  midnight. 
14.  famen  gelaufcn,  came  running. 
25.  in6  greie,  into  the  open  (country). 


XXI 


bie  Sld^t,  care,  attention. 

bet  5lmbofe,  -e,  anvil. 

begcgnen,  w.,  meet. 

bitter,  bitter,  hard. 

breit,  broad,  wide. 

ber  !Drad^e,  (-n),  -n,  dragon. 

ha^  (Sifen,  -,  iron. 

bie  (gtfenftange,  -n,  iron  bar. 

crflingen,  a,  u,  resound. 

bag  ^clb,  -er,  field. 

feft,  firm,  strong. 

ber  ^Xdl^,  dihgence. 

genug,  enough. 

ber  ©efellc,  (-n),  -n,  apprentice, 

fellow, 
ber  @runb,  ^t,  ground,  bottom, 
ber  jammer,  ^,  hammer, 
bcr  ^clb,  (-en),  -en,  hero. 
I^ierab,  down. 


loffen,  Itc^,  gelaf[en,  [d],  leave,  let. 

Ief)ren,  w.,  teach. 

leib,  sad,  sorrowful. 

luftig,  merry,  joyful. 

funnt'=fonnte,  could. 

raftcn,  w.,  rest,  remain  quietly. 

bcr  9ffittcr,  -  knight. 

ber  (©(^ilb,  -e,  shield. 

bic  ®(^miebc,  -n,  smithy. 

fd^miebcn,  w.,  forge. 

ha%  ®c^h)crt,  -cr,  sword. 

fc^njingen,  a,  u,  wield. 

bcr  ©taf)l,  -,  steel. 

bcr  ©tccfen,  -,  stick. 

bcr  SSalb,  -^cr,  forest. 

n3cit,  wide,  far. 

bic  SSelt,  -en,  world. 

toert,  worthy,  valuable. 


XXII 


bcr  Sbcnbf onnenfd^cin,  evening  sun- 
shine, 
alt,  old. 


bcbcutcn,  w.,  mean, 
bliijcn,  w.,  lighten,  glisten, 
babci,  at  the  same  time. 


SPECIAL  VOCABULARIES  AND  NOTES 


281 


bun'cin,  w.,  get  dark. 

crgrcifen,  iff,  iff,  seize. 

bag  i^elfcnriff,  -t,  cliff. 

fliefeen,  flofe,  gcftoffcn,  flow. 

funfeln,  w.,  glisten,  glimmer. 

ha^  ©cfd^meibc,  -,  jewelry. 

gemaltig,  powerful,  mighty. 

glauben,  w.,  believe. 

bic  ^o{)e,  -n,  height. 

ber  ^atnnt,  -^c,  comb. 

fdtnmen,  w.,  comb. 

fut)I,  cool. 

bie  ?uft,  ^t,  air. 

ha^  3Rdvd}tn,  -   (fairy)  tale. 

Notes.    4.  2)a3  !ommt  mtr  nld^t  au«  bent  ©inn,  That  will  not  leave 
my  mind. 

18.  ©rgreift  e^,  The  sailor  .  .  .  is  seized  by  wild  woe. 
23.  \)Q.i  ,  ,  ,  0ctan,  has  done. 


bic  SO^cIobci,  -en,  melody, 
oben,  above,  on  top. 
rufjig,  quiet  (ly). 
\iCi^  ©ci^tff,  -e,  ship, 
ber  <Sc^iffer,  -,  shipper,  sailor, 
fc^on,  beautiful, 
trourig,  sad. 

berfd^Iingen,   a,   u,   swallow,   de- 
vour. 
ha^  SBef),  -eS,  woe. 
toilb,  wild. 

n)unberfam,  wonderful, 
bie  S^xt,  -en,  time. 


Sblig,  noble. 

betoren,  w.,  bewitch. 

bcjaubern,  w.,  enchant. 

bilUg,  fair. 

bletd^,  pale. 

blicfen,  w.,  look. 

bliif)en,  w.,  blossom,  bloom. 

ber  3!)om,  -e,  cathedral. 

biinfen,  w.,  seem. 

einge{)en,  (gc{)t  ein),  open  up. 

bag  (gntgiirfen,  -,  charm,  deUght, 

rapture. 
elBig,  eternal. 

franf,  frank,  independent. 
frcubig,  joyful. 
ha^  ©cfc^Icc^t;  -er,  gender,  sex, 

people. 


gliif)enb,  glowing,  burning, 
ber  ®roug,  terror, 
gru^en,  w.,  greet. 
()tnab,  down. 
!ef)ren,  w.,  return, 
flimmen,  str.,  chmb. 
ha^  ?ct(i^eln,  smile, 
ber  ?aut,  -e,  sound, 
liebltc^,  lovely, 
ber  9)?unb,  -e,  mouth, 
ber  9}Jut,  courage, 
raten,  ie,  a,  [ii],  advise, 
rec^t,  right. 

ber  (Sd^ein,  -e,  appearance. 
fd^h)inbelnb,  dizzy, 
bie  (Seele,  -n,  soul, 
taud^en,  w.,  emerge. 


Notes.     6.  2118  iDcir'  e3,  As  if  they  were  .  .  . 

38.  Unb  i()a[t  bu  if)r  Sad^eln  gefef)n,  And  when  you  have  seen  her  smile, 

40.  .  .  .  fo  ift  eg  gefc^et)n,  .  .  .  then  it  is  done,  i.e.  then  it  is  too  late. 


282 


GERMAN  FOR  BEGINNERS 


bcgciftern,  w.,  inspire. 

britt,  within. 

ber  (Sbelftein,  -e,  precious  stone. 

haQ  (SIfenbein,  -c,  ivory. 

etiQelgletc^,  angelic. 

crtieben,  o,  o,  raise. 

ber  ^^tir[t,  (-en),  -en,  prince,  ruler. 

gejttubert,  made  by  magic. 

ha^  ^erj,  (-cn8),  -en,  heart. 

ber  ^rang,  -^e,  wreath. 

bie  ^rone,  -n,  crown. 

fronen,  w.,  crown. 


bie  ?eier,  -n,  lyre. 

ba^  9?eblaub,  vine  leaves,  vines. 

ber  (Sanger,  -,  singer. 

fclbig=ber[elbe. 

ftromen,  w.,  flow. 

bie  ©tunbe,  -n,  hour. 

bie  Jugenb,  -en,  virtue. 

umranft,  overgrown. 

bie  Unftcrblic^feit,  immortality. 

iDQlten,  w.,  work,  live. 

h)arten,  w.,  wait. 

bie  3iifunft,  future,  futurity. 


Notes.    48.  Slad^en,  city  in  western  Germany. 

49.  ^elt,  between  Germany  and  Scandinavia,  ©onau,  Danube. 
8onbe,  poetic  plural  for  ?anber. 

55.  n)artct  fein:  iDorten  requires  in  prose  auf  w.  ace.  (id^  n)arte  auf 
if)n),  but  in  poetry  is  frequently  found  with  the  genitive;  fein  is  an 
old  genitive  form  for  feiner. 

61.  ©el^firte .  .  .  giibc,  //  .  .  .  belonged  .  .  .,  I  should  give. 


331auauglein,  -,  dear  blue  eyes. 

bie  53Iiite,  -n,  blossom. 

bie  ^raut,  -^e,  bride. 

ba«    53rautgert)onb,    --^er,    bridal 

gown, 
ber  !Dom,  (-«),  -en,  thorn, 
braug,  outside, 
brein,  into  it. 

bie  (i^xt,  -n,  honor,  glory, 
fein,  fine,  fair. 
frdt)Iid^,  merry, 
ber  griifiUng,  (-«),  -e,  spring, 
gleid^fommen,  equal. 


fal^I,  bare,  desolate. 

flor,  clear. 

ta^  ?ieben=bie  Siebe,  love. 

linb,  soft,  mellow,  warm. 

bog  S^edartal,  Neckar  valley. 

fd^tmmemb,  glistening. 

ber  ©pom,  -e  (or  -en),  spur. 

fted^en,  a,  o,  [i],  prick. 

ber  ©uben,  south. 

traut,  dear. 

hjeben,  o,  6,  iDeave. 

ber  SBein,  -e,  wine. 

bie  SSei^beit,  -en,  wisdom. 


Notes.     65.  ^^iecfar:  a  tributary  of  the  Rhine. 
71.  Unb  fommt,  When  .  .  .  comes. 


SPECIAL  VOCABULARIES  AND  NOTES  283 

xxin 

ttuSfd^iittcn,  w.,  pour  out.  bcr  Golfer,  -,  emperor, 

ber  33art,  ^c,  beard.  ber  ^rcuj^ug,  ^t,  crusade, 

bctcn,  w.,  pray.  lauter,  nothing  but;  pure, 

cinigcn,  w.,  unite.  bag  SO?eer,  -c,  sea. 

blc    (Sinigung,    union,   becoming  bcr  dlaht,  (-n),  -n,  raven. 

united.  ha^  didd),  -t,  empire, 

fiitlen,  w.,  fill.  bcr  ©adf,  ^t,  sack, 

bcr  ®Iaube(n),  belief.  fcufjcn,  w.,  sigh. 

I)inabftctgen,  it,  \t,  descend.  ftampfcn,  w.,  stamp. 

{)inburc^n)acl^fcn,   u,   a,    [a],  grow  unterirbifc^,  subterranean. 

through.  tDcntgc,  few. 

bag  3o^rI)unbcrt,  -t,  century.  juriicffefircn,  w.,  return. 


Stnmcrfungcn 

f^rtcbric^  SSarboroffo,  cin  bcutfd^cr  ^aifcr  au«  bcm  ^aufc  bcr  ^ol^en* 
ftaufen,  regicrtc  {ruled)  don  clft)unbcrt  grtciunbfUnfjig  bi«  clfi)unbert  ncun=» 
Sig  (1152-1190). 

1.  noc^  ber  ®cf(^ic^tc,  according  to  history. 

5.  ^t)fff)aufer;  cin  53crg  im  mittlercn  !5)cutf(^tanb  {central  Germany). 
8.  [tub  i^m  gefolgt:  bei  folgcn  ftcf)t  ber  ®atio;  folgcn  l)djit  follow  obcr 
obey;  id)  \)aht  gefolgt,  /  have  obeyed;  id)  bin  gefolgt,  /  have  followed; 
toarum? 
19.  ^f^orbfiaufcn:  cine  ©tabt  nid^t  h)cit  bom  ^ijffbaufcr. 
22.  bafur,  instead. 
26,  28.  nod^,  nod^  tntmcr,  still,  yet;  30.  nod^  nid^t,  not  yet. 

30.  batten  ju  bebeuten,  signified. 

31.  big  ju  fciner  (Sinigung,  until  it  should  be  united;  German  verbal 
nouns  (= nouns  derived  from  verbs)  must  often  be  translated  by 
verb  constructions. 

XXIII  a 

2.  f^rtcberid^,  instead  of  gn^brid^,  for  the  sake  of  meter. 
14.  barouf:  popular  and  poetic  for  toorauf. 

21.  alg  rt)ie,  as  if. 

22.  ©cin  5lug'  \)a\b  off  en  jtuinft  {His  eye,  half  open,  is  twinkling), 
His  eyelids  quiver. 

23.  ie  nad^  langcm  9?aumc,  ever  after  a  long  interval. 


284  GERMAN  FOR  BEGINNERS 

26.  ®ct|  l^in,  Go  aid;  \)tx  and  {)in  mean  here,  there;  l^cr  denotes  di- 
rection to  the  speaker,  l^in  from  the  speaker:  fomm  t)cr,  f)crcin,  I)crauf, 
l^cruntcr,  come  here,  in,  up,  down,  get)  I)in,  l^incin,  t)inauf,  I)inuntcr,  go 
there,  in,  up,  down;  l^in  unb  ))tx,  to  and  fro. 

XXIV 

ttufgcl^cn,    ging    ouf,    oufgegangcn,      gclBaltig,  awful,  terrible. 

rise;  in  glamtnen  — ,  be  con-      gliidUd^,  happy. 

sumed  by  flames.  ®ott,  -^er,  God. 

t)c!)crrf(^cn,  w.,  rule.  griinen,  w.,  be  green, 

bcrcitcn,  w.,  prepare.  Iicrbctcilcn,  w.,  hasten  there. 

ha^  S3lut,  blood.  bcr  ^ampf,  -c,  fight, 

bofe,  bad,  evil.  tnorben,  w.,  murder,  slaughter, 

bllrr,  dry.  tial^,  near. 
cntftct)cn,  -[tanb,   -ftanbcn,   origi-      itcu,  new. 

nate,  come  from.  bag  9?C(^t,  -c,  right, 

btc  Srbe,  earth.  bte  ©c^lac^t,  -en,  battle,  fight. 

ertt)a(^en,  w.,  wake  up.  fc^hjinbcn,  a,  u,  disappear,  vanish, 

fatten,  fiel,  gefattcn,  [ft],  fall.  iiberh)tnbcn,  a,  u,  conquer, 

bie  ^^rud^t,  -^e,  fruit.  Xoaitn,  w.,  wade, 

bag  ®t\t%,  -t,  law.  "ta^  B^pter,  -,  scepter. 

Slnmcrfungen 

^arl  bcr  ©rofee  {Charlemagne),  768-814. 
UnterSberg:  ein  33crg  in  "btx  9l(il^e  {neighborhood)  don  ©aljburg. 
4.  iESalferfelb:  eine  ©bene  {plain)  bei  ©aljburg. 
13.  SBettbranb,  conflagration  of  the  world;  according  to  old  Ger- 
manic myths  the  world  will  once  be  destroyed  by  fire. 

XXIV  a 

7.  I)ie   90^ibgarbf(^tange:   in   Teutonic  mythology,   an  immense 
snake  encircling  the  earth. 

8.  5^^i^^«  ^  woK-like  monster,  son  of  Loki. 

9.  Soft:  the  wicked  god  of  fire. 

13.  5lttoatcr  SBotan:  SSotan  (in  Norse,  Odhin)  is  the  highest  of  the 
gods,  the  father  of  the  Universe. 

14.  ^cimbat:  the  guardian  of  Walhalla,  the  castle  of  the  gods. 
2)onar  (Norse,  Thor) :  the  god  of  thunder  and  Hghtning. 


SPECIAL  VOCABULARIES  AND  NOTES 


285 


XXV 


BcQCl^rcn,  w.,  demand,  ask. 

lo^m,  lame. 

bcglttncn,  a,  o,  begin. 

lauten,  w.,  ring 

bcQleitcn,  w.,  accompany. 

mager,  lean,  thin. 

bet)altcn,  ic,  a,  [&],  keep. 

ni(^t  mebr,  no  longer 

. 

bcnagcn,  w.,  gnaw  at. 

retten,  w.,  save. 

eriaubcn,  w.,  permit. 

fd^ncU,  quick. 

ber  %dnh,  -t,  enemy. 

ber  ©trong,  *c,  rope. 

0cf)ijrcn;  w.,  belong. 

umfonft,  in  vain. 

bic  ©lode,  -n,  beU. 

ba^  Unrcc^t,  wrong. 

btc  §ilfe,  help. 

bernef)men,  a,  omm, 

[intm],  per- 

iagcn,  w.,  chase. 

ceive,  hear. 

\t^t,  now. 

berpflcgcn,  w.,  take  care  of. 

bie  ^lagc,  -n,  complaint. 

ber  ^a^n,  ^e,  tooth. 

bcr  ^  lager,  -,  plaintiff. 

The  following  inseparable  verbs  have  occurred  before 

be                  cnt 

er                      gc 

t»cr 

bebecfen            entftcl^en 

erblicfen               gef(^e{)en 

berfaufen 

bemcrfcn 

erftounen             gel^or(^cn 

dcrmanbeln 

befefilen 

erfe^en 

toerfteben 

befreien 

crjablen 

berfuc^en 

bebeutcn 

erbatten 

berfcbminben 

beberrf(^cn 

crftiden 

berbergen 

bereiten 

eri'cbiagen 
ertrinfen 
(ermad^fen) 
ergrcifen 

berfc^Ungen 

2(nmerfungen 

1.  Slad^en:  etne  ©tobt  in  ber  5^(ibe  be«  9?()ein8. 

3.  SBeitn  jemanbem  etn  Unred^t  gefd^ef)en  iDar,  When  some  one  had 
been  wronged;  English  «;/ien=(l)  al3,  for  definite  past  incidents:  5ll8 
baS  ^ferb  ben  ©trang  benagtc,  Iclutete  bic  ©lode.  (2)  rtenn,  for  repeated 
or  future  incidents:  SBenn  iemanb  bie  ©locfc  liiutcte,  fanb  er  fein  9Je<^t. 
—  ^u  n)irft  babon  bbren,  hjenn  bu  nad^  ^aufc  fontm[t.  (3)  toann,  for 
questions:  SBann  fommft  bu? 

5.  ^attc  fein  9Jed^t  gefunben,  Had  found  justice. 
11.  eriaubt.    12.  (guer.    19.  ^^x:  in  older  language,  the  2d  pi. 
instead  of  the  3d  pi.  is  used  for  polite  address. 


286 


GERMAN   FOR  BEGINNERS 


XXVI 


abtaufen,  ic,  an,  [ftu],  run  down, 
anfangcn,  t,  a,  [ii],  begin, 
bcr  Slpoftel,  -,  apostle. 
Qitjcigen,  w.,  indicate,  announce. 
auft)6ren,  w.,  cease,  stop, 
au^blciben,  ic,  ic,  stay  away. 
Qugfiitiren,  w.,  execute,  finish. 
augftc(^cn,  a,  o,  [i],  prick  out,  put 

out. 
briillcn,  w.,  roar, 
babcr,  therefore, 
bcr  glilQcI,  -,  wing, 
fiird^tcn,  w.,  fear. 
QcIinQcn,  a,  u,  succeed  (see  note  to 

line  6). 
bcr  ^a^n,  -^c,  rooster,  cock, 
bcr  ^cilanb,  Saviour. 
I^crtoortretcn,  a,  I,  [i],  step  forth. 


flir  immcr,  forever. 

fra!)cn,  w.,  crow. 

bcr  ^ttnfttcr,  -  artist. 

bcr  ?oh)c,  (-n),  -n,  lion. 

bcr  9)2onb,  -t,  moon. 

bog  '3iab,  -^er,  wheel. 

bic  ©onnc,  -n,  sun. 

ha^  ©tabtmoppcn,  -,  city  coat  of 
arms. 

bcr  ©tern,  -c,  star. 

bcr  Xob,  death. 

bic  U{)r,  -en,  clock. 

bic  Untat,  -en,  outrage. 

untcmc{)tncn,  o,  omm,  [imm],  un- 
dertake. 

\i6)  ftcritcifien,  w.,  bow. 

bollcnben,  w.,  finish. 

t)orbctjicf)cn,  369,  gejogcn,  pass  by. 


The  following  separable  verbs  have  occurred  before:  abrcifecn,  ah= 
ftctgcn;  aufbedcn,  aufgeficn;  augbcffcrn,  au^fc^idfcn;  einfc^Iafen;  ^erbeieilcn; 
I)tnabfteigen;  I)inauffc^aucn,  {)inaufftei9en;  f)eraugftrcden;  ^tnburd^mad^fcn; 
niebcrrcifecn,  nicbcrfc^cn;  iBcgrutfc^cn;  3uriicffct)rcn,  juriicffommen. 


5rnmcr!ungcn 

1.  bic  <Stabt  ©trafeburg  (bic  ©tabt  ^amcln,  bic  <Stabt  <Sd^tlba,  u.f.tt).), 
the  city  of  Strasshurg. 

bag  SD^iinftcr:  (South  German)  synonym  of  bcr  !Dom,  cathedral. 

2.  fcit  langcn  3'a^t:cn=fcit  diclcn  3a^t:en. 

6.  cS  Qclang  tf)m,  he  succeeded;  Qclingcn  is  impersonal  (or  the  sub- 
ject is  the  thing  which  is  done)  and  requires  the  dative:  c8  (ba6 
SBcrf)  gcUngt  mir,  /  sticceed;  eg  i[t  mir  Qclungcn,  /  have  succeeded. 

7.  ©anj  ©trafeburg,  All  the  people  of  Strasshurg. 
14.  fonnte,  might. 

24.  (Srft  t)or  furjcr  3«^it,  Only  a  short  time  ago. 


SPECIAL  VOCABULARIES  AND  NOTES  287 

XXVI  a 

2.  3lirtd^  ItcQt  in  bcr  <^^todi,  ©trafeburg  itn  ©tlbtocftcn  Don  S)cutfd^* 
lanh,  naf)c  am  9?t)cin. 

15.  !Dtc  Slar  ift  cin  5^cbcnf(ufe  bc«  9?^cin«,  bie  Simmat  (bic  burd^  Si^^^ 
flicfet)  cin  SfJebcnflufe  ber  2lar. 

XXVII 

bcftcf)en,  -ftanb,  -ftanbcn,  consist.  6[tli(^,  eastern. 

betragen,  u,  a,  [a],  amount  to,  bcr  ^unft,  -t,  point. 

bic  S3et)BIfcrung,  population.  ha^  9?eid^«Ianb,   Imperial  Terri- 

bcr  @tntt)oI)ncr,  -,  inhabitant.  tory. 

bic  (Sntfcmung,  -en,  distance.  bic  dltpuhlit,  -en,  republic. 

etma,  about.  bcr  ©taat,  (-c8),  -en,  state. 

bic  %lili<i)t,  -n,  surface.  fteigcn,  ic,  ic,  rise,  increase. 

bcr  %lu^,  -^c,  river.  filblid^,  southern. 

bag  i^Urftcntum,  ^cr,  principaUty.  ba8  JcrritJrium,  -icn,  territory. 

bic  ©rofee,  -n,  size.  iibrig,  left,  other. 

ha^    ©ro^j^crjogtum,    -^cr,    grand  ungcfat)r,  about. 

duchy.  bcr  Untcrfc^icb,  -c,  difference, 

bic  ©riinbung,  -en,  foundation.  bercinigcn,  unite. 

'i)alb,  half.  tocnig,  little. 

ba^  ^crjogtum,  -^cr,  dukedom.  h)at)rcnb,  while, 

ic,  each.  n)c[tlid^,  western. 

ha^  ^onigrcid^,  -c,  kingdom.  h)i(^tig,  important, 
norblid^,  northern. 

Stnmcrfungcn 

^rcufecn,  S3at)cm,  u.f.h).:  fief)  ^arte  (map). 

km=(bcr)  kilometer,  qkm=(bcr)  Ouabratfilomctcr. 

1  cnglifc^c  9D?ciIc=1.6  km  (3  9y?eilcn=cttt)a  5  km);  1  Quabratmctle 
{square  mile)=tiXQ(ji  23^  Ouabratfilomctcr. 

14.  grower  al8,  greater  than,  but  fo  gro^  toxt,  as  great  as. 

22.  1871:  man  fann  fagen:  „im  ^a^xt  1871,"  ober  nur  „1871,"  abcr 
nici^t  „in  1871." 

33.  bicrtf)alb=brei  unb  cine  l^albe  (33^);  13^=cin  unb  cin  l^alb  ober  an* 
bcrtt)alb. 

XXVII  a 

5,  6.  ;Die  Waa^  ift  im  SBcftcn,  bic  SOf^cmcI  im  9^orboftcn,  bie  (Stfd^  tm 
©llben,  bcr  SBcIt  (cin  9)?ccrc8arm)  im  S^orben  !Deutf(!^lanb«. 
14.  Unfer  ganjeg  8eben  lang.  Through  our  whole  life. 


288  GERMAN  FOR  BEGINNERS 

XXVIII 

ancrfcnncn,  -fonntc,  -fannt,   ac-  mittclbeutfd^,  middle  German. 

knowledge.  (baS)  9^capcl,  Naples. 

ouSbrcd^cn,  a,  o,  [i],  break  out.  niebcrlcgcn,  w.,  lay  down,  resign. 

auSftcrbcn,  a,  o,  [i],  die  out.  bte  Oftern,  Easter, 

bcr  S3c9inn,  beginning.  ber  "iPapft,  ^e,  pope, 

bcr  S3cfi<5,  possession.  regicrcn,  w.,  rule,  reign, 

eigen,  own.  baS  ©c^afott,  -e,  scaffold, 

bag  ©cfSngmg,  -niffc,  prison.  ©(^iDeijcr,  Swiss, 

glonacnb,  brilliant.  btc  ©orgc,  -n,  care, 

^cfttg,  violent,  vehement,  bitter.  bcr  2:eil,  -t,  part, 

bcr  |)errfd^cr,  -  ruler.  utiglucfUc^,  unhappy. 

(bo«)  ^tfilicn,  Italy.  untcrltcgen,  a,  e,  succumb, 

bcr  ^onig,  -c,  king.  tientici^ten,  w.,  annihilate. 

ba^  ^omsgt)au8,  ^cr,  royal  house.  Dermcnbcn,  irr.  w.,  use,  bestow. 

fraftDoU,  powerful,  energetic.  bag  35icrtcl,  -  quarter, 

ber  ^flrfiirft,  elector.  h}a{)Ien,  w.,  elect, 

bie  Tlai^t,  -c,  power.  serfatlen,  -fid,  -fallen,  [ix],  fall  to 
meift,  mostly.  pieces,  dismtegrate. 

bic  SD^itte,  middle. 

Stnmerfungcn 

1.  !t)a8  crftc  ^Dcutfd^c  dldd)  t)iefe  „ba8  ^etliQc  ^Jfimifd^c  ^d(S)  !Deutf(i^er 
5^ation";  c8  toax  tf)eoretif(^  eine  gortfe^ung  (continiuition)  beg  alten  8?o= 
mifd^en  9fJei(^e8.  !Die  ^errfrfier  !3)cutfc^lonb«  toarcti  bcutfc^e  ^onige  unb 
romifd^e  Golfer. 

2.  i^ranfen:  ein  mittelbeutfcfieg  33oIf,  h3eld)eg  bic  romifd^e  ^robinj  ®aU 
lien  croberte;  bag  altc  ©allien  f)ei&t  ba^cr  ieljt  „%vantxtW,  b.  ^.  (=bag 
Iicifet)  9?cic^  bcr  i^ranfcn.  ^eutc  (to-day)  gibt  eg  nod^  „i5ranfen"  in  fURiU 
tclbcutfcfilanb,  ju  beiben  ©citen  beg  ^luffeg  SO^ain. 

3.  bcr  25.  !Descmbcr  ift  ber  SEBeit)nac^tgtag  ober  Sl^rifttag. 

9.  Ottonen,  b.  I),  ^iad^fomntcn  Ottog  beg  ©rofeen  (936-973). 
17.  bic  $o!)cnftaufcn,  genannt  noc^  bcr  S3urg  ^ol()cnftaufcn  in  ©d^toaben 
(bent  fiiblt(^cn  3)cutfd^Ianb). 
26.  20  ^a\)Xt  lang,  for  twenty  years. 
32.  immcr  mci)r,  more  and  more. 

XXVIII  a 

9,  12,  3d  column:  I)cbc,  ftnbc  are  subjunctives  of  wish:  may  risBf 
may  find. 


SPECIAL  VOCABULARIES  AND  NOTES 


289i 


XXIX 


onncl^tncn,  a,  o,  [i],  accept, 
bic  Hrmcc,  -n,  army, 
bic  S3attcrtc,  -n,  battery, 
bcr  SBa^cr,  -n,  Bavarian, 
bebaucrn,  w.,  regret, 
bcr  iBefcl^I,  -c,  command, 
belgifd^,  Belgian, 
bcficgen,  w.,  defeat, 
beftimmen,  w.,  decide. 
bcDonmcic^tigett,  w.,  authorize, 
bie   33erac9ung,   -en,    movement, 

motion, 
ber  536Qcn,  -,  bow,  arc. 
ber  53ricf,  -e,  letter. 
ha,  since. 

bcr  2)e0cn,  -,  sword. 
brangen,  crowd.  [through, 

burd^brcrficn,     a,     o,     [i],    break 
cintretcn,  a,  I,  [i],  enter, 
cng,  narrow,  close. 
entf(^cibcn,  ie,  ie,  decide, 
erflarcn,  w.,  declare, 
crobcrn,  w.,  conquer, 
errtngen,  a,  u,  gain, 
crfc^einen,  ie,  ie,  appear, 
bic  r5al)ne,  -n,  flag, 
feinblic^,  hostile, 
bic  i^eftung,  -en,  fortress, 
bic  glagge,  -n,  flag. 
flict)cn,  0,  0,  flee, 
bic  ®arbc,  -n,  guard, 
bic  ©cfangcnfc^aft,  imprisonment, 
bic  ®egenb,  -en,  vicinity, 
bie  ©ranate,  -n,  garnet,  bomb, 
bic  ©renje,  -n,  boundary. 
ba6  ^aupti)eer,  -e,  main  army. 
ba3  ^cer,  -c,  army, 
bclbcnmiitig,  heroical(ly). 
I^cranfommen,  a,  o,  approach. 


{)cranrii(fen,  w.,  march  up. 

f)icrauf,  thereupon. 

l^offnung8lo«,  hopeless. 

inbcnt,  while. 

bic  Capitulation,  -en,  capitulation^ 

surrender, 
bcr  Cricg,  -c,  war. 
bcr  Cricger,  -,  warrior. 
bcr  Cronprinj,  (-en),  -en,  crowik 

prince, 
bic  ?agc,  -n,  situation, 
bag  ?agcr,  -,  camp, 
legem,  w.,  camp, 
bie  9}?aie[tot,  -en,  majesty, 
mefircrc,  several, 
mcincrfcitg,  on  my  part, 
bic  SO'Jittaggmfic,  -n,  noon  rest. 
nad^mittagg,  in  the  afternoon. 
nat)cn,  w.,  approach. 
\ia9,  9icij,  -e,  net. 

bcr  Offijicr,  -c,  officer.        [plan)., 
ber  ^lan,  -^e,  plan  (faffen,  make  a. 
pliitjlic^,  suddenly, 
ber  "ipreufec,  (-n),  -n,  Prussian. 
preufeifd^,  Prussian, 
bic  $Rcif)c,  -n,  row. 
bie  ^Keitcrci,  -en,  cavalry. 
ringSum,  around. 
rtlcfn)ftrt6,  backward, 
ber  @a(^[e,  (-n),  -n,  Saxon. 
fc^Icubern,  w.,  hurl, 
bcr  @ieg,  -e,  victory, 
fofort,  immediately, 
ftarf,  strong, 
tapfer,  brave, 
bic  2:apfcrfcit,  bravery. 
tcilS,  partly, 
tretcn,  a,  c,  [i],  step, 
iibcrlcgcn,  superior. 


290 


GERMAN  FOR  BEGINNERS 


libcrrcid^cn,  w.,  deliver, 
tlbrigblciben,  ic,  it,  remain, 
umgcben,  a,  I,  surround, 
bcr  Umftanb,  -^c,  circumstance, 
um^ingeln,  w.,  surroimd. 
unbcmcrft,  unnoticed, 
untcr^anbcln,  w.,  negotiate. 


borlefcn,  a,  I,  [Ic],  read  (to  some 

one), 
toorubermarfc^icren,  w.,  march  by. 
borlDiirtS,  forwards, 
tocnben  (ftd^),  irr.  w.,  turn, 
juriicfsiebcn,  (ftd^)  oq,  og,  retreat, 
guftanbe  fontmcn,  a,  o,  be  brought 

about,  be  accomplished. 

Note.     73.  fo  gut  Xoxt  cntfd^iebcn,  practically  decided. 

XXIX  a 

9.  toarb  gefd^lagcn,  was  fought. 

14.  britten  S^apolcon:  9^apoIcon  III.,  bcr  9'lcffc  SfJapoIcon*  I.,  rcgterte 
toon  1852-1871. 

21.  iubcltontg,  exultantly. 

23.  ^clbcnfoniQ,  heroic  king;  ^clbcnf)ccr,  heroic  army. 

XXIX  & 

2.  toarcn  Qcfangen,  had  been  imprisoned. 
6.  toerloren  Qcgangen,  had  perished. 
11.  h)ic  imti)  ft)irb  mir,  what  pains  I  am  feeling. 

13.  ba^  ?icb  i[t  au6,  everything  is  lost. 

14.  and)  i6)  m'6(^V  mit  bit  fterbcn,  /,  too,  should  like  to  die  with  you. 
17.  SBa8  fd^crt  mid^  .  .  .,  What  do  I  care  for  .  .  . 


XXX 


<flIl0CTnctn,  general. 

bic  5lnorbnuTig,  -en,  order. 

auflofen,  w.,  dissolve. 

bic  2Iu8naf)mc,  -n,  exception. 

bcfannt  geben,  a,  c,  [i],  announce. 

befc^Uc^cn,  o,  o,  decide,  resolve. 

bilbcn,  w.,  form,  close. 

bcr  S3unb,  ^t,  alliance,  league. 

Mreft,  direct. 

^injctn,  single,  individual. 

cmcnnen,  irr.  w.,  appoint. 

bcr  gricbc,  (-n8),  -n,  peace. 

•jgcl^elni,  secret. 


{)euttQ,  of  to-day,  present. 

ba^  'jfflitQiitb,  -cr,  member. 

ber  SWonard^,  (-en),  -en,  monarch. 

bcr  Oberbefef)!,  supreme  command. 

ber  ^raftbcnt,  -(en),  -en,  president. 

proflamtcren,  w.,  proclaim. 

ber  ©enat,  -  senate. 

bic  (Stintme,  -n,  voice,  vote. 

untcrfc^rciben,  te,  ie,  sign. 

bic  ^Scrfoffung,  -en,  constitution. 

ber  33ertrcter,  -,  representative. 

toeticren,  w.,  veto. 

bic  SSa^I,  -en,  election. 


SPECIAL  VOCABULARIES  AND  NOTES  291 

9(nmerfungen 

2.  (©taatcnbunb,  league,  alliance,  confederation;  denotes  a  looser 
connection  (with  more  independence  of  the  individual  states)  than 
JBunbeSftaat,  confederation,  union. 

14.  33erfaitlc«:  ein  ©cfilofe  in  bcr  5^a^e  don  ^art«. 

18.  bic  tnciftcn  beutfc^en  <Btaatm,  most  of  the  German  states. 

20.  ber  ^aifer  aber:  abcr  standing  in  the  second  or  third  place  of 
the  sentence  has  a  weaker  meaning  than  when  it  stands  first;  often 
it  can  be  translated  by  however. 

24.  9?eic^gfan3ler,  Imperial  Chancellor. 

25.  S3unbc8rat,  Federal  Council;  ^Rcic^^tag,  Diet  or  Parliament. 

29.  tft  iu  bcrQlci(^cn=ISBt  fic^  dergleic^en,  fann  Derglic^cn  mvhtn,  ift  bcr* 
fileic^bar,  man  fann  ben  33  .  .  .  dcrgleid^en. 


XXX  a 

5.  Qcgen  taufcnb  9Worf,  as  mu^h  as  one  thousand  marks. 

6.  2«it  bcr  3cit,  Gradually. 

32.  ©ulbcn,  a  former  German  coin,  worth  about  two  marks. 


XXXI 

angrctfcn,  sriff  -    -Qcgriffcn,  at-  fiimpfen,  w.,  fight. 

tack.  preifen,  ie,  ie,  praise, 

arm,  poor.  rcgnen,  w.,  rain, 

bcbriiden,  w.,  oppress.  ber  dlomtr,  -,  Roman, 

bcr  33cfreicr,  -,  liberator.  fci^mcici^eln,  w.,  flatter. 

ha^  3)enfmal,  -^er  or  -t,  monu-  fenben,  irr.  w.,  send. 

ment.  fogar,  even, 

bienen,  w.,  serve.  ber  ®tamm,  -^c,  stem,  tribe, 

bonnern,  w.,  thunder.  bcr  (Sturm,  -^e,  storm, 

einig,  united.  untertt)crfen,  a,  o,  [i],  subject,  con- 
ba^  (Slemcnt,  -c,  element.  quer. 

ermorbcn,  w.,  murder.  berrStcn,  ie,  a,  [a],  betray, 

errtcdten,  w.,  erect.  bcrft)altcn,  w.,  govern, 

ber  t5elbf)err,  (-n),  -en,  general.  toiiten,  w.,  rage. 
iung,  young. 


292  GERMAN  FOR  BEGINNERS 

Stnmcrfungcn 

T)\t  ^txmann^\6)la^t  n)irb  au^  bic  <B<^la<^t  int  ^^cutoburgcr  SBalbc 
Qcnannt. 

1.  (Sf)rifti  ©eburt,  6tr</i  0/  Chnst. 

n.  e^.,  n.  (S^.  ®.=nac^  (Stirifto,  nac^  (St)ri[ti  ©cburt;  b.  S^.,  to.  (Sf).  ®.= 
tor  (Sf)ri[to,  bor  (Sf)rifti  ©cburt. 

2.  bag  S!}?ittclmccr,  i/ie  Mediterranean  Sea. 

8.  ©t^ricit  (Syria):  cine  romifc^c  ^rot)m3  im  hjcftlic^cn  5lftcn  (Asia). 
13.  (St)erugfcr:  ein  ©tamrn  im  tocftlic^cn  !Deutfc^tanb. 

17.  bic  emg:  ficfic  ^artc. 

18.  20,000  SD?ann:  SD'Jann  meaning  soldiers  is  treated  like  nouns  of 
measure  or  weight;  also  other  nouns  that  are  used  in  counting  show 
the  same  construction:  20  ©tiicf,  20  pieces;  12  ^^uljcnb,  12  dozen; 
fiinf  ^aar,  five  pairs. 

19.  Jcutoburgcr  SBalb:  [ict)c  ^artc. 

22.  c8  rcgnetc  in  ©tromcn,  the  rain  poured  down  in  torrents. 

XXXI  a 

9.  ^uftintan  njar  527-565  taifcr  bc«  oftromtfc^cn  $Rcid^e8. 

11.  9^ur  cine  53ittc:  spaced  type  in  German  denotes  emphasis: 
only  one. 

27.  fcrtig  [ein  Yoiixbt,  would  be  done. 

XXXII 

abbicQcn,  0,  0,  bend,  turn  off.  t)tnbcm,  w.,  hinder, 

abfd^lagcn,  u,  a,  [a],  refuse.  I)6(^,  high,  imposing, 

alfo,  therefore,  consequently.  I)uten,  w.,  watch,  tend, 

anfialten,  ie,  a,  [&],  stop.  bcr  9^a(^fommc,  (-n),  -n,  descend- 
boruberrciten,   ritt,    gcritten,   ride         ant. 

across.  f(3^ti^cn,  w.,  protect, 

entgegcn,  meet.  fprcngcn,  w.,  gallop, 

bcr  grcunb,  -t,  friend.  treu,  faithful, 

bic  ^txht,  -n,  herd.  umtiijxm,  w.,  turn  around, 
bcr  ^tXiOQ,  -c,  duke. 

5(nmerfungcn 

!Dic  ?iincburgcr  ^cibc,  cine  ©bene  in  S^orbbcutfd^Ianb,  bei  bcr  <^taht 
?Uncburg. 

18.  bcr  SBiHing:  the  article  impUes  that  Billing  is  a  well-known 


SPECIAL  VOCABULARIES  AND  NOTES  293 

23.  3F)r  loont  Otto  fcin,  You  claim  to  be  Otto. 

43.  ^crgOQtutn  ©ad^fcn:  the  present  kingdom  of  Saxony  is  in  cen- 
tral Germany,  but  the  old  dukedom  of  the  same  name  occupied  the 
northwestern  part  of  the  country. 


XXXII  a 

4.  ba^  Ue&  il^r  fiilbfd^,  was  becoming. 
11.  famen  ju  ftattcn,  cam^  opportunely,  cam^  in  fine. 

15.  SSafirenb  beffen,  In  the  meantime. 
19.  fnimm  QcfrfilaQcn,  bent. 

30.  (S8  h)aren  cinmal,  Once  upon  a  tim^  there  were. 

34.  ftedfen  laffcn,  interrupt. 

39.  fomme  (subj.  of  indirect  discourse),  was  coming. 

40.  c^,  impersonal,  a  bright  light  appeared  around  him. 
45.  nur  fo  cine,  only  a  kind  of. 

68.  gerabc  f)eraug,  straight  out,  frankly. 
70.  !I)er  ^leinen  .  .  .,  The  little  girl  almost  cried. 
76.  (£«  h)irb  bod^  nic^tg  baroug  iBcrbcn,  Nothing  wiXL  come  of  it  after 
aU. 
78.  c8,  somebody. 

XXXIII 

abfd^Iiefeen,  o,  o,  close,  agree  upon.      bic  ^cttc,  -n,  chain. 

hai  S3&d^Ictn,  -,  brook.  bag  ?uftIo(|,  -^er,  air-hole. 

ber  Saumciftcr,  -  architect.  fd^abc,  (it  is)  a  pity. 

bcr  33U15,  -t,  hghtning.  feitbcm,  since  then. 

bic  (Sntc,  -n,  duck.  bcrbrenncn,  irr.  w.,  burn  up. 

crft,  first.  bergcl^cn,  -ging,  -gangcn,  pass. 

bic  ^ebcr,  plume,  feather.  bag  SBerf,  -c,  work. 

frcmb,  strange  (stranger).  bic  SBcttc,  -n,  bet. 

ba^  ®ef)cimm«,  -nif[c,  secret.  tottttn,  w.,  bet. 

gcn)inncn,  a,  o,  win.  h)o{)I,  indeed,  surely. 

5lttmcrfungcn 

^'6ln,  Cologne;  joiner,  adjective. 

16.  Jrier  ift  ungcfa{)r  140  km  (ctma  90  HKcilcn)  filbltd^  toon  ^oln. 
18.  gctDinnc  t(^=h)cnn  id)  gcminnc. 

28.  o^nc  baji  bicfcr  eg  tou^tt,  without  the  latter's  knowing  it. 
32.  bic  foUtc  fie  .  .  .:  use  relative  clause,  which  she  should  .  .  . 


294 


GERMAN  FOR  BEGINNERS 


36.  fragtc  hjcttcr,  kept  on  asking. 

37.  bcr  S36fe,  the  Evil  One. 
46.  batnit=»init  bicfcn  SBorten. 


XXXIII  a 

9.  t)on  il^rcm  S3ette  au«,  from  her  bed. 
28.  qH  it)r  ^ah  unb  ®ut,  all  her  helon^ngs. 
35.  SSiircn  ...,//...  /iod  remained  .  .  . 


XXXIV 


bo(^,  but,  however. 

btc  Sf)e,  -n,  marriage. 

cinfe^cn,  w.,  appoint. 

cinjig,  sole,  only. 

bcr  ©ngel,  -,  angel. 

ber  Srbc,  (-n),  -n,  heir. 

crfal^ren,  u,  a,  [&],  find  out,  learn. 

ertrttnfcn,  w.,  drown. 

bcr  ®Qtte,  -n,  -n,  husband. 

bic  ©attin,  -innen,  wife. 

gcfangen  net)men,  a,  omm,  [imm], 
take  prisoner. 

bic  ®ruft,  ^t,  tomb. 

bcr  ®runb,  -^c,  ground,  reason. 

j^cimlid^,  secretly. 

fcnncn  (irr.  w.)  Icrncn,  become  ac- 
quainted. 

ha^  ^lofter,  ^,  convent. 

bcr  ^orper,  -,  body. 

labcn,  u,  a,  [a],  summon. 

licbcn,  w.,  love. 


bcr  9lcffc,  (-n),  -n,  nephew. 
bic  9?a(^c,  revenge, 
rcbcn,  w,,  talk,  speak. 
fd^Iic^t,  simple, 
bic  <B<^bn'i)dt,  -m,  beauty. 
foQlcid^,  immediately, 
traucn,  w.,  marry. 
ha^  Xumlet,  -t,  tournament, 
libcrrcbcn,  w.,  persuade, 
unmoglici^,  impossible. 
ha9>  Urtcil,  -c,  sentence, 
bcrbtnbcn,  a,  u,  ally, 
bcrfiinbcn,  w.,  announce, 
bcrlaffcn,  ic,  a,  [ci],  leave, 
bic  S^crlobung,  engagement, 
bcrftofecn,  ic,  o,  [o],  disown, 
bcrurtcilcn,  w.,  condemn. 
t)cr3Ctf)cn,  ic,  ic,  forgive. 
boKftrcdfcn,  w.,  carry  out. 
fid^  h)ci0cm,  w.,  refuse, 
bcr  SBunfd^,  -^c,  wish. 


bic  ^uftitntnung,  consent. 
SCnmcrfungen 
This  text  is  based  on  Friedrich  Hebbel's  drama  "Agnes  Bemauer." 
5lug«bur0,  ©traubing,  ^ngolftabt:  (Stiibtc  in  S3aijcm. 
7.  h)ctt  unb  brcit,  far  and  wide. 
14.  hxai^it  (bringcn,  brad^tc,  gcbrad^t),  took. 
25.  brittl)alb,  anbcrtl)alb=3h)ci  unb  ctn  \0i,  etn  unb  etn  l^tt. 


SPECIAL  VOCABULARIES  AND   NOTES 


295 


XXXV 


ttj^nlid^,  similar. 

ber  5lnQcIfad^fe,  (-n),  -n,  Anglo- 
Saxon. 

auStoanbcrn,  w.,  emigrate. 

bic  93cbcutun0;  -en,  meaning. 

bcr  !DtaIcft,  -c,  dialect. 

bcr  ©nglanber,  -,  Englishman. 

frti{)cr,  former. 

ecmcinfam,  common. 

flcnau,  exact. 

I)(iufig,  frequent  (ly). 

I^euttg,  to-day's,  present. 

bcr  ?auf,  ^t,  com-se. 

bic  ?Qutt)crfd^icbung,  -en,  sound 
shifting. 


bcr  SilcL^hox,  -n,  neighbor. 

ncnnen,  irr.  w.,  call. 

norbn)cftIt(|,  northwestern. 

bie  ©(^riftfprad^c,  -n,  written  lan- 
guage. 

bic  <Sprac^c,  -n,  language. 

bcrfinbcm  (ftd^),  w.,  change. 

bergleid^cn,  w.,  compare. 

bcrnjanbt,  related,  cognate. 

ber  33orfaf)r,  -en,  ancestor. 

bic  SScifc,  -n,  way. 

iXoox,  indeed  (unb  grtar  is  often 
omitted  in  translation). 


XXXVI 


bcaal^Icn,  w.,  pay. 
bicten,  5,  o,  offer, 
bcr  Srnft,  earnest. 
\ia^  ©cflapper,  rattling. 
\i(i%  ®elb,  -cr,  money, 
ficnug,  enough, 
ie,  ever. 


ba«  ^ommcrgcrtd^t,  court  of  ap- 
peals. 
iSci^cIn,  w.,  smile, 
bic  SD^ii^Ie,  -n,  mill, 
bcr  '^axt,  -e,  park, 
ftorcn,  w.,  disturb, 
bic  ©umme,  -n,  sum. 
bcrlangcn,  w.,  ask,  charge. 


^nmetfungen 

3.  ©angfouct,  without  care. 
8.  unb  boc^,  nevertheless. 

13.  h)O^I,  about  how  much  would  you  like  to  give  for  it  ? 
iWoicftat,  your  majesty,  is  the  customary  address  to  kings  and  em- 
perors.   Notice  that  the  older,  more  familiar  „3t)r"  is  used  by  the 
King,  the  newer,  more  polite  „<Sic"  by  the  miller. 

27.  ^6)  laffc .  .  .  nicbcrrei&en  unb  bcjalile .  .  .:  ^riifenS  ftatt  be3  t^utu* 
runtS. 

32.  gab  bic  ^anb,  shook  hands. 

33.  (S8  bilrftc  ttjol^l  am  beften  fein,  It  might  probably  be  best. 


:296 


GERMAN  FOR  BEGINNERS 


XXXVII 


ftd^  bcbicnen,  w.,  make  use. 
bcfonbcr(3),  special (ly). 
T»ch)unbcrn,  w.,  admire, 
bcr  !5)i(^tcr,  -,  poet. 
thtn,  just. 

cinrtd^tcn,  w.,  furnish, 
bic  (Sitelfeit,  vanity, 
ber  ge^Icr,  -,  fault, 
'frongofifd^,  French, 
bag  ©ebdc^tni^,  memory, 
bad  ®ebi(^t,  -e,  poem, 
-flcftem,  yesterday, 
l^eilcn,  w.,  cure. 
i)cutc,  to-day. 


ber  ^of,  -^c,  court. 

fid^  irrcn,  w.,  be  mistaken. 

bic  ^uitft,  -^e,  art. 

bag  S^ebcnjimmer,  -,  adjoining 
room. 

fid^  rii^mcn,  w.,  boast. 

unangenel^m,  unpleasant. 

unterbrcc^en,  o,  o,  [i],  interrupt. 

ber  33ortrag,  ^t,  lecture,  recita- 
tion. 

bortragen,  u,  a,  [ii],  declaim,  recite. 

borttierfen,  a,  o,  [i],  rebuke,  accuse. 

toleberl^olen,  w.,  repeat. 

gU0ef)en,  ging,  gegangen,  happen. 


Stnmcrfungcn 

6.  fo  fct)r  au^,  however  greatly. 
10.  Iic&  fi(^  fet)cn,  appeared. 
22.  ju  (Snbe,  lyas  through,  had  finished. 


XXXVII  a 

9.  auf  fet)r  fc^Ied^tem  ^^u^e,  on  very  had  terms. 
11.  {)abe  gefc^rtebcn:  the  following  sentences  (except  line  13)  are  u. 
the  indirect  discourse. 

XXXVIII 


antlagen,  w.,  accuse. 

anfet)eti,  a,  t,  [i],  look  at. 

beft^en,  -fafe,  -feffen,  possess. 

bettcin,  w.,  beg. 

blau,  blue.     • 

blutig,  bloody. 

bunfcl,  dark. 

cntstDCtfprtttgen,  -,  u,  break  in  two. 

ber  galfe,  (-n),  -n,  falcon. 

bie  i^reube,  -n,  joy. 

'ba^  ®rab,  -^er,  grave. 

ber  ®runb,  ^t,  ground,  valley. 

bcr  ^abic^t,  -t,  hawk. 


fid^  f)armcTi,  w.,  pine. 

bie  ^dht,  -n,  heath. 

bie  ^offnung,  -en,  hope. 

ftd^  franfen,  w.,  grieve. 

\iCi^  ?eib,  -en,  harm,  pain,  sorrow. 

bie  Stebe,  love. 

\>a^  gyjiiilrab,  mill-wheel. 

nie,  never. 

ber  9ffeitcr,  -,  rider. 

ber  9iing,  -c,  ring. 

f(^euen,  w.,  be  afraid. 

ber  ^6)0%  lap. 

ber  ©pielmann,  -Icute,  minstrel. 


SPECIAL  VOCABULARIES  AND  NOTES  297 

bcr  ©tolj,  pride.  bcrgcffen,  a,  t,  [i],  forget. 

bic  ©iinbc,  -n,  sin.  bie  SSeife,  -n,  song, 

totfc^te^cn,  0,  o,  shoot  (to  death).  n)oI)ncn,  w.,  Uve  (=reside). 

bie  2:reue,  faith.  gubor,  before. 

3(nmcrfungcn 

German  popular  poetry  (baS  bcutfc^e  53oIfgUeb)  has  several  peculi- 
arities of  style.  Some  of  the  more  important  are:  tun  and  tootten 
often  are  used  as  auxiliaries:  bic  tcit  [ic^  frSnfen,  she  would  he  grieved; 
h)oItt'  id)  bei  bir  fcin,  /  should  he  with  you.  —  The  word  order  shows 
some  irregularities,  e.g.  cr  tat'  fid^  frdnfen  instead  of  tiit'  cr  [id^  fr(in=» 
fen;  genomnten  ein  instead  of  eingenommen  {taken  in,  i.e.  occupied, 
taken  in  possession);  unaccented  e  is  very  often  elided  (t'aV,  etc.) 
but  sometimes  added  for  the  sake  of  the  meter:  Qen)of)net).  —  The 
ending  of  the  possessive  adjectives  (and  sometimes  descriptive  ad- 
jectives) is  often  omitted:  att  mein  ©tolj  unb  ^i^^ub'  (accusative).  — 
Particles  are  used  still  more  freely  than  in  prose,  often  merely  for 
meter's  sake  (SBo^I  in  bie  blut'ge  (©(^lac^t). 
9.  Supply  [te. 

11.  mahtUmdhdim, 

16.  Ia[fen=berlaf[en. 

17.  lieb  {)aben=Ueben. 

19.  bie  ©eele  mein=nteine  ®eele. 

22.  «lumelein=331iimlein,  SSIiimc^en;  5S8geIein=536gIetn. 

23.  33ergtfemeinnic^t  is  the  prose  name  for  „33ergifem(^tntein." 

26.  2)enfe  mein=!Denf  an  mic^. 

27.  ©tirbt  .  .  .  glei(^=ObgIeic^  .  .  .  ftirbt,  Even  though  .  .  .  die. 
68.  SSoS  fang'  tc^  an,  What  shall  I  hegin,  do. 

XXXVIII  a 

4.  alien  (Snben:  all  ends,  all  sides,  i.e.  everywhere  in  the  world. 

ad^tcn,  w.,  respect,  value.  beftrafen,  w.,  punish. 

ber  5Ip[eI,  ■^,  apple.  ber  S3ogen,  bow. 

auff)angen,  w.,  suspend.  bie  33ogcnfef)nc,  -n,  bowstring. 

begef)en,  -ging,  -gangen,  commit.  ber  S3otc,  (-n),  -n,  messenger. 

bebanbein,  w.,  treat.  bauern,  w.,  last. 

befc^h)3ren,  o  (or  u),  o,  swear  to.  bie  !Demut,  humility. 


298 


GERMAN  FOR  BEGINNERS 


bulbcn,  w.,  suffer. 
boS  (StQcntum,  property. 
cmnc{)mcn,  Q^otnm,  [tmm],  occupy. 
cnt0cf)en,  -ging,  -gangen,  escape, 
cntrinnen,  a,  o,  evade. 
tx\)d\)m,  w.,  increase, 
crncucnx,  w.,  renew. 
fel)lcn,  w.,  miss, 

bie  i5rei{)cit,  -en,  freedom,  privi- 
lege. 
ha^  i^reubenfeucr,  -,  bonfire. 
freunblid^,  kindly, 
bie  ®efa{)r,  danger. 
ha^  ©efc^cnf,  -c,  present, 
gleid^,  equal. 
I)art,  hard,  cruel. 
Iierabfc^tcfeen,  o,  o,  shoot  down, 
bie  ^errfc^aft,  -en,  rule, 
ber  $erjoggt)ut,  ducal  coronet. 
I)inaufflettern,  w.,  climb  up. 
ber  ^oc^mut,  haughtiness, 
bie  ^utte,  -n,  hut. 
iauc^jen,  w.,  be  jubilant, 
foniglic^,  royal, 
bie  ^unbe,  -n,  news. 
Iei(f)t,  hght. 
lobertt,  w.,  burn. 


tnutig,  courageous. 

bie    9^euia{)rSna(!^t,    New   Year's 

night. 
ba^  ^fanb,  -^er,  pledge, 
ber  "iPfeil,  -t,  arrow, 
fd^arf,  sharp, 
bie  ©d^mad^,  disgrace, 
ber  ©d^U^e,  (-n),  -n,  marksman. 
fd^tDetgen,  ie,  ic,  be  silent. 
fd^iDer,  heavy,  hard, 
fd^rtirren,  buzz, 
fd^hjoren,  5  (or  u),  o,  swear, 
ber  ©tab,  ^t,  staff. 
bie  ©tange,  -n,  pole, 
ftedfen,  w.,  fasten, 
fteil,  steep, 
ftofeen,  ie,  o,  push, 
ftrofen,  w.,  punish. 
fud)en,  w.,  look  for,  try. 
bie  Xat,  -en,  deed, 
unfc^ulbig,  innocent. 
ba^  SSaterlanb,  ^er,  fatherland. 
h)egnet)men,  a,  omm,  [imm],  take 

away, 
toeinen,  w.,  weep, 
gielen,  w.,  take  aim. 
ber  3ott,  -^e,  tax. 


ber  Tlann,  ^tx,  man,  husband. 

Slnmcrfungcn 
This  text  is  based  upon  the  account  of  a  Swiss  historian,  the  chief 
source  of  Schiller's  drama  "Wilhelm  Tell." 
1.  2:0b  9?uboIfg  t)on  ^ab«burg:  1291. 

7.  ber  Canton:  name  of  the  districts  or  provinces  of  Switzerland, 
corresponding  to  our  states. 

9.  (Sibgenof[c,  sworn  confederate. 
93.  bie  3J2einigcn,  my  family. 
98.  n)ir  betbe,  the  two  of  us. 
102.  t)o!)Ie  ®af[e,  hollow  road,  i.e.  narrow  pass. 
106.  liefeen  il)n  fd^h)6ren  —  liefeen  il)n  nad^  Sujem  jie^en:  made  .  .  .,  let 
{allowed  to). 


VOCABULARIES 


REMARKS 

1.  In  the  German-English  vocabularies,  the  words  below  the  line 
are  those  occurring  only  in  the  "supplementary  texts"  (la,  II a, 
III  a,  etc.) ;  see  Preface. 

2.  The  characteristic  forms  of  nouns  and  verbs  are  indicated  as 
follows: 

Icficn,  w.=\t\itn,  weak  (Icbtc,  gclcbt). 

gcbctt,  a,  c,  [i]=geben,  gob,  Qcgcben  (gibt). 

ber  aWann,  ^er=ber  Maxm,  bc8  9Wanne«,  bic  9D^(inncr, 

ber  @raf,  [-en],  -en = ber  ®raf,  beg  ©rafen,  bic  ®rafen. 

Separable  verbs  are  indicated  as  such  by  hyphen  (=)  between  the 
prefix  and  the  stem:  auf^geben;  the  student,  however,  should  remem- 
ber that  this  is  done  only  in  vocabularies;  the  correct  spelling  is: 
aufgeben. 


GERMAN-ENGLISH  VOCABULARY 


nh'hkQen,  o,  o,  turn. 

ab4aufcn,  ie,  au,  [ixu],  run  down. 

ab=fd|Iagcn,  u,  a,  [a],  deny. 

ab=fd|ttc^cn,  0,  0,  close,  make. 

a6=ftcigcn,  ic,  ie,  dismount. 

ber    §bcnbfonncnf(i^ctn,    evening 

sunshine. 
fiber,  but. 
ac^,  oh. 

a<i}Un,  w.,  respect. 
fibUg,  noble, 
tt^nlic^,  similar. 
atte,  all. 
attcin',  alone. 
attgemein,  general. 
ai^,  than;  when, 
alfo,  so,  therefore. 
alt,  old. 

ber  9tmbo^,  -c,  anvil. 
on,  w.  dat.  or  ace,  at,  on,  near, 

by. 
anbcr-,  other. 
on=crfcnncn,  irr.  w.,  acknowledge. 


an-fangen,  t,  o,  [6.],  commence. 

an=grcifcn,  griff,  -gcgriffen,  assail. 

an^^atten,  ie,  a,  [a],  stop. 

on=ftagcn,  w.,  accuse. 

on^nc^mcn,  a,  omm,  [imm],  accept, 

on^fc^cn,  a,  e,  [ie],  look  at. 

anjeigen,  w.,  indicate,  announce. 

bie  Slngft,  ^t,  fear,  anxiety. 

bie  3tnorbnung,  -en,  order,  ordi- 
nance. 

anttoortctt,  w.,  answer. 

ber  S(t)fcl,  ^,  apple. 

ber  SIpoftcI,  -,  apostle. 

orbcitcn,  w.,  work. 

argcrn,  w.,  make  angry;  \\^,  be 
angry. 

ber  2(rm,  -e,  arm. 

arm,  poor. 

bie  5(rmcc,  -n,  army. 

ber  5tft,  -^e,  branch. 

ouc^,  also. 

auf,  ly.  ciaL  or  ace,  on  (top  of), 
upon. 

auf=bcdcn,  w.,  uncover. 

auf=frcffcn,  a,  e,  [i],  eat  up. 


ab'tietimen,  a,  omm,  [imm],  take      onmutig,  lovely,  handsome. 


off;  decrease, 
attejett,  always. 
Qt(f)ier',  here, 
an^blidfen,  w.,  look  at, 
ber  Slnfanggbud^ftabe,  -n,  initial, 
an^gretfen,  griff,  gegrtffen,  attack. 


an=jtlnben,  w.,  kindle,  set  on  fire, 
bie  Slpotbe'fe,  -n,  drug-store, 
bie  Hrbeit,  -en,  work, 
ber  2(rm,  -e,  arm;  branch, 
bie  2If(^e,  -n,  ashes. 
auf=fUbren,  w.,  build. 


301 


302 


GERMAN-ENGLISH  VOCABULARY 


auf^gel^en,  i,  a,  rise. 

ouf=^angcn,  w.,  hang  up. 

auf^orcn,  w.,  cease. 

auf*li)fcn,  w.,  dissolve. 

auf^tc^cn,  ftanb,  -geftanbcn,  rise, 
get  up. 

ha^  Slugc,  [-«],  -n,  eye. 

ou^,  w.  dat.,  out  of. 

au^'bcffcrn,  w.,  mend,  repair. 

aui^'bleiben,  ie,  ic,  remain  away, 
be  absent. 

au^'htetticn,  a,  o,  [i],  break  out. 

au^^fii^rcn,  w.,  carry  out. 

aui^'fd^trfcn,  w.,  send  out. 

au^'i^nttcn,  w.,  pour  out. 

au^'^ttdien,  a,  o,  [i],  put  out. 

au^=ftcr6cn,  a,  o,  [i],  die  out. 

ttu^=ftrcdcn,  w.,  stretch  out,  ex- 
tend. 

bit  2tU)§no^mc,  -n,  exception. 


ha^  fSddiUin,  -,  rivulet,  brook. 

Iiatb,  soon. 

bag  Sanb,  -^er,  ribbon. 


bcr  ©art,  -,  ^c,  beard, 
baucn,  w.,  build, 
ber  93aum,  -^e,  tree. 
ha^  S3aumd^cn,  -,  little  tree, 
ber  a3oumciftcr,  -,  architect. 
iiebou'crn,  w.,  regret. 
ficbc'cfcn,  w.,  cover. 
bcbcu'tcn,  w.,  mean, 
bie  93cbcu'tung,  -en,  meaning. 
bcbic'ncn,  w.,  serve  on. 
bcbrii'rfcn,  w.,  oppress. 
bcfcVIcn^   Q/   0,    [ie],   command, 

order. 
bcfrci'cn,  w.,  free,  deliver, 
ber  a3cfrct'cr,  -,  liberator. 
ftcgcg'ncn,  w.,  meet. 
ticgc'^cn,  i,  a,  commit. 
IbcgcVrcn,  w.,  long  for,  demand, 
bcgei'ftcrn,  w.,  inspire, 
ber  Scginn',  beginning. 
bcgtn'nen,  a,  o,  begin. 
ficglci'tcn,  w.,  accompany. 
bcl^at'tcn,  ie,  a,  [a],  keep. 
bc^an'bcln,  w.,  treat. 
bd^crr'fd^cn,  ly.,  rule. 
hcL^  HBctn,  -e,  leg. 


auf*f)cben,  o,  6,  lift;  guard. 
auf=flaren,  w.,  explain, 
aufmerffam,  attentive. 
Quf=fei)en,  a,  t,  [ie],  look  up. 
aufftelten,  w.,  establish;  raise, 
auggelaffen,  exultant. 
aug't)ttuen,  t)ieb,  au,  carve. 
au8»Iegen,  wj.,  lay  out,  cover. 
auS'f^Itc&cn^  0,  0,  exclude. 
auShJcnbig,  by  heart. 
QUgjeid^ncn,  w.,  distinguish. 

baden,  buf,  a,  [a],  bake. 


bcr  ^Mtx,  -,  baker, 
ber  33anb,  -^e,  volume, 
bie  33anf,  -^e,  bench, 
ber  ^arbier',  -e,  barber, 
ber  S3au,  pZ.  33auten,  building, 
bcr  33auer,  -n,  peasants, 
bcbarf,  need. 

bie  59ebin'9un0,  -en,  condition, 
beftn'ben  (fic^),  a,  u,  be  found,  be. 
befor'bern,  w.,  advance,  move, 
begra'ben,  ii,  a,  [a],  bury, 
bcgrci'fen,  -griff,  -griff en,  grasp, 
understand. 


GERMAN-ENGLISH  VOCABULARY 


303 


h^na'tjt,  almost. 

bag  SBctf^JtcI,  -t,  example. 

bci^cn,  i,  i,  bite. 

hetannt',    known,   well    known, 

acquainted. 
Bcmcr'fcn,  w.,  notice. 
bcna'gcn,  w.,  gnaw. 
bcrci'tcn,  w.,  prepare, 
bet  S3crg,  -e,  mountain. 
bcfc^tic'^cn,  o,  o,  decide, 
befrfinjo'rcn,  w.,  swear  to. 
bcfic'gcn,  w.,  conquer, 
bcr  S3cft^',  property,  possession, 
bcft'^cn,  -\a^,  -feffen,  own. 
befon'bcr^,  especially. 
ftcftc'^cn,  -anb,  -anbcn,  exist, 
bcftim'mcn,  w.,  decide, 
bcftra'fcn,  w.,  punish. 
betett;  w.,  pray. 
httteln,  w.,  beg. 
bctra'gcn  (ftc^),  behave, 
bie  f8t\)oVhtunq,-tn,  inhabitants, 

population. 
bchjun'bcrn,  w.,  admire. 


beja^ 'ten,  w.,  pay. 

hietttt,  0,  0,  ofifer. 

bag  f8iih,  -tx,  picture. 

bilbcn,  w.,  form. 

btttig,  cheap. 

binbcti,  a,  u,  tie,  bind. 

biig,  until,  to. 

ber  93if(^of,  ^c,  bishop. 

bie  SBittc,  -n,  entreaty. 

bitten,  a,  I,  beg,  ask  for. 

\>a^  matt,  -cr,  leaf. 

blau,  blue. 

bktben,  ic,  ie,  remain. 

\sU\6),  pale. 

ber  Stciftift,  -c,  pencil. 

blinb,  blind. 

bcr  23  U^,  -c,  lightning. 

btt^en,  ly.,  be  lightning,  glistc 

ing. 
blu^cn,  w.,  bloom, 
bie  Slumc,  -n,  flower, 
bie  Slittc,  -n,  blossom. 
ha%  93mt,  blood, 
bliitig,  bloody. 


bie  53cfannt'Tnad^ung,  -en,  an- 
nouncement. 

befen'nen,  -fannte,  -fannt,  confess. 

bema'Ien,  w.,  paint. 

bepflanjt',  planted. 

bereit',  at  hand.  • 

ber  SBerggeift,  -er,  mountain  goblin. 

bcrid^'tcn,  w.,  announce,  inform, 
report. 

berlif)mt',  famous. 

bertl^'retX;  w.,  touch. 

befd^Ia'Qen,  u,  a,  [5],  (ein  ^ferb), 
shoe. 

befin'gen,  o,  u,  sing,  praise  in  song. 

beffcr,  better. 


beftrei'c^en,  i,  t,  cover,  paint. 

befu'c^en,  w.,  visit. 

betre'ten,  a,  I,  [-tritt],  step  upon, 

enter. 
bc3ic'f)en,  -369,  -aogen,  refer, 
bie  S3ibel,  -n,  Bible, 
biegen  (fi(^),  0,  0,  bend, 
binbc  an,  a,  u,  tie. 
ber  S3inbfoben,  -,  string, 
blafeti,  ie,  a,  [5],  blow, 
bag  33 let,  lead. 

^a^  331umlein,  -,  Uttle  flower, 
bluten,  w.,  bleed, 
ber  S3oben,  ^,  bottom,  ground, 

floor. 


304 


GERMAN-ENGLISH  VOCABULARY 


bcr  f&BQtn,  -,  bow. 

bic  S3dgenfe^ne,  -n,  bow  string. 

b3fc,  bad. 

bcr  fSo'it,  [-n],  -n,  messenger. 

bcr  aSranb,  -^c,  conflagration. 

braun,  brown. 

bic  fStaut,  ^t,  bride. 

bred^en,  a,  o,  [i],  break. 

brctt,  broad. 

brcnncn,  branntc,  gcbrannt,  burn. 

ba^  fStttt,  -cr,  board. 

bcr  Srtcf,  -c,  letter. 

btingen,  brad^tc,  gcbrad^t,  bring. 

ha^  fdvot,  -t,  bread. 

bcr  S3riibcr,  -^^  brother. 

briittcn,  w.,  roar. 

bcr  JBrunncn,  -,  well,  fountain. 

ha^  93ii(^,  -^cr,  book. 

bcr  93unb,  -^c,  league. 


3) 

bo,  there,  then. 
ha^  ^ttrfi,  -^er,  roof. 


\>a\!itt'f  therefore, 
bomtt',  in  order  that, 
bann,  then. 
barben,  w.,  suffer. 
baft,  that. 
baucrn,  w.,  last, 
bcr  ^cdcl,  -,  cover, 
bic  ^cmitt,  humihty. 
bcn!cn,  bac^te,  gebac^t,  think. 
ba^  ^cnfmal,  -c  or  ^tv,  monu- 
ment. 
bcnn,  for,  because. 
(ba^)  ^cutfc^lanb,  Germany, 
bcr  ^td^tcr,  -,  poet, 
bcr  ^icb,  -t,  thief. 
bienen,  w.,  serve, 
bcr  Wiener,  -,  servant, 
btc^mftt,  this  time. 
btftic'rctt,  w.,  dictate. 
bircft',  direct. 
hodi,  but,  nevertheless, 
bcr  ^om,  -t,  cathedral. 
bonncrn,  w.,  thunder. 
ba^  ^orf,  -^cr,  village. 


bcr  SBobcnfcc,  -,  Lake  Constance. 

bog,  bent. 

bot  an,  offered. 

brad^tc  mit,  brought  along. 

brad^tcn  i^rc  ^logc  dor,  stated  their 
complaint. 

braud^cn,  w.,  use. 

braufcn,  w.,  roar. 

bcr  S3rci,  porridge. 

bic  SBflc^brucfcrhinft,  art  of  print- 
ing. 

bcr  SBud^ftabc,  -n,  letter. 

ba«  S3ilnbni8,  -niffc,  treaty,  coaH- 
tion. 

bunt,  gaily  colored. 


bic  S3urg,  -en,  castle. 

bic  33ur0minc,  -n,  castle  ruin. 

bcr  (Slirift,  [-en],  -en.  Christian, 
bic  (Soura'gc   {jyronounce:  kiu-ah- 
zhe)  courage. 

bamalg,  then, 
banfen,  w.,  thank.' 
barf,  may. 
barunt',  therefore, 
bcrhjcir,  meanwhile, 
bid^,  you  (ace). 
ba^  ®ing,  -c,  thing, 
boppelt,  double. 


GERMAN-ENGLISH  VOCABULARY 


305 


bort,  there, 
bringen,  a,  u,  rush, 
bulbcn,  w.,  suffer, 
bunfcl,  dark, 
bunfcln,  w.,  grow  dark, 
burci^,  w.  ace.,  through, 
biirr,  dry. 

@ 

cbcn,  just. 

bic  (Siiie,  -n,  marriage. 

bie  Q;fiu,  -n,  honor. 

ctgcn,  own. 

ha^    QiQcnium,    ^tv,    property, 


ctlcn,  w.,  hurry, 
cintg,  united. 
etnige,  a  few. 
cintgcn,  w.,  unite, 
bie  @tntgung,  un'on. 
tinmai,  once. 


citt'tid^mcn,  a,  omm,  [imm], 
occupy. 

ctn=rt(^tcn,  w.,  furnish. 

ctn^c^Iafcn,  k,  a,  [5],  fall  asleep, 
go  to  sleep. 

ctn=fc^cn,  w.,  install,  make. 

ctn*tretcn,  a,  I,  [itt],  enter. 

einft,  once. 

bcr  ©tntool^ncr,  -,  inhabitant. 

cittscin,  one  by  one,  single  (sin- 
gly). 

hai  ©tfctt,  -,  iron. 

bie  ©ttcHcit,  vanity. 

\ia^  Element',  -t,  element. 

clfcnbctncrn,  of  ivory. 

bte  (Jltcrn,  parents. 

^a^  @nbc,  H],  -n,  end. 

cnblic^,  finally. 

cng,  narrow. 

bcr  @ngc(,  -,  angel. 

bcr  ©nglanbcr,  -,  Englishman. 


bortf)in',  thither,  there, 
bcr  ©otter,  -,  yolk, 
ber  3)rat)t,  -^e,  wire, 
brau^en,  outside, 
brct,  three, 
bruden,  w.,  print, 
btc    ©rudEerpreffc,    -n,    printing- 
press, 
bcr  !Du!a'tc,  -n,  ducat, 
ber  ©ummfopf,  ^t,  blockhead, 
burd^bofj'rcn,  w.,  pierce, 
bag  ©uljcnb,  -t,  dozen. 

eben,  just. 

btc  @bcnc,  -n,  plain. 

bag  (Scf,  -en,  corner,  angle. 

btc  @cfe,  -n,  corner. 

ebcl,  noble. 


bcr     ©bclmann,     -leutc,     noble- 
man, 
cl^c,  before. 

\ia^  (S{)rcnfreuj,  -c,  cross  of  honor, 
ctirtoiirbig,  venerable. 
hai  (Si,  -cr,  egg. 
einf ad^,  simple, 
bic  (Sinfolt,  simplicity, 
ber  (Singang,  ^c,  entrance. 
cint)oIen,  w.,  overtake, 
bic  ^intgfeit,  unity,  harmony, 
cing,  one. 
einfam,  lonely. 
\i(!i^  (Si«,  ice. 

bic  (Sifenftange,  -n,  iron  bar. 
citel,  vain. 

cmpfan'gcn,  t,  a,  [S],  receive, 
cmpor',  upwards,  up. 


306 


GERMAN-ENGLISH  VOCABULARY 


bcr  @n!ct,  -,  grandson  (-child). 

bic  ©nfelin,  -innen,  granddaugh- 
ter. 

bic  ^nte,  -n,  duck. 

bic  ©ntfct'nung,  -en,  distance. 

enigeg'nen,  w.,  respond,  answer. 

cntgc'l^cn,  i,  a,  escape. 

cntrin'ncn,  a,  o,  escape. 

cntftc'^cn,  -anh,  -anbcn,  originate. 

cntsttjci',  in  two. 

cxhWdcn,  w.,  notice. 

bie  @rbc,  -n,  earth. 

crfal^'rcn,  u,  a,  [&],  learn,  be  in- 
formed. 

crgrci'fcn,  -griff,  -griff en,  seize. 

ctfjfaVUn,  ie,  a,  [a],  receive,  get. 

cr^c'bcn,  o,  o,  raise. 

er^b'^en,  w.,  raise. 

erf  la 'r  en,  w.,  explain. 

erf  (in 'gen,  o,  u,  sound. 

erku'ben,  w.,  permit. 

crmor'ben,  w.,  murder. 

ernen'nen,  -nonnte,  -nannt,  ap- 
point. 

emeu 'em,  w.,  renew. 


ber  ^nft,  seriousness. 
ero'bem,  w.,  conquer, 
errei'cfien,  w.,  reach. 
erric^'ten,  w.,  establish. 
erff^ra'gen,  u,  5,  [5],  slay, 
crfc^re'rfcn,  a,  o,  [i],  frighten. 
erfe'^ctt,  w.,  replace. 
crft,  first. 

erftaunt',  astonished. 
crftirft',  suffocated. 
ertran'fen,  w.,  drown  (tr.). 
crtrin'fen,  a,  u,  drown  (intr.). 
crnjttrfi'fen,  adult. 
€t^at)'ltn,  w.,  tell,  relate, 
ber  @fe(,  -,  donkey. 
effen,  ofe,  gegeffen,  eat. 
tttt)a,  about. 
ctotg,  eternal. 


fa^ren,  u,  a,  [tt],  ride,  drive, 
ber  fjttlfe,  [-n],  -n,  falcon, 
fatten,  ie,  a,  [a],  fall. 
falfd^,  false,  wrong, 
bie  ^ami'lie,  -n,  family. 


cntlang',  along, 
cntlaf'ien,  ie,  a,  [ft],  discharge, 
entrei'feen,  i,  i,  tear  away,  rob. 
cntfprin'gcn,  a,  u,  rise,  have  its 

source, 
cntfte'l^en,  -onb,  -anben,  originate, 

arise, 
crben,  w.,  inherit, 
erbot'  fid^,  offered, 
crfin'bcn,  a,  u,  invent, 
bie  (Srfin'bung,  -en,  invention, 
erf  til 'ten,  w.,  fulfill,  grant, 
crge'ben  did)),  a,  e,  [i],  surrender, 
ergrei'fen,  -griff,  -griff en,  move. 


erf)ielt',  received, 
ber  (Srfer,-,  bay  window,  balcony. 
crlo'fd^cn,  w.,  extinguish, 
crio'fen,  w.,  save, 
crnft,  serious. 

ertra'gen,  u,  a,  [5],  bear,  suffer, 
ber  (Srjenget,  archangel, 
bic    (Sffc,   -n,    chimney,    smoke- 
stack. 

fa{)ig,  able,  capable, 
fatten  ah,  slope,  slant, 
fangt  an,  begins. 
falf(^fd^reibcn,  ie,  ie,  misspell. 


GERMAN-ENGLISH   VOCABULARY 


307 


fangcn,  i,  a,  [a],  catch. 

bie  i^atht,  -n,  color. 

bag  ^a^,  -^cr,  barrel. 

faffcn,  w.,  grasp. 

faft,  almost. 

bie  fjcbcr,  -n,  pen,  feather. 

fc^Icn,  w.,  miss,  be  away;  make 

a  mistake, 
ber  f^c^Icr,  -,  mistake. 
fcil,  for  sale. 
fctn,  fine. 

ber  ^ctnb,  -e,  enemy. 
ha^  fjclb,  -er,  field, 
ber  ^ctb^crr,  [-n],  -en,  general. 
ber  f^clfcn,  -  rock. 
ha^  S^ctfcnriff,  -e,  cliff. 
ha^  S^enftcr,  -  window. 
fcrtig,  ready,  finished, 
fcft,  firm. 

ha^  t^t^t,  -e,  celebration,  festival. 
bie  (5^cftung,  -en,  fortress, 
bie  ^cucr^glfit,  -en,  (glow  of)  fire, 
finbcn,  a,  u,  find, 
ber  (finger,  -,  finger, 
finftcr,  dark, 
ber  g-ifc^,  -e,  fish, 
fifteen,  w.,  fish, 
ber  f^ift^cr,  -,  fisherman, 
bie  i^Vddit,  -n,  surface. 


ber  t^lati^^,  flax. 

bie  ^lammt,  -n,  flame. 

bag  ^iti^til,  meat,  flesh. 

ber  S^Icl^,  diligence. 

flic^cn,  0,  0,  flee, 

flicgcn,  6,  6,  fly. 

fitcftcn,  0,  0,  flow. 

ber  i^luQtl,  -  wing. 

ber  fj(u^,  ^e,  river. 

folgcn,  w.,  follow. 

fragcn,  w.,  ask. 

franso'fifrfl,  French. 

bie  S^rau,  -en,  woman. 

fret,  free. 

bie  S^rcil^cit,  -en,  hberty. 

frcmb,  strange. 

frcffcn,  a,  e,  [i],  eat  (of  animals). 

bie  f^rcubc,  -n,  joy. 

ba^  i^rcubcnfcucr,  -  bonfire. 

frcubtg,  joyful. 

frcucn  (fic^),  w.,  be  glad,  rejoice. 

ber  S^rcunb,  -e,  friend. 

frcunblit^,  friendly. 

ber  l^ricbc,  [-n«],  -n,  peace. 

bie  fjruc^t,  -^e,  fruit. 

fru^cr,  formerly. 

ber  fjrul^ling,  -e,  spring. 

ber  i^ntti^,  ^e,  fox. 

fii^rcn,  w.,  lead. 


faul,  lazy;  foul,  decayed. 
feiQ,  cowardly, 
feiem,  w.,  celebrate, 
ber   i^elbmarfc^alt,   -^e,  field-mar- 
•     shall. 

bie    gen[terf(^eibe,    -n,    window- 
pane, 
btc  i^crien,  vacation, 
bie  i^effel,  -n,  fetter. 
ta^  geft,  -e,  feast,  festival. 


fing,  caught. 

flinf,  quick. 

bie  f^linte,  -n,  gun. 

bie  i^Iut,  -en,  flood. 

fort,  away;  fort  unb  fort,  always, 

forever. 
fort4aufen,  ie,  au,  [ciu],  run  away, 
bie  greunbfc^aft,  -en,  friendship, 
frifd^,  fresh. 
ftt{)Ien,  w.,  feel. 


308 


GERMAN-ENGLISH  VOCABULARY 


fullcn,  w.,  fill. 

funfcin,  w.,  glisten. 

fur,  w.  ace,  for. 

fiirc^tcn,  w.,  fear;  [id^,  be  afraid. 

ber  ^urft,  [-en],  -en,  prince. 

ber  fju^,  -^c,  foot. 


bic  ®abcl,  -n,  fork, 
gans,  entirely. 
gar,  very. 

ber  ©artcn,  ■^,  garden, 
ber  ©ttttc,  [-n],  -n,  husband, 
bic  ©attin,  -tnnen,  wife. 
gcbcn,  a,  e,  [i],  give, 
bag  @c6uf(f)',  -e,  shrubbery, 
bag  ©cbat^t'niig,  -ntffe,  memory, 
bag  ©ebic^t',  -e,  poem, 
bte  ©cfa^r',  -en,  danger, 
gcfan'gcn,  caught, 
bag  ©effing 'nt^,  -niffe,  prison. 
hit  ©cgcnb,  -en,  vicinity,  loca- 
tion, country. 


gc^en,  t,  a,  go. 

bag  ©c^cim'niiS,  -niffc,  secret. 

ge^or'cfien,  w.,  obey. 

gc^o'ren,  w.,  belong. 

geijig,  stingy. 

bag  Q^eUappct,  rattling. 

gclb,  yellow. 

hai  @elb,  -er,  money. 

gclin'gcn,  a,  u,  succeed. 

gclten,  a,  o,  [i],  be  worth,  avail. 

bag  ©cmfirbe,  -,  painting. 

gcmein'ffim,  common. 

gcnug',  enough. 

gcfc^c'^cn,  a,  e,  [ie],  happen. 

bag  ©eft^cnf,  -e,  present. 

bie  @ef(^t(^'te,  -n,  story. 

bag  @efd|le(^t',  -er,  family,  dy- 
nasty. 

bag  ©cfd^mct'be,  -,  jewelry. 

gcfc^njtnb',  fast. 

bic  ©cfc^hjt'fter,  brother(s)  and 
sister (s). 

bag  @cfc^',  -e,  law. 

gcftern,  yesterday. 


bag  i^unbament',  -c,  foundation, 
ber  gilrft,  [-en],  -en,  prince, 
bie  gtifee,  feet, 
bag  (gutter,  -,  food, 
fttttem,  w.,  feed. 

gai^ncn,  w.,  yawn, 
ber  ©(tnfeiunQC,   [-n],  -n,  goose- 
boy, 
bic  ©artenpforte,  -n,  garden  gate, 
ber  ®aul,  [-eg],  -^c,  horse, 
bag  ®  ebon 'be,  -c,  building, 
gebcn  (bie  ^anb),  shake  hands, 
gebrau'd^en,  w.,  use. 
ber  ©ebanfc,  -n,  thought. 


QcfIo'f)en  (tt)ar),  fled. 

gegenii'ber,  opposite. 

bie  @ema{)'Iin,  -innen,  wife. 

Qcnau',  exact. 

genannt',  called. 

ber  ©cnof'fe,  [-n],  -n,  fellow. 

gcra'be,  straight,  just. 

gcra'ten  (tng  Ungliicf),  ie,  a,   [5], 

get,  fall, 
bag  @eric^t',  -c,  court, 
gcrmantfc!^,  Teutonic, 
gem,  gladly. 

bte  ©efeirfd^aft,  -en,  company, 
bag  ©efid^t,  -er,  face, 
bie  ©eftalt',  -en,  shape,  form. 


GERMAN-ENGLISH  VOCABULARY 


309 


qmaVtiQ,  mighty,  powerful,  ter- 
rible. 
gcnjin'ncn,  a,  o,  gain, 
ber  eJi^jfcl,  -  top. 
glanjcn,  w.,  shine. 
ha^  &iM,  ^tXf  glass, 
ber  ©lafcr,  -,  glazier, 
ber  ©laubc,  [-n^],  -n,  belief. 
Qlanhcn,  w.,  believe, 
glcicl^,  alike. 
ha^  @Ucb,  -er,  limb, 
bie  ®torfc,  -n,  bell. 
gtiirfUc^,  happy. 
ha^  (SJoIb,  gold. 
gotben,  golden. . 
ba6  ©otbftitrf,  -t,  gold  piece. 
ber  @ott,  -^er,  god. 
ha^  &tah,  -^er,  grave, 
ber  ©rfibcn,  ^,  ditch, 
ber  @raf,  [-en],  -en,  count. 
bag  @ra^,  ^er,  grass. 
gro^,  large. 
grau,  gray. 


bie  ©rcnjc,  -n,  boundary. 

bie  &Tofic,  -n,  size. 

bie  ®r0ftc(tcrn,  grandparents. 

bie  ©ro^muttcr,  grandmother. 

ber  ©ro^tJtttcr,  -^^  grandfather. 

bie  @ruft,  ^t,  tomb. 

ber  @runb,  -^e,  reason,  cause. 

bie  ©riinbung,  -en,  foundation. 

griin,  green. 

gritnen,  be  green. 

griiffcn,  w.,  greet. 

gut,  good. 

baS  ^aar,  -c,  hair. 

ber  ^Sbid^t,  -e,  hawk. 

ber  ^fifcr,  oats. 

ber  ^a^n,  -^e,  rooster. 

f)alh,  half. 

ber  ^a(^,  -^c,  neck. 

f)aUcn,  te,  a,  [a],  hold. 

bie  ^onb,  -^e,  hand. 

ber  ^anbf(^u^,  -e,  glove. 


bag  ©etrabe,  trot. 
geh)aff'net,  armed. 
gen)af)ren  (eine  53itte),  w.,  grant  (a 

request) . 
ber  ©iebel,  -,  gable, 
gie&en,  o,  o,  pour,  mold,  cast. 
ha^  ®ift,  -e,  poison, 
gilt,  is  worth,  means,  is  meant  for. 
ging,  went, 
ber  ©lanj,  splendor. 
gleid^fallg,  also. 

ha^  ©todenmetatt,  -c,  bell-metal. 
ha^  ®Iii(f,  happiness, 
gliidfltd^,  happy, 
gliifien,  w.,  glow, 
bie  ®nabe,  -n,  grace,  pardon. 


gotifd^,  Gothic. 

bie  ©otterbSmmerung,  twiUght  of 

the  gods, 
ber  ©eije,  [-n],  -n,  idol, 
ber  ®  oljenprtefter,  -,  heathen  priest, 
ber  ©renabier',  -c,  grenadier, 
ber  ®rie(^e,  [-n],  -n,  Greek. 
grilnben,  w.,  found, 
gilrte  urn,  w.,  gird. 

I^abc  gem,  like,  love. 

ha^  ^algbanb,  -^er,  necklace. 

ber  jammer,  ^,  hanmier. 

bie  ^(inbe,  hands. 

^anbel  treiben,  carry  on  trade. 

bie  ^anblung,  -en,  commerce. 


310 


GERMAN-ENGLISH  VOCABULARY 


^angcn,  i,  a,  [ft],  hang. 

^angcn,  w.,  hang. 

l^ftrmen,  w.,  grieve. 

iiatt,  hard. 

ber  ^afc,  [-en],  -en,  hare. 

ber  ^aufc,  [-ng],  -n,  heap,  pile, 

mass. 
^aufig,  frequently, 
bag  ^ttu^t,  ^er,  head, 
bag  ^au^,  ^er,  house. 
^cben,  0,  o,  lift. 
ha€  Jpeer,  -e,  army, 
bag  ^cft,  -e,  note-book, 
l^cftig,  intense,  bitter, 
bie  ^eibc,  -n,  heath, 
ber  ^eilanb,  Saviour. 
j^eimlit^,  secretly. 
l^ci^cn,  te,  ei,  call,  be  called,  mean, 

command, 
ber  ^clb,  [-en],  -en,  hero, 
l^clfcn,  a,  0,  [i],  help, 
ber  Jpcnfer,  -,  hangman. 
tlttah',  down. 
^crbei'eilcn,  w.,  hasten, 
bie  ^erbc,  -n,  herd. 
l^cr^fliegen,  o,  5,  fly  about, 
ber  ^crr,  [-n],  -en,  master,  lord. 

Sir. 


bie  J^crrlt^feit,  -en,  splendor. 

bie  ^crrfc^aft,  -en,  rule,  reign. 

ber  ^crrfd^er,  -,  ruler. 

]^crt)or=tretcn,  a,  e,  [itt],  step  for- 
ward. 

ha^  ^crs,  [-eng],  -en,  heart. 

ber  ^crjog,  -e,  duke. 

ber  ^ct^oQ^nt,  -^e,  ducal  hat. 

bag  ^cu,  hay. 

I^cutc,  to-day. 

l^eutig,  of  to-day,  present. 

l^ier,  here, 

bie  ^itfe,  help. 

ber  ^immel,  -,  heaven,  sky. 

l^inab'^nc^mcn,  o,  o,  [imm],  take 
down. 

I|inat»'4tetgett,  ic,  ie,  cUmb  down. 

^tnauf,  up. 

I|tnauf'=nettern,  w.,  climb  up. 

^inttuf'4tctgcn,  ie,  ie,  climb  up. 

^inau^',  out. 

I^inbern,  hinder. 

j^inburc^'^rtjat^fcn,  u,  a,  [it],  grow 
through. 

I^in^fc^cn,  w.,  sit  down. 

l^tnun'tcr,  down. 

^0c^,  high. 

ber  ^orfftniit,  haughtiness. 


l)anQen,  t,  a,  [a];  fie  liefeen  bie  ^opfe 
l)angen,  they  hung  their  heads. 
f)anQt,  hangs. 

bag  ^afenfell,  -e,  hare's  skin, 
bag  ^eibenroglein,  -,  wild  rose, 
^eil,  hail. 
I^eitig,  holy. 
I)ei&,  hot,  warm. 
^elt,  light. 

ber  ^elm,  -c,  helmet, 
ber  ^erb[t,  -t,  autumn. 


bie  ^erfunft,  origin. 

I^errlic^,  magnificent. 

f)er=[telten,  w.,  make. 

l^ert)or',  forth. 

I)ert)6r'=ragen,    w.,    project,    rise 

up. 
I)ert)or'=fe{)en,  a,  e,  [ie],  project, 
bie  ^erjogin,  -innen,  duchess. 
I)inein',  in,  inside. 
I)in*fefeen  (fid^),  w.,  sit  down, 
ber  ^irfebret,  millet  porridge. 


GERMAN-ENGLISH  VOCABULARY 


311 


bcr  J^of,  -^c,  court. 

btc  J^offnung,  -en,  hope. 

bie  ^o^c,  -n,  height. 

t)oi)i,  hollow. 

iloUn,  w.,  get. 

ha^  ^ois,  ^cr,  wood. 

^orcn,  w.,  hear. 

bcr  ^ugcl,  -,  hill. 

bcr  hunger,  -,  hunger. 

^ungern,  w.,  hunger. 

^ungrig,  hungry. 

ber  ^ntf  ^t,  hat. 

l^utett;  w.,  take  care  of,  tend. 

bic  ^nttt,  -n,  hut. 

immcr,  always,  ever. 
tmmcrbar=iTnmcr. 
bic  ^nfcl,  -n,  island, 
irrcn,  w.,  err. 
(ha^)  Staltcn,  Italy. 

iagen,  w.,  chase. 

ha^  ^ai)t,  -t,  year. 

ha^  Sa^rt)un'bcrt,  -t,  century. 


jauc^jcn,  w.,  exult,  rejoice. 

jc,  the. 

jcbcr,  every,  each. 

iti^t,  now. 

jung,  young. 

bic  S««9frtt«/  -c^r  virgin. 


bcr  ^affcc',  -,  coffee. 

bcr  ^af)n,  ^t,  boat. 

bcr  ^atfcr,  -,  emperor. 

bcr  ^amm,  ^c,  comb. 

t'dmmen,  w.,  comb. 

ha^  5lanttncrgcric^t,  -t,  court  of 

appeals, 
bcr  ^ampl  ^t,  battle. 
tampU^,  w.,  fight, 
bcr  ^aftcn,  -,  box,  chest. 
faufcn,  w.,  buy. 
fenncn,  fanntc,  gcfannt,  know, 
bie  ^cttc,  -n,  chain. 
ha^  ^inb,  -er,  child, 
bie  ^ird^c,  -n,  church, 
bcr  ^ird^turm,  -^c,  church  tower, 
btc  ^lage,  -n,  complaint. 
ftagen,  w.,  complain, 
bcr  ^lagcr,  -  plaintiff. 


f)6ljcrn,  wooden. 
{)or(f)en,  w.,  listen. 
f)unbert,  a  hundred. 

bcr  ^Qtl,  hedgehog. 

bcr  ^i^i^tum,  -^cr,  error,  mistake. 

[a,  even. 

bcr  ^aqtv,  -,  hunter. 

bag  ^dferlicb,  -cr,  hymn  for  the 

emperor, 
fait,  cold. 


bic  taltc,  cold. 

bcr  ^amerab',  [-en],  -en,  comrade. 
ha^  ^ano'tiengcbriitt,  roar  of  can- 
non, 
bcr  ^artcnfomg,  -t,  king  of  cards, 
btc  ^a1^t,  -n,  cat. 
faum,  hardly. 

bcr  ^itiberDerg,  -e,  nursery  rime, 
bic  ^inbf)cit,  childhood. 
ha^  ^ird^enlieb,  -er,  church  hymn. 
ha^  ^iffen,  -,  pillow,  cushion, 
flaglid^,  complainingly,  piteously. 


312 


GERMAN-ENGLISH  VOCABULARY 


ba9  ^Ictb,  -cr,  dress. 

bag  ^Icibung^ftiid,  -t,  piece  of 

clothing. 
tUm,  small, 
bic  ^iinqt,  -n,  blade, 
bie  ^ttnfc,  -n,  latch, 
bog  ^loftcr,  -,  monastery, 
ber  ^nabc,  [-n],  -n,  boy. 
fommcn,  a,  o,  come, 
ber  ^ontg,  -e,  king. 
fBniglid),  kingly. 
ha^  ^onigrcid^,  -e,  kingdom. 
ha^  ^on\Q^i)an§,  -^er,  royal  house, 

dynasty, 
ber  ^o^jf,  ^c,  head, 
ber  ^orb,  *e,  basket, 
ber  ^Brpcr,  -,  body. 
frafttjott,  powerful, 
ber  ^rfigen,  -,  collar, 
fra^en,  w.,  crow. 
ttanten  (fid^),  w.,  grieve, 
ber  Gratis,  -^e,  wreath, 
bte  ^rcibc,  -n,  chalk, 
ber  ^reu55ug,  ^e,  crusade, 
ber  ^ricg,  -e,  war. 
bie  ^rone,  -n,  crown. 


!tonen,  w.,  crown. 

bie  ^ul^,  ^t,  cow. 

tuifl,  cool. 

bie  ^unbc,  -n,  news. 

bie  5lunft,  ^e,  art. 

ba^  5lunftftiirf,  -e,  trick. 

ber  ^unftlcr,  -,  artist. 

ber  ^iirfiirft,  [-en],  -en,  elector. 


I'dti^tin,  w.,  smile. 

lat^cn,  w.,  laugh. 

laben,  u,  a,  [5],  invite,  summon. 

bie  Sage,  -n,  position. 

boS  Sagcr,  -,  camp. 

laf)m,  lame. 

bag  Sttnb,  -^er,  land,  country. 

ber  Sanbmann,  pi.  -leute,  farmer. 

tang,  long. 

bie  Sange,  length. 

laffen,  ie,  a,  [a],  let. 

laftig,  annoying,  troublesome. 

laufcn,  ie,  an,  [au],  run. 

ber  2aut,  -e,  sound. 

taut,  loud. 


ber    ^lang,    ^e,    sound;    repute, 

fame, 
fleben,  w.,  paste, 
(bag)  ^leinafien,  Asia  Minor, 
flirren,  w.,  clank,  sound, 
ber  ^ned^t,  -e,  servant,  hired  man. 
fo(^en,  ^l;.,  cook,  boil. 
ba^  ^raut,  *er,  herb, 
foften,  w.,  cost. 

bie  ^raft,  -^e,  strength,  power. 
franf,  sick, 
ber  ^reig,  -c,  circle, 
fried^en,  o,  o,  creep. 


ber  ^rieger,  -,  warrior, 
friftatl^elt,  clear  as  crystal, 
ber  ^iic^en,  -,  cake, 
bie  tugel,  -n,  bullet, 
funb,  known. 

laben,  w.,  load. 

lag,  lay. 

bie  Sagerluac^e,  -n,  camp  sentinel. 

lanben,  w.,  land. 

bag  Safter,  -,  vice. 

latei'nifd^,  Latin. 

bag  ?aub,  foliage. 


GERMAN-ENGLISH  VOCABULARY 


313 


I&utcn,  w.,  ring. 

tauttt,  pure;  nothing  but. 

tthtn,  w.,  live. 

hai  2c6cn,  life. 

Icrfcn,  w.,  lick. 

Icgcn,  w.,  lay,  put. 

bcr  2ct|rcr,  (male)  teacher. 

hit    Scl^rcrin,    -inncn,    (female) 

teacher. 
Uxiiit,  light,  easy. 
ba^  2cib,  -en,  sorrow. 
Icnfcn^  w.,  guide, 
bic  2cutc,  people. 
ha^  Si(^t,  -cr,  hght. 
bic  Sicbc,  love. 
Itcbcn,  w.,  love. 
ha^  2icb,  -er,  song. 
Itcblic^,  lovely. 
licgcn,  a,  e,  he. 
Itnf^,  (at  the)  left, 
bie  2odc,  -n,  curl,  lock. 
Kbcrn,  w.,  burn, 
bcr  2bffcl,  -,  spoon. 


bcr  2ol^n,  ^t,  wage(s). 

lofd^en,  w.,  extinguish. 

bcr  23h)C,  [-n],  -n,  lion. 

bic  2uft,  -^c,  air. 

bo«  2uft(o(^,  -^cr,  air-hole. 

lugcn,  5,  5,  lie;  tell  a  falsehood. 

luftig,  merry. 

m 

tnad)en,  w.,  make. 

bie  Wlati)t,  *c,  power. 

ha^  Wlahijttt,  -,  girl. 

tnager,  lean. 

bcr  2Kann,  ^cr,  man. 

bcr  Mantel,  *,  cloak. 

ba^  aWart^cn,  -,  fairy  tale. 

bcr  HWarft,  -^c,  market. 

bic  Wlauet,  -n,  wall. 

bic  Mau^,  ^e,  mouse. 

bic  SKaufcplagc,  -n,  mice  plague. 

bag  ajiccr,  -e,  ocean. 

tnc^r,  more. 

tnc^rcrc,  several. 


Icben'big,  alive, 
bic  Seid^c,  -n,  corpse, 
leibcn,  litt,  gelittcn,  bear,  suffer, 
leibcr,  unfortunately. 
Icif)cn,  ic,  tc,  lend, 
bie  Setter,  -n,  type, 
le^terc,  latter, 
licb,  dear, 
licb  f)abcn,  love. 

bcr  Siebling,  -e,  darling,  most  be- 
loved, 
(am)  licbftcn  t)abcn,  love  best, 
licf,  ran. 

lic^  158,  let  loose, 
btc  Sinbc,  -n,  linden  tree. 
ha9  2orbccrbtatt,  -^cr,  laurel  leaf. 


ba^  ?6«,  -c,  lot,  fate. 
Iog*brc(^en,  a,  o,  [i],  break  loose, 
log^rcifecn  (fi(^),  i,  t,  tear  away, 

break  away, 
bic  Sotoengriibc,  -n,  hon's  den. 

mftc^ttg,  mighty,  powerful. 

bag  Tlal,  -e,  time. 

bie  Wal\3t,  -n,  hollyhock. 

bcr  SD^ann,  -^er,  husband. 

bic  9JZore,  -n,  tale. 

bcr  Maxttpiaii,  -^c,  market  square. 

marmclftcincm,  of  marble. 

bcr  WlaxmoT,  marble. 

bcr  Manxt,  [-n],  -n,  moor. 

maurifd^,  Moorish. 


314 


GERMAN-ENGLISH  VOCABULARY 


tnctft-,  most. 

ber  aWciftcr,  -,  master. 

bic  aWctobci',  -en,  melody. 

ber  2Rcnfrf),  [-en],  -en,  man. 

tncnf^Itd^,  human. 

bag  9)icffcr,  -  knife. 

bie  mm,  milk. 

tnit,  w.  dat.,  with. 

baS  SKitglicb,  -er,  member. 

ba^  aJiittagcffcn,  -,  noon-day 
meal,  dinner. 

bie  mitit,  middle. 

mittclbcutfc!^,  Middle-German. 

bic  miitctna^t,  *e,  midnight. 

tnbglid),  possible. 

ber  aWonart^',  [-en],  -en,  mon- 
arch. 

ber  9W3nat,  -c,  month. 

ber  Wlonb,  -e,  moon. 

tnorbcn,  w.,  murder. 

ber  aWorgctt,  -,  morning. 

bie  aWii^lc,  -n,  mill. 

ba^  aWii^((cn)rob,  ^er,  mill-wheel. 

ber  SWiittcr,  -,  miller. 

ber  aWunb,  -e,  mouth. 

ber  Wltti,  valor,  courage. 

mutig,  brave. 

bie  abutter,  ^,  mother. 


naci^,  w.  dat.,  after,  to. 

nadfi  ^aufc,  (towards)  home. 

ber  5Ra(^bar,  -n,  neighbor. 

ber  ^a^tommt,  [-n],  -n,  succes- 
sor. 

narfift-,  next. 

bie  ^ad)t,  ^t,  night. 

ber  SfJagct,  ^,  nail. 

tia^,  near. 

ber  SflSmc,  [-nS],  -n,  name. 

ba^  S^cDengimmcr,  -,  adjoining 
room. 

ttcrfcn,  w.,  tease. 

ber  SRcffc,  [-n],  -n,  nephew. 

nc^men,  a,  omm,  [imm],  take. 

nctn,  no. 

ha^  SfJcft,  -er,  nest. 

ha^  5Rc^,  -e,  net. 

ncu,  new. 

bie  S^cuja^r^'nat^t,  -c.  New  Year's 
night. 

nic^t,  not. 

nid^t^,  nothing. 

ntrfcn,  w.,  nod. 

nie,  never. 

nicbcr,  down. 


meinen,  w.  mean,  think;  =fQQen. 
bie  SD^ienfc^iieit,  human  kind. 
metal'Ien,  of  metal, 
bie  9)^it(^ftra&e,  milky  way. 
mid^,  me. 

mitten,  in  the  midst, 
mittlere,  middle, 
ntitun'ter,  sometimes, 
morgen,  to-morrow, 
morgenfc^on,  as  beautiful  as  the 
morning. 


milnben,  w.,  empty. 

bie  SD^ilnbung,  -en,  mouth  of  a 

river, 
bag  9Jiiitter(^en,  -,  dear  mother; 

old  woman. 

bie  ^lad^rici^t,  -en,  news, 
ncilier,  nearer, 
nantlic^,  namely, 
bie  5^afe,  -n,  nose, 
nebenan',  next  door. 


GERMAN-ENGLISH  VOCABULARY 


315 


nicbcr=Icgcn,  w.,  lay  down. 

nicbcr^rci^cn,  t,  i,  tear  down. 

mcbcr=fc^cn,  w.,  set  down. 

mtmal^,  never. 

bie  Slijc,  -n,  nymph. 

notti,  yet,  still. 

niirbU^,  northern. 

nun,  now. 

nur,  only. 

O 
oh,  if. 

obcn,  above. 

ber  Obcrbcfc^t,  -e,  supreme  com- 
mand, 
ber  Od^fc,  [-n],  -n,  ox. 
0bcr,  or. 

ber  Onfcl,  -,  imcle. 
ber  Ort,  -t,  place. 
BftU(^,  eastern. 


bag  ^apm%  -t,  paper. 
ber  ^a^ft,  ^e,  pope. 


ber  ^orf,  -e,  park, 
bie  %t\i\6)t,  -n,  whip. 
\>Ci9>  ^Sfanb,  ^er,  pawn,  pledge. 
ha^  ^ISfcifd^cn,  -,  little  pipe, 
^jfcifcn,  pfiff,  gepfiffen,  whistle, 
ber  ^fcit,  -e,  arrow. 
^(x^  ^fcrb,  -t,  horse. 
pflanjcn,  w.,  plant, 
ber  ^flug,  -^e,  plow, 
bie  ^ifto'tc,  -n,  pistol. 
pia^tJX,  w.,  torment,  trouble, 
ber  ^tan,  ^e,  plan. 
)iIo^U(^,  suddenly, 
ber  ^  off  en,  -,  trick, 
ber  ^rafibcnt',  [-en],  -en,  presi- 
dent. 
Ijrcifcn,  ie,  ie,  praise, 
ber  ^rinj,  [-en],  -en,  prince. 
ptotlamit'tcn,  w.,  proclaim, 
ber  ^ubcl,  -,  poodle. 
bo«  ^ult,  -e,  desk, 
ber  ^unft,  -e,  point. 
purjeln,  w.,  tumble. 


mmmer=me,  never. 

ntmmt  auf,  takes  up,  receives. 

ntmmt  ein,  occupies. 

nit=m(f)t. 

nod^,  nor. 

no(^  einmal,  once  more. 

norboftli^,  northeastern. 

bie  3^orbfee,  North  Sea. 

notifl,  necessary. 


ob=rt)egen. 

obrigfeitIi(^,  governmental,  mag- 
isterial, 
ber  Of  filter',  -e,  ofl&cer. 


ol^ne,  without, 
ber  Often,  east. 

paax  (ein  poar),  a  few. 
ha^  ^ergament,  -e,  parchment, 
bie  "iPferfe,  -n,  pipe, 
ber  ^ferbef)anbler,  -,  horse-dealer, 
bie  ^eft,  plague. 

ber  *iPfarrer,  -,  parson,  minister, 
pfui,  fie. 

ber  ^ often,  -,  post,  watch,  senti- 
nel, 
prangen,  w.,  be  resplendent, 
ber  ^reig,  -e,  price, 
bie  ^rol)inj',  -en,  province. 


316 


GERMAN-ENGLISH   VOCABULARY 


hit  Clucrc;  bcr  Oucrc  na(S),  cross- 
wise. 

bcr  dtahe,  [-n],  -n,  raven. 
J)ie  fliad)c,  -,  revenge. 
1)06  91  fib,  ^er,  wheel, 
ber  Slanb,  ^er,  edge. 
Tttftcn,  w.,  rest. 
tfitcn,  ie,  Q;  [5],  advise. 
ha^  9f?at^au^,  ^er,  city  hall, 
ber  9fifit^^crr,   [-n],  -en,  council- 
man, 
bie  ^aitc,  -n,  rat. 
ber  Dfiattcnf anger,  -,  rat  catcher, 
ber  9f{aum,  -^e,  room,  place, 
tauft^cn,  w.,  rustle. 
ha^  9ic^t,  -e,  right,  law. 
tec^t^,  (to  the)  right. 
tcben,  w.,  speak. 
Tcgic'rcn,  w.,  rule. 


rcgncn,  w.,  ram. 

haQ  dtcidi,  -e,  empire. 

rci(^,  rich. 

haQ  9{cic^jgknb,  -^er,  Imperial  Ter- 
ritory. 

bie  9f{ci^c,  -n,  row. 

ha^  dici^,  -er,  twig. 

reifcn,  w.,  travel. 

reiften,  i,  i,  tear. 

rciten,  ritt,  geritten,  ride  (on  horse- 
back). 

ber  9fietter,  -,  rider. 

bie  dttpuhiit',  -en,  repubUc. 

rettcn,  w.,  save. 

ber  9(itefe,  [-n],  -n,  giant. 

ber  9itng,  -e,  ring. 

ber  dliitix,  -,  knight. 

ber  JRorf,  -^e,  coat. 

rotten,  w.,  roll. 

ber  9?5mcr,  -,  Roman. 

ha^  9IJo^,  -e,  horse. 

rot,  red. 


<IU(iIen,  w.,  torture,  worry. 
ha^  Ouartier,  -e,  quarters,  lodg- 
ing, 
bie  OucHc,  -n,  spring. 


xa\(i),  quick. 

t>a^  dla\m\tM,  -c,  piece  of  sod. 

ber  9?Qt,  -^e,  advice. 

ber  dtat^tdUv,  -,  (cellar  of  the 
city  hall),  municipal  restau- 
rant. 

rauben,  w.,  rob. 

bie  9?e(^entafel,  -n,  slate. 

red^t  i^aben,  be  right. 

bie  9?ecf)tf(f)reibun8,  orthography. 

recfen  (aug),  stretch,  ext-J-J. 


reic^en  (bie  ^anb),  extend;  shake 

hands. 
reic^Iici^,  abundant, 
ber  9?et(^tum,  ^er,  wealth, 
ber  9?eifiQe,  [-n],  -n,  warrior, 
bie  ^feltgton',  -en,  religion, 
ber  9^f)einQau,  Rhenish  district, 
bag  9?f)etntal,  Rhine  valley, 
rief,  called. 
\:>a^  9?ingel(i^cn,  -,  diminutive  of 

ber  9?ing,  ring, 
ringen,  a,  u,  wrestle,  contend, 
ringformig,  ring-shaped, 
bie  9?dbre,  -n,  tube,  pipe. 
ha^  9?6glein,  diminutive  of  bie  3?ofe. 

rose, 
rotfeiben,  of  red  silk. 


GERMAN-ENGLISH  VOCABULARY 


317 


bcr  fdMtn,  -,  back, 
rfifcn,  it,  n,  call, 
rit^tg,  quiet, 
rii^mcn,  w.,  praise. 
ru^rcn,  w.,  touch,  move. 
(ba^y  dtufiianh,  Russia. 


bic  Ba^t,  -n,  thing,  matter, 
bcr  (Bad,  -^c,  sack, 
bic  ®agc,  -n,  legend. 
fagcn,  w.,  say. 
bcr  Same,  [-n6],  -n,  seed, 
bcr  ©finger,  -,  singer. 
faufcn,  off,  off,  [ttu],  drink  {of  ani- 
mals). 
fc^abc,  pity! 

fc^affcn,  uf,  aff,  make,  create. 
bag  ©(^afotf,  -e,  scafiFold. 
bic  <Bd)at,  -en,  flock,  crowd, 
fc^arf,  sharp, 
bcr  ©(fatten,  -,  shadow, 
fc^aucn,  w.,  look. 


fd^einen,  ic,  tc,  shine,  seem. 

ft^cltcn,  a,  0,  [i],  scold. 

fc^euen,  w.,  be  afraid. 

bic  ©c^cunc,  -n,  barn. 

f(^icfen,  w.,  send. 

fd^icftcn,  0,  0,  shoot. 

bog  ©(^iff,  -c,  ship. 

bcr  ©t^iffcr,  -,  shipper,  sailor. 

bcr  ©dfilb,  -c,  shield. 

bic  ©rfjloc^t,  -en,  battle. 

fd^Iac^tcn,  w;.,  butcher. 

bcr  ©(^Ittc^ter,  -,  butcher. 

bcr  ©c^ISf,  sleep. 

ft^Iafcn,  ic,  a,  [5],  sleep. 

fc^ISgcn,  u,  a,  [a],  beat. 

fc^lcic^cn,  i,  i,  sneak. 

fc^Iicftcn,  0,  0,  close. 

Wxttii,  plain,  simple. 

bag  ©c^Io^,  -^cr,  castle. 

bic  ©c^mad^,  disgrace. 

fd^mat,  narrow. 

((^mcic^cln,  wj.,  flatter. 

((ftmcljen,  o,  o,  melt. 

bcr  ©timers,  [-eg],  -en,  pain. 

bic  ©c^miebc,  -n,  smithy. 


bic  mht,  -n,  beet, 
rubcm,  w.,  row. 
bic  9Jul^'=9?ut)e,  rest,  peace, 
bie  diul'nt,  -n,  ruin. 

bcr    <SabcI,    -,    sword,    (flll^ren, 

wield), 
bcr  (Sac^fe,  [-n],  -n,  Saxon, 
faen,  w.,  sow. 
fat)cn  cin,  understood, 
fantmcin  (ft(^),  ly.,  gather, 

ble. 
bcr  <BanQ,  ■»€,  song, 
fafe  sat. 


bcr  ®al5,  -^c,  sentence;  leap. 

fauber,  clean. 

fauer,  sour. 

bie  ©(iule,  -n,  column. 

fd^abcn,  w.,  harm. 

fc^aubern,  w.,  shudder. 

fd^ciben,  w.,  part. 

bcr  ©(^ctn,  -e,  appearance;  light. 

fd^cnfcn,  w.,  present,  give. 

bic  ©c^idffalgftunbc,  -n,  hour  of 

fate, 
bie  <Sd^iIbn)a(^c,  -n,  sentinel. 
<©c^Iittf(^uf)  laufen,  skate. 
bcr  ©d^Iittcn,  -,  sled,  sleigh. 


318 


GERMAN-ENGLISH  VOCABULARY 


fc^mtcbcn,  w.,  forge. 

fc^mikfcn,  w.,  adorn. 

ber  ®^ncc,  -,  snow. 

fcfincibcn,  fc^nitt,  Qcfd^nittcn,  cut. 

ft^nctt,  quick. 

bic  (Sc^nur,  *c,  string. 

fc^on,  already. 

f(^5n^  beautiful. 

bic  ®(^3n^ctt,  -en,  beauty. 

bcr  ©c^oft,  lap. 

f(^rcrfli(^,  terrible. 

ft^rabcn,  ic,  ic,  write. 

fd^rctcn,  ic,  ie,  shout. 

bcr  S^u^,  -t,  shoe. 

bic  ©(i^iilc,  -n,  school. 

bcr  ©c^iilcr,  -,  (male)  pupil. 

bic  ©d^iilcrin,  -inncn,  (female) 
pupil. 

bag  ©c^iilgcliaube,  -,  school  build- 
ing. 

bic  ©c^iirjc,  -n,  apron. 

fc^iittctn,  w.,  shake. 

bcr  ®(^u^(c),  [-en],  -en,  marks- 
man. 

fci^u^cn,  w.,  protect. 

fc^toars,  black. 


f(i^toctgcn,  ic,  tc,  keep  quiet,  be 

silent, 
ber  ©d^njeijcr,  -,  Swiss. 
f^hjer,  heavy. 
ha%  ®d^rt)crt,  -cr,  sword, 
bic  ©(^toefter,  -n,  sister. 
f(^njimmcn,  a,  o,  swim. 
f(!^h)tnbcn,  a,  u,  disappear. 
fc^hJtngcn,  a,  u,  swing, 
f^hjirrcn,  w.,  buzz, 
fc^moren,  w.,  swear, 
bcr  ©ce,  -n,  lake, 
bic  ©cele,  -n,  soul, 
fel^en,  o,  c,  [ic],  see. 
fc^r,  very. 
^ai  ©eit,  -e,  rope, 
fcitbem,  since  (then), 
bic  ©cite,  -n,  side, 
fcrbft,  self. 

bcr  ©cnat',  -c,  senate. 
fcnben,  fanbtc,  gcfanbt,  send, 
fenfen,  w.,  sink, 
bcr  ©cffcl,  -,  chair. 
fc^cn,  w.,  set,  seat;  fid^,  sit  down, 
fcufjcn,  w.,  sigh. 
ftd^cr,  secure,  safe. 


\iai    ®(i^ncc!cnt)au8,    -^er,    snail's 

house, 
bcr  ©(^ulj,  protection, 
bic  ©c^ulbilbung,  school  education, 
fc^ulbig  bicibcn,  ic,  ic,  owe. 
bic  ©d^ultcr,  -n,  shoulder, 
fc^urcn,  w.,  kindle,  feed  (a  fire). 
fd)tt)a(^,  weak, 
bcr  ©c^mamm,  -^c,  sponge, 
bcr  ®(^ft)an,  -"-c,  swan, 
bcr  ©c^tuancnrittcr,  -,  knight  with 

the  swan, 
bcr  "©(^iDarjfiinftlcr,  -,  magician. 


bcr  (Sc^tDor^malb,  Black  Forest. 
(bcr)  ©(^tocbc,  -tt,  Swede, 
bic  ©(^iDcij,  Switzerland, 
fc^rticnfcn  (fic^),  w.,  wheel  about, 

dance. 
f(^h)er,  hard, 
bic  ©ec,  sea. 
bcr  ©cflcn,  blQ§sing. 
fegncn,  w.,  bless, 
fctincn,  w.,  long  for. 
bic  ©cite,  -n,  side,  page. 
fclber,  [clbft. 
fid^ern,  w.,  make  safe,  secure. 


GERMAN-ENGLISH  VOCABULARY 


319 


bcr  (StCfl,  -t,  victory. 

filbcrn,  (of)  silver. 

fingcn,  a,  u,  sing. 

finfcn,  a,  u,  sink. 

ber  Sinn,  -t,  sense,  mind. 

ft^cn,  fofe,  Qefeffen,  sit. 

bie  Strung,  -en,  session,  meeting. 

fogar',  even. 

fofort',  at  once. 

bcr  ®o^n,  -^c,  son. 

fonbcrn,  but. 

bie  Sonne,  -n,  sun. 

ba^  ®onncn(t(^t,  sunlight. 

fonft,  otherwise. 

bie  Sorgc,  -n,  sorrow. 

ber  Spaft,  -^e,  fim. 

fpielen,  w.,  play. 

ber  Spielmann,  -Icutc,  minstrel. 

ha^  ©tJteljeug,  -e,  toy. 

f^ife,  pointed. 

bie  Spifec,  -n,  point. 

bie  Bpxad)c,  -n,  language. 

fprct^en,  a,  o,  [i],  speak. 

fprcngcn,  w.,  gallop. 

fl^ringcn,  a,  u,  spring,  jump. 


ber  Staat,  -en,  state. 

ber  ®ta6,  ^e,  stick. 

bie  ©tabt,  ^e,  city. 

bie  Stttbtmauer,  -n,  city  wall. 

ba^  StabthJappen,  -,  city  coat-of- 

arms. 
ber  Biaiji,  ^t,  steel, 
ber  Statt,  ^t,  stable, 
ber  Stamm,  ^t,  tribe, 
ftam^fen,  w.,  stamp, 
bie  ©tangc,  -n,  pole. 
ftarf,  strong. 
ftcc^cn,  a,  0,  [t],  stab, 
ber  Steden,  -,  stick. 
ftcdcn,  w.,  stick. 
fteigen,  ie,  ie,  climb, 
ftcil,  steep, 
ber  Stein,  -e,  stone, 
bie  StcKe,  -n,  place. 
ftcrbcn,  a,  o,  [i],  die. 
ber  Stern,  -e,  star, 
ber  Stiefcl,  -,  boot. 
fttff,  quiet. 

bie  Sttmmc,  -n,  voice, 
ber  Stolj,  pride. 


ber  ®iegertranj=ber  ^ranj  be«  Sie=» 

gerg. 
fiet)t  aug,  looks, 
folang',  as  long  as. 
ber  ©olbat',  [-en],  -en,  soldier. 
(ba^)  ©panien,  Spain, 
fpannen  (dor  ben  SSagen),  hitch. 
fpat,  late, 
fpenben,  w.,  spend. 
ba^  ®piel,  -e,  play, 
bie  ©pinnfrau,  -en,  spinning  woman, 
ber  ©pil^bogen,  -,  pointed  arch, 
fprengen,  w.,  break, 
fpriibcin,  w.,  bubble,  gush. 


ba«  (gtabttor,  -e,  city  gate. 

gu  (Stanbe  bringen,  accomplish. 

ber  ©tar,  -e,  starhng. 

ba^  ©tarlein,  diminutive  of  ©tar. 

ftarr,  rigid,  firm. 

ftatt,  instead. 

ftatt=[inben,  a,  u,  take  place. 

ber  (Staub,  dust. 

ftetten,  put;  eine  53ebingung,  make  a 
condition;  eine  ^rage,  ask  a  ques- 
tion. 

ftet6,  always. 

ber  ©tiefelfnec^t,  -c,  bootjack. 

ftieg  ein,  entered,  went  on  board. 


320 


GERMAN-ENGLISH  VOCABULARY 


ftorcn,  w.,  disturb. 

ftoftcn,  tc,  6,  [5],  push. 

bie  ©trfifc,  -n,  punishment. 

ftrafcn,  w.,  punish. 

ber  Strang,  -^e,  rope. 

bie  ©trafec,  -n,  street. 

ftrcrfcn,  w.,  stretch. 

ftrcttcn,  ftritt,  geftrittcn,  quarrel, 

fight. 
ftrcucn,  w.,  strew, 
ber  Strid,  -e,  rope,  string, 
ber  Strom,  *e,  river, 
ber  Strumpf,  ^e,  stocking, 
bag  Stiirf,  -e,  piece, 
ber  Stul^l,  *e,  chair, 
ftumm,  mute, 
ftumpf,  dull, 
bie  Stunbc,  -tt,  hour, 
ber  Sturm,  -^e,  storm, 
fud^en,  w.,  seek, 
ber  Siibcn,  south. 
fublt(i^,  southern, 
bie  Summc,  -n,  sum. 
bie  Siinbc,  -n,  sin. 


bie  Jtafcl,  -n,  blackboard, 
ber  ^og,  -e,  day. 


bQ6  ^al,  -^cr,  valley. 

ber  ^alcr,  -,  dollar. 

bie  Xante,  -n,  aunt. 

ttttijcn,  w.,  dance. 

tapfcr,  brave. 

bie  SCttft^c,  -n,  pocket. 

bie  Xa^e,  -n,  cup. 

bie  Xat,  -en,  deed. 

ber  S;ett,  -e,  part. 

ber  XcUtt,  -,  plate. 

bie  2;cucrung,  famine. 

ticf,  deep. 

bie  ^icfc,  -n,  depth. 

ha^  Xxtx,  -e,  animal. 

bie  X'mtt,  -n,  ink. 

ber  X\\^,  -e,  table. 

bag  2;ifct)tu(^,  *er,  table-cloth. 

bie  Xo^ttx,  ■^,  daughter. 

ber  2^5b,  death. 

tot,  dead. 

tragcn,  Q,  a,  [a],  carry. 

traucn,  w.,  trust. 

traurig,  sad. 

trcffcn,  a,  o,  [i],  meet,  come  upon, 

trctbcn,  ie,  ie,  drive. 

trctcn,  a,  e,  [itt],  step. 

trcu,  loyal. 

bie  XttVLt,  loyalty,  faith. 

trcutOiS,  faithless. 


ber  ©tolj,  pride. 

[tola,  proud. 

ber  (Strau^,  ^e,  bouquet;  ostrich 

(pZ.  -en), 
ftreben,  w.,  strive, 
bie  <©tre(fe,  -n,  distance, 
einen  ^txt\6)  fpielen,  play  a  trick. 
ber  ©treit,  -c,  quarrel, 
bag  ®tro!),  straw, 
ftnnbenlang,  for  hours. 


ftUrjen,  w.,  fall,  rush, 
fiife,  sweet. 

bie  2;abafg'pfeife,  -n,  tobacco-pipe. 

^(k^  Jafelc^en,  -,  tablet. 

ber  jtannenbaum,  -^e,  pine-tree. 

teilcn,  w.,  divide. 

teuer,  dear. 

ber  J{)ron,  -e,  throne. 

ber  Xopf,  ^e,  pot. 


GERMAN-ENGLISH    VOCABULARY 


321 


trtnfcn,  a,  u,  drink, 
bic  ^ugenb^  -en,  virtue, 
titn,  tot,  fietan,  do. 
bic  Xiir,  -en,  door, 
ber  Xutttif  ^e,  tower. 
ha^  Xuinkt',  -t,  joust. 

U 

u.f.n).=unb  fo  lueiter,  and  so  forth. 
iibcratt!)in',  everywhere, 
ubcrfaricn,  ie,  a,  [S],  attack, 
ubcrrc'bcn,  w.,  persuade. 
ubcrhJtn'bcn,  a,  u,  conquer, 
ittirtg,  left  over,  other,  remaining, 
bag  Ufcr,  -,  shore, 
bic  U^r,  -en,  watch,  clock, 
um^fe^rcn,  w.,  return,  turn  back, 
umfonft',  in  vain, 
ber  Umftanb,  -^e,  circumstance, 
unangcnc^m,  unpleasant. 
unc()rUd),  dishonest, 
ungcfo^r,  about, 
ungliirflit^,  unhappy. 


unmoglid^,  impossible. 
ba^  Unrcti^t,  injustice. 
uttf(^ulbig,  innocent, 
bie  Untat,  -en,  outrage. 
untcr6rc'(^cn,  a,  o,  [i],  interrupt. 
untcrirbifd^,  subterranean. 
untcrltc'gcn,  a,  e,  succumb. 
untcrnc^mcn,  a,  omm,  [imm],  un- 
dertake. 
untcrfc^rci'bcn,  sign. 
untcrttjcr'fcn,  a,  o,  [i],  subjugate, 
ber  Untcrfc^icb,  -e,  difference. 
ba^  Urteil,  -e,  decision. 


ber  JBatcr,  ^,  father, 
bag  ©atcrknb,  fatherland, 
bie  JBcrat^'tung,  contempt. 
tocran'bcrn,  w.,  change. 
t)crbcr'gcn,  a,  o,  [i],  hide. 
Ucrbin'bcn,  a,  u,  unite. 
tjcrbrcn'ncn,    -brannte,    -bronnt, 
burn. 


tritt  cin,  enters. 

bte  2;rommeI,  -n,  drum. 

ber  2;rontpe'ter,  -,  trumpeter. 

tro^,  w.  gen.,  in  spite  of. 

ber  Xxui^,  offence,  attack. 

ba^  2:ii(^eld^en,  -,  kerchief. 

liber{)anb'=nef)men,  a,  omm,  [imm], 
become  numerous,  multiply, 
gain  ground. 

ixbermorgen,  day  after  to-mor- 
row. 

ber  Ubermut,  arrogance,  wanton- 
ness. 

um  1700,  around  1700. 

um  .  .  ♦  ju,  in  order  to. 


unge()cuer,  immense. 

ba^  Ungliicf,  misfortune. 

unfid^tbar,  invisible. 

untcrbef'fen,  meanwhile. 

ber  Untergang,  destruction,  end, 

downfall. 
unter=ge^en,   ging,   gegangen,   set; 

perish, 
bog  Unternef)'ntcn,  -,  enterprise, 
bag  Unterpfanb,  -^er,  pledge, 
unterfte'fien  (fic^),  dare. 
unt)erI)offt',  unhoped-for. 

berbic'tcn,  6,  o,  prohibit, 
bcrbin'ben,  a,  u,  ftd^,  associate, 
berbrei'tcn,  w.,  spread. 


322 


GERMAN-ENGLISH  VOCABULARY 


beret 'ttigcn,  w.,  unite. 
bit  JBcrfaf 'fung,  -en,  constitution. 
kiergc'^cn,  -ging,  -gangcn,  pass, 
bog  JBerge'^cn,  -,  crime. 
toergef'fcn,  a,  e,  [i],  forget. 
'oexQlci'dien,  i,  i,  compare, 
berfau'fcn,  w.,  sell. 
toerfiin'ben,  w.,  announce. 
t)crlan'gctt,  w.,  demand, 
tjcrlaf  fen,  ie,  a,  [a],  leave, 
toertic'rcn,  o,  o,  lose, 
bie  IBerlo'tiung,  -en,  betrothal. 
Uerne^'mcn,  a,  omm,  [imm],  hear, 
bernei'gen,  w.,  bow  to. 
Ucrntrfi'ten,  w.,  annihilate. 
t>etp^t'Qen,  w.,  take  care  of. 
tjcrra'tcn,  te,  a,  [5],  betray, 
berfam'mein,  w.,  gather. 
tierfc^Iin'gcn,  a,  u,  swallow, 
berft^toin'bcn,  a,  u,  disappear. 
ttttipxe'd^tn,  a,  o,  [i],  promise. 
Derfte'^cn,  -anb,  -<inben,  under- 
stand. 
kjerfto'ftcn,  ic,  5,  [5],  disown, 
berfii'c^cn,  w.,  try. 
ber  95ertre'ter,  -,  representative, 
toerur'tciten,  w.,  convict,  sentence. 


toerhjartcn,  w.,  manage,  rule, 
tocrhjanbt',  related, 
toerhjcn'bcn,  -loanbte,  -iDonbt,  use. 
bcrsct'tjcn,  ie,  ie,  pardon,  forgive. 
toetie'ren,  veto. 
biele,  many, 
ber  JBogcI,  ^,  bird, 
ber  ©5gt,  -e,  bailiff, 
bag  fSoit,  -^er,  people. 
lioH,  full. 
tootten'ben,  finish, 
tiollftrc'dcn,  w.,  carry  out. 
t)ortici'=5te^en,  o,  o,  pass  by. 
t>or4cfcn,  a,  e,  read  to. 
t>or'\px\nQcn,  a,  u,  project, 
ber  !S8ortrag,  ^e,  lecture. 
t>0r=tragen,  u,  a,  [a],  recite. 
tjor^toerfen,  o,  o,  [t],  accuse,  repri- 
mand. 


toad^fen,  ii,  a,  [a],  grow, 
bie  SBa^I,  -en,  election. 
toa^ten,  ly.,  elect, 
ftja^renb,  while, 
ber  ^alt>,  *er,  woods. 
hialten,  ly.,  rule. 


berber'ben,  a,  o,  [i],  perish, 
berforgen,  w.,  pursue, 
toerge'beng,  in  vain. 
t)crf)un'gert,  starved, 
berfla'gen,  w.,  accuse, 
bcrfiir'jen,  w.,  abbreviate, 
bag  3SerIan'gen,  wish,  desire, 
terlei'l^en,  ie,  ie,  grant,  bestow. 
t)crf(^af'fen,  w.,  procure. 
{'max)  Derfd^lDun'bcn,  disappeared. 
t)crftn'fen,  a,  u,  sink. 
Dcrtei'Oigen,  w.,  defense. 


bcrtrodf 'ncn,  w.,  dry  up. 
(ftd^)  tterja^'Ien,  w.,  coimt  wrong- 
ly, 
bie  S3oge'fcn,  Vosges  Mountains. 
Don  t)orn,  from  the  beginning. 
bortDiirtg,  forwards. 

toad^etiabenb,  on  duty, 
ber  SBagen,  -,  wagon. 
tDogen,  w.,  dare. 
n)af)rfd^einli(i^,  probably, 
ber  SBaE,  -^e,  wall,  dike. 


GERMAN-ENGLISH  VOCABULARY 


323 


bit  SBanb,  ^c,  wall. 

toanbern,  w.,  travel. 

hjarm,  warm. 

hjartcn,  w.,  wait. 

ttjarum',  why. 

ha^  SSaffcr,  -,  water. 

tvatcn,  w.,  wade. 

toebcr,  neither. 

njcg,  away. 

UJcg^nc^mcn,  a,  omm,  [imm],  take 

away, 
bag  SSc^,  woe. 
bag  2Scib,  -er,  woman,  wife, 
hieigcrn,  w.,  refuse, 
ber  SScin,  -t,  wine. 
ftJCtncn,  w.,  weep, 
bic  SScifc,  -n,  melody,  song. 
h)Ct^,  white. 
hJcit,  far. 

bic  SBcttc,  -n,  wave, 
bie  aSctt,  -en,  world, 
hjcnig,  little. 
iDcnn,  when. 
tticrbcn,  a  (u),  o,  [i],  become,  grow. 


tocrfcn,  a,  o,  [i],  throw. 

ha^  SBcrf,  -t,  work. 

tocrt,  worth. 

tocftlit^,  western. 

bic  aScttc,  -n,  bet. 

toctttn,  w.,  bet. 

toirfltig,  important. 

ttJtcbcr,  again. 

toiebcr^o'tcn,  w.,  repeat. 

h)icbcr=fommcn,  a,  o,  come  again. 

totc^crn,  w.,  neigh. 

toilb,  wild. 

ber  SSinb,  -t,  wind. 

ber  SBtnter,  -,  winter. 

hJirfUc^,  really. 

ttjiffcn,     iru^tc,    gciDufet,     [iDci^], 

know, 
bic  SSoc^c,  -n,  week, 
bie  aSogc,  -n,  wave. 
tooifntn,  w.,  live. 
i>a^  99Bort,  -c,  word, 
tounberbar,  wonderful. 
hjunbcrlit!^,  strange,  queer, 
hjunbcrfam,  wonderful. 


h)ar,  was. 

ber  SBaffcrfatt,  ^t,  waterfall. 

hjcgen,  w.  gen.,  on  account  of. 

beg  SScQCg,  along. 

tDcggeriffcn,  torn  away. 

h)ef)rcn  (fid^),  lo.,  defend. 

i>a^  SBcib,  -cr,  wife. 

h)ci(^,  soft. 

ber  SBeinbcrg,  -c,  vineyard. 

h)cld^,  which. 

h)clfcn,  ty.,  wither. 

ber  SScnbc,  [-n],  -n,  Wend  (Slavic 

people) . 
ber  SBcrt,  -t,  worth,  value. 
ijKX  SBcftcn,  west. 


ber  SBettlauf,  -^c,  race, 
toiag,  showed, 
bic  SSicfe,  -n,  meadow, 
ber  mUt,  [-ng],  -n,  will, 
toittfotn'men,  welcome. 
SSigbl?,  city  in  Sweden, 
bie  SBiffcnfc^aft,  -en,  science, 
bie  SBittoe,  -n,  widow, 
bic  2Bot)nung,  -en,  dwelling,  resi- 
dence, 
ber  SSoIf,  -e,  wolf, 
bag  SSoIfc^cn,  -,  little  cloud, 
bie  SSonne,  -n,  delight, 
hjuc^fen,  grew, 
bie  SSuni)c,  -n,  wound. 


324 


GERMAN-ENGLISH  VOCABULARY 


bcr  SIBunf(^,  ^t,  wish. 
touten,  w.,  rage. 

8 

bic  3^1^  I,  -en,  number. 

iaffiloS,  innumerable. 

bic  Sttubcrin,  -inncn,  witch. 

bic  3c^c,  -n,  toe. 

§etgen,  w.,  show. 

bic  3ett,  -en,  time. 

ha^  3e^*er,  -,  scepter. 

serf  alien,  ic,  o,  [a],  fall  to  pieces. 

Steven,  m,  SeSOficn,  draw. 

jielen,  w.,  aim. 

ha^  Simmct,  -,  room. 

ber  3oa,  -e,  toll. 


Sorntg,  angry. 

ju^ge^en,  i,  a,  walk  towards,  hap- 
pen, 
bcr  3M9eI,  -,  bridle, 
bic  3wf«nft/  future, 
bic  3Mnfie,  -n,  tongue. 
5uriirf',  back. 
5uriid=fe^rcn,  w.,  return, 
juriirf^fommen,  a,  o,  come  back. 
5ict|en,  joq,  gesogen,  draw. 
aufam'men,  together, 
bic  3Mfti«ininng,  consent. 
5UtJor',  before,  first. 
5hJar,  although,  indeed, 
bcr  3ft'erg,  -c,  dwarf. 
5ttjinfen,  w.,  wink. 


bic  SSiiftc,  -n,  desert, 
toufetc,  knew. 


gcif)Icn,  w.,  count. 

jo{)m,  tame. 

ganfcn  (fid^),  w.,  quarrel. 

bag  3eic^en,  -,  sign. 

ha^  3eitaltcr,  -,  age. 

jcrbrac^,  broke. 

jcrfd^Iagcn,  ii,  5,  [5],  broken  up. 

jcrftorcn,  w.,  destroy. 

bic  3ter,  ornament,  pride. 

ba^  3tnn,  tin. 


jog  ft(^  juriid',  retreated, 
bie  3o^e,  -n,  zone, 
per  ft',  at  first. 
ju=f)6ren,  w.,  listen, 
gule^t',  at  last. 
gUmen,  w.,he  angry, 
gurlid'-gcben,  5,  e,  [i],  return. 
2ufam'mcn{)altcn,  ie,  a  [a],  hold  to- 
gether, be  united. 
gn)ei,  two. 

ber  3^eifc(,  -,  doubt, 
ghjcifcln,  w.,  doubt, 
bcr  ^rt'eifantpf,  ^e,  duel, 
gtoingcn,  a,  u,  force. 


ENGLISH-GERMAN  VOCABULARY 


about,  liber  (w.  ace.),  bon  (w.  dat.). 

across,  ilber  {w.  ace). 

act,  tun  qB  ob. 

admire,  behjunbern,  w. 

after,  nac^  {w.  dat.),  nac^bem  {con- 
junction). 

afterwards,  banad^. 

against,  Qcgen  {w.  ace.). 

ago,  t)or  (iv.  dat.). 

airhole,  bag  ?uftIod^,  -^cr. 

ail,  Qlle. 

alliance,  ber  33unb,  -^c. 

almost,  faft,  beina^e. 

alone,  oltein. 

Alsace-Lorraine,  (SIfQ^*?otl^nnQen. 

already,  fc^on. 

also,  au(^. 

American,  amcrifanifd^;  bcr  5lmc=» 
rifaner. 

and,  unb. 

angry,  gornifl. 

announce,  bcrfiinbcn,  i(7. 

answer,  ontmorten,  w. 

anvil,  ber  2lmbo|^,  -e. 

apostle,  ber  2IpofteI,  -. 

apprentice,  ber  ©efette,  [-n],  -n. 

apron,  bie  ©d^ilrje,  -n. 

architect,  ber  53auTneiftcr,  -. 

arise,  fid^  erf)eben,  o,  o. 

arm,  ber  5Irm,  -c. 

around,  um  {w.  ace.). 

art,  bic  5tunft;  -^e. 


as,  iric. 

ask   (=request),  bitten,  q,  t,  be» 

gebren,     w.;    ask     (=inquire), 

fragen,  w. 
assemble,  gufammenfontmen,  a,  o. 
(in)  astonishment,  erftaunt. 
attack,  iiberfaKen,  tc,  a,  [a],  angret* 

fen,  griff  on,  angegriffen. 
Austria,  £)fterreid^. 
awake,  ernxtc^en,  w. 
away,  tt)eg. 

B 

back,  h)iebcr,  jurllcf. 

back,  ber  OJudfen,  -. 

bam,  bie  ©c^eune,  -n. 

barrel,  'ta^  ga^,  -^er. 

basket,  ber  ^orb,  -^e. 

battle,  ber  ^ampf,  -^c,  bie  (©d^Iac^t, 

-en. 
bear,  tragen,  u,  a,  [ci]. 
beat,  fc^Iagen,  u,  a,  [ii]. 
beautiful,  fc^on. 
because,  njeil. 
become,  hjerben,  u,  o,  [i]. 
before,  ebc,  bettor. 
begin,  beginnen,  a,  o. 
behind,  t)inter  {w.  dat.  or  ace). 
belief,  ber  ©laube,  [-n8],  -n. 
believe,  glauben,  w. 
bell,  bic  ®Io(fe,  -n. 
belong,  gel^oren,  w. 
below,  unter  (w.  dat.  or  ace.). 
bet,  metten,  w. 


325 


326 


ENGLISH-GERMAN  VOCABULARY 


betray,  Dcrratcn,  ic,  a,  [a]. 

better,  bcffer. 

between,    jmifc^cn    (w.    dat.    or 

ace.). 
bird,  bcr  33o0el,  ■^. 
bishop,  ber  53if(^of,  -^c. 
black,  fd^iDorj. 

blackboard,  bte  SSanbtofcI,  -n. 
blade,  bie  ^Ungc,  -n. 
blind,  blitib. 
blue,  blau. 

board,  bag  53rett,  -cr. 
boast,  ftd^  ruf)men,  w. 
boat,  ber  5lat)n,  -^c. 
book,  ha&  S3uc^,  -^er. 
boot,  bcr  ©tiefeO  -. 
bow,  fi(^  bcmeiQcn,  ty. 
boy,  bcr  ^nabc,  [-n],  -n. 
branch,  bcr  21  [t,  -^c. 
bread,  ba3  33rot,  -c. 
break,  brcd^cn,  a,  o,  [i], 
bridle,  ber  SH^h  "♦ 
broad,  breit. 
brook,  ber  ^ad},  -«-e. 
brother,  bcr  53rubcr,  -^^ 
brown,  braun. 
build,  bnucn,  w. 
building,  bag  ©cbciubc,  -. 
bum,  brenncn,  irr.  w. 
but,  aber. 

butcher,  (S(^l(i(^tcr,  -. 
buy,  faufcn,  w. 
by,  an   {w.  dat.),  bet   {w.  dat.), 

burd^  {w.  ace). 


call,  rufen,  ie,  u;  call=name,  be 

called,  t)ci&cn,  ie,  ci. 
care  (take  good  care),  (gut)  Dcr^ 

pflcQcn,  w. 


carry,  tragcn,  u,  a;  carry  out,  bott* 

ftredfen,  w. 
cast,  [tiirjcn,  «;. 
castle,  ha^  @c^lo^,  -^er. 
catch,  fangen,  ie,  a,  [a]. 
cathedral,  bcr  3)om,  -c. 
cease,  aufboren,  w. 
century,  3a{)r{)unbert,  -c. 
chalk,  bte  ^reibe,  -tt. 
change,  OcrlDanbeln,  w. 
child,  bag  ^ittb,  -cr. 
Christmas,  (bte)  SSci^nad^tctt, 
church,  bte  ^irc^e,  -it. 
chtirch  steeple,  ber  ^ird^turtit,  -^c. 
citizen,  ber  iSilrgcr,  -. 
city,  bic  <Stabt,  -^c. 
climb,  ficttcm,  w. 
clock,  bic  Ui)r,  -en. 
coat,  ber  9Jo(f,  -^c. 
come,  fomtncn,  a,  o. 
command,  befcf)Ien,  a,  o,  [te]. 
confederation,  ber  S3unb,  -^e. 
conquer,  befiegen,  w. 
consimie,  »er3ef)rcn,  w. 
copy-book,  ha^  ^eft,  -c. 
cost,  foften,  w. 
could,  fonnte. 
councilman,   bcr  9Jatgf)crr,   [-n], 

-en. 
coimt,  ber  ®raf,  -en. 
coimtless,  jafjtlog. 
cotmtry,  bag  ?anb,  -^cr. 
court,  bag  ©cric^t,  -c. 
court  of  appeals,  bag  ^ammcrgc» 

rid^t,  -c. 
cover,  beden,  bebcdfen,  w. 
cover,  ber  !DccfeI,  -. 
crosswise,  ber  Oucre  nac^. 
crowd,  bic  ®c^ar,  -en. 
crown,  bie  ^rone,  -n. 


ENGLISH-GERMAN  VOCABULARY 


327 


crown,  fronen,  w. 

cry,  fd^reten,  ic,  ic. 

cure,  l^cilcn,  w.,  furiercn,  w. 

cut,  fd^ncibcn,  fd^nitt,  gcfd^nittcn. 


Danube,  btc  !Donau. 

dark,  ftnfter,  bunfcl. 

daughter,  btc  Xoii)ttv,  ■»♦ 

day,  bcr  Xaq,  -c. 

dead,  tot. 

death,  bcr  Xob. 

death  sentence,  ha^  Xoht&ntttil, 

-c. 
declare,  crflorcn,  w. 
deep,  ticf. 
defeat,  bcficgen,  w. 
depth,  bic  3:tcfc,  -n. 
descend,  fjinabftcigcn,  ie,  te. 
desk,  ba«  ^ult,  -e. 
devour,  auffrcffcn,  a,  t,  [i]. 
dictate,  bifttcren,  w. 
die,  ftcrbcTt,  o,  o,  [i], 
different,  onbcr-. 
dinner,  bag  9}?ittageffcn. 
director,  bcr  !Dtrcftor,  -en. 
disturb,  ftorcn,  w. 
ditch,  bcr  ©rabcn,  ■^. 
dog,  bcr  ^unb,  -c. 
donkey,  bcr  (Sfcl,  -. 
door,  bic  Jlir,  -en. 
down,  f)inuntcr,  {)inab;  sit  down, 

[td^  fc^cn,  w. 
dragon,  bcr  2)rad^c,  [-n],  -n. 
drive  (trans.),  trcibcn,  ic,  ic;  {in- 

trans.),  fal)rcn,  u,  a,  [S]. 
drown    {intrans.=he    drowned), 

crtrtnfen,  a,  u;  (trans.),  ertrcin* 

fen,  w. 


dry,  biirr. 

duke,  bcr  ^crjog,  -e. 

dull,  ftuntpf. 

during,   to'a^vtnb   (prep.   w.  gen. 

and  conjunction). 
dwarf,  bcr  S^^^Q,  -c 
dynasty,  ba8  §aug,  ^cr,  i>a^  ®c* 

fc^Icc^t,  -er. 

£ 
each,  feber. 
each  other,  ctnanbcr. 
Easter,  btc  Oftcm. 
eat,  effen,  ofe,  Qcgcffcn,  [i]. 
either  (w.  negative),  aud^  nid^t. 
elector,  bcr  ^urfiirft,  [-en],  -en» 
emperor,  bcr  ^aifcr,  -. 
empire,  ha^  didd),  -e. 
end,  ha^  @nbc. 
end,  enben,  w.  (intrans.);  becnben, 

w.  (trans.). 
engagement,  bie  53erlobun0,  -en. 
enough,  gcnug. 
ever,  immer. 
everybody,  iebcrmonn. 
evil,  bofc. 

exclaim,  au^rufen,  tc,  u. 
explain,  crfliircn,  w. 
extinguish,  lofd^en,  w. 
eye,  bag  Slugc,  [-«],  -n. 


F 

faithless,  trcutoS. 
fall,  faltcn,  ic,  a,  [ft]. 
father,  bcr  5Satcr,  ■'. 
fault,  bcr  i^cl^Icr,  - 
fearlessly,  furd^tlog. 
(a)  few,  cintQC. 
field,  bag  gelb,  -er. 


328 


ENGLISH-GERMAN  VOCABULARY 


fight,  ffimpfcn,  w.,  ftd^  fd^Iogcn,  u, 

a,  [a]. 
fiU,  fiitleit,  w. 
find,  ftnbcn,  o,  u. 
finger,  ber  ginger,  -, 
finish,  tioltettben,  w. 
fire,  bag  gcuer,  -. 
fish,  ber  %i\d),  -c. 
fisherman,  ber  gifd^er,  -♦ 
fit,  paffen,  w. 
flame,  bie  glamme,  -n. 
flatter,  fc^meic^eln,  w. 
flow,  fliefeen,  o,  o. 
flower,  bie  53Iumc,  -n. 
fly,  fliegen,  0,0. 
follow,  folgen,  w. 
foot,  ber  i^u^,  ■"•c. 
for,  fiir  (w.  ace.). 
forest,  ber  SBoIb,  -^er. 
forget,  toergeffen,  a,  t,  [i], 
formerly,  frllf)er. 
fountain,  ber  S3runncn,  -♦ 
four,  bier. 
fox,  ber  %ud)^,  -^e. 
France,  i^ranfreid^. 
French,  franjofifc^;  ber  %xanio\e, 

[-n],  -n. 
friend,  ber  f^reunb,  -c. 
from,  Don  (w.  dat.). 
(in)  front  (of),  Dor  (w.  dat.  or 

ace). 
fruit,  bie  i^ruc^t,  -^c. 
full  moon,  ber  SSoItmonb,  -c. 
furnish,  einric^ten,  w. 


gallop,  fprengcn,  w. 
garden,  ber  ®arten, 
German,  bcutfc^. 


get,  erl^alten,  ie,  a,  [&]. 

giant,  ber  5Riefe,  [-n],  -n. 

Giant  Moimtains,   ba^  9^iefettge» 

birge. 
girl,  ha^  'SJl&bdjzn,  -. 
give,  geben,  0,  e,  [i]. 
glass,  bag  ©la^,  ^er. 
glazier,  ber  ®Iafer,  - 
glove,  ber  ^onbfd^uf),  -e. 
gnaw,  benagen,  w. 
go,  ge^en,  ging,  gegangen. 
god,  ®ott,  ^er. 
gold,  bag  ®oIb. 
golden,  golben- 
gold  piece,  ba^  ©olbftlldf. 
good,  gut. 

grain,  ba^  ©etreibe,  ba^  ^om. 
great,  grofe. 
green,  griin. 
grow,  iDac^fen,  u,  0,  [cl]. 
guide,  ftif)ren,  w.,  leiten,  w. 


half,  t)alb. 

hammer,  ber  jammer,  •^. 

hand,  bie  ^anb,  ^t. 

hang  (intrans.),  ^angen,  i,  0  [a]; 

(trans.),  t)cingen,  w. 
hangman,  ber  ^enfer,  -. 
happen,  gef(^el)en,  a,  e,  [ie]. 
hare,  ber  ^afe,  [-n],  -n. 
hasten,  eilen,  w. 
hat,  ber  ^ut,  -^e. 
have,  f)aben,  t)atte,  gel^abt;  have 

(built),  (bauen)  laffcn. 
hay,  ba«  ^eu. 
head,  ba^  §aupt,  -^er. 
hear,  f)6ren,  w. 
help,  tielfen,  a,  0,  [i]. 
help,  bie  ^ilfc. 


ENGLISH-GERMAN   VOCABULARY 


OA\ 


her,  i^r. 

herd,  bic  ^erbe,  -n. 
here,  {)ier. 
high,  I)0(^. 
hill,  ber  ^Ugcl. 
himself,  \\6), 
hinder,  {)inbern,  w. 
his,  fein. 

hold,  f)altcn,  tc,  a,  [ii]. 
hollow,  {)o]^I. 
home,  Tiac^  §aufe. 
horse,  bag  *!j3ferb,  -c. 
hour,  bte  ©tunbe,  -n. 
house,  bag  ^aug,  -^er. 
how,  n)ic. 
himdred,  f)unbert. 
himgry,  tiungrig, 
hurry,  eilen,  w. 


if,  h)cnn,  ob. 
immediately,  glcid^. 
in  two,  entjlDei. 
important,  mic^tig. 
indicate,  anjeigen,  w. 
ink,  bie  ^inte,  -n. 
intend,  tDoIIen,  w. 
island,  bie  ^nfel,  -n. 


January,  ber  ^anuar. 
July,  ber  3ult. 
jump,  [pringen,  a,  u. 
just,  gerabe,  eben. 


knife,  bog  SD^effer,  -. 
knight,  ber  9?itter,  -. 
know,  iriffen,  irr.  w.;  fennen,  irr.  w. 


large,  grofe. 

last,  ber  le^te;  at  last,  juleljt. 

last,  bauem,  w. 

laugh,  lad^en,  w. 

law,  ba^  ©efeij,  -c;  make  laws, 

©efelje  geben. 
lay,  legen,  w. 
lead,  filfiren,  w. 
learn,  lemen,  w. 
leave,  laffen,  ie,  o,  [a];  leave  alone, 

atlein  laffen. 
leave  (the  field),  berlaffen. 
left,  Ilnf-. 
leg,  ha^  SBein,  -e. 
legend,  bie  @age,  -n. 
lengthwise,  ber  ?angc  nad^. 
liberator,  ber  33efreier,  -. 
lie,  liegen,  a,  e. 
life,  ba^  Seben,  -. 
light,  leic^t. 
lighten,  bli^en,  w. 
like,  tDie. 

like,  mogen,  mod^te,  gcmod^t, 
little,  flein. 

live,  leben,  w.,  h)o{)nen,  w. 
long,  lang. 
look  (at),  fd^auen  (auf),  w.;  look 

up,  auffd^auen,  w. 
lose,  Derlieren,  o,  o. 


keep,  befialten,  u,  a,  [S]. 
kill,  fd^loc^ten,  w. 
king,  ber  ^onig,  -c. 
kingdom,  bag  ^onigretd^,  -c. 


M 
make,  mod^en,  w.;  (peace),  (i^rie* 

ben)  fd^Iiefeen,  o,  o. 
man,  ber  Tlann,  -^er,  ber  SD^enfd^, 

[-en],  -tn. 


330 


ENGLISH-GERMAN  VOCABULARY 


many,  btelc. 

March,  S^iirj. 

market,  bcr  ^avtt,  *c. 

master,  bcr  SD^eiftcr,  -,  ber  $crr, 

[-n],  -en. 
matter,  bic  (Sad^c,  -n. 
meet,  bcgcgnen,  w. 
melt,  fc^mclacn,  o,  o,  [i]. 
mermaid,  bic  Sf^tjc,  -n. 
midnight,  bic  SWittcmad^t,  •'C. 
mile,  bic  Wldk,  -n. 
mm,  bic  m^lt,  -n. 
miller,  bcr  TlUlkr,  - 
minute,  bic  9Winutc,  -n. 
(be)  mistaken,  fid^  irrcn,  «>. 
monarch,  ber  SD^onard^,  [-en],  -en. 
money,  ha^  ®clb,  -cr. 
month,  bcr  SWonat,  -c. 
monimient,  ba«  !Dcnfmol,  -c  or 

^cr. 
more,  mcfir. 

morning,  bcr  3)?orQcn,  -. 
most,  meift. 

mountain,  ber  ^crg,  -c. 
mouse,  bic  9J2au8,  -^e. 
much,  bid. 
my,  mein. 


nail,  ber  S^iagcl,  •'. 

name,  ber  'iRamt,  [-n9],  -n. 

narrow,  fd^mal. 

near,  nal^c  (bci). 

neither  .  .  .  nor,  h)cbcr  . . .  nod^. 

never,  nimmcr,  nicmalS. 

new,  ncu. 

next,  nttd^ft-. 

night,  bic  'Slaii)t,  -^e. 

no,  nein,  fcin. 


noble,  ebel. 
nobody,  nicmonb. 
noise,  bcr  ?iirm. 
northern,  norblid^. 
North-German,  norbbeutfd^. 
not,  nic^t. 
nothing,  nic^tg. 
notice,  bemerfcn,  w. 
now,  nun,  iti^t 
mmiber,  bie  S^U,  -en. 


oats,  bcr  ^afcr. 

obey,  Qcl^ord^cn,  w. 

often,  oft. 

old,  alt. 

on,  auf  (w.  dat.  or  ace.), 

once,  cinmol. 

one,  cin. 

only,  nur. 

open,  offnen,  w. 

oppress,  bebrlldPcn,  w. 

or,  ober. 

other,  anbcr-. 

our,  unfcr. 

out:  out  of,  auS  {w.  dat.). 

outrage,  bic  Untat,  -en. 

over,  iibcr  {w.  dat.  or  ace). 

own,  ciflcn. 

ox,  bcr  Od^g(c),  [-en],  -en. 


paper,  \)a%  papier, 
park,  ber  ^arf,  -e. 
part,  ber  2;cil,  -c. 


ENGLISH-GERMAN  VOCABULARY 


331 


pass,  bcrgefjcn,  t,  a. 

pay,  jat)Ien,  w. 

peace,   bcr   ^^rtebe,   [-nS];   make 

peace,  grteben  [(^liefeen. 
peasant,  ber  ?anbmann,  -Icutc. 
pear-tree,  ber  33trnbauTn,  -^c. 
pen,  bie  ^^cber,  -n. 
pencil,  ber  S3Ietfttft,  -e. 
Pentecost,  bie  "iPfingften. 
people,  bie  ?eute. 
perhaps,  bielleid^t. 
permit,  erlauben,  w. 
pick  up,  auf^eben,  o,  o. 
picture,  ha^  ©emalbe,  -,  ba^  33ilb, 

-er. 
pistol,  bie  ^iftolc,  -n. 
place,  ber  Ort,  -c, 
place,  ftelten,  w. 
plant,  pftanjen,  w. 
plow,  pflllQen,  w. 
pocket,  bie  Xa\(i)t,  -n. 
poem,  baS  ®ebi(^t,  -e. 
poet,  ber  T)id)ttv,  -. 
point,  ber  "iPimft,  -c. 
poodle,  ber  *iPubeI,  -. 
poor,  arm. 
pope,  ber  ^apft,  -^c. 
praise,  loben,  w. 
prepare,  bereitcn,  w. 
president,  ber  ^riiftbent,  [-en],  -en. 
pretend  to  be,  fid^  fteden,  w, 
prevent,  Derf)inbern,  v). 
prince,  ber  "^rins,  [-en],  -en. 
proclaim,  proflamieren,  w. 
promise,  berfpred^en,  a,  o,  [i]. 
protect,  fd^uljen,  w. 
Prussia,  (bag)  "iJJreufeen. 
ptmishment,  bie  ©trafe,  -n. 
pupil,  ber  ©driller,  -,  bie  <Sc^Ulerin, 

-innen. 


put,  tun,  tat,  getan;  put  out  (the 
eyes),  (bie  Hugen)  auSftec^cn,  a, 
0,  [t]. 


quarrel,  ftreitcn,  i,  t» 
quarter,  bag  35iertcl. 
quickly,  fc^nell. 
quiet,  [till. 


ram,  regnen,  w. 

rapid,  fd^nell. 

rat,  bie  9?atte,  -n. 

raven,  ber  dlaht,  [-n],  -n. 

reach,  reid^en,  w. 

read,  lefen,  a,  e,  [ie]. 

ready,  fertig. 

reason,  ber  ®runb,  -^e. 

recite,  oortragcn,  u,  o,  [iX]. 

red,  rot. 

refuse,  abfd^tagen,  u,  a,  [a]. 

relative,  ber  SSermanbte,  f-n],  -lu 

remain,  bleiben,  ie,  ic. 

repair,  augbeffern,  w. 

repeat,  iuieberfiolen,  w. 

request,  bie  33itte,  -n. 

resign  (the  crown),   (bie  ^rone) 

nicbcrlegcn,  w. 
reward,  bie  33eIof)nung,  -en. 
ride  (on  horseback),  reiten,  t,  t. 
right,  ba^  9?ec^t,  -e. 
ring,  lautcn,  w. 
rise  (of  the  sun),  aufge!)en,  ging 

auf,  aufgegangen. 
rise  up,  {)inauffteigen,  ie,  ie. 
river,  ber  ^^lufe,  -^e,  ber  ©trom,  -^e. 
rock,  ber  gelfen,  -. 
Roman,  ber  9?6mer,  -. 
room,  bag  3intmer,  -. 


332 


ENGLISH-GERMAN  VOCABULARY 


rope,  bos  ©ctl,  -c. 

rope,  bcr  (Strang,  -^c. 

row,  rubcrn,  w. 

rule,  regieren,  w.,  bcl^crrfd^cn,  w. 

ruler,  ber  ^crrfc^er,  -. 

run,  laufen,  ic,  an  [ttu]. 

rush,  bringen,  a,  u. 

Russia,  9?ufelanb. 


S 

sack,  bcr  (Bad,  -^c. 

sad,  traurig. 

safe,  fid^cr  (dor). 

sale:  for  sale,  fctl. 

save,  retten,  w. 

Saviour,  bcr  ^cilanb. 

say,  fagcn,  w. 

scaffold,  bog  ©d^afott,  -c. 

school,  bie  ®(^ulc,  -n. 

school    building,     ha^    ©d^utgc* 

biiubc,  -. 
scepter,  boS  3eptcr,  -. 
secret,  bo^  &ti)dmm^,  -niffc. 
see,  fcf)cn,  a,  c,  [ic], 
seize,  faffcn,  w. 
sell,  tocrfaiifcn,  w. 
send,  fcnbcn,  irr.  w. 
servant,  bcr  !Dicncr,  -. 
set  (of  the  sun),  untcrgcl^cn,  gtng 

untcr,  iintcrgcgangcn;  set  on  fire, 

in  53ranb  ftcdfcn,  w. 
several,  me^rcrc, 
shall,  follcn,  w. 
sharp,  fc^arf. 
sharpen,  fd^cirfcn,  w. 
shield,  ber  ©c^ilb,  -t. 
shoe,  bcr  ®(^ut),  -c. 
shoot,  fd^icfecn,  o,  o. 
show,  jeigcn,  w. 


side,  bic  ©cite,  -n. 

sign,  untcrfd^reibcn,  ie,  ic,  unter* 

jcic^nen,  w. 
similar,  cifinltd^. 
since  then,  fcitbcnt. 
sing,  ftngcn,  a,  u. 
sink,  finfcn,  a,  u. 
sit,  ftijcn,  fofe,  gcfcffen. 
slay,  crfd^Iagcn,  u,  a,  [a]. 
sleep,  fd^Iafcn,  ic,  a,  [tt];  go  to  sleep, 

cinf(^Iofcn. 
small,  ficin. 
smile,  I(t(^cln,  w. 
smithy,  bic  ©d^micbc,  -n. 
sneak,  fci^Icic^cn,  i,  i. 
snow,  bcr  <Sd^ncc. 
some,     ctlBag,     cinig-;     usually 

omitted  in  translation. 
son,  bcr  (Sofin,  -^c. 
soon,  balb. 
sooner,  cf)cr,  frli^cr. 
soul,  bic  ®ccle,  -n. 
south,  ber  ©iibcn. 
speak,  fprcc^cn,  a,  o,  [i], 
special,  bcfonbcrS. 
spring,  bcr  griifiUng. 
square,  "ta^  Ouabrot,  -c. 
squeak,  pfeifcn,  pftff,  gcpfiffen. 
stable,  ber  ©tall,  -^c. 
stand,  ftcbcn,  ftanb,  gcftanbcn;  stand 

still,  ftirtftef)cn. 
start,  anfangen,  i,  a,  [ft]. 
starve,  {)ungem,  w. 
state,  bcr  ©toot,  [-e§],  -en. 
stay,  bicibcn,  ic,  ic. 
steal,  ftcl^Icn,  a,  o,  [ic], 
step  forth,  toortrctcn,  a,  c,  li], 
still,  nod^. 
stingy,  gcijig. 
stone,  bcr  ©tcin,  -e. 


ENGLISH-GERMAN   VOCABULARY 


333 


story,  btc  ®cfd^i(^tc,  -n. 

stranger,  ber  grembc,  [-n],  -n. 

street,  bic  ©tra^c,  -n, 

strife,  ber  ©trctt. 

string,  bie  ©(^nur,  -^c. 

strong,  ftarf,  fcft. 

subterranean,  untcx'irbifd^. 

suddenly,  plo^Iid^. 

suicide,  ber  ©elbftmorb;  commit 

suicide,  ©clbftmorb  bcgc^cn. 
sum,  bie  ©umrne,  -n. 
stmimit,  ber  ®ipfel,  -. 
sun,  bie  ©onne,  -n. 
Simday,  ber  <Bonr\taq,  -c. 
sunlight,  bog  (Sonnenlid^t. 
swim,  fc^iDtmmen,  a,  o. 
Swiss,  ber  ©d^tceijer,  -. 
sword,  ba^  ©c^mert,  -cr. 


table,  ber  Xi\(i),  -c. 

take,  ne^mcti,  ttaf)m,  genommcn; 

he  takes,  er  nimmt. 
talk,  reben,  w. 
teach,  k^xm,  w. 
teacher,  ber  ?cf)rer,  -  bic  ?cl^rertn, 

-innen. 
tear,  reif^en,  t,  i;  tear  down,  nieber* 

rcifeen,  i,  i. 
tease,  necfen,  w. 
tell,  erjaMen,  w. 
tend  (to),  biitcn,  w. 
terrible,  furc^tbar. 
than,  olg. 
that,  ba^  (ber),  icncr;  conjunction, 

bofe. 
then,  bann. 
there,  bort,  ba. 


thief,  ber  35teb,  -e. 

think,  benfen,  bac^te,  Qtha<i)t 

thirty,  breifeig. 

this,  bie[er. 

through,  burd^  (w.  ace). 

thunder,  ber  3)onner. 

tie,  binben,  a,  u. 

time,  bie  3eit,  -en. 

tired,  mitbe. 

to,  gii  (w.  dat.),  on  {w.  ace.). 

toe,  bie  S^¥,  -n. 

together,  jufammen. 

tomb,  bie  ®ruft,  -^e. 

too,  3U. 

tooth,  ber  S^^^r  ^^- 

tower,  ber  Jurm,  ^e. 

town,  bie  <Stabt,  -^e. 

town  hall,  bag  diat^au^,  ^tv. 

toy,  bag  ©pieljeng,  -t. 

travel,  relfen,  w. 

tree,  ber  53aum,  -^c. 

tribe,  ber  ®tamm,  ^e. 

trick,  ba^  tunftftitcf,  -c. 

troublesome,  Ictftig. 

try,  derfuc^en,  w. 

tumble,  purjcln,  w. 

turn,  dertoanbeln,  w. 

twelve,  jlDoIf. 

twig,  bag  ^eig,  -cr. 

two,  JtDCi. 


understand,    berftel^en,    bcrftanb, 

derftanben. 
unite,  einigen,  w.,  bercinigen,  w.; 

united,  einig. 
United    States,    bie    33crcimgten 

(gtaaten. 
until,  Wg. 


334 


ENGLISH-GERMAN  VOCABULARY 


uphold  (the  law),  fd^iit^ctt,  to. 
upon,  Quf  (w.  dat.  or  ace.). 
us,  un8. 


(in)  vain,  bcrgcbcnS, 
valley,  bo8  XoX,  ^tx, 
very,  fc{)r. 
village,  bo8  !Dorf,  -^cr 

W 

wait,  n)ortcn,  ly. 

walk,  Qef)cn,  ging,  QcganQcn. 

wall,  bie  SBanb,  -^c. 

wander,  tDanbeni,  w;. 

want,  iDotlcn,  w. 

war,  ber  J^'ricg,  -c. 

water,  bag  SSaffcr,  -. 

wave,  bie  SScIIc,  -n. 

way,  ber  SSeg,  ~e. 

wear,  trogcn,  u,  a,  [ci]. 

week,  bie  ilBod^c,  -n. 

what,  n)ag. 

when,  toaxm,  xotxm,  al8. 

where,  too,  luol^in. 

which,  toeld^er. 

whip,  bie  "il^eitfd^e,  -n. 

whistle,  pfeifen,  pfiff,  gepfiffcn. 


white,  h)ci&. 

who,  toer. 

whoever,  rt)cr  (immer). 

whole,  gana. 

whose,  njeffen. 

why,  toanim. 

wicked,  bofe. 

winter,  ber  SSinter,  -. 

wife,  bie  %x(m,  -en,  ha^  SSeib,  -er. 

win,  getoinnen,  a,  o. 

window,  "ba^  j^enfter,  -. 

wish,  iDilnfd^en,  w. 

with,  tnit  {w.  dat.). 

word,  ha^  SBort,  -c  or  -"-er. 

work,  bag  SBerf,  -c. 

work,  arbeiten,  ly. 

wonderful,  tounberbar. 

world,  bie  SSelt,  -en. 

worth,  iDert;  be  worth,  gclten,  a, 

0,  [i]. 
write,  fc^reiben,  ie,  ie. 
wrong,  falfd^. 


year,  ba«  ^o^x,  -e. 
yellow,  gelb. 
yes,  \a. 
young,  iuttg. 
your,  bcin,  ^\^x,  euer. 


GRAMMATICAL   INDEX 


Accent,  Syn.  61. 
Address,  forms  of,  30. 
Adjectives,  comparison,    69-71; 

declension,  56. 
Adverbial  compomids,  34  Note. 
Adverbs,  word  order,  66,  Syn. 

99. 
Agreement  of  pronouns,  7. 
Article,  definite,  13 ;  indefinite,  13. 
-bar,  95. 
he,  fein,  Syn.  35. 
hy  with  the  passive,  79. 
Capitalization,  Syn.  63-67. 
Cardinal  numbers,  Syn.  24. 
Command  (subjunctive  of),  93. 
Comparative  clauses,  91 . 
Comparison  of  adjectives,  69-71. 
Compound  nouns,  12,  26. 
Compound  tenses,  62. 
Compound   verbs,    inseparable, 

64,  65;  separable,  67. 
Concession,  91. 

Conditions  contrary  to  fact,  91. 
Conjunctions,  Syn.  59,  60. 
ba-,  bar-,  34  Note. 
Date,  74. 

Declension,  mixed,  Syn.  14. 
Declension  of  nouns,  19. 
Diminutives,  22. 
Demonstrative  pronouns,  45. 
Dependent  infinitives,  87. 
Dependent  word  order,  32. 
berfelbc,  bcricmge,  45,  Syn.  9. 
biefer,  18. 


-cr,  48. 

Future  and  future  perfect,  64. 

®e-,  61. 

Gender  of  nouns,  Syn.  6. 

Genitive  of  nouns,  14. 

gibt  (c8),  c«  ift,  83  Note. 

l)abcn,  Syn.  35. 

-^cit,  61. 

I^oc^,  60. 

Hour  of  day,  74. 

Hyphen,  Syn.  69. 

Imp)ersonal  passive,  81 ;  verbs,  83. 

-in,  61. 

Indefinite  pronouns,  35. 

Indirect  discourse,  94. 

Inverted  word  order,  9. 

-ifd^,  95. 

icber,  18. 

jcner,  18. 

fetit,  4,  13. 

-It(^,  95. 

Modal  auxiliaries,  84r-86. 

-tii«,  88. 

Objects,  word  order,  66. 

Ordinal  numbers,  73,  Syn.  25. 

Paradigms  of  nouns,  Syn.  10-14; 
adjectives,  Syn.  17-19;  pro- 
nouns, Syn.  27-34;  verbs,  Syn. 
35-44,  51,  52. 

Passive  voice,  simple  tenses,  77; 
compound  tenses,  80. 

Perfect  tense,  63. 

Personal  pronouns,  34. 

Pluperfect  tense,  63. 


335 


336 


GRAMMATICAL  INDEX 


Possessive  pronouns,  31. 

Possibility,  91. 

Prefixes  (of  verbs),  inseparable, 

64 ;  separable,  67 ;  doubtful,  68. 
Prepositions,  w.  gen.,   Syn.  56; 

w.  dat.,  33,  Syn.  54;  w.  ace, 

54,  Syn.  55;  w.  dat.  and  ace, 

17,  Syn.  53. 
Progressive  form,  8. 
Punctuation,  Syn.  70. 
Quantity,  Syn.  62. 
Reflexive  pronouns,  35. 
Relative  pronouns,  57. 
-fal,  88. 
-m\t,  88. 
fein,  SjTi.  35. 
fcin  and  l^aben  with  compound 

tenses,  63. 
foI(^,  Syn.  31. 
Strong  declension  of  nouns,  19; 

First   Class,    20,    21;   Second 

Class,  23,  24;  Third  Class,  46, 

47. 


Strong  verbs,  36;  paradigms, 
Syn.  35;  classes,  37-43;  irreg- 
ular, 44;  pres.  ind.,  52;  impera- 
tive, bo. 

Strong  declension  of  adjectives, 
59. 

Subjunctive,  89-94. 

-turn,  88. 

Syllabication,  Syn.  68. 

-UTTQ,  55. 

h)a«  (rel.),  51;  (interr.),  58. 

h)Q6  fiir  ein,  58. 

Weak  declension  of  adjectives, 
57;  nouns,  49,  50. 

Weak  and  strong  verbs,  27. 

Weak  verbs,  irregular,  75;  para- 
digms, Syn.  35;  preterit,  28. 

h)el(^er,  18,  51. 

Ircr  (rel.),  51;  (interr.),  58. 

h)erben,  Syn.  35. 

Wish,  91,  93. 

IDO-,  rt)or-,  34  Note. 

Word  order,  256-258. 


THIS  BOOK  IS  DUE  ON  THE  LAST  DATE 
STAMPED  BELOW 

AN  INITIAL  PINE  OF  25  CENTS 

OVERDul  *'°°    "^    ^"^    "V™™    DAY 


^£8-5— «4i- 


^ 


v\^^ 


Mar'60lffe 


iUi322:5lJLU____ 


^gm:52m. 


fA3r64,4^ 


^UG  1 9  1952  IV 


-iJfiaiL 


"-!/■' 


/ 


r 


854070 


UNIVERSITY  OF  CALIFORNIA  UBRARY 


